UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 8-K

 

 

CURRENT REPORT

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)

of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Date of Report (date of earliest event reported): December 16, 2013

 

 

Valero Energy Partners LP

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   1-36232   90-1006559

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation)

 

(Commission

File Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

One Valero Way

San Antonio, Texas

  78249
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (855) 267-6502

 

 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions ( see General Instruction A.2):

 

  ¨ Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

 

  ¨ Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

 

  ¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

 

  ¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

 

 

 


Item 1.01 Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.

On December 16, 2013, Valero Energy Partners LP (the “Partnership”) completed its initial public offering (the “Offering”) of 17,250,000 common units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (“Common Units”), which included 2,250,000 Common Units pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Common Units, at $23.00 per Common Unit pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-191259), initially filed by the Partnership with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), on September 19, 2013. The material provisions of the Offering are described in the prospectus, dated December 10, 2013, filed with the Commission on December 11, 2013, pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act (the “Prospectus”).

Omnibus Agreement

On December 16, 2013, in connection with the closing of the Offering, the Partnership entered into an Omnibus Agreement (the “Omnibus Agreement”) with its general partner, Valero Energy Partners GP LLC (the “General Partner”), Valero Partners Operating Co. LLC (“OLLC”), Valero Partners EP, LLC, Valero Partners Lucas, LLC (“Lucas LLC”), Valero Partners Memphis, LLC (“Memphis LLC”), Valero Energy Corporation (“Valero”), Valero Marketing and Supply Company (“VMSC”), Valero Terminaling and Distribution Company (“VTDC”), The Shamrock Pipe Line Corporation, Valero Plains Company LLC, The Premcor Refining Group Inc. (“Premcor Refining”) and The Premcor Pipeline Co. (“Premcor Pipeline”) that addresses the following matters:

 

    the Partnership’s payment of an annual administrative fee, initially in the amount of approximately $7.9 million, for the provision of certain services by Valero and its affiliates;

 

    the Partnership’s obligation to reimburse Valero for certain direct or allocated costs and expenses incurred by Valero and its affiliates on the Partnership’s behalf;

 

    the Partnership’s right of first offer to acquire certain transportation and logistics assets owned by Valero for a period of five years after the closing of the Offering;

 

    Valero’s obligation to indemnify the Partnership for certain environmental and other liabilities, and the Partnership’s obligation to indemnify Valero for certain environmental and other liabilities related to the Partnership’s assets to the extent Valero is not required to indemnify the Partnership;

 

    Valero’s right of first refusal to acquire certain of the Partnership’s assets;

 

    the granting of a license from Valero to the Partnership with respect to use of certain Valero trademarks and tradenames; and

 

    the prefunding of certain projects by Valero.

 

2


So long as Valero controls the Partnership’s general partner, the Omnibus Agreement will remain in full force and effect. If Valero ceases to control the Partnership’s general partner, either party may terminate the Omnibus Agreement, provided that the indemnification obligations will remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

The foregoing description is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Omnibus Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

Services and Secondment Agreement

On December 16, 2013, in connection with the closing of the Offering, the General Partner entered into a Services and Secondment Agreement (the “Services and Secondment Agreement”) with Valero Services, Inc. (“VSI”) and Valero Refining Company-Tennessee, L.L.C. (“VRCT”), pursuant to which employees of VSI and VRCT will be seconded to the General Partner to provide operational and maintenance services with respect to certain of the Partnership’s pipelines and terminals, including routine operational and maintenance activities. During their period of secondment, the seconded employees will be under the management and supervision of the General Partner.

The General Partner will reimburse VSI and VRCT for the cost of the seconded employees, including their wages and benefits. If a seconded employee does not devote 100% of his or her time to providing services to the General Partner, it will reimburse VSI and VRCT for only a prorated portion of such employee’s overall wages and benefits, based on the percentage of the employee’s time spent working for the General Partner. VSI and VRCT will bill the General Partner monthly in arrears for services provided during the prior month, and payment is due within 10 days of the General Partner’s receipt of the invoice.

The Services and Secondment Agreement will have an initial term of 10 years and will automatically extend for successive renewal terms of one year each, unless terminated by any party upon at least 30 days’ prior written notice before the end of the initial term or any renewal term. In addition, the General Partner may terminate the Services and Secondment Agreement or reduce the level of services under the agreement at any time upon 30 days’ prior written notice.

The foregoing description is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Services and Secondment Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.2 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

Tax Sharing Agreement

On December 16, 2013, in connection with the closing of the Offering, the Partnership entered into a Tax Sharing Agreement (the “Tax Sharing Agreement”) with Valero, pursuant to which the Partnership will reimburse Valero for the Partnership’s share of state and local income and other taxes incurred by Valero as a result of the Partnership’s tax items and attributes being included in a combined or consolidated state tax return filed by Valero with respect to taxable periods including or beginning on the closing date of this offering. The amount of any such reimbursement will be limited to any entity-level tax that the Partnership would have paid directly had the Partnership not been included in a combined group with Valero. While Valero

 

3


may use its tax attributes to cause its combined or consolidated group, of which the Partnership may be a member for this purpose, to owe no tax, the Partnership would nevertheless reimburse Valero for the tax the Partnership would have owed had the attributes not been available or used for the Partnership’s benefit, even though Valero had no cash expense for that period.

The foregoing description is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Tax Sharing Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.3 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

Ground Lease Agreement

On December 16, 2013, in connection with the closing of the Offering, Memphis LLC entered into a Ground Lease Agreement (the “Ground Lease Agreement”) with VRCT, pursuant to which Memphis LLC will lease the land on which the Partnership’s Memphis truck rack is located. The term of the Ground Lease Agreement will be 20 years beginning on the closing of the Offering, with no renewal periods. Initially, Memphis LLC will pay VRCT $35,007 per year as base rent under the Ground Lease Agreement. Commencing on January 1, 2016, and on January 1st of each year thereafter, base rent will increase by 1.5%. Memphis LLC will also pay VRCT a customary expense reimbursement for taxes, utilities and similar costs incurred by VRCT related to the leased premises. The lease contains customary terms regarding Memphis LLC’s rights and obligations with respect to maintenance of the leased premises, alterations to the leased premises and maintenance of certain types of insurance, as well as customary default, remedy and indemnity provisions.

The foregoing description is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Ground Lease Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.4 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

Long-Term Incentive Plan

In connection with the closing of the Offering, the board of directors of the General Partner adopted the Valero Energy Partners LP 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) for officers, directors and employees of the General Partner and its affiliates. The Plan consists of restricted units, phantom units, distribution equivalent rights, unit options, unit appreciation rights, profits interest units and other unit-based awards and unit awards. The Plan limits the number of Common Units that may be delivered pursuant to awards under the Plan to 3,000,000 Common Units. The Plan will be administered by the board of directors of the General Partner or a committee thereof.

The foregoing description is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Plan, which is filed as Exhibit 10.5 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

Master Transportation Services Agreement and Master Terminal Services Agreement

On December 16, 2013, in connection with the closing of the Offering, OLLC entered into a Master Transportation Services Agreement (together with the schedules thereto, the “Transportation Services Agreement”) and a Master Terminal Services Agreement (together with

 

4


the schedules thereto, the “Terminal Services Agreement” and, together with the Master Transportation Services Agreement, the “Commercial Agreements”) with VMSC with respect to each of the Partnership’s assets. Pursuant to the Commercial Agreements, OLLC will provide transportation and terminaling services to VMSC, and VMSC will commit to pay for minimum quarterly throughput volumes of crude oil and refined petroleum products, regardless of whether such volumes are physically delivered by VMSC in any given quarter. The Commercial Agreements will have initial terms of 10 years, and, with the exception of the Partnership’s El Paso truck rack and Memphis truck rack, VMSC will have the option to renew the Commercial Agreement with respect to each of the Partnership’s assets for one additional five-year term.

Quarterly Deficiency Payments. If VMSC fails to meet its minimum quarterly throughput commitments under the Commercial Agreements in any given quarter, it will be obligated to pay a deficiency payment equal to the volume deficiency multiplied by the applicable tariff and/or fee with respect to such asset. Such quarterly deficiency payments may be applied as a credit for amounts owed on throughput volumes in excess of VMSC’s minimum quarterly throughput commitment with respect to such asset during any of the following four quarters, after which time any unused credits will expire. Upon the expiration of a Commercial Agreement with respect to an asset, VMSC will have the opportunity to apply any such remaining credit amounts with respect to the applicable asset until the completion of any such four-quarter period against any throughput volumes on such asset in excess of the minimum quarterly throughput commitment that was in place during the term of the Commercial Agreement with respect to such asset.

Minimum Capacity. Under the Commercial Agreements, OLLC is obligated to provide VMSC access to capacity of at least the applicable minimum quarterly throughput commitment. If the minimum capacity with respect to any asset falls below the applicable minimum quarterly throughput commitment at any time due to events affecting such assets (whether planned or unplanned) or if capacity on any of such assets is required to be allocated among users because volume nominations exceed available capacity, VMSC’s minimum quarterly throughput commitments with respect to such assets may be proportionately reduced during the period for which capacity is less than VMSC’s minimum quarterly throughput commitment.

Product Gains and Losses. Under the Commercial Agreements, other than with respect to assets that may be subject to a jurisdictional tariff or are operated by a third party and such tariff or third-party operating agreement specifically provides otherwise, OLLC will have no liability for physical losses except to the extent such losses result from OLLC’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. In the event a terminal or pipeline asset is equipped to measure volume gains and losses through the installation of custody transfer meters and the applicable asset begins to accept third-party volumes for throughput, OLLC and VMSC will negotiate provisions regarding loss allowance and allocate gains and losses among OLLC and its customers in accordance with standard industry practices.

Termination and Suspension. VMSC is permitted under the Commercial Agreements to suspend, reduce or terminate its obligations under certain circumstances. If VMSC determines to totally or partially suspend refining operations at a refinery that is supported by the Partnership’s assets for a period of at least twelve consecutive months, OLLC and VMSC will negotiate in good faith to agree upon a reduction of VMSC’s minimum quarterly throughput commitments under the applicable commercial agreement(s), and if OLLC and VMSC are unable to agree to

 

5


an appropriate reduction, then after VMSC has made a public announcement of such suspension, VMSC may terminate the applicable Commercial Agreement with respect to such asset upon twelve months’ notice to OLLC (unless in the interim VMSC publicly announces its intent to resume operations at the refinery, in which case its termination notice is deemed revoked). If a force majeure event with respect to the Partnership’s assets prevents OLLC from performing any of its obligations under the Commercial Agreements, VMSC’s obligations with respect to the affected assets under the Commercial Agreements, including its minimum quarterly throughput commitments, will be suspended to the extent OLLC cannot perform its obligations. In addition, if a force majeure event prevents VMSC from fulfilling any of its obligations under the Commercial Agreements for more than 60 days, VMSC’s applicable obligations with respect to the affected assets, including its minimum quarterly throughput commitments, under the Commercial Agreements will be suspended for the remainder of the force majeure event. Force majeure events include:

 

    acts of God, fires, floods or storms;

 

    compliance with orders of courts or any governmental authorities;

 

    explosions, wars, terrorist acts or riots;

 

    inability to obtain or unavoidable delays in obtaining material or equipment;

 

    accidental disruptions of service;

 

    disruptions of utilities or other services caused by events or circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the affected party;

 

    strikes, lockouts or other industrial disturbances; and

 

    breakdowns of refinery facilities, machinery, storage tanks or pipelines irrespective of the cause thereof.

Turnarounds or other planned outages at a refinery are not force majeure events. If a force majeure event prevents any party from performing its obligations under a Commercial Agreement for a period of more than twelve consecutive months, then either party may terminate the Commercial Agreement with respect to the affected assets.

Reimbursements of Capital Expenditures . The Commercial Agreements provide that, if OLLC agrees to make any capital expenditures at VMSC’s request, VMSC will reimburse OLLC for such expenditures, which reimbursements may be recovered through tariff and/or fee increases in certain cases. In addition, if new laws or regulations are enacted or promulgated or if existing laws or their interpretations are materially changed, and if such new or changed laws or regulations will have a material adverse economic impact on either OLLC or VMSC, then either party, acting in good faith, will have the option to request renegotiation of the relevant provisions of the affected Commercial Agreement(s) with respect to the parties’ future performance. In such event, OLLC and VMSC will meet and negotiate in good faith amendments to the affected Commercial Agreement(s) to conform them to the new or changed laws or regulations while preserving the parties’ economic, operational, commercial and competitive arrangements in accordance with the understandings set forth in the applicable Commercial Agreement(s).

 

6


VMSC will also reimburse OLLC for any taxes that it incurs on VMSC’s behalf for services provided to VMSC under the Commercial Agreements to the extent permitted by law.

Alternative Arrangements . Under the Commercial Agreements, if Valero restructures its supply, refining or sales operations at a refinery that is supported by the Partnership’s assets in such a manner as to materially and adversely affect the economics of VMSC’s performance under the applicable commercial agreement, OLLC and VMSC will negotiate in good faith an alternative arrangement that is no worse economically for OLLC, and that may include a substitution of new minimum quarterly throughput commitments for VMSC on other assets owned or to be acquired or constructed by the Partnership.

Assignment . Neither OLLC nor VMSC may assign its rights or obligations under the Commercial Agreements without the other party’s written consent, except that, if Valero transfers a refinery that is supported by the Partnership’s assets to a third party, VMSC may assign the Commercial Agreement that relates to such refinery to such third party.

Pipelines

Under the Transportation Services Agreement, VMSC is obligated to transport minimum volumes of crude oil and refined petroleum products on the Partnership’s pipeline systems and pay a tariff rate with respect to such volumes. Tariff rates with respect to the Partnership’s pipeline systems may be adjusted annually in accordance with the indexing methodology of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (“FERC”). With respect to any pipelines that may be subject to a jurisdictional tariff, OLLC and VMSC have agreed not to commence or support any tariff filing, application, protest, complaint petition, motion or other proceeding before FERC for the purpose of requesting that FERC accept or set tariff rates that would be inconsistent with the terms of the Transportation Services Agreement, provided that VMSC will continue to have the right under FERC regulations to challenge any proposed changes in the base tariff rates to the extent the changes are inconsistent with FERC’s indexing methodology or other rate changing methodologies, or to the extent the challenge is in response to any proceeding brought against OLLC by a third party that could affect OLLC’s ability to provide transportation services to VMSC under the Transportation Services Agreement or the applicable tariff.

The following discussion describes specific additional information regarding the Transportation Services Agreement.

 

    Lucas Crude System . With respect to the Partnership’s Lucas crude system, OLLC will charge VMSC for transporting crude oil on the Lucas pipeline connecting the Partnership’s Lucas terminal and Valero’s Port Arthur refinery. VMSC will pay the applicable published tariff rate for throughput on the Lucas pipeline, which is (i) $0.176 per barrel for the first 160,000 barrels per day, (ii) $0.071 per barrel for volumes in excess of 160,000 barrels per day up to 200,000 barrels per day and (iii) $0.06 per barrel for volumes in excess of 200,000 barrels per day. VMSC will be obligated to transport a quarterly average of at least an aggregate of 150,000 barrels per day of crude oil on the Lucas pipeline.

 

7


    Port Arthur Products System . With respect to the Partnership’s Port Arthur products system, OLLC will charge VMSC for transporting refined petroleum products on the Partnership’s 20-inch gasoline pipeline from the Port Arthur refinery to the Partnership’s El Vista terminal, the Partnership’s 20-inch diesel pipeline from the Port Arthur refinery to the Partnership’s PAPS terminal, and on the Partnership’s 12-10 pipeline from the Port Arthur refinery to Oiltanking’s Beaumont marine terminal, the Sunoco Logistics MagTex pipeline connection and/or the Enterprise TE Products pipeline connection. VMSC will initially pay a tariff of $0.1855 per barrel for the first 127,000 barrels per day and $0.14 per barrel for each barrel in excess of 127,000 barrels per day transported on the Port Arthur products system pipelines. VMSC will be obligated to transport a quarterly average of at least 127,000 barrels per day on the Port Arthur product system pipelines. This minimum quarterly throughput commitment is a cumulative obligation and can be satisfied through any combination of volumes on the three Port Arthur products system pipelines.

 

    McKee Products System . With respect to the Partnership’s McKee products system, OLLC will charge VMSC for transporting diesel and gasoline on (i) the Partnership’s McKee to El Paso pipeline which delivers refined petroleum products from the McKee refinery to the Partnership’s El Paso terminal and (ii) the Partnership’s SFPP pipeline connection which delivers refined petroleum products from the El Paso terminal to Kinder Morgan’s SFPP system. VMSC will pay $1.302 per barrel for volumes transported on the McKee to El Paso pipeline and $0.151 per barrel for volumes transported on the SFPP pipeline connection. VMSC will be obligated to transport a quarterly average of at least 17,836 barrels per day on the McKee to El Paso pipeline and at least 27,880 barrels per day on the SFPP pipeline connection.

 

    Collierville Crude System . With respect to the Partnership’s Collierville crude system, OLLC will charge VMSC for transporting crude oil on the Partnership’s Collierville pipeline, which delivers crude oil from the Capline pipeline to the Memphis refinery. VMSC will pay the applicable published tariff rate, which is $0.1557 per barrel. Included within the tariff rate is the ability for VMSC to use break-out tankage at the Partnership’s Collierville terminal and the Partnership’s St. James crude oil tank for staging barrels into the Capline pipeline. VMSC will be obligated to transport a quarterly average of at least 100,000 barrels per day of crude oil on the Collierville system.

 

   

Shorthorn Pipeline System . With respect to the Partnership’s Shorthorn pipeline system, OLLC will charge VMSC for transporting diesel and gasoline produced at the Memphis refinery on the Partnership’s Shorthorn pipeline system to the Partnership’s West Memphis terminal and from the West Memphis terminal and Valero’s Memphis refinery to Exxon’s Memphis refined petroleum products terminal. VMSC will pay the applicable published tariff rate, which is $0.1471 per barrel on volumes up to 43,300 barrels per day, and $0.12 per barrel on volumes above 43,300 barrels per day transported on the Shorthorn pipeline system. VMSC will be obligated to transport a quarterly average of at least

 

8


 

43,300 barrels per day on the Shorthorn pipeline system. This minimum quarterly throughput commitment is a cumulative obligation and can be satisfied through any combination of volumes on the pipelines comprising the Shorthorn pipeline system.

 

    Memphis Airport Pipeline System . With respect to the Partnership’s Memphis Airport pipeline system, OLLC will charge VMSC for transporting jet fuel produced at the Memphis refinery to the Swissport Fueling, Inc. terminal and to the FedEx terminal at the Memphis International Airport. VMSC will pay the tariff rate, which is $0.81 per barrel for the first 2,000 barrels per day, and $0.45 per barrel for each barrel in excess of 2,000 barrels per day transported on the Memphis Airport pipeline system. VMSC will be obligated to transport a quarterly average of at least 2,000 barrels per day on the Memphis Airport pipeline system. This minimum quarterly throughput commitment is a cumulative obligation and can be satisfied through any combination of volumes on the pipelines comprising the Memphis Airport pipeline system.

Terminals

Under the Terminal Services Agreement relating to the Partnership’s terminals, VMSC will be obligated to throughput minimum volumes of crude oil and refined petroleum products and pay OLLC throughput fees, as well as fees for providing related ancillary services (such as ethanol, biodiesel and renewable diesel blending and additive injection). VMSC will provide and pay for its own inventory of ethanol, biodiesel and renewable diesel blending and additives to be blended or injected at the terminal, where applicable. Throughput fees with respect to the Partnership’s terminals will be increased annually on July 1, 2014, and on July 1 of each year thereafter, and other fees with respect to the Partnership’s terminals may be increased annually in OLLC’s discretion, in each case by a percentage not to exceed the corresponding percentage change in CPI during the twelve-month period ending on March 31 of such year. If CPI decreases during any period, OLLC is not required to reduce its fees, but any subsequent increases in fees based on an increase in CPI will be limited to the amount by which such increase exceeds the aggregate amount of cumulative decreases in CPI during the intervening periods. The first CPI adjustment on July 1, 2014 will be based on 50% of the increase in the CPI.

The following discussion describes specific additional information regarding the Terminal Services Agreement.

 

   

Lucas Crude System . With respect to the Lucas crude system, OLLC will charge VMSC for throughput volumes at the Lucas terminal and on the Partnership’s TransCanada connection. With respect to the Lucas terminal, VMSC will pay (i) $0.243 per barrel for throughput volumes up to 160,000 barrels per day, (ii) $0.071 per barrel for throughput volumes in excess of 160,000 barrels per day up to 200,000 barrels per day, and (iii) $0.06 per barrel for throughput volumes in excess of 200,000 barrels per day. When the TransCanada connection is placed into service, VMSC will also pay a fee of $0.05 per barrel for throughput volumes on the TransCanada connection, which fee will reset to $0.015 per barrel if and when TransCanada’s Keystone XL pipeline is placed into service. VMSC will be

 

9


 

obligated to deliver for throughput a quarterly average of at least 150,000 barrels per day at the Lucas terminal and at least 45,000 barrels per day on the TransCanada connection. If and when TransCanada’s Keystone XL pipeline is placed into service, VMSC’s minimum quarterly throughput commitment with respect the TransCanada connection will increase to 150,000 barrels per day.

 

    Port Arthur Products System . With respect to the Port Arthur products system, OLLC will charge VMSC for terminaling services at the PAPS and El Vista terminals. VMSC will pay a fee of $0.3165 per barrel for throughput volumes up to 100,000 barrels per day and $0.05 per barrel for throughput volumes in excess of 100,000 barrels per day. In addition, VMSC will pay the applicable renewable diesel blending fee on any product that VMSC requests be blended with renewable diesel. VMSC will be obligated to deliver for throughput a quarterly average of at least 100,000 barrels per day at the Port Arthur products system terminals.

 

    McKee Products System . With respect to the McKee products system, OLLC will charge VMSC for throughput volumes at the Partnership’s El Paso terminal truck rack and on the SFPP pipeline connection. VMSC will pay a fee of $0.301 per barrel for throughput volumes at the El Paso terminal truck rack and on the SFPP pipeline connection. In addition, VMSC will pay the applicable blending or additive injection fees on any products that VMSC requests be blended or injected with ethanol, biodiesel and renewable diesel blending or additive. VMSC will be obligated to deliver for throughput a quarterly average of at least 8,500 barrels per day at the El Paso Terminal truck rack and at least 27,880 barrels per day on the SFPP pipeline connection.

 

    West Memphis Terminal . With respect to the West Memphis terminal, OLLC will charge VMSC for throughput volumes at the West Memphis terminal. VMSC will pay a fee of $0.62 per barrel for throughput volumes up to 30,000 barrels per day and $0.24 per barrel for throughput volumes in excess of 30,000 barrels per day on volumes physically delivered to the terminal through pipeline, dock or truck rack. In addition, VMSC will pay the applicable blending or additive injection fees on any products that VMSC requests be blended or injected with biodiesel and renewable diesel blending or additive. VMSC will be obligated to deliver for throughput a quarterly average of at least 30,000 barrels per day at the West Memphis terminal, in the aggregate, regardless of whether such volumes are actually transported through the terminal through pipeline, dock or truck rack.

 

    Memphis Refinery Truck Rack . With respect to the Memphis refinery truck rack, OLLC will charge VMSC for throughput volumes at the truck rack located adjacent to the Memphis refinery. VMSC will pay a fee of $0.252 per barrel for throughput volumes at the truck rack. In addition, VMSC will pay the applicable blending or additive injection fees on any products that VMSC requests be blended or injected with ethanol, biodiesel blending or additive. VMSC will be obligated to transport a quarterly average of at least 51,100 barrels per day at the Memphis refinery truck rack.

 

10


The foregoing description is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Transportation Services Agreement and the Terminal Services Agreement, which are filed as Exhibits 10.6 and 10.7 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement

The description of the Contribution Agreement (as defined below) under Item 2.01 is incorporated in this Item 1.01 by reference. A copy of the Contribution Agreement is filed as Exhibit 10.8 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

Item 2.01. Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.

Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement

On December 16, 2013, in connection with the closing of the Offering, the Partnership entered into a Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement (the “Contribution Agreement”) with the General Partner, OLLC, VTDC, Premcor Pipeline, Premcor Refining and VRCT, pursuant to which:

 

    VTDC contributed an 86.0% membership interest in EP LLC to the Partnership in exchange for 2,070,019 Common Units and 5,164,289 Subordinated Units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (“Subordinated Units”);

 

    the General Partner contributed its 14.0% membership interest in EP LLC to the Partnership in exchange for 1,175,102 General Partner Units representing general partner interests in the Partnership (“General Partner Units”) and the Incentive Distribution Rights (as defined in the Partnership Agreement (as defined below));

 

    Premcor Pipeline contributed 100% of the outstanding membership interests in Lucas LLC, Valero Partners PAPS, LLC (“PAPS LLC”) and MKS Logistics, L.L.C. (“MKS Logistics”) to the Partnership in exchange for 7,734,994 Common Units and 19,297,278;

 

    VRCT contributed 100% of the outstanding membership interests in Memphis LLC to the Partnership in exchange for 1,015,474 Common Units and, 2,533,407 Subordinated Units;

 

    Premcor Refining contributed 100% of the outstanding membership interests in Valero Partners West Memphis, LLC (“West Memphis LLC”) to the Partnership in exchange for 719,502 Common Units and 1,795,015 Subordinated Units; and

 

    the Partnership contributed 100% of the outstanding membership interests in each of EP LLC, Lucas LLC, PAPS LLC, MKS Logistics, Memphis LLC and West Memphis LLC to OLLC.

 

11


The foregoing description is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Contribution Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.9 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

Item 3.02. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities.

The description in Item 2.01 of the issuances by the Partnership of securities to the General Partner, VTDC, Premcor Pipeline, Premcor Refining and VRCT on December 16, 2013 in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement is incorporated herein by reference. The foregoing transactions were undertaken in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The Partnership believes that exemptions other than the foregoing exemption may exist for these transactions.

Each of the Subordinated Units granted under the Contribution Agreement will convert into one Common Unit and then will participate pro rata with the other Common Units in distributions by the Partnership at the end of the subordination period. The subordination period will end on the first business day after the Partnership has earned and paid at least (i) $0.85 (the minimum quarterly distribution on an annualized basis) on each outstanding Common Unit, Subordinated Unit and General Partner Unit, for each of three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods ending on or after December 31, 2016, or (ii) $1.275 (150% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on each outstanding Common Unit, Subordinated Unit and General Partner Unit, in addition to any distribution made in respect of the incentive distribution rights, for any four-consecutive-quarter period ending on or after December 31, 2014. In addition, the subordination period will end upon the removal of the General Partner other than for cause if the Common Units and Subordinated Units held by the General Partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of such removal. The description of the subordination period contained in the section of the Prospectus entitled “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Subordination Period” is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 5.02 Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers.

Effective December 19, 2013, Timothy J. Fretthold and Robert S. Beadle became members of the board of directors of the General Partner. Messrs. Fretthold and Beadle also became members of the Audit Committee and the Conflicts Committee of the board of directors of the General Partner. Messrs. Fretthold and Beadle will receive an annual compensation package, which will initially consist of $60,000 in cash compensation and $60,000 in equity-based compensation. Further, Messrs. Fretthold and Beadle will each be indemnified for his actions associated with being a director to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law and will be reimbursed for all expenses incurred in attending to his duties as a director.

Messrs. Fretthold and Beadle are former employees of Valero, retiring in 2001 and 2006, respectively. In connection with supplemental death benefit agreements in place between each of Messrs. Fretthold and Beadle and Valero prior to their retirement, Valero provides Messrs. Fretthold and Beadle with life insurance benefits of approximately $1 million. Pursuant to Mr. Fretthold’s severance arrangement, Valero provides Mr. Fretthold a tax gross up of less than $5,000 per year for federal income tax attributable to such life insurance benefit. The arrangements described above relate to Messrs. Fretthold and Beadle’s prior service with Valero. The board of directors of the General Partner has determined that such arrangements do not affect the independence of Messrs. Fretthold and Beadle.

The description of the Plan provided above under Item 1.01 is incorporated in this Item 5.02 by reference.

 

12


Item 5.03. Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; Changes in Fiscal Year.

First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Valero Energy Partners LP

On December 16, 2013, in connection with the closing of the Offering, the Partnership amended and restated its Limited Partnership Agreement (as amended, the “Partnership Agreement”). The description of the Partnership Agreement contained in the section of the Prospectus entitled “The Partnership Agreement” is incorporated herein by reference.

The foregoing description and the description contained in the Prospectus are not complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the Partnership Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 3.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

First Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Valero Energy Partners GP LLC

On December 16, 2013, in connection with the closing of the Offering, the General Partner amended and restated its Limited Liability Company Agreement (as amended, the “LLC Agreement”). The amendments to the LLC Agreement included, among other things, outlining the rights of the sole member and the management of the Partnership’s business by the board of directors of the General Partner.

The foregoing description is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the LLC Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 3.2 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 9.01 Financial Statements and Exhibits.

 

(d) Exhibits.

 

Number

  

Description

  3.1    First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Valero Energy Partners LP dated December 16, 2013
  3.2    First Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Valero Energy Partners LP dated December 16, 2013
10.1    Omnibus Agreement dated December 16, 2013 by and among Valero Energy Corporation, Valero Energy Partners LP, Valero Energy Partners GP LLC, Valero Partners Operating Co. LLC, Valero Marketing and Supply Company, Valero Partners EP, LLC, Valero Partners Lucas, LLC, Valero Partners Memphis, LLC, Valero Terminaling and Distribution Company, The Shamrock Pipe Line Corporation, Valero Plains Company LLC, The Premcor Refining Group Inc., a Delaware corporation, and The Premcor Pipeline Co.
10.2    Services and Secondment Agreement dated December 16, 2013 by and among Valero Services, Inc. Valero Refining Company-Tennessee, L.L.C. and Valero Energy Partners GP LLC

 

13


10.3    Tax Sharing Agreement dated December 16, 2013 by and between Valero Energy Partners LP and Valero Energy Corporation
10.4    Ground Lease Agreement dated December 16, 2013 by and between Valero Refining Company-Tennessee, L.L.C. and Valero Partners Memphis, LLC
10.5    Valero Energy Partners LP 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan
10.6    Master Transportation Services Agreement dated December 16, 2013 by and between Valero Partners Operating Co. LLC and Valero Marketing and Supply Company
10.7    Master Terminal Services Agreement dated December 16, 2013 by and between Valero Partners Operating Co. LLC and Valero Marketing and Supply Company
10.8    Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement dated December 16, 2013 by and among Valero Energy Partners LP, Valero Energy Partners GP LLC, Valero Partners Operating Co. LLC, Valero Energy Corporation, Valero Terminaling and Distribution Company, The Premcor Pipeline Co., The Premcor Refining Group Inc. and Valero Refining Company-Tennessee, L.L.C.

 

14


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

 

VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS LP
By:   Valero Energy Partners GP LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Jay D. Browning

  Jay D. Browning
  Senior Vice President and General Counsel

Date: December 20, 2013

 

15

Exhibit 3.1

 

 

 

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS LP

A Delaware Limited Partnership

Dated as of

December 16, 2013

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1   

Section 1.1

  Definitions      1   

Section 1.2

  Construction      25   

ARTICLE II ORGANIZATION

     26   

Section 2.1

  Formation      26   

Section 2.2

  Name      26   

Section 2.3

  Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices      26   

Section 2.4

  Purpose and Business      26   

Section 2.5

  Powers      27   

Section 2.6

  Term      27   

Section 2.7

  Title to Partnership Assets      27   

ARTICLE III RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

     28   

Section 3.1

  Limitation of Liability      28   

Section 3.2

  Management of Business      28   

Section 3.3

  Rights of Limited Partners      28   

ARTICLE IV CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS; REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

     29   

Section 4.1

  Certificates      29   

Section 4.2

  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates      30   

Section 4.3

  Record Holders      31   

Section 4.4

  Transfer Generally      31   

Section 4.5

  Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests      31   

Section 4.6

  Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest      33   

Section 4.7

  Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights      33   

Section 4.8

  Restrictions on Transfers      33   

Section 4.9

  Eligibility Certifications; Ineligible Holders      35   

Section 4.10

  Redemption of Partnership Interests of Ineligible Holders      37   

ARTICLE V CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

     38   

Section 5.1

  Organizational Contributions      38   

Section 5.2

  Contributions by the General Partner and its Affiliates      38   

Section 5.3

  Contributions by Limited Partners      39   

Section 5.4

  Interest and Withdrawal      39   

Section 5.5

  Capital Accounts      40   

Section 5.6

  Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests      43   

Section 5.7

  Conversion of Subordinated Units      44   

Section 5.8

  Limited Preemptive Right      44   

Section 5.9

  Splits and Combinations      44   

Section 5.10

  Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests      45   

Section 5.11

  Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights      45   

 

i


ARTICLE VI ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

     48   

Section 6.1

  Allocations for Capital Account Purposes      48   

Section 6.2

  Allocations for Tax Purposes      58   

Section 6.3

  Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders      60   

Section 6.4

  Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus      60   

Section 6.5

  Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus      62   

Section 6.6

  Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels      63   

Section 6.7

  Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units      63   

Section 6.8

  Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Incentive Distribution Rights      64   

Section 6.9

  Entity-Level Taxation      64   

ARTICLE VII MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

     65   

Section 7.1

  Management      65   

Section 7.2

  Certificate of Limited Partnership      67   

Section 7.3

  Restrictions on the General Partner’s Authority to Sell Assets of the Partnership Group      68   

Section 7.4

  Reimbursement of the General Partner      68   

Section 7.5

  Outside Activities      69   

Section 7.6

  Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership or Group Members      70   

Section 7.7

  Indemnification      71   

Section 7.8

  Liability of Indemnitees      73   

Section 7.9

  Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties      73   

Section 7.10

  Other Matters Concerning the General Partner      76   

Section 7.11

  Purchase or Sale of Partnership Interests      76   

Section 7.12

  Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates      77   

Section 7.13

  Reliance by Third Parties      81   

ARTICLE VIII BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

     82   

Section 8.1

  Records and Accounting      82   

Section 8.2

  Fiscal Year      82   

Section 8.3

  Reports      82   

ARTICLE IX TAX MATTERS

     83   

Section 9.1

  Tax Returns and Information      83   

Section 9.2

  Tax Elections      83   

Section 9.3

  Tax Controversies      83   

Section 9.4

  Withholding      83   

 

ii


ARTICLE X ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

     84   

Section 10.1

  Admission of Limited Partners      84   

Section 10.2

  Admission of Successor General Partner      85   

Section 10.3

  Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership      85   

ARTICLE XI WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS

     85   

Section 11.1

  Withdrawal of the General Partner      85   

Section 11.2

  Removal of the General Partner      87   

Section 11.3

  Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner      87   

Section 11.4

  Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages      89   

Section 11.5

  Withdrawal of Limited Partners      89   

ARTICLE XII DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

     89   

Section 12.1

  Dissolution      89   

Section 12.2

  Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution      90   

Section 12.3

  Liquidator      90   

Section 12.4

  Liquidation      91   

Section 12.5

  Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership      92   

Section 12.6

  Return of Contributions      92   

Section 12.7

  Waiver of Partition      92   

Section 12.8

  Capital Account Restoration      92   

ARTICLE XIII AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE

     92   

Section 13.1

  Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner      92   

Section 13.2

  Amendment Procedures      94   

Section 13.3

  Amendment Requirements      94   

Section 13.4

  Special Meetings      95   

Section 13.5

  Notice of a Meeting      95   

Section 13.6

  Record Date      95   

Section 13.7

  Postponement and Adjournment      96   

Section 13.8

  Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting      96   

Section 13.9

  Quorum and Voting      96   

Section 13.10

  Conduct of a Meeting      97   

Section 13.11

  Action Without a Meeting      97   

Section 13.12

  Right to Vote and Related Matters      98   

ARTICLE XIV MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION

     98   

Section 14.1

  Authority      98   

Section 14.2

  Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion      98   

Section 14.3

  Approval by Limited Partners      100   

Section 14.4

  Certificate of Merger or Certificate of Conversion      102   

Section 14.5

  Effect of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion      102   

ARTICLE XV RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS

     103   

Section 15.1

  Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests      103   

 

iii


ARTICLE XVI GENERAL PROVISIONS

     104   

Section 16.1

  Addresses and Notices; Written Communications      104   

Section 16.2

  Further Action      105   

Section 16.3

  Binding Effect      105   

Section 16.4

  Integration      105   

Section 16.5

  Creditors      105   

Section 16.6

  Waiver      106   

Section 16.7

  Third-Party Beneficiaries      106   

Section 16.8

  Counterparts      106   

Section 16.9

  Applicable Law; Forum; Venue and Jurisdiction; Waiver of Trial by Jury      106   

Section 16.10

  Invalidity of Provisions      107   

Section 16.11

  Consent of Partners      107   

Section 16.12

  Facsimile and Email Signatures      107   

 

iv


FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS LP

THIS FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS LP dated as of December 16, 2013, is entered into by and between VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the General Partner, AND VALERO TERMINALING AND DISTRIBUTION COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, together with any other Persons who become Partners in the Partnership or parties hereto as provided herein. In consideration of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions. The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

Acquisition ” means any transaction in which any Group Member acquires (through an asset acquisition, stock acquisition, merger or other form of investment) control over all or a portion of the assets, properties or business of another Person for the purpose of increasing, over the long-term, the operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group from the operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group existing immediately prior to such transaction. For purposes of this definition, “long-term” generally refers to a period of not less than twelve months.

Additional Book Basis ” means, with respect to any Adjusted Property, the portion of the Carrying Value of such Adjusted Property that is attributable to positive adjustments made to such Carrying Value as determined in accordance with the provisions set forth below in this definition of Additional Book Basis. For purposes of determining the extent to which Carrying Value constitutes Additional Book Basis:

(a) Any negative adjustment made to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property as a result of either a Book-Down Event or a Book-Up Event shall first be deemed to offset or decrease that portion of the Carrying Value of such Adjusted Property that is attributable to any prior positive adjustments made thereto pursuant to a Book-Up Event or Book-Down Event; and

(b) If Carrying Value that constitutes Additional Book Basis is reduced as a result of a Book-Down Event and the Carrying Value of other property is increased as a result of such Book-Down Event, an allocable portion of any such increase in Carrying Value shall be treated as Additional Book Basis; provided , however , that the amount treated as Additional Book Basis pursuant hereto as a result of such Book-Down Event shall not exceed the amount by which the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments after such Book-Down Event exceeds the remaining Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the Partnership’s Adjusted Property after such Book-Down Event (determined without regard to the application of this clause (b) to such Book-Down Event).

 

1


Additional Book Basis Derivative Items ” means any Book Basis Derivative Items that are computed with reference to Additional Book Basis. To the extent that the Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the Partnership’s Adjusted Property as of the beginning of any taxable period exceeds the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the beginning of such period (the “ Excess Additional Book Basis ”), the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for such period shall be reduced by the amount that bears the same ratio to the amount of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items determined without regard to this sentence as the Excess Additional Book Basis bears to the Additional Book Basis as of the beginning of such period. With respect to a Disposed of Adjusted Property, the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items shall be the amount of Additional Book Basis taken into account in computing gain or loss from the disposition of such Disposed of Adjusted Property; provided that the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to the determination of the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items attributable to Disposed of Adjusted Property.

Adjusted Capital Account ” means, with respect to any Partner, the balance in such Partner’s Capital Account at the end of each taxable period of the Partnership, after giving effect to the following adjustments: (a) credit to such Capital Account any amounts that such Partner is (x) obligated to restore under the standards set by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) or (y) deemed obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and (b) debit to such Capital Account the items described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5) and 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6). The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. The “ Adjusted Capital Account ” of a Partner in respect of any Partnership Interest shall be the amount that such Adjusted Capital Account would be if such Partnership Interest were the only interest in the Partnership held by such Partner from and after the date on which such Partnership Interest was first issued.

Adjusted Operating Surplus ” means, with respect to any period, (a) Operating Surplus generated with respect to such period less (b) (i) the amount of any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) with respect to such period and (ii) the amount of any net decrease in cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net decrease in cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for Operating Expenditures with respect to such period not relating to an Operating Expenditure made with respect to such period, and plus (c) (i) the amount of any net decrease in Working Capital Borrowings (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net decrease in Working Capital Borrowings in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) with respect to such period, (ii) the amount of any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures initially established with respect to such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction in Adjusted Operating Surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to clause (b)(ii) above and (iii) the amount of any net increase in cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net increase in cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for Operating Expenditures with respect to such period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium. Adjusted Operating Surplus does not include that portion of Operating Surplus included in clause (a)(i) of the definition of Operating Surplus.

 

2


Adjusted Property ” means any property the Carrying Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d).

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.11(a).

Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments ” means, as of the end of any taxable period, the sum of the Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of all the Partners.

Agreed Allocation ” means any allocation, other than a Required Allocation, of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1, including a Curative Allocation (if appropriate to the context in which the term “Agreed Allocation” is used).

Agreed Value ” of (a) a Contributed Property means the fair market value of such property or other consideration at the time of contribution and (b) an Adjusted Property means the fair market value of such Adjusted Property on the date of the Revaluation Event, in each case as determined by the General Partner. The General Partner shall use such method as it determines to be appropriate to allocate the aggregate Agreed Value of Contributed Properties contributed to the Partnership in a single or integrated transaction among each separate property on a basis proportional to the fair market value of each Contributed Property.

Agreement ” means this First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Valero Energy Partners LP, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Associate ” means, when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, (a) any corporation or organization of which such Person is a director, officer, manager, general partner or managing member or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock or other voting interest, (b) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, and (c) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same principal residence as such Person.

Available Cash ” means, with respect to any Quarter ending prior to the Liquidation Date:

(a) the sum of:

(i) all cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash and cash equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) on hand at the end of such Quarter; and

 

3


(ii) if the General Partner so determines, all or any portion of additional cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash and cash equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) on hand on the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter resulting from Working Capital Borrowings made subsequent to the end of such Quarter, less;

(b) the amount of any cash reserves established by the General Partner (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) to:

(i) provide for the proper conduct of the business of the Partnership Group (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for anticipated future credit needs of the Partnership Group and for refunds of collected rates reasonably likely to be refunded as a result of a settlement or hearing relating to FERC rate proceedings) subsequent to such Quarter;

(ii) comply with applicable law or any loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement or obligation to which any Group Member is a party or by which it is bound or its assets are subject; or

(iii) provide funds for distributions under Section 6.4 or Section 6.5 in respect of any one or more of the next four Quarters;

provided, however , that the General Partner may not establish cash reserves pursuant to subclause (iii) above if the effect of such reserves would be that the Partnership is unable to distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Common Units, plus any Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage on all Common Units, with respect to such Quarter; and, provided further , that disbursements made by a Group Member or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such Quarter but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Available Cash, within such Quarter if the General Partner so determines.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “ Available Cash ” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero.

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors or board of managers of the General Partner, if the General Partner is a corporation or limited liability company, or the board of directors or board of managers of the general partner of the General Partner, if the General Partner is a limited partnership, as applicable.

Book Basis Derivative Items ” means any item of income, deduction, gain or loss that is computed with reference to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property (e.g., depreciation, depletion, or gain or loss with respect to an Adjusted Property).

Book-Down Event ” means a Revaluation Event that gives rise to a Net Termination Loss.

 

4


Book-Tax Disparity ” means with respect to any item of Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of the date of any determination, the difference between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property and the adjusted basis thereof for federal income tax purposes as of such date. A Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Book-Tax Disparities in all of its Contributed Property and Adjusted Property will be reflected by the difference between such Partner’s Capital Account balance as maintained pursuant to Section 5.5 and the hypothetical balance of such Partner’s Capital Account computed as if it had been maintained strictly in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles.

Book-Up Event ” means a Revaluation Event that gives rise to a Net Termination Gain.

Business Day ” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of Texas shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

Capital Account ” means the capital account maintained for a Partner pursuant to Section 5.5. The “Capital Account” of a Partner in respect of any Partnership Interest shall be the amount that such Capital Account would be if such Partnership Interest were the only interest in the Partnership held by such Partner from and after the date on which such Partnership Interest was first issued.

Capital Contribution ” means (a) any cash, cash equivalents or the Net Agreed Value of Contributed Property that a Partner contributes to the Partnership or that is contributed or deemed contributed to the Partnership on behalf of a Partner (including, in the case of an underwritten offering of Units, the amount of any underwriting discounts or commissions) or (b) current distributions that a Partner is entitled to receive but otherwise waives.

Capital Improvement ” means (a) the construction or development of new capital assets by a Group Member, (b) the replacement, improvement or expansion of existing capital assets by a Group Member or (c) a capital contribution by a Group Member to a Person that is not a Subsidiary in which a Group Member has, or after such capital contribution will have, directly or indirectly, an equity interest, to fund such Group Member’s pro rata share of the cost of the construction or development of new, or the replacement, improvement or expansion of existing, capital assets by such Person, in each case if and to the extent such construction, development, replacement, improvement or expansion is made to increase, over the long-term, the operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), or such Person, in the case of clause (c), from the operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group or such Person, as the case may be, existing immediately prior to such construction, development, replacement, improvement, expansion or Capital Contribution. For purposes of this definition, “long-term” generally refers to a period of not less than twelve months.

Capital Surplus ” means Available Cash distributed by the Partnership in excess of Operating Surplus, as described in Section 6.3(a).

 

5


Carrying Value ” means (a) with respect to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions charged to the Partners’ Capital Accounts in respect of such property and (b) with respect to any other Partnership property, the adjusted basis of such property for federal income tax purposes, all as of the time of determination; provided, however , that the Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 5.5(d) and to reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for dispositions and acquisitions of Partnership properties, as deemed appropriate by the General Partner.

Cause ” means a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding the General Partner liable to the Partnership or any Limited Partner for actual fraud or willful misconduct in its capacity as a general partner of the Partnership.

Certificate ” means a certificate, in such form (including global form if permitted by applicable rules and regulations) as may be adopted by the General Partner, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more classes of Partnership Interests. The initial form of certificate approved by the General Partner for Common Units is attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement.

Certificate of Limited Partnership ” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as referenced in Section 7.2, as such Certificate of Limited Partnership may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Citizenship Eligibility Trigger ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.9(a)(ii).

Claim ” (as used in Section 7.12(g)) has the meaning given such term in Section 7.12(g).

Closing Date ” means the first date on which Common Units are sold by the Partnership to the IPO Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement .

Closing Price ” for any day, means, in respect of any class of Limited Partner Interests, the last sale price on such day, regular way, or in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the last closing bid and ask prices on such day, regular way, in either case as reported on the principal National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading or, if such Limited Partner Interests are not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange, the average of the high bid and low ask prices on such day in the over-the-counter market, as reported by such other system then in use, or, if on any such day such Limited Partner Interests are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and ask prices on such day as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Limited Partner Interests selected by the General Partner, or if on any such day no market maker is making a market in such Limited Partner Interests, the fair value of such Limited Partner Interests on such day as determined by the General Partner.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of any successor law.

Combined Interest ” has the meaning given such term in Section 11.3(a).

 

6


Commences Commercial Service ” means the date upon which a Capital Improvement is first put into or commences commercial service by a Group Member following completion of construction, replacement, improvement or expansion and testing, as applicable.

Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Unit ” means a Limited Partner Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Common Units in this Agreement. The term “Common Unit” does not include a Subordinated Unit prior to its conversion into a Common Unit pursuant to the terms hereof.

Common Unit Arrearage ” means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, as to any Quarter within the Subordination Period, the excess, if any, of (a) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution with respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter over (b) the sum of all Available Cash distributed with respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i).

Conflicts Committee means a committee of the Board of Directors composed of two or more directors, each of whom (a) is not an officer or employee of the General Partner, (b) is not an officer, director or employee of any Affiliate of the General Partner (other than Group Members), (c) is not a holder of any ownership interest in the General Partner or its Affiliates or the Partnership Group other than (i) Common Units and (ii) awards that are granted to such director in his capacity as a director under any long-term incentive plan, equity compensation plan or similar plan implemented by the General Partner or the Partnership and (d) is determined by the Board of Directors to be independent under the independence standards for directors who serve on an audit committee of a board of directors established by the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and by the National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are listed or admitted to trading (or if no such National Securities Exchange, the New York Stock Exchange).

Construction Debt ” means debt incurred to fund (a) all or a portion of a Capital Improvement, (b) interest payments (including periodic net payments under related interest rate swap agreements) and related fees on other Construction Debt or (c) distributions (including incremental Incentive Distributions) on Construction Equity.

Construction Equity ” means equity issued to fund (a) all or a portion of a Capital Improvement, (b) interest payments (including periodic net payments under related interest rate swap agreements) and related fees on Construction Debt or (c) distributions (including incremental Incentive Distributions) on other Construction Equity. Construction Equity does not include equity issued in the Initial Public Offering.

Construction Period ” means the period beginning on the date that a Group Member enters into a binding obligation to commence a Capital Improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that such Capital Improvement Commences Commercial Service and the date that the Group Member abandons or disposes of such Capital Improvement.

 

7


Contributed Property ” means each property or other asset, in such form as may be permitted by the Delaware Act, but excluding cash, contributed to the Partnership. Once the Carrying Value of a Contributed Property is adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d), such property or other asset shall no longer constitute a Contributed Property, but shall be deemed an Adjusted Property.

Contribution Agreement ” means that certain Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2013, among the Partnership, the General Partner, the Operating Company, Valero, VTDC, Premcor Pipeline, Premcor Refining and VRCT, together with the additional conveyance documents and instruments contemplated or referenced thereunder, as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage ” means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, and as of the end of any Quarter, the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of the Common Unit Arrearages as to an Initial Common Unit for each of the Quarters within the Subordination Period ending on or before the last day of such Quarter over (b) the sum of any distributions theretofore made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(ii) and the second sentence of Section 6.5 with respect to an Initial Common Unit (including any distributions to be made in respect of the last of such Quarters).

Curative Allocation ” means any allocation of an item of income, gain, deduction, loss or credit pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(xi).

Current Market Price ” means, as of any date, for any class of Limited Partner Interests, the average of the daily Closing Prices per Limited Partner Interest of such class for the 20 consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date.

Deferred Issuance ” means the issuance by the Partnership of a number of additional Common Units that is equal to the excess, if any, of (a) 2,250,000, over (b) the aggregate number, if any, of Common Units actually purchased by and issued to the IPO Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriters’ Option on the Option Closing Date(s).

Deferred Issuance Percentage ” means, with respect to (a) VTDC 17.94% of the Deferred Issuance, (b) Premcor Pipeline 67.03% of the Deferred Issuance, (c) VRCT 6.23% of the Deferred Issuance, and (d) Premcor Refining, 8.8% of the Deferred Issuance.

Delaware Act ” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del C. Section 17-101, et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

Departing General Partner ” means a former General Partner from and after the effective date of any withdrawal or removal of such former General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2.

Derivative Partnership Interests ” means any options, rights, warrants, appreciation rights, tracking, profit and phantom interests and other derivative securities relating to, convertible into or exchangeable for Partnership Interests.

Disposed of Adjusted Property ” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.1(d)(xiii)(B).

 

8


Economic Risk of Loss ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-2(a).

Eligibility Certificate ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.9(b).

Eligible Holder ” means a Limited Partner whose (a) federal income tax status is not reasonably likely to have the material adverse effect described in Section 4.9(a)(i) or (b) nationality, citizenship or other related status would not create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture as described in Section 4.9(a)(ii), in each case as determined by the General Partner with the advice of counsel.

EP LLC ” means Valero Partners EP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount ” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.9.

Event Issue Value ” means, with respect to any Common Unit as of any date of determination, (i) in the case of a Revaluation Event that includes the issuance of Common Units pursuant to a public offering and solely for cash, the price paid for such Common Units or (ii) in the case of any other Revaluation Event, the Closing Price of the Common Units on the date of such Revaluation Event or, if the General Partner determines that a value for the Common Unit other than such Closing Price more accurately reflects the Event Issue Value, the value determined by the General Partner.

Event of Withdrawal ” has the meaning given such term in Section 11.1(a).

Excess Additional Book Basis ” has the meaning given such term in the definition of “Additional Book Basis Derivative Items.”

Excess Distribution ” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A).

Excess Distribution Unit ” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A).

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

Expansion Capital Expenditures ” means cash expenditures for Acquisitions or Capital Improvements. Expansion Capital Expenditures shall include interest (including periodic net payments under related interest rate swap agreements) and related fees paid during the Construction Period on Construction Debt. Where cash expenditures are made in part for Expansion Capital Expenditures and in part for other purposes, the General Partner shall determine the allocation between the amounts paid for each.

FERC ” means the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, or any successor to the powers thereof.

Final Subordinated Units ” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.1(d)(x)(A).

 

9


First Liquidation Target Amount ” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.1(c)(i)(D).

First Target Distribution ” means $0.244375 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on December 31, 2013, it means the product of $0.244375 multiplied by a fraction, of which the numerator is the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is 92), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 5.11, 6.6 and 6.9.

Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis ” means, when calculating the number of Outstanding Units for any period, a basis that includes (a) the weighted average number of Outstanding Units during such period plus (b) all Partnership Interests and Derivative Partnership Interests (i) that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Units or for which Units are issuable, in each case that are senior to or pari passu with the Subordinated Units, (ii) whose conversion, exercise or exchange price, if any, is less than the Current Market Price on the date of such calculation, (iii) that may be converted into or exercised or exchanged for such Units prior to or during the Quarter immediately following the end of the period for which the calculation is being made without the satisfaction of any contingency beyond the control of the holder other than the payment of consideration and the compliance with administrative mechanics applicable to such conversion, exercise or exchange and (iv) that were not converted into or exercised or exchanged for such Units during the period for which the calculation is being made; provided, however , that for purposes of determining the number of Outstanding Units on a Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis when calculating whether the Subordination Period has ended or Subordinated Units are entitled to convert into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.7, such Partnership Interests and Derivative Partnership Interests shall be deemed to have been Outstanding Units only for the four Quarters that comprise the last four Quarters of the measurement period; provided, further , that if consideration will be paid to any Group Member in connection with such conversion, exercise or exchange, the number of Units to be included in such calculation shall be that number equal to the difference between (x) the number of Units issuable upon such conversion, exercise or exchange and (y) the number of Units that such consideration would purchase at the Current Market Price.

General Partner ” means Valero Energy Partners GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and permitted assigns that are admitted to the Partnership as general partner of the Partnership, in their capacity as general partner of the Partnership (except as the context otherwise requires).

General Partner Interest ” means the ownership interest of the General Partner in the Partnership (in its capacity as a general partner without reference to any Limited Partner Interest held by it), which is evidenced by General Partner Units, and includes any and all rights, powers and benefits to which the General Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of the General Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

General Partner Unit ” means a fractional part of the General Partner Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to the General Partner Interest. A General Partner Unit shall not constitute a “Unit” for any purpose under this Agreement.

 

10


Gross Liability Value ” means, with respect to any Liability of the Partnership described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-7(b)(3)(i), the amount of cash that a willing assignor would pay to a willing assignee to assume such Liability in an arm’s-length transaction.

Group ” means two or more Persons that, with or through any of their respective Affiliates or Associates, have any contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons), exercising investment power over or disposing of any Partnership Interests with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or Associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, Partnership Interests.

Group Member ” means a member of the Partnership Group.

Group Member Agreement ” means the partnership agreement of any Group Member, other than the Partnership, that is a limited or general partnership, the limited liability company agreement of any Group Member that is a limited liability company, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws or similar organizational documents of any Group Member that is a corporation, the joint venture agreement or similar governing document of any Group Member that is a joint venture and the governing or organizational or similar documents of any other Group Member that is a Person other than a limited or general partnership, limited liability company, corporation or joint venture, as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Hedge Contract ” means any exchange, swap, forward, cap, floor, collar, option or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into for the purpose of reducing the exposure of a Group Member to fluctuations in interest rates, the price of hydrocarbons, basis differentials or currency exchange rates in their operations or financing activities and not for speculative purposes.

Holder ” means any of the following:

(a) the General Partner who is the Record Holder of Registrable Securities;

(b) any Affiliate of the General Partner who is the Record Holder of Registrable Securities (other than natural persons who are Affiliates of the General Partner by virtue of being officers, directors or employees of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates);

(c) any Person who has been the General Partner within the prior two years and who is the Record Holder of Registrable Securities;

(d) any Person who has been an Affiliate of the General Partner within the prior two years and who is the Record Holder of Registrable Securities (other than natural persons who were Affiliates of the General Partner by virtue of being officers, directors or employees of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates); and

 

11


(e) a transferee and current Record Holder of Registrable Securities to whom the transferor of such Registrable Securities, who was a Holder at the time of such transfer, assigns its rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided such transferee agrees in writing to comply with all applicable requirements and obligations in connection with the registration and disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 7.12.

IDR Reset Common Units ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.11(a).

IDR Reset Election ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.11(a).

Incentive Distribution Right ” means a Limited Partner Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Incentive Distribution Rights in this Agreement (and no other rights otherwise available to or other obligations of a holder of a Partnership Interest).

Incentive Distributions ” means any amount of cash distributed to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to Sections 6.4(a)(v), (vi) and (vii) and Sections 6.4(b)(iii), (iv) and (v).

Incremental Income Taxes ” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.9.

Indemnified Persons ” has the meaning given such term in Section 7.12(g).

Indemnitee ” means (a) the General Partner, (b) any Departing General Partner, (c) any Person who is or was an Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner, (d) any Person who is or was a manager, managing member, general partner, director, officer, fiduciary or trustee of (i) any Group Member, the General Partner or any Departing General Partner or (ii) any Affiliate of any Group Member, the General Partner or any Departing General Partner, (e) any Person who is or was serving at the request of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner as a manager, managing member, general partner, director, officer, fiduciary or trustee of another Person owing a fiduciary duty to any Group Member; provided , however , that a Person shall not be an Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services, and (f) any Person the General Partner designates as an “ Indemnitee ” for purposes of this Agreement because such Person’s status, service or relationship exposes such Person to potential claims, demands, suits or proceedings relating to the Partnership Group’s business and affairs.

Ineligible Holder ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.9(c).

Initial Common Units ” means the Common Units sold in the Initial Public Offering.

Initial Limited Partners ” means VTDC, Premcor Pipeline, Premcor Refining and VRCT (with respect to the Common Units and Subordinated Units received by it pursuant to Section 5.2(a)), the General Partner (with respect to the Incentive Distribution Rights received by it pursuant to Section 5.2(a)) and the IPO Underwriters upon the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units as described in Section 5.3 in connection with the Initial Public Offering.

Initial Public Offering ” means the initial offering and sale of Common Units to the public (including the offer and sale of Common Units pursuant to the Underwriters’ Option), as described in the IPO Registration Statement.

 

12


Initial Unit Price ” means (a) with respect to the Common Units and the Subordinated Units, the initial public offering price per Common Unit at which the Common Units were first offered to the public for sale as set forth on the cover page of the IPO Prospectus or (b) with respect to any other class or series of Units, the price per Unit at which such class or series of Units is initially sold by the Partnership, as determined by the General Partner, in each case adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units.

Interim Capital Transactions ” means the following transactions if they occur prior to the Liquidation Date: (a) borrowings, refinancings or refundings of indebtedness (other than Working Capital Borrowings and other than for items purchased on open account or for a deferred purchase price in the ordinary course of business) by any Group Member and sales of debt securities of any Group Member; (b) issuances of equity interests of any Group Member (including the Common Units sold to the IPO Underwriters in the Initial Public Offering) to anyone other than the Partnership Group; (c) sales or other voluntary or involuntary dispositions of any assets of any Group Member other than (i) sales or other dispositions of inventory, accounts receivable and other assets in the ordinary course of business and (ii) sales or other dispositions of assets as part of normal retirements or replacements; and (d) capital contributions received by a Group Member.

IPO Prospectus ” means the final prospectus relating to the Initial Public Offering dated December 10, 2013 and filed by the Partnership with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act on December 11, 2013.

IPO Registration Statement ” means the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-191259) as it has been or as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, filed by the Partnership with the Commission under the Securities Act to register the offering and sale of the Common Units in the Initial Public Offering.

IPO Underwriter ” means each Person named as an underwriter in Schedule 1 to the Underwriting Agreement who purchases Common Units pursuant thereto.

Liability ” means any liability or obligation of any nature, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise.

Limited Partner ” means, unless the context otherwise requires, each Initial Limited Partner, each additional Person that becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and any Departing General Partner upon the change of its status from General Partner to Limited Partner pursuant to Section 11.3, in each case, in such Person’s capacity as a limited partner of the Partnership.

Limited Partner Interest ” means an ownership interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership, which may be evidenced by Common Units, Subordinated Units, Incentive Distribution Rights or other Partnership Interests (other than a General Partner Interest) or a combination thereof (but excluding Derivative Partnership Interests), and includes any and all benefits to which such Limited Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Limited Partner pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

13


Liquidation Date ” means (a) in the case of an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) of the first sentence of Section 12.2, the date on which the applicable time period during which the holders of Outstanding Units have the right to elect to continue the business of the Partnership has expired without such an election being made and (b) in the case of any other event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership, the date on which such event occurs.

Liquidator ” means one or more Persons selected by the General Partner to perform the functions described in Section 12.4 as liquidating trustee of the Partnership within the meaning of the Delaware Act.

Lucas LLC ” means Valero Partners Lucas, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Maintenance Capital Expenditure ” means cash expenditures (including expenditures for the construction or development of new capital assets or the replacement, improvement or expansion of existing capital assets) by a Group Member made to maintain, over the long term, the operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group. For purposes of this definition, “long term” generally refers to a period of not less than twelve months.

Memphis LLC ” means Valero Partners Memphis, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Merger Agreement ” has the meaning given such term in Section 14.1.

Minimum Quarterly Distribution ” means $ 0.2125 per Unit per Quarter (or with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on December 31, 2013, it means the product of $ 0.2125 multiplied by a fraction, of which the numerator is the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is 92), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 5.11, 6.6 and 6.9.

MKS Logistics ” means Valero MKS Logistics, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company.

National Securities Exchange ” means an exchange registered with the Commission under Section 6(a) of the Exchange Act (or any successor to such Section).

Net Agreed Value ” means, (a) in the case of any Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property or other consideration reduced by any Liabilities either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property or other consideration is subject when contributed and (b) in the case of any property distributed to a Partner by the Partnership, the Partnership’s Carrying Value of such property (as adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(ii)) at the time such property is distributed, reduced by any Liabilities either assumed by such Partner upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of distribution, in either case as determined and required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code.

 

14


Net Income ” means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of income and gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period over the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period. The items included in the calculation of Net Income shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided, however , that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section 6.1(d) shall be made without regard to any reversal of such items under Section 6.1(d)(xiii).

Net Loss ” means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period over the Partnership’s items of income and gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period. The items included in the calculation of Net Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided, however , that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section 6.1(d) shall be made without regard to any reversal of such items under Section 6.1(d)(xiii).

Net Positive Adjustments ” means, with respect to any Partner, the excess, if any, of the total positive adjustments over the total negative adjustments made to the Capital Account of such Partner pursuant to Book-Up Events and Book-Down Events.

Net Termination Gain ” means, for any taxable period, (a) the sum, if positive, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction (determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) that are recognized by the Partnership (i) after the Liquidation Date or (ii) upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (excluding any disposition to a member of the Partnership Group), or (b) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of Unrealized Gain over the aggregate amount of Unrealized Loss deemed recognized by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.5(d) on the date of a Revaluation Event; provided, however , that the items included in the determination of Net Termination Gain shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).

Net Termination Loss ” means, for any taxable period, (a) the sum, if negative, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction (determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) that are recognized by the Partnership (i) after the Liquidation Date or (ii) upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (excluding any disposition to a member of the Partnership Group), or (b) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of Unrealized Loss over the aggregate amount of Unrealized Gain deemed recognized by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.5(d) on the date of a Revaluation Event; provided, however , that items included in the determination of Net Termination Loss shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).

Noncompensatory Option ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.721-2(f).

 

15


Nonrecourse Built-in Gain ” means with respect to any Contributed Properties or Adjusted Properties that are subject to a mortgage or pledge securing a Nonrecourse Liability, the amount of any taxable gain that would be allocated to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.2(b) if such properties were disposed of in a taxable transaction in full satisfaction of such liabilities and for no other consideration.

Nonrecourse Deductions ” means any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(1), are attributable to a Nonrecourse Liability.

Nonrecourse Liability ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-1(a)(2).

Notice ” means a written request from a Holder pursuant to Section 7.12 which shall (i) specify the Registrable Securities intended to be registered, offered and sold by such Holder, (ii) describe the nature or method of the proposed offer and sale of Registrable Securities, and (iii) contain the undertaking of such Holder to provide all such information and materials and take all action as may be required or appropriate in order to permit the Partnership to comply with all applicable requirements and obligations in connection with the registration and disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 7.12.

Notice of Election to Purchase ” has the meaning given such term in Section 15.1(b).

Omnibus Agreement ” means that certain Omnibus Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2013, among the General Partner, the Partnership, the Operating Company, Valero Marketing and Supply Company, EP LLC, Lucas LLC, Memphis LLC, VTDC, The Shamrock Pipe Line Corporation, Valero Plains Company LLC, Premcor Refining, and Premcor Pipeline, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Operating Company ” means Valero Partners Operating Co. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successors thereto.

Operating Expenditures ” means all Partnership Group cash expenditures (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of expenditures in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned), including taxes, compensation of employees, officers and directors of the General Partner, reimbursement of expenses of the General Partner and its Affiliates, debt service payments, Maintenance Capital Expenditures, repayment of Working Capital Borrowings and payments made in the ordinary course of business under any Hedge Contracts, subject to the following:

(a) repayments of Working Capital Borrowings deducted from Operating Surplus pursuant to clause (b)(iii) of the definition of “Operating Surplus” shall not constitute Operating Expenditures when actually repaid;

(b) payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties) of principal of and premium on indebtedness other than Working Capital Borrowings shall not constitute Operating Expenditures;

 

16


(c) Operating Expenditures shall not include (i) Expansion Capital Expenditures, (ii) payment of transaction expenses (including taxes) relating to Interim Capital Transactions, (iii) distributions to Partners, (iv) repurchases of Partnership Interests, other than repurchases of Partnership Interests by the Partnership to satisfy obligations under employee benefit plans or reimbursement of expenses of the General Partner for purchases of Partnership Interests by the General Partner to satisfy obligations under employee benefit plans or (v) any expenditures or payments using the $3.5 million prepayment described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement—Prefunding of Certain Projects by Valero” in the IPO Registration Statement; and

(d) (i) amounts paid in connection with the initial purchase of a Hedge Contract shall be amortized over the life of such Hedge Contract and (ii) payments made in connection with the termination of any Hedge Contract prior to the expiration of its scheduled settlement or termination date shall be included in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such Hedge Contract.

Operating Surplus ” means, with respect to any period ending prior to the Liquidation Date, on a cumulative basis and without duplication,

(a) the sum of (i) $50.0 million, (ii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash receipts in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period, but excluding cash receipts from Interim Capital Transactions and the termination of Hedge Contracts ( provided , however , that cash receipts from the termination of a Hedge Contract prior to its scheduled settlement or termination date shall be included in Operating Surplus in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such Hedge Contract), (iii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash receipts in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Operating Surplus with respect to such period resulting from Working Capital Borrowings and (iv) the amount of cash distributions from Operating Surplus paid during the Construction Period (including incremental Incentive Distributions) on Construction Equity, less

(b) the sum of (i) Operating Expenditures for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period, (ii) the amount of cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) established by the General Partner to provide funds for future Operating Expenditures, and (iii) all Working Capital Borrowings not repaid within twelve months after having been incurred, or repaid within such 12-month period with the proceeds of additional Working Capital Borrowings, provided , however , that disbursements made (including contributions to a Group Member or disbursements on behalf of a Group Member) or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such period shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Operating Surplus, within such period if the General Partner so determines.

 

17


Notwithstanding the foregoing, “ Operating Surplus ” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of counsel (who may be regular counsel to, or the general counsel or other inside counsel of, the Partnership or the General Partner or any of its Affiliates) acceptable to the General Partner or to such other person selecting such counsel or obtaining such opinion.

Option Closing Date ” means the date or dates on which any Common Units are sold by the Partnership to the IPO Underwriters upon exercise of the Underwriters’ Option.

Organizational Limited Partner ” means VTDC in its capacity as the organizational limited partner of the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement.

Outstanding ” means, with respect to Partnership Interests, all Partnership Interests that are issued by the Partnership and reflected as outstanding in the Register as of the date of determination; provided, however , that if at any time any Person or Group (other than the General Partner or its Affiliates) beneficially owns 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding, none of the Partnership Interests owned by or for the benefit of such Person or Group shall be entitled to be voted on any matter or be considered to be Outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of Limited Partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement, except that Partnership Interests so owned shall be considered to be Outstanding for purposes of Section 11.1(b)(iv) (such Partnership Interests shall not, however, be treated as a separate class of Partnership Interests for purposes of this Agreement or the Delaware Act); provided, further , that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to (i) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class directly from the General Partner or its Affiliates (other than the Partnership), (ii) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding directly or indirectly from a Person or Group described in clause (i)  provided, however, that, upon or prior to such acquisition, the General Partner shall have notified such Person or Group in writing that such limitation shall not apply, or (iii) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of any Partnership Interests issued by the Partnership with the prior approval of the Board of Directors.

PAPS LLC ” means Valero Partners PAPS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Partner Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” means any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i), are attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt.

 

18


Partners ” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.

Partnership ” means Valero Energy Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

Partnership Group ” means, collectively, the Partnership and its Subsidiaries.

Partnership Interest ” means any class or series of equity interest in the Partnership, which shall include any Limited Partner Interests and the General Partner Interest but shall exclude any Derivative Partnership Interests.

Partnership Minimum Gain ” means that amount determined in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).

Per Unit Capital Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, the Capital Account, stated on a per Unit basis, underlying any Unit held by a Person other than the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner who holds Units.

Percentage Interest ” means, as of any date of determination, (a) as to the General Partner with respect to General Partner Units and as to any Unitholder with respect to Units, as the case may be, the product obtained by multiplying (i) 100% less the percentage applicable to clause (b) below by (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the number of General Partner Units held by the General Partner or the number of Units held by such Unitholder, as the case may be, by (B) the total number of Outstanding Units and General Partner Units, and (b) as to the holders of the other Partnership Interests issued by the Partnership in accordance with Section 5.6, the percentage established as part of such issuance. The Percentage Interest with respect to the Incentive Distribution Rights shall at all times be zero.

Person ” means an individual or a corporation, firm, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, estate, unincorporated organization, association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

Plan of Conversion ” has the meaning given such term in Section 14.1.

Premcor Pipeline ” means The Premcor Pipeline Co., a Delaware corporation.

Premcor Refining ” means The Premcor Refining Group Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Privately Placed Units ” means any Common Units issued for cash or property other than pursuant to a public offering.

Pro Rata ” means (a) when used with respect to Units or any class thereof, apportioned among all designated Units in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, (b) when used with respect to Partners or Record Holders, apportioned among all Partners or Record Holders in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, (c) when used with respect to holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, apportioned among all holders of Incentive Distribution Rights in accordance with the relative number or percentage of Incentive Distribution Rights held by each such holder, and (d) when used with respect to Holders who have requested to include Registrable Securities in a Registration Statement pursuant to Section 7.12(a) or 7.12(b), apportioned among all such Holders in accordance with the relative number of Registrable Securities held by each such holder and included in the Notice relating to such request.

 

19


Purchase Date ” means the date determined by the General Partner as the date for purchase of all Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of a certain class (other than Limited Partner Interests owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) pursuant to Article XV.

Quarter ” means, unless the context requires otherwise, a fiscal quarter of the Partnership, or, with respect to the fiscal quarter of the Partnership which includes the Closing Date, the portion of such fiscal quarter after the Closing Date.

Rate Eligibility Trigger ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.9(a)(i).

Recapture Income ” means any gain recognized by the Partnership (computed without regard to any adjustment required by Section 734 or Section 743 of the Code) upon the disposition of any property or asset of the Partnership, which gain is characterized as ordinary income because it represents the recapture of deductions previously taken with respect to such property or asset.

Record Date ” means the date established by the General Partner or otherwise in accordance with this Agreement for determining (a) the identity of the Record Holders entitled to receive notice of, or entitled to exercise rights in respect of, any lawful action of Limited Partners (including voting) or (b) the identity of Record Holders entitled to receive any report or distribution or to participate in any offer.

Record Holder ” means (a) with respect to any class of Partnership Interests for which a Transfer Agent has been appointed, the Person in whose name a Partnership Interest of such class is registered on the books of the Transfer Agent as of the Partnership’s close of business on a particular Business Day or (b) with respect to other classes of Partnership Interests, the Person in whose name any such other Partnership Interest is registered in the Register as of the Partnership’s close of business on a particular Business Day.

Redeemable Interests ” means any Partnership Interests for which a redemption notice has been given, and has not been withdrawn, pursuant to Section 4.10.

Register ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.5(a) of this Agreement.

Registrable Security ” means any Partnership Interest other than the General Partner Interest and General Partner Units; provided, however , that any Registrable Security shall cease to be a Registrable Security (a) at the time a Registration Statement covering such Registrable Security is declared effective by the Commission or otherwise becomes effective under the Securities Act, and such Registrable Security has been sold or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement; (b) at the time such Registrable Security has been disposed of pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor or similar rule or regulation under the Securities Act); (c) when such Registrable Security is held by a Group Member; and (d) at the time such Registrable Security has been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under Section 7.12 of this Agreement have not been assigned to the transferee of such securities.

 

20


Registration Statement ” has the meaning given such term in Section 7.12(a) of this Agreement.

Remaining Net Positive Adjustments ” means as of the end of any taxable period, (i) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated Units, the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated Units as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of those Unitholders’ Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for each prior taxable period, (ii) with respect to the General Partner (as holder of the General Partner Units), the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the General Partner as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of the General Partner’s Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items with respect to the General Partner Units for each prior taxable period, and (iii) with respect to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of the Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items of the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights for each prior taxable period.

Required Allocations ” means any allocation of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i), Section 6.1(d)(ii), Section 6.1(d)(iv), Section 6.1(d)(v), Section 6.1(d)(vi), Section 6.1(d)(vii) or Section 6.1(d)(ix).

Reset MQD ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.11(e).

Reset Notice ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.11(b).

Retained Converted Subordinated Unit ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.5(c)(ii).

Revaluation Event ” means an event that results in adjustment of the Carrying Value of each Partnership property pursuant to Section 5.5(d).

Second Liquidation Target Amount ” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.1(c)(i)(E).

Second Target Distribution ” means $0.265625 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on December 31, 2013, it means the product of $0.265625 multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is equal to the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is 92), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.11, Section 6.6 and Section 6.9.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

Selling Holder ” means a Holder who is selling Registrable Securities pursuant to the procedures in Section 7.12 of this Agreement.

Services Agreement ” means the Services and Secondment Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2013, by and among Valero Services, Inc., VRCT and the General Partner.

 

21


Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items ” means in connection with any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for any taxable period, (i) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated Units, the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Unitholders’ Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the end of such taxable period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time, (ii) with respect to the General Partner (as holder of the General Partner Units), the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the General Partner’s Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the end of such taxable period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustment as of that time, and (iii) with respect to the Partners holding Incentive Distribution Rights, the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of the Partners holding the Incentive Distribution Rights as of the end of such taxable period bear to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time.

Special Approval ” means approval by a majority of the members of the Conflicts Committee acting in good faith.

Subordinated Unit ” means a Limited Partner Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Subordinated Units in this Agreement. The term “ Subordinated Unit ” does not include a Common Unit. A Subordinated Unit that is convertible into a Common Unit shall not constitute a Common Unit until such conversion occurs.

Subordination Period ” means the period commencing on the Closing Date and expiring on the first to occur of the following dates:

(a) the first Business Day following the distribution of Available Cash to Partners pursuant to Section 6.3(a) in respect of any Quarter beginning with the Quarter ending December 31, 2016 in respect of which (i)(A) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus on each of the Outstanding Common Units, Subordinated Units and General Partner Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case with respect to each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Outstanding Common Units, Subordinated Units and General Partner Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case in respect of such periods and (B) the Adjusted Operating Surplus for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Common Units, Subordinated Units and General Partner Units and any other Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case that were Outstanding during such periods on a Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis, and (ii) there are no Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages.

(b) the first Business Day following the distribution of Available Cash to Partners pursuant to Section 6.3(a) in respect of any Quarter beginning with the Quarter ending December 31, 2014 in respect of which (i)(A) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus on each of the Outstanding Common Units, Subordinated Units and General Partner Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the

 

22


Subordinated Units, in each case with respect to the four consecutive-Quarter period immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded 150% of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Outstanding Common Units, Subordinated Units and General Partner Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case in respect of such period, and (B) the Adjusted Operating Surplus for the four consecutive-Quarter period immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded 150% of the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Common Units, Subordinated Units and General Partner Units and any other Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case that were Outstanding during such period on a Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis, plus the corresponding Incentive Distributions and (ii) there are no Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages.

(c) the date on which the General Partner is removed in a manner described in Section 11.4.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests of such partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof; or (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.

Surviving Business Entity ” has the meaning given such term in Section 14.2(b).

Target Distributions ” means, collectively, the First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution.

Third Target Distribution ” means $0.31875 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on December 31, 2013, it means the product of $0.31875 multiplied by a fraction, of which the numerator is equal to the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is 92), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 5.11, 6.6 and 6.9.

Trading Day ” means a day on which the principal National Securities Exchange on which the referenced Partnership Interests of any class are listed or admitted for trading is open for the transaction of business or, if such Partnership Interests are not listed or admitted for trading on any National Securities Exchange, a day on which banking institutions in New York City are not legally required to be closed.

 

23


Transaction Documents ” has the meaning given such term in Section 7.1(b).

Transfer ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.4(a).

Transfer Agent ” means such bank, trust company or other Person (including the General Partner or one of its Affiliates) as may be appointed from time to time by the General Partner to act as registrar and transfer agent for any class of Partnership Interests in accordance with the Exchange Act and the rules of the National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed (if any); provided, however that, if no such Person is appointed as registrar and transfer agent for any class of Partnership Interests, the General Partner shall act as registrar and transfer agent for such class of Partnership Interests.

Treasury Regulation ” means the United States Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code.

Underwriters’ Option ” means the option to purchase additional Common Units granted to the IPO Underwriters by the Partnership pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

Underwriting Agreement ” means that certain Underwriting Agreement dated as of December 10, 2013 among the IPO Underwriters, Valero, the Partnership and the General Partner providing for the purchase of Common Units by the IPO Underwriters.

Underwritten Offering ” means (a) an offering pursuant to a Registration Statement in which Partnership Interests are sold to an underwriter on a firm commitment basis for reoffering to the public (other than the Initial Public Offering), (b) an offering of Partnership Interests pursuant to a Registration Statement that is a “bought deal” with one or more investment banks, and (c) an “at-the-market” offering pursuant to a Registration Statement in which Partnership Interests are sold to the public through one or more investment banks or managers on a best efforts basis.

Unit ” means a Partnership Interest that is designated by the General Partner as a “Unit” and shall include Common Units and Subordinated Units but shall not include (i) General Partner Units (or the General Partner Interest represented thereby) or (ii) Incentive Distribution Rights.

Unit Majority ” means (i) during the Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates), voting as a class, and at least a majority of the Outstanding Subordinated Units, voting as a class, and (ii) after the end of the Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units.

Unitholders ” means the Record Holders of Units.

Unpaid MQD ” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.1(c)(i)(B).

Unrealized Gain ” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)) over (b) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date).

 

24


Unrealized Loss ” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date) over (b) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)).

Unrecovered Initial Unit Price ” means at any time, with respect to a Unit, the Initial Unit Price less the sum of all distributions constituting Capital Surplus theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit and any distributions of cash (or the Net Agreed Value of any distributions in kind) in connection with the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit, adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of such Units.

Unrestricted Person ” means (a) each Indemnitee, (b) each Partner, (c) each Person who is or was a member, partner, director, officer, employee or agent of any Group Member, a General Partner or any Departing General Partner or any Affiliate of any Group Member, a General Partner or any Departing General Partner and (d) any Person the General Partner designates as an “Unrestricted Person” for purposes of this Agreement from time to time.

U.S. GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, as in effect from time to time, consistently applied.

Valero ” means Valero Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

VRCT ” means Valero Refining Company-Tennessee, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company.

VTDC ” means Valero Terminaling and Distribution Company, a Delaware corporation.

West Memphis LLC ” means Valero Partners West Memphis, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel ” has the meaning given such term in Section 11.1(b).

Working Capital Borrowings ” means borrowings incurred pursuant to a credit facility, commercial paper facility or similar financing arrangement that are used solely for working capital purposes or to pay distributions to the Partners; provided, however that when such borrowings are incurred it is the intent of the borrower to repay such borrowings within 12 months from the date of such borrowings other than from additional Working Capital Borrowings.

Section 1.2 Construction . Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; (c) the terms “include,” “includes,” “including” or words of like import shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; and (d) the terms “hereof,” “herein” or “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The table of contents and

 

25


headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The General Partner has the power to construe and interpret this Agreement and to act upon any such construction or interpretation. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any construction or interpretation of this Agreement by the General Partner and any action taken pursuant thereto and any determination made by the General Partner in good faith shall, in each case, be conclusive and binding on all Record Holders and all other Persons for all purposes.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

Section 2.1 Formation . The General Partner and the Organizational Limited Partner have formed the Partnership as a limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act and hereby amend and restate the original Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership in its entirety. This amendment and restatement shall become effective on the date of this Agreement. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, the rights, duties, liabilities and obligations of the Partners and the administration, dissolution and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Delaware Act. All Partnership Interests shall constitute personal property of the record owner thereof for all purposes.

Section 2.2 Name . The name of the Partnership shall be “Valero Energy Partners LP”. Subject to applicable law, the Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names as determined by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner. The words “Limited Partnership,” “LP,” “Ltd.” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purpose of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The General Partner may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Limited Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Limited Partners.

Section 2.3 Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices . Unless and until changed by the General Partner, the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware shall be located at 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, and the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be The Corporation Trust Company. The principal office of the Partnership shall be located at One Valero Way, San Antonio, Texas 78249, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate. The address of the General Partner shall be One Valero Way, San Antonio, Texas 78249, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners.

Section 2.4 Purpose and Business . The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership shall be to (a) engage directly in, or enter into or form, hold and dispose of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other arrangement to engage indirectly in, any business activity that is approved by the General Partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Delaware Act and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the

 

26


Partnership pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity, and (b) do anything necessary or appropriate to the foregoing, including the making of capital contributions or loans to a Group Member; provided, however, that the General Partner shall not cause the Partnership to engage, directly or indirectly, in any business activity that the General Partner determines would be reasonably likely to cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to propose or approve the conduct by the Partnership of any business and may decline to do so free of any duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and, in declining to so propose or approve, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity and the General Partner in determining whether to propose or approve the conduct by the Partnership of any business shall be permitted to do so in its sole and absolute discretion.

Section 2.5 Powers . The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described in Section 2.4 and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.

Section 2.6 Term . The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate of Limited Partnership in accordance with the Delaware Act and shall continue in existence until the dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of Article XII. The existence of the Partnership as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Limited Partnership as provided in the Delaware Act.

Section 2.7 Title to Partnership Assets . Title to the assets of the Partnership, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such assets of the Partnership or any portion thereof. Title to any or all assets of the Partnership may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner, one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees of the General Partner or its Affiliates, as the General Partner may determine. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any assets of the Partnership for which record title is held in the name of the General Partner or one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees of the General Partner or its Affiliates shall be held by the General Partner or such Affiliate or nominee for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however , that the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to cause record title to such assets (other than those assets in respect of which the General Partner determines that the expense and difficulty of conveyancing makes transfer of record title to the Partnership impracticable) to be vested in the Partnership or one or more of the Partnership’s designated Affiliates as soon as reasonably practicable; provided, further , that, prior to the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner or as soon thereafter as practicable, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to effect the transfer of record title to the Partnership and, prior to any such transfer, will provide for the use of such assets in a manner satisfactory to any successor General Partner. All assets of the Partnership shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which record title to such assets of the Partnership is held.

 

27


ARTICLE III

RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

Section 3.1 Limitation of Liability . The Limited Partners shall have no liability under this Agreement except as expressly provided in this Agreement or the Delaware Act.

Section 3.2 Management of Business . No Limited Partner, in its capacity as such, shall participate in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of the Delaware Act) of the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the Partnership’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. No action taken by any Affiliate of the General Partner or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of a Group Member, in its capacity as such, shall be deemed to be participating in the control of the business of the Partnership by a limited partner of the Partnership (within the meaning of Section 17-303(a) of the Delaware Act) nor shall any such action affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners under this Agreement.

Section 3.3 Rights of Limited Partners .

(a) Each Limited Partner shall have the right, for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner’s interest as a Limited Partner in the Partnership, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand, and at such Limited Partner’s own expense:

(i) to obtain from the General Partner either (A) the Partnership’s most recent filings with the Commission on Form 10-K and any subsequent filings on Form 10-Q and 8-K or (B) if the Partnership is no longer subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the information specified in, and meeting the requirements of, Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act or any successor or similar rule or regulation under the Securities Act ( provided, however, that the foregoing materials shall be deemed to be available to a Limited Partner in satisfaction of the requirements of this Section 3.3(a)(i) if posted on or accessible through the Partnership’s or the Commission’s website);

(ii) to obtain a current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Partner; and

(iii) to obtain a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, the rights to information granted the Limited Partners pursuant to Section 3.3(a) replace in their entirety any rights to information provided for in Section 17-305(a) of the Delaware Act and each of the Partners and each other Person or Group who acquires an interest in Partnership Interests hereby agrees to the fullest extent permitted by law that they do not have any rights as Partners to receive any information either pursuant to Sections 17-305(a) of the Delaware Act or otherwise except for the information identified in Section 3.3(a).

 

28


(c) The General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period of time as the General Partner deems reasonable, (i) any information that the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the General Partner in good faith believes (A) is not in the best interests of the Partnership Group, (B) could damage the Partnership Group or its business or (C) that any Group Member is required by law or regulation or by agreement with any third party to keep confidential (other than agreements with Affiliates of the Partnership the primary purpose of which is to circumvent the obligations set forth in this Section 3.3).

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or Section 17-305 of the Delaware Act, each of the Partners, each other Person or Group who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest and each other Person bound by this Agreement hereby agrees to the fullest extent permitted by law that they do not have rights to receive information from the Partnership or any Indemnitee for the purpose of determining whether to pursue litigation or assist in pending litigation against the Partnership or any Indemnitee relating to the affairs of the Partnership except pursuant to the applicable rules of discovery relating to litigation commenced by such Person or Group.

ARTICLE IV

CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP

INTERESTS; REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Section 4.1 Certificates . Record Holders of Partnership Interests and, where appropriate, Derivative Partnership Interests, shall be recorded in the Register and ownership of such interests shall be evidenced by a physical certificate or book entry notation in the Register. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, unless the General Partner shall determine otherwise in respect of some or all of any or all classes of Partnership Interests and Derivative Partnership Interests, Partnership Interests and Derivative Partnership Interests shall not be evidenced by physical certificates. Certificates, if any, shall be executed on behalf of the Partnership by the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer or any Senior Vice President or Vice President and the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, or other authorized officer of the General Partner, and shall bear the legend set forth in Section 4.8(f). The signatures of such officers upon a certificate may, to the extent permitted by law, be facsimiles. In case any officer who has signed or whose signature has been placed upon such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Partnership with the same effect as if he were such officer at the date of its issuance. If a Transfer Agent has been appointed for a class of Partnership Interests, no Certificate for such class of Partnership Interests shall be valid for any purpose until it has been countersigned by the Transfer Agent; provided, however , that, if the General Partner elects to cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests of such class in global form, the Certificate shall be valid upon receipt of a certificate from the Transfer Agent certifying that the Partnership Interests have been duly registered in accordance with the directions of the Partnership. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.7(b) and Section 6.7(c), if Common Units are evidenced by Certificates, on or after the date on which Subordinated Units are converted into Common Units pursuant to the terms of Section 5.7, the Record Holders of such Subordinated Units (i) if the Subordinated Units are evidenced by Certificates, may exchange such Certificates for Certificates evidencing the Common Units into which such Record Holder’s Subordinated Units converted, or (ii) if the

 

29


Subordinated Units are not evidenced by Certificates, shall be issued Certificates evidencing the Common Units into which such Record Holders’ Subordinated Units converted. With respect to any Partnership Interests that are represented by physical certificates, the General Partner may determine that such Partnership Interests will no longer be represented by physical certificates and may, upon written notice to the holders of such Partnership Interests and subject to applicable law, take whatever actions it deems necessary or appropriate to cause such Partnership Interests to be registered in book entry or global form and may cause such physical certificates to be cancelled or deemed cancelled.

Section 4.2 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates .

(a) If any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Transfer Agent, the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver in exchange therefor, a new Certificate evidencing the same number and type of Partnership Interests or Derivative Partnership Interests as the Certificate so surrendered.

(b) The appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign, a new Certificate in place of any Certificate previously issued, if the Record Holder of the Certificate:

(i) makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, that a previously issued Certificate has been lost, destroyed or stolen;

(ii) requests the issuance of a new Certificate before the General Partner has notice that the Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim;

(iii) if requested by the General Partner, delivers to the General Partner a bond, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, with surety or sureties and with fixed or open penalty as the General Partner may direct to indemnify the Partnership, the Partners, the General Partner and the Transfer Agent against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the Certificate; and

(iv) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the General Partner or the Transfer Agent.

If a Limited Partner fails to notify the General Partner within a reasonable period of time after such Limited Partner has notice of the loss, destruction or theft of a Certificate, and a transfer of the Limited Partner Interests represented by the Certificate is registered before the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent receives such notification, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Limited Partner shall be precluded from making any claim against the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent for such transfer or for a new Certificate.

(c) As a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.2, the General Partner may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Transfer Agent) reasonably connected therewith.

 

30


Section 4.3 Record Holders . The names and addresses of Unitholders as they appear in the Register shall be the official list of Record Holders of the Partnership Interests for all purposes. The Partnership and the General Partner shall be entitled to recognize the Record Holder as the Partner with respect to any Partnership Interest and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such Partnership Interest on the part of any other Person or Group, regardless of whether the Partnership or the General Partner shall have actual or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law or any applicable rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading. Without limiting the foregoing, when a Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing) is acting as nominee, agent or in some other representative capacity for another Person or Group in acquiring and/or holding Partnership Interests, as between the Partnership on the one hand, and such other Person on the other, such representative Person shall be the Limited Partner with respect to such Partnership Interest upon becoming the Record Holder in accordance with Section 10.1(b) and have the rights and obligations of a Partner hereunder as, and to the extent, provided herein, including Section 10.1(c).

Section 4.4 Transfer Generally .

(a) The term “transfer,” when used in this Agreement with respect to a Partnership Interest, shall be deemed to refer to a transaction (i) by which the General Partner assigns all or any part of its General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) to another Person, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise or (ii) by which the holder of a Limited Partner Interest assigns all or any part of such Limited Partner Interest to another Person who is or becomes a Limited Partner as a result thereof, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise, excluding a pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage but including any transfer upon foreclosure of any pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage.

(b) No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article IV. Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article IV shall be null and void, and the Partnership shall have no obligation to effect or recognize any such transfer or purported transfer.

(c) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent or limit a disposition by any stockholder, member, partner or other owner of the General Partner or any Limited Partner of any or all of such Person’s shares of stock, membership interests, partnership interests or other ownership interests in the General Partner or such Limited Partner and the term “transfer” shall not include any such disposition.

Section 4.5 Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests.

(a) The General Partner shall keep, or cause to be kept by the Transfer Agent on behalf of the Partnership, one or more registers in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe and subject to the provisions of Section 4.5(b), the registration and transfer of Limited Partner Interests, and any Derivative Partnership Interests as applicable, shall be recorded (the “ Register ”).

 

31


(b) The General Partner shall not recognize any transfer of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates until the Certificates evidencing such Limited Partner Interests are surrendered for registration of transfer. No charge shall be imposed by the General Partner for such transfer; provided, however, that as a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.5, the General Partner may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed with respect thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Transfer Agent) reasonably connected therewith. Upon surrender of a Certificate for registration of transfer of any Limited Partner Interests evidenced by a Certificate, and subject to the provisions of this Section 4.5(b), the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and in the case of Certificates evidencing Limited Partner Interests for which a Transfer Agent has been appointed, the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver, in the name of the holder or the designated transferee or transferees, as required pursuant to the holder’s instructions, one or more new Certificates evidencing the same aggregate number and type of Limited Partner Interests as was evidenced by the Certificate so surrendered. Upon the proper surrender of a Certificate, such transfer shall be recorded in the Register.

(c) Upon the receipt by the General Partner of proper transfer instructions from the Record Holder of uncertificated Partnership Interests, such transfer shall be recorded in the Register.

(d) Except as provided in Section 4.9, by acceptance of any Limited Partner Interests pursuant to a transfer in accordance with this Article IV, each transferee of a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee, or agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner Interests for the account of another Person or Group) (i) shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred to such Person when any such transfer or admission is reflected in the Register and such Person becomes the Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred, (ii) shall become bound, and shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound, by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) shall be deemed to represent that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and (iv) shall be deemed to make any consents, acknowledgements or waivers contained in this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Person. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement.

(e) Subject to (i) the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.5, (ii) Section 4.3, (iii) Section 4.8, (iv) with respect to any class or series of Limited Partner Interests, the provisions of any statement of designations or an amendment to this Agreement establishing such class or series, (v) any contractual provisions binding on any Limited Partner and (vi) provisions of applicable law, including the Securities Act, Limited Partner Interests shall be freely transferable.

 

32


(f) The General Partner and its Affiliates shall have the right at any time to transfer their Subordinated Units and Common Units (whether issued upon conversion of the Subordinated Units or otherwise) to one or more Persons.

Section 4.6 Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest .

(a) Subject to Section 4.6(c), prior to December 31, 2023, the General Partner shall not transfer all or any part of its General Partner Interest to a Person unless such transfer (i) has been approved by the prior written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) or (ii) is of all, but not less than all, of its General Partner Interest to (A) an Affiliate of the General Partner (other than an individual) or (B) another Person (other than an individual) in connection with the merger or consolidation of the General Partner with or into such other Person or the transfer by the General Partner of all or substantially all of its assets to such other Person.

(b) Subject to Section 4.6(c), on or after December 31, 2023, the General Partner may transfer all or any part of its General Partner Interest without the approval of any Limited Partner or any other Person.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no transfer by the General Partner of all or any part of its General Partner Interest to another Person shall be permitted unless (i) the transferee agrees to assume the rights and duties of the General Partner under this Agreement and to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) the Partnership receives an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner under the Delaware Act or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed) and (iii) such transferee also agrees to purchase all (or the appropriate portion thereof, if applicable) of the partnership or membership interest owned by the General Partner as the general partner or managing member, if any, of each other Group Member. In the case of a transfer pursuant to and in compliance with this Section 4.6, the transferee or successor (as the case may be) shall, subject to compliance with the terms of Section 10.2, be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner effective immediately prior to the transfer of the General Partner Interest, and the business of the Partnership shall continue without dissolution.

Section 4.7 Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights . The General Partner or any other holder of Incentive Distribution Rights may transfer any or all of its Incentive Distribution Rights without the approval of any Limited Partner or any other Person.

Section 4.8 Restrictions on Transfers .

(a) Except as provided in Section 4.8(e), notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IV, no transfer of any Partnership Interests shall be made if such transfer would (i) violate the then applicable federal or state securities laws or rules and regulations of the Commission, any state securities commission or any other governmental authority with jurisdiction over such transfer, (ii) terminate the existence or qualification of the Partnership

 

33


under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, or (iii) cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed). The Partnership may issue stop transfer instructions to any Transfer Agent in order to implement any restriction on transfer contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) The General Partner may impose restrictions on the transfer of Partnership Interests if it receives an Opinion of Counsel that such restrictions are necessary to (i) avoid a significant risk of the Partnership becoming taxable as a corporation or otherwise becoming taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed) or (ii) preserve the uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General Partner may impose such restrictions by amending this Agreement; provided, however , that any amendment that would result in the delisting or suspension of trading of any class of Limited Partner Interests on the principal National Securities Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner Interests is then listed or admitted to trading must be approved, prior to such amendment being effected, by the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of such class.

(c) The transfer of an IDR Reset Common Unit that was issued in connection with an IDR Reset Election pursuant to Section 5.11 shall be subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 6.8(b) and 6.8(c).

(d) The transfer of a Subordinated Unit or a Common Unit issued upon conversion of a Subordinated Unit shall be subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 6.7(b) and Section 6.7(c).

(e) Except for Section 4.9, nothing contained in this Article IV, or elsewhere in this Agreement, shall preclude the settlement of any transactions involving Partnership Interests entered into through the facilities of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading.

(f) Each certificate or book entry evidencing Partnership Interests shall bear a conspicuous legend in substantially the following form:

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGES FOR THE BENEFIT OF VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS LP THAT THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IF SUCH TRANSFER (AS DEFINED IN THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT) WOULD (A) VIOLATE THE THEN APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY WITH JURISDICTION OVER SUCH TRANSFER, (B) TERMINATE THE EXISTENCE OR QUALIFICATION OF VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS LP UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, OR (C) CAUSE VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS LP TO BE TREATED AS AN ASSOCIATION TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE TO BE TAXED AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME

 

34


TAX PURPOSES (TO THE EXTENT NOT ALREADY SO TREATED OR TAXED). THE GENERAL PARTNER OF VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS LP MAY IMPOSE ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IF IT RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL THAT SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE NECESSARY TO AVOID A SIGNIFICANT RISK OF VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS LP BECOMING TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE BECOMING TAXABLE AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THIS SECURITY MAY BE SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON ITS TRANSFER PROVIDED IN THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS SECURITY TO THE SECRETARY OF THE GENERAL PARTNER AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF THE PARTNERSHIP. THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH ABOVE SHALL NOT PRECLUDE THE SETTLEMENT OF ANY TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY ENTERED INTO THROUGH THE FACILITIES OF ANY NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY IS LISTED OR ADMITTED TO TRADING.

Section 4.9 Eligibility Certifications; Ineligible Holders .

(a) If at any time the General Partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that:

(i) the U.S. federal income tax status (or lack of proof of the U.S. federal income tax status) of one or more Limited Partners has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the rates that can be charged to customers by any Group Member on assets that are subject to regulation by the FERC or an analogous regulatory body (a “ Rate Eligibility Trigger ”); or

(ii) any Group Member is subject to any federal, state or local law or regulation that would create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property in which the Group Member has an interest based on the nationality, citizenship or other related status of one or more Limited Partners (a “ Citizenship Eligibility Trigger ”);

then, (x) in the case of a Rate Eligibility Trigger, the General Partner may obtain such proof of the U.S. federal income tax status of the Limited Partners and, to the extent relevant, their beneficial owners, as the General Partner determines to be necessary to establish those Limited Partners whose U.S. federal income tax status does not or would not have a material adverse effect on the rates that can be charged to customers by any Group Member or (y) in the case of a Citizenship Eligibility Trigger, the General Partner may obtain such proof of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of the Limited Partners (or, if any Limited Partner is a nominee holding for the account of another Person, the nationality, citizenship or other related status of such Person) as the General Partner determines to be necessary to establish those Limited Partners whose nationality, citizenship or other related status does not or would not subject any Group Member to a significant risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any of its properties or interests therein.

 

35


(b) Without limitation of the foregoing, the General Partner may require all Limited Partners to certify as to their (and their beneficial owners’) status as Eligible Holders upon demand and on a regular basis, as determined by the General Partner, and may require transferees of Limited Partner Interests to so certify prior to being admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner (any such required certificate, an “ Eligibility Certificate ”).

(c) If any Limited Partner fails to furnish to the General Partner an Eligibility Certificate or other requested information of its (and its beneficial owners’) status as an Eligible Holder within thirty (30) days (or such other period as the General Partner may determine) of receipt of a request from the General Partner to furnish an Eligibility Certificate or other requested information, or if upon receipt of such Eligibility Certificate or other requested information the General Partner determines that a Limited Partner or a transferee of a Limited Partner is not an Eligible Holder (such a Partner, an “ Ineligible Holder ”), the Limited Partner Interests owned by such Limited Partner shall be subject to redemption in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 or the General Partner may refuse to effect the transfer of the Limited Partner Interests to such transferee. In addition, the General Partner shall be substituted for any Limited Partner that is an Ineligible Holder as the Limited Partner in respect of the Ineligible Holder’s Limited Partner Interests.

(d) The General Partner shall, in exercising voting rights in respect of Limited Partner Interests held by it on behalf of Ineligible Holders, distribute the votes in the same ratios as the votes of Limited Partners (including the General Partner and its Affiliates) in respect of Limited Partner Interests other than those of Ineligible Holders are cast, either for, against or abstaining as to the matter.

(e) Upon dissolution of the Partnership, an Ineligible Holder shall have no right to receive a distribution in kind pursuant to Section 12.4 but shall be entitled to the cash equivalent thereof, and the Partnership shall provide cash in exchange for an assignment of the Ineligible Holder’s share of any distribution in kind. Such payment and assignment shall be treated for Partnership purposes as a purchase by the Partnership from the Ineligible Holder of its Limited Partner Interest (representing the right to receive its share of such distribution in kind).

(f) At any time after an Ineligible Holder can and does certify that it no longer is an Ineligible Holder, it may, upon application to the General Partner, request that with respect to any Limited Partner Interests of such Ineligible Holder not redeemed pursuant to Section 4.10, such Ineligible Holder be admitted as a Limited Partner, and upon approval of the General Partner, such Ineligible Holder shall be admitted as Limited Partner and shall no longer constitute an Ineligible Holder, and the General Partner shall cease to be deemed to be the Limited Partner in respect of such Limited Partner Interests.

 

36


Section 4.10 Redemption of Partnership Interests of Ineligible Holders .

(a) If at any time a Limited Partner fails to furnish an Eligibility Certificate or any information requested within thirty (30) days (or such other period as the General Partner may determine) of receipt of a request from the General Partner to furnish an Eligibility Certificate, or if upon receipt of such Eligibility Certificate or such other information the General Partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that a Limited Partner is an Ineligible Holder, the Partnership may, unless the Limited Partner establishes to the satisfaction of the General Partner that such Limited Partner is not an Ineligible Holder or has transferred his Limited Partner Interests to a Person who is not an Ineligible Holder and who furnishes an Eligibility Certificate to the General Partner prior to the date fixed for redemption as provided below, redeem the Limited Partner Interest of such Limited Partner as follows:

(i) The General Partner shall, not later than the 30th day before the date fixed for redemption, give notice of redemption to the Limited Partner, at his last address designated in the Register by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. The notice shall be deemed to have been given when so mailed. The notice shall specify the Redeemable Interests, the date fixed for redemption, the place of payment, that payment of the redemption price will be made upon redemption of the Redeemable Interests (or, if later in the case of Redeemable Interests evidenced by Certificates, upon surrender of the Certificates evidencing the Redeemable Interests at the place specified in the notice) and that on and after the date fixed for redemption no further allocations or distributions to which the Limited Partner would otherwise be entitled in respect of the Redeemable Interests will accrue or be made.

(ii) The aggregate redemption price for Redeemable Interests shall be an amount equal to the Current Market Price (the date of determination of which shall be the date fixed for redemption) of Limited Partner Interests of the class to be so redeemed multiplied by the number of Limited Partner Interests of each such class included among the Redeemable Interests. The redemption price shall be paid, as determined by the General Partner, in cash or by delivery of a promissory note of the Partnership in the principal amount of the redemption price, bearing interest at the rate of 5% annually and payable in three equal annual installments of principal together with accrued interest, commencing one year after the redemption date.

(iii) The Limited Partner or his duly authorized representative shall be entitled to receive the payment for the Redeemable Interests at the place of payment specified in the notice of redemption on the redemption date (or, if later in the case of Redeemable Interests evidenced by Certificates, upon surrender by or on behalf of the Limited Partner or transferee at the place specified in the notice of redemption, of the Certificates evidencing the Redeemable Interests, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by an assignment duly executed in blank).

(iv) After the redemption date, Redeemable Interests shall no longer constitute issued and Outstanding Limited Partner Interests.

(b) The provisions of this Section 4.10 shall also be applicable to Limited Partner Interests held by a Limited Partner as nominee, agent or representative of a Person determined to be an Ineligible Holder.

(c) Nothing in this Section 4.10 shall prevent the recipient of a notice of redemption from transferring his Limited Partner Interest before the redemption date if such transfer is otherwise permitted under this Agreement and the transferor provides notice of such transfer to the General Partner. Upon receipt of notice of such a transfer, the General Partner

 

37


shall withdraw the notice of redemption, provided, however, that the transferee of such Limited Partner Interest certifies to the satisfaction of the General Partner that such transferee is not an Ineligible Holder. If the transferee fails to make such certification within 30 days after the request, and, in any event, before the redemption date, such redemption shall be effected from the transferee on the original redemption date.

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Section 5.1 Organizational Contributions . In connection with the formation of the Partnership under the Delaware Act, the General Partner made an initial Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount of $20.00 in exchange for a 2% General Partner Interest in the Partnership and has been admitted as the General Partner of the Partnership, and the Organizational Limited Partner made an initial Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount of $980.00 in exchange for a 98% Limited Partner Interest in the Partnership and has been admitted as a Limited Partner of the Partnership. As of the Closing Date, the interests of the General Partner and Organizational Limited Partner shall be redeemed as provided in the Contribution Agreement and the initial Capital Contributions of the General Partner and the Organizational Limited Partner shall be refunded, and all interest or other profit that may have resulted from the investment or other use of such initial Capital Contributions shall be allocated and distributed to the General Partner and the Organizational Limited Partner, respectively.

Section 5.2 Contributions by the General Partner and its Affiliates .

(a) On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, the General Partner contributed to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, its 14.0% membership interest in EP LLC in exchange for (i) 1,175,102 General Partner Units representing a continuation of its 2% General Partner Interest (after giving effect to any exercise of the Underwriters’ Option and the Deferred Issuance), subject to all of the rights, privileges and duties of the General Partner under this Agreement and (ii) the Incentive Distribution Rights. On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, VTDC contributed to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, its 86.0% membership interest in EP LLC in exchange for (i) 2,070,019 Common Units, (ii) 5,164,289 Subordinated Units and (iii) the right to receive its respective Deferred Issuance Percentage upon the earlier to occur of (A) the expiration of the Underwriters’ Option and (B) the exercise in full of the Underwriters’ Option. On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, Premcor Pipeline contributed to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, 100% of the outstanding membership interests in each of Lucas LLC, PAPS LLC and MKS Logistics in exchange for (i) 7,734,994 Common Units, (ii) 19,297,278 Subordinated Units and (iii) the right to receive its respective Deferred Issuance Percentage upon the earlier to occur of (A) the expiration of the Underwriters’ Option and (B) the exercise in full of the Underwriters’ Option. On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, VRCT contributed to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, 100% of the outstanding membership interests in Memphis LLC in exchange for (i) 1,015,474 Common Units, (ii) 2,533,407 Subordinated Units and (iii) the right to receive its respective Deferred Issuance Percentage upon the earlier to occur of (A) the expiration of the Underwriters’ Option and (B) the exercise in full of the Underwriters’ Option. On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, Premcor Refining contributed to the Partnership, as a

 

38


Capital Contribution, 100% of the outstanding membership interests in West Memphis LLC in exchange for (i) 719,502 Common Units, (ii) 1,795,075 Subordinated Units and (iii) the right to receive its respective Deferred Issuance Percentage upon the earlier to occur of (A) the expiration of the Underwriters’ Option and (B) the exercise in full of the Underwriters’ Option.

(b) Upon the issuance of any additional Limited Partner Interests by the Partnership (other than (i) the Common Units issued in the Initial Public Offering, (ii) the Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights issued pursuant to Section 5.2(a) (including any Common Units issued pursuant to the Deferred Issuance), (iii) any Common Units issued pursuant to Section 5.11 and (iv) any Common Units issued upon the conversion of any Partnership Interests), the General Partner may, in order to maintain the Percentage Interest with respect to its General Partner Interest, make additional Capital Contributions up to an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (A) the quotient determined by dividing (x) the Percentage Interest with respect to the General Partner Interests immediately prior to the issuance of such additional Limited Partner Interests by the Partnership by (y) 100% less the Percentage Interest with respect to the General Partner Interest immediately prior to the issuance of such additional Limited Partner Interests by the Partnership times (B) the gross amount contributed to the Partnership by the Limited Partners (before deduction of underwriters’ discounts and commissions) in exchange for such additional Limited Partner Interests. Except as set forth in Article XII, the General Partner shall not be obligated to make any additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership.

Section 5.3 Contributions by Limited Partners .

(a) On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, each IPO Underwriter contributed cash to the Partnership in exchange for the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units to each IPO Underwriter, all as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

(b) Upon the exercise, if any, of the Underwriters’ Option, each IPO Underwriter shall contribute cash to the Partnership on the Option Closing Date in exchange for the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units to each IPO Underwriter, all as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

(c) No Limited Partner Interests will be issued or issuable as of or at the Closing Date other than (i) the Common Units and Subordinated Units issued pursuant to Section 5.2(a) (including Common Units issuable pursuant to the Deferred Issuance), (ii) the Common Units issued to the IPO Underwriters as described in subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 5.3 and (iii) the Incentive Distribution Rights issued to the General Partner.

(d) No Limited Partner will be required to make any additional Capital Contribution to the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 5.4 Interest and Withdrawal . No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital Contributions. No Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon termination of the Partnership may be considered as such by law and then only to the extent

 

39


provided for in this Agreement. Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement, no Partner shall have priority over any other Partner either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions. Any such return shall be a compromise to which all Partners agree within the meaning of Section 17-502(b) of the Delaware Act.

Section 5.5 Capital Accounts .

(a) The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner (or a beneficial owner of Partnership Interests held by a nominee, agent or representative in any case in which such nominee, agent or representative has furnished the identity of such beneficial owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method acceptable to the General Partner) owning a Partnership Interest a separate Capital Account with respect to such Partnership Interest in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). The Capital Account shall in respect of each such Partnership Interest be increased by (i) the amount of all Capital Contributions made to the Partnership with respect to such Partnership Interest and (ii) all items of Partnership income and gain (including income and gain exempt from tax) computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.1, and decreased by (x) the amount of cash or Net Agreed Value of all actual and deemed distributions of cash or property made with respect to such Partnership Interest and (y) all items of Partnership deduction and loss computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.1.

(b) For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, loss or deduction that is to be allocated pursuant to Article VI and is to be reflected in the Partners’ Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax purposes (including any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for that purpose), provided, however, that:

(i) Solely for purposes of this Section 5.5, the Partnership shall be treated as owning directly its proportionate share (as determined by the General Partner based upon the provisions of the applicable Group Member Agreement or governing, organizational or similar documents) of all property owned by (x) any other Group Member that is classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and (y) any other partnership, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes of which a Group Member is, directly or indirectly, a partner, member or other equity holder.

(ii) All fees and other expenses incurred by the Partnership to promote the sale of (or to sell) a Partnership Interest that can neither be deducted nor amortized under Section 709 of the Code, if any, shall, for purposes of Capital Account maintenance, be treated as an item of deduction at the time such fees and other expenses are incurred and shall be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 6.1.

 

40


(iii) The computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be made (x) except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code that may be made by the Partnership and (y) as to those items described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) or 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are neither currently deductible nor capitalized for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

(iv) To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) of the Code (including pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.734-2(b)(1)) is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment in the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain or loss.

(v) In the event the Carrying Value of Partnership property is adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d), any Unrealized Gain resulting from such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain and any Unrealized Loss resulting from such adjustment shall be treated as an item of loss.

(vi) Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable disposition of any Partnership property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property as of such date of disposition were equal in amount to the Partnership’s Carrying Value with respect to such property as of such date.

(vii) In accordance with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code, any deductions for depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to any Contributed Property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property on the date it was acquired by the Partnership were equal to the Agreed Value of such property. Upon an adjustment pursuant to Section 5.5(d) to the Carrying Value of any Partnership property subject to depreciation, cost recovery or amortization, any further deductions for such depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to such property shall be determined under the rules prescribed by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d)(2) as if the adjusted basis of such property were equal to the Carrying Value of such property immediately following such adjustment.

(viii) The Gross Liability Value of each Liability of the Partnership described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-7(b)(3)(i) shall be adjusted at such times as provided in this Agreement for an adjustment to Carrying Values. The amount of any such adjustment shall be treated for purposes hereof as an item of loss (if the adjustment increases the Carrying Value of such Liability of the Partnership) or an item of gain (if the adjustment decreases the Carrying Value of such Liability of the Partnership).

(c) (i) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.5(c), a transferee of a Partnership Interest shall succeed to a Pro Rata portion of the Capital Account of the transferor relating to the Partnership Interest so transferred.

(ii) Subject to Section 6.7(b), immediately prior to the transfer of a Subordinated Unit or of a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.7 by a holder thereof (other than a transfer to an Affiliate unless the General Partner elects to have this subparagraph 5.5(c)(ii) apply), the Capital Account maintained for such Person with respect to its Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units will (A) first, be

 

41


allocated to the Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units to be transferred in an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of such Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units to be transferred and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit, and (B) second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the transferor, regardless of whether it has retained any converted Subordinated Units (“ Retained Converted Subordinated Units ”) or Subordinated Units. Following any such allocation, the transferor’s Capital Account, if any, maintained with respect to the retained Subordinated Units or Retained Converted Subordinated Units, if any, will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (B) hereinabove, and the transferee’s Capital Account established with respect to the transferred Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (A) hereinabove.

(iii) Subject to Section 6.8(b), immediately prior to the transfer of an IDR Reset Common Unit by a holder thereof (other than a transfer to an Affiliate unless the General Partner elects to have this subparagraph (iii) apply), the Capital Account maintained for such Person with respect to its IDR Reset Common Units will (A) first, be allocated to the IDR Reset Common Units to be transferred in an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of such IDR Reset Common Units to be transferred and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit, and (B) second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the transferor, regardless of whether it has retained any IDR Reset Common Units. Following any such allocation, the transferor’s Capital Account, if any, maintained with respect to the retained IDR Reset Common Units, if any, will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (B) hereinabove, and the transferee’s Capital Account established with respect to the transferred IDR Reset Common Units will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (A) above.

(d) (i) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), on an issuance of additional Partnership Interests for cash or Contributed Property, the issuance of Partnership Interests as consideration for the provision of services, the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units pursuant to Section 5.11, or the conversion of the General Partner’s Combined Interest to Common Units pursuant to Section 11.3(b), the Capital Account of each Partner and the Carrying Value of each Partnership property immediately prior to such issuance shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property; provided, however , that in the event of an issuance of Partnership Interests for a de minimis amount of cash or Contributed Property, or in the event of an issuance of a de minimis amount of Partnership Interests as consideration for the provision of services, the General Partner may determine that such adjustments are unnecessary for the proper administration of the Partnership. If upon the occurrence of a Revaluation Event described in this Section 5.1(d), a Noncompensatory Option of the Partnership is outstanding, the Partnership shall adjust the Carrying Value of each Partnership property in accordance with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f)(1) and 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(h)(2). In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate fair market value of all Partnership property (including cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to the issuance of additional Partnership Interests (or, in the case of an issuance of a Noncompensatory Option, immediately after such issuance if required pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s)(1)) shall be determined by the General Partner using such method of valuation as it may adopt. In making its determination of the fair market values of individual properties, the General Partner may first

 

42


determine an aggregate value for the assets of the Partnership, that takes into account the current trading price of the Common Units, the fair market value of all other Partnership Interests at such time and the amount of Partnership Liabilities. The General Partner may allocate such aggregate value among the individual properties of the Partnership (in such manner as it determines appropriate). Absent a contrary determination by the General Partner, the aggregate fair market value of all Partnership assets (including, without limitation, cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to a Revaluation Event shall be the value that would result in the Capital Account for each Common Unit that is Outstanding prior to such Revaluation Event being equal to the Event Issue Value.

(ii) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), immediately prior to any actual distribution to a Partner of any Partnership property (other than a distribution of cash that is not in redemption or retirement of a Partnership Interest), the Capital Accounts of all Partners and the Carrying Value of all Partnership property shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss the aggregate fair market value of all Partnership property (including cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to a distribution shall (A) in the case of a distribution that is not made pursuant to Section 12.4, be determined in the same manner as that provided in Section 5.5(d)(i) or (B) in the case of a liquidating distribution pursuant to Section 12.4, be determined by the Liquidator using such method of valuation as it may adopt.

Section 5.6 Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests .

(a) The Partnership may issue additional Partnership Interests (other than General Partner Interests (except for General Partner Interests issued pursuant to Section 5.2(b))) and Derivative Partnership Interests for any Partnership purpose at any time and from time to time to such Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as the General Partner shall determine, all without the approval of any Limited Partners.

(b) Each additional Partnership Interest authorized to be issued by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.6(a) may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any such classes, with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing classes and series of Partnership Interests), as shall be fixed by the General Partner, including (i) the right to share in Partnership profits and losses or items thereof; (ii) the right to share in Partnership distributions; (iii) the rights upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (iv) whether, and the terms and conditions upon which, the Partnership may or shall be required to redeem the Partnership Interest; (v) whether such Partnership Interest is issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (vi) the terms and conditions upon which each Partnership Interest will be issued, evidenced by Certificates and assigned or transferred; (vii) the method for determining the Percentage Interest as to such Partnership Interest; and (viii) the right, if any, of each such Partnership Interest to vote on Partnership matters, including matters relating to the relative rights, preferences and privileges of such Partnership Interest.

 

43


(c) The General Partner shall take all actions that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with (i) each issuance of Partnership Interests and Derivative Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 5.6, including Common Units issued in connection with the Deferred Issuance, (ii) the conversion of the Combined Interest into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (iii) the issuance of Common Units pursuant to Section 5.11, (iv) reflecting admission of such additional Limited Partners in the Register as the Record Holders of such Limited Partner Interests and (v) all additional issuances of Partnership Interests and Derivative Partnership Interests. The General Partner shall determine the relative rights, powers and duties of the holders of the Units or other Partnership Interests or Derivative Partnership Interests being so issued. The General Partner shall do all things necessary to comply with the Delaware Act and is authorized and directed to do all things that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with any future issuance of Partnership Interests or Derivative Partnership Interests or in connection with the conversion of the Combined Interest into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including compliance with any statute, rule, regulation or guideline of any federal, state or other governmental agency or any National Securities Exchange on which the Units or other Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading.

(d) No fractional Units shall be issued by the Partnership.

Section 5.7 Conversion of Subordinated Units .

(a) All of the Subordinated Units shall convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis on the expiration of the Subordination Period.

(b) A Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit shall be subject to the provisions of Section 6.7.

Section 5.8 Limited Preemptive Right . Except as provided in this Section 5.8 and in Section 5.2 and Section 5.11 or as otherwise provided in a separate agreement by the Partnership, no Person shall have any preemptive, preferential or other similar right with respect to the issuance of any Partnership Interest, whether unissued, held in the treasury or hereafter created. The General Partner shall have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its Affiliates, to purchase Partnership Interests from the Partnership whenever, and on the same terms that, the Partnership issues Partnership Interests to Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, up to the extent necessary to maintain the Percentage Interests of the General Partner and its Affiliates equal to that which existed immediately prior to the issuance of such Partnership Interests.

Section 5.9 Splits and Combinations .

(a) Subject to Section 5.9(e), Section 6.6 and Section 6.9 (dealing with adjustments of distribution levels), the Partnership may make a Pro Rata distribution of Partnership Interests to all Record Holders or may effect a subdivision or combination of Partnership Interests so long as, after any such event, each Partner shall have the same Percentage Interest in the Partnership as before such event, and any amounts calculated on a per Unit basis (including any Common Unit Arrearage or Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage) or stated as a number of Units are proportionately adjusted.

 

44


(b) Whenever such a distribution, subdivision or combination of Partnership Interests is declared, the General Partner shall select a Record Date as of which the distribution, subdivision or combination shall be effective and shall send notice thereof at least 20 days prior to such Record Date to each Record Holder as of a date not less than 10 days prior to the date of such notice (or such shorter periods as required by applicable law). The General Partner also may cause a firm of independent public accountants selected by it to calculate the number of Partnership Interests to be held by each Record Holder after giving effect to such distribution, subdivision or combination. The General Partner shall be entitled to rely on any certificate provided by such firm as conclusive evidence of the accuracy of such calculation.

(c) If a Pro Rata distribution of Partnership Interests, or a subdivision or combination of Partnership Interests, is made as contemplated in this Section 5.9, the number of General Partner Units constituting the Percentage Interest of the General Partner (as determined immediately prior to the Record Date for such distribution, subdivision or combination) shall be appropriately adjusted as of the date of payment of such distribution, or the effective date of such subdivision or combination, to maintain such Percentage Interest of the General Partner.

(d) Promptly following any such distribution, subdivision or combination, the Partnership may issue Certificates or uncertificated Partnership Interests to the Record Holders of Partnership Interests as of the applicable Record Date representing the new number of Partnership Interests held by such Record Holders, or the General Partner may adopt such other procedures that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect such changes. If any such combination results in a smaller total number of Partnership Interests Outstanding, the Partnership shall require, as a condition to the delivery to a Record Holder of Partnership Interests represented by Certificates, the surrender of any Certificate held by such Record Holder immediately prior to such Record Date.

(e) The Partnership shall not issue fractional Units or General Partner Units upon any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units. If a distribution, subdivision or combination of Units would result in the issuance of fractional Units and General Partner Units but for the provisions of Section 5.6(d) and this Section 5.9(e), each fractional Unit and General Partner Unit shall be rounded to the nearest whole Unit or General Partner Unit (with fractional Units or General Partner Units equal to or greater than a 0.5 Unit or General Partner Unit being rounded to the next higher Unit or General Partner Unit).

Section 5.10 Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests . All Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to, and in accordance with the requirements of, this Article V shall be fully paid and non-assessable Limited Partner Interests in the Partnership, except as such non-assessability may be affected by Sections 17-303, 17-607 or 17-804 of the Delaware Act.

Section 5.11 Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights .

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 5.11, the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right, at any

 

45


time when there are no Subordinated Units Outstanding and the Partnership has made a distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(b)(v) for each of the four most recently completed Quarters and the amount of each such distribution did not exceed Adjusted Operating Surplus for such Quarter, to make an election (the “ IDR Reset Election ”) to cause the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions to be reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.11(e) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive their respective proportionate share of a number of Common Units (the “ IDR Reset Common Units ”) derived by dividing (i) the average amount of cash distributions made by the Partnership for the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice (as defined in Section 5.11(b)) in respect of the Incentive Distribution Rights by (ii) the average of the cash distributions made by the Partnership in respect of each Common Unit for the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice (the number of Common Units determined by such quotient is referred to herein as the “ Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units ”). If at the time of any IDR Reset Election the General Partner and its Affiliates are not the holders of a majority interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights, then the IDR Reset Election shall be subject to the prior written concurrence of the General Partner that the conditions described in the immediately preceding sentence have been satisfied. Upon the issuance of such IDR Reset Common Units, the Partnership will issue to the General Partner that number of additional General Partner Units equal to the product of (x) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Percentage Interest of the General Partner immediately prior to such issuance by (B) a percentage equal to 100% less such Percentage Interest by (y) the number of such IDR Reset Common Units, and the General Partner shall not be obligated to make any additional Capital Contribution to the Partnership in exchange for such issuance. The making of the IDR Reset Election in the manner specified in this Section 5.11 shall cause the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions to be reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.11(e) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive IDR Reset Common Units and the General Partner will become entitled to receive General Partner Units on the basis specified above, without any further approval required by the General Partner or the Unitholders other than as set forth in this Section 5.11(a), at the time specified in Section 5.11(c) unless the IDR Reset Election is rescinded pursuant to Section 5.11(d).

(b) To exercise the right specified in Section 5.11(a), the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall deliver a written notice (the “ Reset Notice ”) to the Partnership. Within 10 Business Days after the receipt by the Partnership of such Reset Notice, the Partnership shall deliver a written notice to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights of the Partnership’s determination of the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units that each holder of Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive.

(c) The holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units and the General Partner will be entitled to receive the related additional General Partner Units on the fifteenth Business Day after receipt by the Partnership of the Reset Notice; provided, however , that the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights shall not occur prior to the approval of the listing or admission for trading of such IDR Reset Common Units by the

 

46


principal National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then listed or admitted for trading if any such approval is required pursuant to the rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange.

(d) If the principal National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then traded has not approved the listing or admission for trading of the IDR Reset Common Units to be issued pursuant to this Section 5.11 on or before the 30th calendar day following the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice and such approval is required by the rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange, then the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right to either rescind the IDR Reset Election or elect to receive other Partnership Interests having such terms as the General Partner may approve, with the approval of the Conflicts Committee, that will provide (i) the same economic value, in the aggregate, as the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units would have had at the time of the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice, as determined by the General Partner, and (ii) for the subsequent conversion of such Partnership Interests into Common Units within not more than 12 months following the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice upon the satisfaction of one or more conditions that are reasonably acceptable to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights).

(e) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions, shall be adjusted at the time of the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units or other Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 5.11 such that (i) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution shall be reset to equal the average cash distribution amount per Common Unit for the two Quarters immediately prior to the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice (the “ Reset MQD ”), (ii) the First Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 115% of the Reset MQD, (iii) the Second Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 125% of the Reset MQD and (iv) the Third Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 150% of the Reset MQD.

(f) Upon the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units pursuant to Section 5.11(a), the Capital Account maintained with respect to the Incentive Distribution Rights will (i) first, be allocated to IDR Reset Common Units in an amount equal to the product of (A) the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units and (B) the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit, and (ii) second, as to any remaining balance in such Capital Account, will be retained by the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights. If there is not sufficient capital associated with the Incentive Distribution Rights to allocate the full Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit to the IDR Reset Common Units in accordance with clause (i) of this Section 5.11(f), the IDR Reset Common Units shall be subject to Sections 6.1(d)(x)(B) and (C).

 

47


ARTICLE VI

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 Allocations for Capital Account Purposes . For purposes of maintaining the Capital Accounts and in determining the rights of the Partners among themselves, the Partnership’s items of income, gain, loss and deduction (computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) for each taxable period shall be allocated among the Partners as provided herein below.

(a) Net Income . After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d), Net Income for each taxable period and all items of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Income for such taxable period shall be allocated as follows:

(i) First, to the General Partner until the aggregate amount of Net Income allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.1(a)(i) for the current and all previous taxable periods is equal to the aggregate amount of Net Loss allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable periods; and

(ii) The balance, if any, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, and (y) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the percentage applicable to subclause (x).

(b) Net Loss . After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d), Net Loss for each taxable period and all items of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Loss for such taxable period shall be allocated as follows:

(i) First, to the General Partner and the Unitholders, Pro Rata; provided, however , that Net Losses shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(b)(i) to the extent that such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable period (or increase any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account); and

(ii) The balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.

(c) Net Termination Gains and Losses . After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d), Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss (including a pro rata part of each item of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period shall be allocated in the manner set forth in this Section 6.1(c). All allocations under this Section 6.1(c) shall be made after Capital Account balances have been adjusted by all other allocations provided under this Section 6.1 and after all distributions of Available Cash provided under Section 6.4 and Section 6.5 have been made; provided, however , that solely for purposes of this Section 6.1(c), Capital Accounts shall not be adjusted for distributions made pursuant to Section 12.4.

(i) Except as provided in Section 6.1(c)(iv), and subject to the provisions set forth in the last sentence of this Section 6.1(c)(i), Net Termination Gain (including a pro rata part of each item of income, gain, loss, and deduction taken into account in computing Net Termination Gain) shall be allocated in the following order and priority:

(A) First, to each Partner having a deficit balance in its Capital Account, in the proportion that such deficit balance bears to the total deficit balances in the Capital Accounts of all Partners, until each such Partner has been allocated Net Termination Gain equal to any such deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account;

 

48


(B) Second, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i) or Section 6.4(b)(i) with respect to such Common Unit for such Quarter (the amount determined pursuant to this clause (2) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Unpaid MQD ”) and (3) any then existing Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage;

(C) Third, if such Net Termination Gain is recognized (or is deemed to be recognized) prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Subordinated Unit into a Common Unit, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until the Capital Account in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding equals the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, determined for the taxable period (or portion thereof) to which this allocation of gain relates, and (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iii) with respect to such Subordinated Unit for such Quarter;

(D) Fourth, 100% to the General Partner and all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, (2) the Unpaid MQD, (3) any then existing Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage, and (4) the excess of (aa) the First Target Distribution less the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for each Quarter after the Closing Date or the date of the most recent IDR Reset Election, if any, over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iv) and Section 6.4(b)(ii) for such period (the sum of (1), (2), (3) and (4) is hereinafter referred to as the “ First Liquidation Target Amount ”);

(E) Fifth, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (y) 13% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (z) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (E), until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) the First Liquidation Target Amount, and (2) the excess of (aa) the Second Target Distribution less the First Target Distribution for each Quarter after the Closing Date or the date of the most recent IDR Reset Election, if any, over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(v) and Section 6.4(b)(iii) for such period (the sum of (1) and (2) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Second Liquidation Target Amount ”);

(F) Sixth, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (y) 23% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (z) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the

 

49


percentages applicable to subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (F), until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) the Second Liquidation Target Amount, and (2) the excess of (aa) the Third Target Distribution less the Second Target Distribution for each Quarter after the Closing Date or the date of the most recent IDR Reset Election, if any, over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(vi) and Section 6.4(b)(iv) for such period; and

(G) Finally, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (y) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (z) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (G).

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions in this Section 6.1(c)(i), the General Partner may adjust the amount of any Net Termination Gain arising in connection with a Revaluation Event that is allocated to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights in a manner that will result (i) in the Capital Account for each Common Unit that is Outstanding prior to such Revaluation Event being equal to the Event Issue Value and (ii) to the greatest extent possible, the Capital Account with respect to the Incentive Distribution Rights that are Outstanding prior to such Revaluation Event being equal to the amount of Net Termination Gain that would be allocated to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(i) if the Capital Accounts with respect to all Partnership Interests that were Outstanding immediately prior to such Revaluation Event and the Carrying Value of each Partnership property were equal to zero.

(ii) Except as otherwise provided by Section 6.1(c)(iii) or Section 6.1(c)(iv), Net Termination Loss (including a pro rata part of each item of income, gain, loss, and deduction taken into account in computing Net Termination Loss) shall be allocated:

(A) First, if Subordinated Units remain Outstanding, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until the Adjusted Capital Account in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero;

(B) Second, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until the Adjusted Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero; and

(C) The balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.

(iii) Net Termination Loss deemed recognized pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of Net Termination Loss as a result of a Revaluation Event prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Subordinated Unit and prior to the Liquidation Date shall be allocated:

(A) First, to the Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding equals the Event Issue Value; provided that Net Termination Loss shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(iii) (A) to the extent such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable period (or increase any existing deficit in its Adjusted Capital Account);

 

50


(B) Second, to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata; provided, however , that Net Termination Loss shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(iii)(B) to the extent such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable period (or increase any existing deficit in its Adjusted Capital Account); and

(C) The balance, if any, to the General Partner.

(iv) If (A) a Net Termination Loss has been allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(iii), (B) a Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss subsequently occurs (other than as a result of a Revaluation Event) prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Subordinated Unit and (C) after tentatively making all allocations of such Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss provided for in Section 6.1(c)(i) or Section 6.1(c)(ii), as applicable, the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit does not equal the amount such Capital Account would have been if Section 6.1(c)(iii) had not been part of this Agreement and all prior allocations of Net Termination Gain and Net Termination Loss had been made pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i) or Section 6.1(c)(ii), as applicable, then items of income, gain, loss and deduction included in such Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss, as applicable, shall be specially allocated to the General Partner and all Unitholders in a manner that will, to the maximum extent possible, cause the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit to equal the amount such Capital Account would have been if all allocations of Net Termination Gain and Net Termination Loss had been made pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i) or Section 6.1(c)(ii), as applicable.

(d) Special Allocations . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, the following special allocations shall be made for such taxable period in the following order:

(i) Partnership Minimum Gain Chargeback . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, each Partner shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(f)(6), 1.704-2(g)(2) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(i), or any successor provision. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d) with respect to such taxable period (other than an allocation pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(vi) and Section 6.1(d)(vii)). This Section 6.1(d)(i) is intended to comply with the Partnership Minimum Gain chargeback requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

51


(ii) Chargeback of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 6.1 (other than Section 6.1(d)(i)), except as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, any Partner with a share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain at the beginning of such taxable period shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii), or any successor provisions. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d) and other than an allocation pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i), Section 6.1(d)(vi) and Section 6.1(d)(vii) with respect to such taxable period. This Section 6.1(d)(ii) is intended to comply with the chargeback of items of income and gain requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(iii) Priority Allocations .

(A) If the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of any property distributed (except cash or property distributed pursuant to Section 12.4) with respect to a Unit exceeds the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of property distributed with respect to another Unit (the amount of the excess, an “ Excess Distribution ” and the Unit with respect to which the greater distribution is paid, an “ Excess Distribution Unit ”), then (1) there shall be allocated gross income and gain to each Unitholder receiving an Excess Distribution with respect to the Excess Distribution Unit until the aggregate amount of such items allocated with respect to such Excess Distribution Unit pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A) for the current taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal to the amount of the Excess Distribution; and (2) the General Partner shall be allocated gross income and gain with respect to each such Excess Distribution in an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (aa) the quotient determined by dividing (x) the General Partner’s Percentage Interest at the time when the Excess Distribution occurs by (y) a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest at the time when the Excess Distribution occurs, times (bb) the total amount allocated in clause (1) above with respect to such Excess Distribution.

(B) After the application of Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A), all or any portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for the taxable period, if any, shall be allocated (1) to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, until the aggregate amount of such items allocated to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(B) for the current taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal to the cumulative amount of all Incentive Distributions made to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights from the Closing Date to a date 45 days after the end of the current taxable period; and (2) to the General Partner an amount equal to the product of (aa) an amount equal to the quotient determined by dividing (x) the General Partner’s Percentage Interest by (y) the sum of 100 less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest times (bb) the sum of the amounts allocated in clause (1) above.

 

52


(iv) Qualified Income Offset . In the event any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6), items of Partnership gross income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the deficit balance, if any, in its Adjusted Capital Account created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible; provided, however , that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iv) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account as adjusted after all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.1(d)(iv) were not in this Agreement.

(v) Gross Income Allocation . In the event any Partner has a deficit balance in its Capital Account at the end of any taxable period in excess of the sum of (A) the amount such Partner is required to restore pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and (B) the amount such Partner is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5), such Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership gross income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided, however , that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(v) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Capital Account as adjusted after all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if Section 6.1(d)(iv) and this Section 6.1(d)(v) were not in this Agreement.

(vi) Nonrecourse Deductions . Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the Partners Pro Rata. If the General Partner determines that the Partnership’s Nonrecourse Deductions should be allocated in a different ratio to satisfy the safe harbor requirements of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the General Partner is authorized, upon notice to the other Partners, to revise the prescribed ratio to the numerically closest ratio that does satisfy such requirements.

(vii) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions . Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the Partner that bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i). If more than one Partner bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt, the Partner Nonrecourse Deductions attributable thereto shall be allocated between or among such Partners in accordance with the ratios in which they share such Economic Risk of Loss.

(viii) Nonrecourse Liabilities . For purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners agree that Nonrecourse Liabilities of the Partnership in excess of the sum of (A) the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain and (B) the total amount of Nonrecourse Built-in Gain shall be allocated among the Partners Pro Rata.

(ix) Code Section 754 Adjustments . To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) of the Code (including pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.734-2(b)(1)) is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital

 

53


Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such item of gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Treasury Regulations.

(x) Economic Uniformity; Changes in Law .

(A) At the election of the General Partner with respect to any taxable period ending upon, or after, the termination of the Subordination Period, all or a portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for such taxable period, after taking into account allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(iii), shall be allocated 100% to each Partner holding Subordinated Units that are Outstanding as of the termination of the Subordination Period (“ Final Subordinated Units ”) in the proportion of the number of Final Subordinated Units held by such Partner to the total number of Final Subordinated Units then Outstanding, until each such Partner has been allocated an amount of gross income or gain that increases the Capital Account maintained with respect to such Final Subordinated Units to an amount that after taking into account the other allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction to be made with respect to such taxable period will equal the product of (A) the number of Final Subordinated Units held by such Partner and (B) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit. The purpose of this allocation is to establish uniformity between the Capital Accounts underlying Final Subordinated Units and the Capital Accounts underlying Common Units held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates immediately prior to the conversion of such Final Subordinated Units into Common Units. This allocation method for establishing such economic uniformity will be available to the General Partner only if the method for allocating the Capital Account maintained with respect to the Subordinated Units between the transferred and retained Subordinated Units pursuant to Section 5.5(c)(ii) does not otherwise provide such economic uniformity to the Final Subordinated Units.

(B) With respect to an event triggering an adjustment to the Carrying Value of Partnership property pursuant to Section 5.5(d) during any taxable period of the Partnership ending upon, or after, the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units pursuant to Section 5.11, after the application of Section 6.1(d)(x)(A), any Unrealized Gains and Unrealized Losses shall be allocated among the Partners in a manner that to the nearest extent possible results in the Capital Accounts maintained with respect to such IDR Reset Common Units issued pursuant to Section 5.11 equaling the product of (A) the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units and (B) the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit.

(C) With respect to any taxable period during which an IDR Reset Common Unit is transferred to any Person who is not an Affiliate of the transferor, all or a portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for such taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the transferor Partner of such transferred IDR Reset Common Unit until such transferor Partner has been allocated an amount of gross income or gain that increases the Capital Account maintained with respect to such transferred IDR Reset Common Unit to an amount equal to the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit.

 

54


(D) For the proper administration of the Partnership and for the preservation of uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof), the General Partner shall (i) adopt such conventions as it deems appropriate in determining the amount of depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions; (ii) make special allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction, Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss; and (iii) amend the provisions of this Agreement as appropriate (x) to reflect the proposal or promulgation of Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) or Section 704(c) of the Code or (y) otherwise to preserve or achieve uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General Partner may adopt such conventions, make such allocations and make such amendments to this Agreement as provided in this Section 6.1(d)(x)(D) only if such conventions, allocations or amendments would not have a material adverse effect on the Partners, the holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests issued and Outstanding or the Partnership, and if such allocations are consistent with the principles of Section 704 of the Code.

(xi) Curative Allocation .

(A) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, other than the Required Allocations, the Required Allocations shall be taken into account in making the Agreed Allocations so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of items of gross income, gain, loss and deduction allocated to each Partner pursuant to the Required Allocations and the Agreed Allocations, together, shall be equal to the net amount of such items that would have been allocated to each such Partner under the Agreed Allocations had the Required Allocations and the related Curative Allocation not otherwise been provided in this Section 6.1. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Required Allocations relating to (1) Nonrecourse Deductions shall not be taken into account except to the extent that there has been a decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain and (2) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions shall not be taken into account except to the extent that there has been a decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. In exercising its discretion under this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A), the General Partner may take into account future Required Allocations that, although not yet made, are likely to offset other Required Allocations previously made. Allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) shall only be made with respect to Required Allocations to the extent the General Partner determines that such allocations will otherwise be inconsistent with the economic agreement among the Partners. Further, allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) shall be deferred with respect to allocations pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) hereof to the extent the General Partner determines that such allocations are likely to be offset by subsequent Required Allocations.

(B) The General Partner shall, with respect to each taxable period, (1) apply the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) in whatever order is most likely to minimize the economic distortions that might otherwise result from the Required Allocations, and (2) divide all allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) among the Partners in a manner that is likely to minimize such economic distortions.

 

55


(xii) Equalization of Capital Accounts With Respect to Privately Placed Units . Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss deemed recognized as a result of a Revaluation Event shall first be allocated to the (A) Unitholders holding Privately Placed Units or (B) Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, as applicable, to the extent necessary to cause the Capital Account in respect of each Privately Placed Unit then Outstanding to equal the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit (other than Privately Placed Units) then Outstanding.

(xiii) Corrective and Other Allocations . In the event of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items or a Net Termination Loss, the following rules shall apply:

(A) The General Partner shall allocate Additional Book Basis Derivative Items consisting of depreciation, amortization, depletion or any other form of cost recovery (other than Additional Book Basis Derivative Items included in Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) with respect to any Adjusted Property to the Unitholders, Pro Rata, the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights and the General Partner, all in the same proportion as the Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss resulting from the Revaluation Event that gave rise to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items was allocated to them pursuant to Section 6.1(c).

(B) If a sale or other taxable disposition of an Adjusted Property, including, for this purpose, inventory (“ Disposed of Adjusted Property ”) occurs other than in connection with an event giving rise to Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss, the General Partner shall allocate (1) items of gross income and gain (aa) away from the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights and the General Partner and (bb) to the Unitholders, or (2) items of deduction and loss (aa) away from the Unitholders and (bb) to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights and the General Partner, to the extent that the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items with respect to the Disposed of Adjusted Property (determined in accordance with the last sentence of the definition of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items) treated as having been allocated to the Unitholders pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xiii)(5)(B) exceed their Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items with respect to such Disposed of Adjusted Property. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d)(xiii)(B), the Unitholders shall be treated as having been allocated Additional Book Basis Derivative Items to the extent that such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items have reduced the amount of income that would otherwise have been allocated to the Unitholders under the Partnership Agreement (e.g., Additional Book Basis Derivative Items taken into account in computing cost of goods sold would reduce the amount of book income otherwise available for allocation among the Partners). Any allocation made pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xiii)(B) shall be made after all of the other Agreed Allocations have been made as if this Section 6.1(d)(xiii) were not in this Agreement and, to the extent necessary, shall require the reallocation of items that have been allocated pursuant to such other Agreed Allocations.

(C) Net Termination Loss in an amount equal to the lesser of (1) such Net Termination Loss and (2) the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments shall be allocated in such a manner, as determined by the General Partner,

 

56


that to the extent possible, the Capital Account balances of the Partners will equal the amount they would have been had no prior Book-Up Events occurred, and any remaining Net Termination Loss shall be allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c) hereof. In allocating Net Termination Loss pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xiii)(C), the General Partner shall attempt, to the extent possible, to cause the Capital Accounts of the Unitholders, on the one hand, and holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, on the other hand, to equal the amount they would equal if (i) the Carrying Values of the Partnership’s property had not been previously adjusted in connection with any prior Book-Up Events, (ii) Unrealized Gain and Unrealized Loss (or, in the case of a liquidation, actual gain or loss) with respect to such Partnership Property were determined with respect to such unadjusted Carrying Values, and (iii) any resulting Net Termination Gain had been allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, taking into account the provisions set forth in the last sentence of Section 6.1(c)(i)).

(D) For purposes of this Section 6.1(d)(xiii), the Unitholders shall be treated as being allocated Additional Book Basis Derivative Items to the extent that such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items have reduced the amount of income that would otherwise have been allocated to the Unitholders under this Agreement. In making the allocations required under this Section 6.1(d)(xiii), the General Partner may apply whatever conventions or other methodology it determines will satisfy the purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(xiii). Without limiting the foregoing, if an Adjusted Property is contributed by the Partnership to another entity classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes (the “ lower tier partnership ”), the General Partner may make allocations similar to those described in Sections 6.1(d)(xiii)(A)—(C) to the extent the General Partner determines such allocations are necessary to account for the Partnership’s allocable share of income, gain, loss and deduction of the lower tier partnership that relate to the contributed Adjusted Property in a manner that is consistent with the purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(xiii).

(xiv) Special Curative Allocation in Event of Liquidation Prior to Conversion of the Last Outstanding Subordinated Unit . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1 (other than the Required Allocations), if (A) the Liquidation Date occurs prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Subordinated Unit and (B) after having made all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 for the taxable period in which the Liquidation Date occurs, the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit does not equal the amount such Capital Account would have been if Section 6.1(c)(iii) and Section 6.1(c)(iv) had not been part of this Agreement and all prior allocations of Net Termination Gain and Net Termination Loss had been made pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i) or Section 6.1(c)(ii), as applicable, then items of income, gain, loss and deduction for such taxable period shall be reallocated among the General Partner and all Unitholders in a manner determined appropriate by the General Partner so as to cause, to the maximum extent possible, the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit to equal the amount such Capital Account would have been if all prior allocations of Net Termination Gain and Net Termination Loss had been made pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i) or Section 6.1(c)(ii), as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, the reallocation of items set forth in the immediately preceding sentence provides that, to the extent necessary to achieve the Capital Account balances described above, (x) items of income and gain that would otherwise be included in Net Income or Net Loss, as the case may be, for the taxable period in which the

 

57


Liquidation Date occurs, shall be reallocated from the General Partner and Unitholders holding Subordinated Units to Unitholders holding Common Units and (y) items of deduction and loss that would otherwise be included in Net Income or Net Loss, as the case may be, for the taxable period in which the Liquidation Date occurs shall be reallocated from Unitholders holding Common Units to the General Partner and Unitholders holding Subordinated Units. In the event that (i) the Liquidation Date occurs on or before the date (not including any extension of time prescribed by law for the filing of the Partnership’s federal income tax return for the taxable period immediately prior to the taxable period in which the Liquidation Date occurs and (ii) the reallocation of items for the taxable period in which the Liquidation Date occurs as set forth above in this Section 6.1(d)(xiv) fails to achieve the Capital Account balances described above, items of income, gain, loss and deduction that would otherwise be included in the Net Income or Net Loss, as the case may be, for such prior taxable period shall be reallocated among the General Partner and all Unitholders in a manner that will, to the maximum extent possible and after taking into account all other allocations made pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xiv), cause the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit to equal the amount such Capital Account would have been if all prior allocations of Net Termination Gain and Net Termination Loss had been made pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i) or Section 6.1(c)(ii), as applicable.

Section 6.2 Allocations for Tax Purposes.

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, for federal income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.

(b) In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities attributable to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, items of income, gain, loss, depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions shall be allocated for federal income tax purposes among the Partners in the manner provided under Section 704(c) of the Code, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code, as determined to be appropriate by the General Partner (taking into account the General Partner’s discretion under Section 6.1(d)(x)(D)); provided, however , that the General Partner shall apply the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d) in all events.

(c) The General Partner may determine to depreciate or amortize the portion of an adjustment under Section 743(b) of the Code attributable to unrealized appreciation in any Adjusted Property (to the extent of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity) using a predetermined rate derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity of such property, despite any inconsistency of such approach with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-l(a)(6) or any successor regulations thereto. If the General Partner determines that such reporting position cannot reasonably be taken, the General Partner may adopt depreciation and amortization conventions under which all purchasers acquiring Limited Partner Interests in the same month would receive depreciation and amortization deductions, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in the Partnership’s property. If the General Partner chooses not to utilize such aggregate method, the General Partner may use any other depreciation and amortization conventions to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of any Limited Partner Interests, so long as such conventions would not have a material adverse effect on the Limited Partners or the Record Holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests.

 

58


(d) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.1245-1(e) and 1.1250-1(f), any gain allocated to the Partners upon the sale or other taxable disposition of any Partnership asset shall, to the extent possible, after taking into account other required allocations of gain pursuant to this Section 6.2, be characterized as Recapture Income in the same proportions and to the same extent as such Partners (or their predecessors in interest) have been allocated any deductions directly or indirectly giving rise to the treatment of such gains as Recapture Income.

(e) All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit recognized by the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and allocated to the Partners in accordance with the provisions hereof shall be determined without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code that may be made by the Partnership; provided, however , that such allocations, once made, shall be adjusted (in the manner determined by the General Partner) to take into account those adjustments permitted or required by Sections 734 and 743 of the Code.

(f) Each item of Partnership income, gain, loss and deduction, for federal income tax purposes, shall be determined for each taxable period and prorated on a monthly basis and shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange on which the Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of each month; provided, however , that such items for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of the month in which the last Option Closing Date or the expiration of the Underwriters’ Option occurs shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange on which the Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of the next succeeding month; and provided, further , that gain or loss on a sale or other disposition of any assets of the Partnership or any other extraordinary item of income or loss realized and recognized other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined by the General Partner, shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange on which the Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of the month in which such gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes. The General Partner may revise, alter or otherwise modify such methods of allocation to the extent permitted or required by Section 706 of the Code and the regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder.

(g) Allocations that would otherwise be made to a Limited Partner under the provisions of this Article VI shall instead be made to the beneficial owner of Limited Partner Interests held by a nominee, agent or representative in any case in which such nominee, agent or representative has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method determined by the General Partner.

(h) If, as a result of an exercise of a Noncompensatory Option, a Capital Account reallocation is required under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s)(3), the General Partner shall make corrective allocations pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(x).

 

59


Section 6.3 Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders.

(a) Within 45 days following the end of each Quarter commencing with the Quarter ending on December 31, 2013, an amount equal to 100% of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall be distributed in accordance with this Article VI by the Partnership to the Partners as of the Record Date selected by the General Partner. The Record Date for the first distribution of Available Cash shall not be prior to the final closing of the Underwriters’ Option or the Deferred Issuance. All amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on any date from any source shall be deemed to be Operating Surplus until the sum of all amounts of Available Cash theretofore distributed by the Partnership to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.4 equals the Operating Surplus from the Closing Date through the close of the immediately preceding Quarter. Any remaining amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on such date shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5, be deemed to be “ Capital Surplus. ” All distributions required to be made under this Agreement shall be made subject to Sections 17-607 and 17-804 of the Delaware Act and other applicable law, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 6.3(a) (but subject to the last sentence of Section 3.6(a)), in the event of the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership, all cash received during or after the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs shall be applied and distributed solely in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Section 12.4.

(c) The General Partner may treat taxes paid by the Partnership on behalf of, or amounts withheld with respect to, all or less than all of the Partners, as a distribution of Available Cash to such Partners, as determined appropriate under the circumstances by the General Partner.

(d) Each distribution in respect of a Partnership Interest shall be paid by the Partnership, directly or through the Transfer Agent or through any other Person or agent, only to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest as of the Record Date set for such distribution. Such payment shall constitute full payment and satisfaction of the Partnership’s liability in respect of such payment, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such payment by reason of an assignment or otherwise.

Section 6.4 Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus.

(a) During the Subordination Period . Available Cash with respect to any Quarter within the Subordination Period that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 or 6.5 shall be distributed as follows, except as otherwise required in respect of additional Partnership Interests issued pursuant to Section 5.6(b):

(i) First, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

 

60


(ii) Second, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage existing with respect to such Quarter;

(iii) Third, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to the Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(iv) Fourth, to the General Partner and all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(v) Fifth, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (B) 13% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (v), until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;

(vi) Sixth, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (B) 23% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (vi), until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and

(vii) Thereafter, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (B) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (vii);

provided, however , if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution, the Second Target Distribution and the Third Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a), the distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.4(a)(vii).

(b) After the Subordination Period . Available Cash with respect to any Quarter after the Subordination Period (which Quarter may include the date on which the Subordination Period ends) that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 or Section 6.5 shall be distributed as follows, except as otherwise required in respect of additional Partnership Interests issued pursuant to Section 5.6(b):

 

61


(i) First, to the General Partner and all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(ii) Second, to the General Partner and all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(iii) Third, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (B) 13% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (iii), until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;

(iv) Fourth, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (B) 23% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (iv), until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and

(v) Thereafter, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (B) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (v);

provided, however , that if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution, the Second Target Distribution and the Third Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a), the distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.4(b)(v).

Section 6.5 Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus . Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3(a) shall be distributed, unless the provisions of Section 6.3 require otherwise, to the General Partner and the Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the Minimum Quarterly Distribution has been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a). Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus shall then be distributed (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (B) to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage. Thereafter, all Available Cash shall be distributed as if it were Operating Surplus and shall be distributed in accordance with Section 6.4.

 

62


Section 6.6 Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels.

(a) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, Target Distributions, Common Unit Arrearages and Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages shall be proportionately adjusted in the event of any distribution, combination or subdivision (whether effected by a distribution payable in Units or otherwise) of Units or other Partnership Interests in accordance with Section 5.9. In the event of a distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be from Capital Surplus, the then applicable Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distributions shall be adjusted proportionately downward to equal the product obtained by multiplying the otherwise applicable Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, as the case may be, by a fraction, of which the numerator is the Unrecovered Initial Unit Price of the Common Units immediately after giving effect to such distribution and of which the denominator is the Unrecovered Initial Unit Price of the Common Units immediately prior to giving effect to such distribution.

(b) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, shall also be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5.11 and Section 6.9.

Section 6.7 Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units.

(a) Except with respect to the right to vote on or approve matters requiring the vote or approval of a percentage of the holders of Outstanding Common Units and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units, the holder of a Subordinated Unit shall have all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder; provided, however , that immediately upon the conversion of Subordinated Units into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.7, the Unitholder holding a Subordinated Unit shall possess all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder with respect to such converted Subordinated Units, including the right to vote as a Common Unitholder and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units; provided, however , that such converted Subordinated Units shall remain subject to the provisions of Sections 5.5(c)(ii), 6.1(d)(x)(A), 6.7(b) and 6.7(c).

(b) A Unitholder shall not be permitted to transfer a Subordinated Unit or a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.7 (other than a transfer to an Affiliate) if the remaining balance in the transferring Unitholder’s Capital Account with respect to the retained Subordinated Units or Retained Converted Subordinated Units would be negative after giving effect to the allocation under Section 5.5(c)(ii)(B).

(c) The holder of a Common Unit that has resulted from the conversion of a Subordinated Unit pursuant to Section 5.7 or Section 11.4 shall not be issued a Common Unit Certificate pursuant to Section 4.1 (if the Common Units are represented by Certificates) and shall not be permitted to transfer such Common Unit to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the holder until such time as the General Partner determines, based on advice of counsel, that each such Common Unit should have, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics, in all material respects, to the intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics of an Initial Common Unit. In connection with the condition imposed by this Section 6.7(c), the General Partner may take whatever steps are required to provide economic

 

63


uniformity to such Common Units in preparation for a transfer of such Common Units, including the application of Sections 5.5(c)(ii), 6.1(d)(x) and 6.7(b); provided, however , that no such steps may be taken that would have a material adverse effect on the Unitholders holding Common Units.

Section 6.8 Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Incentive Distribution Rights .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights (1) shall (x) possess the rights and obligations provided in this Agreement with respect to a Limited Partner pursuant to Article III and Article VII and (y) have a Capital Account as a Partner pursuant to Section 5.5 and all other provisions related thereto and (2) shall not (x) be entitled to vote on any matters requiring the approval or vote of the holders of Outstanding Units, except as provided by law, (y) be entitled to any distributions other than as provided in Sections 6.4(a)(v), (vi) and (vii), Sections 6.4(b)(iii), (iv) and (v), and Section 12.4 or (z) be allocated items of income, gain, loss or deduction other than as specified in this Article VI; provided, however, that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not preclude the Partnership from making any other payments or distributions in connection with other actions permitted by this Agreement.

(b) A Unitholder shall not be permitted to transfer an IDR Reset Common Unit (other than a transfer to an Affiliate) if the remaining balance in the transferring Unitholder’s Capital Account with respect to the retained IDR Reset Common Units would be negative after giving effect to the allocation under Section 5.5(c)(iii).

(c) A holder of an IDR Reset Common Unit that was issued in connection with an IDR Reset Election pursuant to Section 5.11 shall not be issued a Common Unit Certificate pursuant to Section 4.1 (if the Common Units are evidenced by Certificates) or evidence of the issuance of uncertificated Common Units, and shall not be permitted to transfer such Common Unit to a Person that is not an Affiliate of such holder, until such time as the General Partner determines, based on advice of counsel, that each such IDR Reset Common Unit should have, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics, in all material respects, to the intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics of an Initial Common Unit. In connection with the condition imposed by this Section 6.8(c), the General Partner may take whatever steps are required to provide economic uniformity to such IDR Reset Common Units in preparation for a transfer of such IDR Reset Common Units, including the application of Section 5.5(c)(iii), Section 6.1(d)(x)(B), or Section 6.1(d)(x)(C); provided , however , that no such steps may be taken that would have a material adverse effect on the Unitholders holding Common Units.

Section 6.9 Entity-Level Taxation . If legislation is enacted or the official interpretation of existing legislation is modified by a governmental authority, which after giving effect to such enactment or modification, results in a Group Member becoming subject to federal, state or local or non-U.S. income or withholding taxes in excess of the amount of such taxes due from the Group Member prior to such enactment or modification (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any increase in the rate of such taxation applicable to the Group Member), then the General Partner may, at its option, reduce the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the

 

64


Target Distributions by the amount of income or withholding taxes that are payable by reason of any such new legislation or interpretation (the “ Incremental Income Taxes ”), or any portion thereof selected by the General Partner, in the manner provided in this Section 6.9. If the General Partner elects to reduce the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions for any Quarter with respect to all or a portion of any Incremental Income Taxes, the General Partner shall estimate for such Quarter the Partnership Group’s aggregate liability (the “ Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount ”) for all (or the relevant portion of) such Incremental Income Taxes; provided, however, that any difference between such estimate and the actual liability for Incremental Income Taxes (or the relevant portion thereof) for such Quarter may, to the extent determined by the General Partner, be taken into account in determining the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount with respect to each Quarter in which any such difference can be determined. For each such Quarter, the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, shall be the product obtained by multiplying (a) the amounts therefor that are set out herein prior to the application of this Section 6.9 times (b) the quotient obtained by dividing (i) Available Cash with respect to such Quarter by (ii) the sum of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter and the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for such Quarter, as determined by the General Partner. For purposes of the foregoing, Available Cash with respect to a Quarter will be deemed reduced by the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for that Quarter.

ARTICLE VII

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

Section 7.1 Management.

(a) The General Partner shall conduct, direct and manage all activities of the Partnership. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, but without limitation on the ability of the General Partner to delegate its rights and power to other Persons, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner, and no Limited Partner in its capacity as such shall have any management power over the business and affairs of the Partnership. In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or that are granted to the General Partner under any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner, subject to Section 7.3, shall have full power and authority to do all things and on such terms as it determines to be necessary or appropriate to conduct the business of the Partnership, to exercise all powers set forth in Section 2.5 and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 2.4, including the following:

(i) the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money, the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible into or exchangeable for Partnership Interests, and the incurring of any other obligations;

(ii) the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Partnership;

 

65


(iii) the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of any or all of the assets of the Partnership or the merger or other combination of the Partnership with or into another Person (the matters described in this clause (iii) being subject, however, to any prior approval that may be required by Section 7.3 and Article XIV);

(iv) the use of the assets of the Partnership (including cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, including the financing of the conduct of the operations of the Partnership Group; subject to Section 7.6(a), the lending of funds to other Persons (including other Group Members); the repayment or guarantee of obligations of any Group Member; and the making of capital contributions to any Group Member;

(v) the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts, conveyances or other instruments (including instruments that limit the liability of the Partnership under contractual arrangements to all or particular assets of the Partnership, with the other party to the contract to have no recourse against the General Partner or its assets other than its interest in the Partnership, even if the same results in the terms of the transaction being less favorable to the Partnership than would otherwise be the case);

(vi) the distribution of cash held by the Partnership;

(vii) the selection and dismissal of officers, employees, agents, internal and outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;

(viii) the maintenance of insurance for the benefit of the Partnership Group, the Partners and Indemnitees;

(ix) the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the contribution of property and the making of loans to, any further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures, corporations, limited liability companies or other Persons (including the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property to, any Group Member from time to time) subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.4;

(x) the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership, including the bringing and defending of actions at law or in equity and otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation, arbitration or mediation and the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation;

(xi) the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;

(xii) the entering into of listing agreements with any National Securities Exchange and the delisting of some or all of the Limited Partner Interests from, or requesting that trading be suspended on, any such exchange (subject to any prior approval that may be required under Section 4.8);

 

66


(xiii) the purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of Partnership Interests, or the issuance of Derivative Partnership Interests;

(xiv) the undertaking of any action in connection with the Partnership’s participation in the management of any Group Member; and

(xv) the entering into of agreements with any of its Affiliates to render services to a Group Member or to itself in the discharge of its duties as General Partner of the Partnership.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, the Delaware Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation, each of the Partners and each other Person who may acquire an interest in Partnership Interests or is otherwise bound by this Agreement hereby (i) approves, ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery and performance by the parties thereto of this Agreement and the Group Member Agreement of each other Group Member, the Underwriting Agreement, the Omnibus Agreement, the Contribution Agreement, the Services Agreement and the other agreements described in or filed as exhibits to the IPO Registration Statement that are related to the transactions contemplated by the IPO Registration Statement (collectively, the Transaction Documents ) (in each case other than this Agreement, without giving effect to any amendments, supplements or restatements thereof entered into after the date such Person becomes bound by the provisions of this Agreement); (ii) agrees that the General Partner (on its own or on behalf of the Partnership) is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the agreements referred to in clause (i) of this sentence and the other agreements, acts, transactions and matters described in or contemplated by the IPO Registration Statement on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners or the other Persons who may acquire an interest in Partnership Interests or are otherwise bound by this Agreement; and (iii) agrees that the execution, delivery or performance by the General Partner, any Group Member or any Affiliate of any of them of this Agreement or any agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement (including the exercise by the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner of the rights accorded pursuant to Article XV) shall not constitute a breach by the General Partner of any duty or any other obligation of any type whatsoever that the General Partner may owe the Partnership or the Limited Partners or any other Persons under this Agreement (or any other agreements) or of any duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise.

Section 7.2 Certificate of Limited Partnership . The General Partner has caused the Certificate of Limited Partnership to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the Delaware Act. The General Partner shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware or any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. To the extent the General Partner determines such action to be necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of Limited Partnership and do all things to maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of Delaware or of any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own

 

67


property. Subject to the terms of Section 3.3(a), the General Partner shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate of Limited Partnership, any qualification document or any amendment thereto to any Limited Partner.

Section 7.3 Restrictions on the General Partner’s Authority to Sell Assets of the Partnership Group . Except as provided in Article XII and Article XIV, the General Partner may not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions without the approval of holders of a Unit Majority; provided, however , that this provision shall not preclude or limit the General Partner’s ability to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group and shall not apply to any forced sale of any or all of the assets of the Partnership Group pursuant to the foreclosure of, or other realization upon, any such encumbrance.

Section 7.4 Reimbursement of the General Partner.

(a) Except as provided in this Section 7.4 and elsewhere in this Agreement or in the Omnibus Agreement and the Services Agreement, the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as a general partner or managing member of any Group Member.

(b) Except as provided in the Omnibus Agreement and the Services Agreement, the General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the General Partner may determine, for (i) all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it makes on behalf of the Partnership Group (including salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any Person, including Affiliates of the General Partner, to perform services for the Partnership Group or for the General Partner in the discharge of its duties to the Partnership Group), and (ii) all other expenses allocable to the Partnership Group or otherwise incurred by the General Partner or its Affiliates in connection with managing and operating the Partnership Group’s business and affairs (including expenses allocated to the General Partner by its Affiliates). The General Partner shall determine the expenses that are allocable to the Partnership Group. Reimbursements pursuant to this Section 7.4 shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.7. Any allocation of expenses to the Partnership by the General Partner in a manner consistent with its or its Affiliates’ past business practices and, in the case of assets regulated by FERC, then applicable accounting and allocation methodologies generally permitted by FERC for rate-making purposes (or in the absence of then-applicable methodologies permitted by FERC, consistent with the most-recently applicable methodologies), shall be deemed to have been made in good faith. This provision does not affect the ability of the General Partner and its Affiliates to enter into an agreement to provide services to any Group Member for a fee or otherwise than for cost.

(c) The General Partner, without the approval of the Limited Partners (who shall have no right to vote in respect thereof), may propose and adopt on behalf of the Partnership employee benefit plans, employee programs and employee practices (including plans, programs and practices involving the issuance of Partnership Interests or Derivative Partnership Interests), or cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests or Derivative Partnership Interests in connection with, or pursuant to, any employee benefit plan, employee

 

68


program or employee practice maintained or sponsored by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates in each case for the benefit of officers, employees and directors of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership Group. The Partnership agrees to issue and sell to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates any Partnership Interests or Derivative Partnership Interests that the General Partner or such Affiliates are obligated to provide to any officers, employees, consultants and directors pursuant to any such employee benefit plans, employee programs or employee practices. Expenses incurred by the General Partner in connection with any such plans, programs and practices (including the net cost to the General Partner or such Affiliates of Partnership Interests or Derivative Partnership Interests purchased by the General Partner or such Affiliates from the Partnership to fulfill options or awards under such plans, programs and practices) shall be reimbursed in accordance with Section 7.4(b). Any and all obligations of the General Partner under any employee benefit plans, employee programs or employee practices adopted by the General Partner as permitted by this Section 7.4(c) shall constitute obligations of the General Partner hereunder and shall be assumed by any successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6.

(d) The General Partner and its Affiliates may charge any member of the Partnership Group a management fee to the extent necessary to allow the Partnership Group to reduce the amount of any state franchise or income tax or any tax based upon the revenues or gross margin of any member of the Partnership Group if the tax benefit produced by the payment of such management fee or fees exceeds the amount of such fee or fees.

Section 7.5 Outside Activities.

(a) The General Partner, for so long as it is the General Partner of the Partnership, (i) agrees that its sole business will be to act as a general partner or managing member, as the case may be, of the Partnership and any other partnership or limited liability company of which the Partnership is, directly or indirectly, a partner or member and to undertake activities that are ancillary or related thereto (including being a Limited Partner in the Partnership) and (ii) shall not engage in any business or activity or incur any debts or liabilities except in connection with or incidental to (A) its performance as general partner or managing member, if any, of one or more Group Members or as described in or contemplated by the IPO Registration Statement, (B) the acquiring, owning or disposing of debt securities or equity interests in any Group Member, (C) the guarantee of, and mortgage, pledge or encumbrance of any or all of its assets in connection with, any indebtedness of any Group Member or (D) subject to the limitations contained in the Omnibus Agreement, the performance of its obligations under the Omnibus Agreement.

(b) Subject to the terms of Section 7.5(c), each Unrestricted Person (other than the General Partner) shall have the right to engage in businesses of every type and description and other activities for profit and to engage in and possess an interest in other business ventures of any and every type or description, whether in businesses engaged in or anticipated to be engaged in by any Group Member, independently or with others, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the business and activities of any Group Member, and none of the same shall constitute a breach of this Agreement or any duty

 

69


otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise, to any Group Member or any Partner; provided, however, that such Unrestricted Person does not engage in such business or activity using confidential or proprietary information provided by or on behalf of the Partnership to such Unrestricted Person. None of any Group Member, any Limited Partner or any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, or the partnership relationship established hereby in any business ventures of any Unrestricted Person.

(c) Subject to the terms of Sections 7.5(a) and (b), but otherwise notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) the engaging in competitive activities by any Unrestricted Person (other than the General Partner) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.5 is hereby approved by the Partnership and all Partners, (ii) it shall be deemed not to be a breach of any duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise, of the General Partner or any other Unrestricted Person for the Unrestricted Persons (other than the General Partner) to engage in such business interests and activities in preference to or to the exclusion of the Partnership and (iii) the Unrestricted Persons shall have no obligation hereunder or as a result of any duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise, to present business opportunities to the Partnership. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any duty existing at law or in equity, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to any Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner). No Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) who acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for the Partnership, shall have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to the Partnership, and such Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) shall not be liable to the Partnership, to any Limited Partner or any other Person bound by this Agreement for breach of any duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) pursues or acquires for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person or does not communicate such opportunity or information to the Partnership, provided, however , that such Unrestricted Person does not engage in such business or activity using confidential or proprietary information provided by or on behalf of the Partnership to such Unrestricted Person.

(d) The General Partner and each of its Affiliates may acquire Units or other Partnership Interests in addition to those acquired on the Closing Date and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, shall be entitled to exercise, at their option, all rights relating to all Units and/or other Partnership Interests acquired by them. The term “Affiliates” when used in this Section 7.5(d) with respect to the General Partner shall not include any Group Member.

Section 7.6 Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership or Group Members .

(a) The General Partner or any of its Affiliates may lend to any Group Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, funds needed or desired by the Group Member for such periods of time and in such amounts as the General Partner may determine; provided, however , that in any such case the lending party may not charge the borrowing party interest at a rate greater than the rate that would be charged the borrowing party or impose terms less favorable to the borrowing party than would be charged or imposed on the borrowing party by unrelated lenders on comparable loans made on an arm’s-length basis (without reference to the lending party’s financial abilities or guarantees), all as

 

70


determined by the General Partner. The borrowing party shall reimburse the lending party for any costs (other than any additional interest costs) incurred by the lending party in connection with the borrowing of such funds. For purposes of this Section 7.6(a) and Section 7.6(b), the term “Group Member” shall include any Affiliate of a Group Member that is controlled by the Group Member.

(b) The Partnership may lend or contribute to any Group Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the Partnership, funds on terms and conditions determined by the General Partner. No Group Member may lend funds to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates (other than another Group Member).

(c) No borrowing by any Group Member or the approval thereof by the General Partner shall be deemed to constitute a breach of any duty or any other obligation of any type whatsoever, expressed or implied, of the General Partner or its Affiliates to the Partnership or the Limited Partners existing hereunder, or existing at law, in equity or otherwise by reason of the fact that the purpose or effect of such borrowing is directly or indirectly to (i) enable distributions to the General Partner or its Affiliates (including in their capacities as Limited Partners) to exceed the General Partner’s Percentage Interest of the total amount distributed to all partners or (ii) hasten the expiration of the Subordination Period or the conversion of any Subordinated Units into Common Units.

Section 7.7 Indemnification.

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law but subject to the limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, all Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all threatened, pending or completed claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal and including appeals, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status as an Indemnitee and acting (or omitting or refraining to act) in such capacity on behalf of or for the benefit of the Partnership; provided, however , that the Indemnitee shall not be indemnified and held harmless pursuant to this Agreement if there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful; provided, further , no indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be available to any Indemnitee (other than a Group Member) with respect to any such Affiliate’s obligations pursuant to the Transaction Documents. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership, it being agreed that the General Partner shall not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.

 

71


(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee who is indemnified pursuant to Section 7.7(a) in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7, the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified upon receipt by the Partnership of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized by this Section 7.7.

(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 7.7 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under this Agreement, any other agreement, pursuant to any vote of the holders of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests, as a matter of law, in equity or otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnitee’s capacity as an Indemnitee and as to actions in any other capacity (including any capacity under the Underwriting Agreement), and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee.

(d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain (or reimburse the General Partner or its Affiliates for the cost of) insurance, on behalf of the General Partner, its Affiliates and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against, or expense that may be incurred by, such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities or such Person’s activities on behalf of the Partnership, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) For purposes of this Section 7.7, the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute “fines” within the meaning of Section 7.7(a); and action taken or omitted by it with respect to any employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the best interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is in the best interests of the Partnership.

(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.7 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

(h) The provisions of this Section 7.7 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees and their heirs, successors, assigns, executors and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.

 

72


(i) No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.7 or any provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the right of any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Partnership, nor the obligations of the Partnership to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.7 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

Section 7.8 Liability of Indemnitees.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership, the Limited Partners, or any other Persons who have acquired interests in Partnership Interests or are bound by this Agreement, for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission of an Indemnitee unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter in question, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was criminal.

(b) The General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, and the General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by the General Partner in good faith.

(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or to the Partners, the General Partner and any other Indemnitee acting in connection with the Partnership’s business or affairs shall not be liable to the Partnership, the Limited Partners, or any other Persons who have acquired interests in the Partnership Interests or are bound by this Agreement for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.8 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of the Indemnitees under this Section 7.8 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

Section 7.9 Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties.

(a) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any Group Member Agreement, whenever a potential conflict of interest exists or arises between the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership, any Group Member or any Partner, on the other, any resolution or course of action by the General Partner or its Affiliates in respect of such conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved by all Partners, and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement, of any Group Member Agreement,

 

73


of any agreement contemplated herein or therein, or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity, if the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest is (i) approved by Special Approval, (ii) approved by the vote of a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates), (iii) determined by the Board of Directors to be on terms no less favorable to the Partnership than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or (iv) determined by the Board of Directors to be fair and reasonable to the Partnership, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership). The General Partner shall be authorized but not required in connection with its resolution of such conflict of interest to seek Special Approval or Unitholder approval of such resolution, and the General Partner may also adopt a resolution or course of action that has not received Special Approval or Unitholder approval. Whenever the General Partner makes a determination to refer or not to refer any potential conflict of interest to the Conflicts Committee for Special Approval, to seek or not to seek Unitholder Approval or to adopt or not to adopt a resolution or course of action that has not received Special Approval or Unitholder Approval, then the General Partner shall be entitled, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to make such determination or to take or decline to take such other action free of any duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, and the General Partner shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard or duty imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity, and the General Partner in making such determination or taking or declining to take such other action shall be permitted to do so in its sole and absolute discretion. If Special Approval is sought, then it shall be presumed that, in making its decision, the Conflicts Committee acted in good faith, and if the Board of Directors determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to a conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in clauses (iii) or (iv) above or that a director satisfies the eligibility requirements to be a member of the Conflicts Committee, then it shall be presumed that, in making its decision, the Board of Directors acted in good faith. In any proceeding brought by any Limited Partner or by or on behalf of such Limited Partner or any other Limited Partner or the Partnership challenging any action by the Conflicts Committee with respect to any matter referred to the Conflicts Committee for Special Approval by the General Partner, any action by the Board of Directors in determining whether the resolution or course of action taken with respect to a conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in clauses (iii) or (iv) above or whether a director satisfies the eligibility requirements to be a member of the Conflicts Committee, the Person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding shall have the burden of overcoming the presumption that the Conflicts Committee or the Board of Directors, as applicable, acted in good faith; in all cases subject to the provisions for conclusive determination in Section 7.9(b). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law or equity, the existence of the conflicts of interest described in the IPO Registration Statement are hereby approved by all Partners and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or any such duty.

(b) Whenever the General Partner or the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof (including the Conflicts Committee), makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any Affiliate of the General Partner causes the General Partner to do so, in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership as opposed to in its individual capacity, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement, then,

 

74


unless another express standard is provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner, the Board of Directors or such committee or such Affiliates causing the General Partner to do so, shall make such determination or take or decline to take such other action in good faith and shall not be subject to any other or different duties or standards (including fiduciary duties or standards) imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. A determination or other action or inaction will conclusively be deemed to be in “good faith” for all purposes of this Agreement, if the Person or Persons making such determination or taking or declining to take such other action subjectively believe that the determination or other action or inaction is not adverse to the best interests of the Partnership Group; provided, however , that if the Board of Directors is making a determination or taking or declining to take an action pursuant to clause (iii) or clause (iv) of the first sentence of Section 7.9(a), then in lieu thereof, such determination or other action or inaction will conclusively be deemed to be in “good faith” for all purposes of this Agreement if the members of the Board of Directors making such determination or taking or declining to take such other action subjectively believe that the determination or other action or inaction meets the standard set forth in clause (iii) or clause (iv) of the first sentence of Section 7.9(a), as applicable; provided, further , that if the Board of Directors is making a determination that a director satisfies the eligibility requirements to be a member of a Conflicts Committee, then in lieu thereof, such determination will conclusively be deemed to be in “good faith” for all purposes of this Agreement if the members of the Board of Directors making such determination subjectively believe that the director satisfies the eligibility requirements to be a member of the Conflicts Committee.

(c) Whenever the General Partner makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any of its Affiliates causes it to do so, in its individual capacity as opposed to in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, are entitled, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to make such determination or to take or decline to take such other action free of any duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, and the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity, and the Person or Persons making such determination or taking or declining to take such other action shall be permitted to do so in their sole and absolute discretion. By way of illustration and not of limitation, whenever the phrase, “the General Partner at its option,” or some variation of that phrase, is used in this Agreement, it indicates that the General Partner is acting in its individual capacity. For the avoidance of doubt, whenever the General Partner votes or transfers its Partnership Interests, or refrains from voting or transferring its Partnership Interests, it shall be acting in its individual capacity.

(d) The General Partner’s organizational documents may provide that determinations to take or decline to take any action in its individual, rather than representative, capacity may or shall be determined by its members, if the General Partner is a limited liability company, stockholders, if the General Partner is a corporation, or the members or stockholders of the General Partner’s general partner, if the General Partner is a partnership.

 

75


(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the General Partner and its Affiliates shall have no duty or obligation, express or implied, to (i) sell or otherwise dispose of any asset of the Partnership Group other than in the ordinary course of business or (ii) permit any Group Member to use any facilities or assets of the General Partner and its Affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into from time to time specifically dealing with such use. Any determination by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates to enter into such contracts shall be at its option.

(f) Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or expressly required by the Delaware Act, neither the General Partner nor any other Indemnitee shall have any duties or liabilities, including fiduciary duties, to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and the provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict, eliminate or otherwise modify the duties and liabilities, including fiduciary duties, of the General Partner or any other Indemnitee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of the General Partner or such other Indemnitee.

(g) The Unitholders hereby authorize the General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership as a general partner or managing member of a Group Member, to approve actions by the general partner or managing member of such Group Member similar to those actions permitted to be taken by the General Partner pursuant to this Section 7.9.

Section 7.10 Other Matters Concerning the General Partner.

(a) The General Partner and any other Indemnitee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

(b) The General Partner and any other Indemnitee may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the advice or opinion (including an Opinion of Counsel) of such Persons as to matters that the General Partner or such Indemnitee, respectively, reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion.

(c) The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized officers, a duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact or the duly authorized officers of the Partnership or any Group Member.

Section 7.11 Purchase or Sale of Partnership Interests . The General Partner may cause the Partnership to purchase or otherwise acquire Partnership Interests or Derivative Partnership Interests; provided that, except as permitted pursuant to Section 4.10, the General Partner may not cause any Group Member to purchase Subordinated Units during the Subordination Period. As long as Partnership Interests are held by any Group Member, such Partnership Interests shall

 

76


not be considered Outstanding for any purpose, except as otherwise provided herein. The General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner may also purchase or otherwise acquire and sell or otherwise dispose of Partnership Interests for its own account, subject to the provisions of Articles IV and X.

Section 7.12 Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates .

(a) Demand Registration. Upon receipt of a Notice from any Holder at any time after the 180th day after the Closing Date, the Partnership shall file with the Commission as promptly as reasonably practicable a registration statement under the Securities Act (each, a “ Registration Statement ”) providing for the resale of the Registrable Securities identified in such Notice, which may, at the option of the Holder giving such Notice, be a Registration Statement that provides for the resale of the Registrable Securities from time to time pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. The Partnership shall not be required pursuant to this Section 7.12(a) to file more than one Registration Statement in any twelve-month period nor to file more than three Registration Statements in the aggregate. The Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective as soon as reasonably practicable after the initial filing of the Registration Statement and to remain effective and available for the resale of the Registrable Securities by the Selling Holders named therein until the earlier of (i) six months following such Registration Statement’s effective date and (ii) the date on which all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold. In the event one or more Holders request in a Notice to dispose of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement in an Underwritten Offering and such Holder or Holders reasonably anticipate gross proceeds from such Underwritten Offering of at least $30.0 million in the aggregate, the Partnership shall retain underwriters that are reasonably acceptable to such Selling Holders in order to permit such Selling Holders to effect such disposition through an Underwritten Offering; provided the Partnership shall have the exclusive right to select the bookrunning managers. The Partnership and such Selling Holders shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form that is reasonably acceptable to the Partnership and take all reasonable actions as are requested by the managing underwriters to facilitate the Underwritten Offering and sale of Registrable Securities therein. No Holder may participate in the Underwritten Offering unless it agrees to sell its Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement on the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement and completes and delivers all necessary documents and information reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting agreement. In the event that the managing underwriter of such Underwritten Offering advises the Partnership and the Holder in writing that in its opinion the inclusion of all or some Registrable Securities would adversely and materially affect the timing or success of the Underwritten Offering, the amount of Registrable Securities that each Selling Holder requested be included in such Underwritten Offering shall be reduced on a Pro Rata basis to the aggregate amount that the managing underwriter deems will not have such material and adverse effect. Any Holder may withdraw from such Underwritten Offering by notice to the Partnership and the managing underwriter; provided such notice is delivered prior to the launch of such Underwritten Offering.

(b) Piggyback Registration . At any time after the 180th day after the Closing Date, if the Partnership shall propose to file a Registration Statement (other than pursuant to a demand made pursuant to Section 7.12(a)) for an offering of Partnership Interests for cash (other

 

77


than an offering relating solely to an employee benefit plan, an offering relating to a transaction on Form S-4 or an offering on any registration statement that does not permit secondary sales), the Partnership shall notify all Holders of such proposal at least five business days before the proposed filing date. The Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to include such number of Registrable Securities held by any Holder in such Registration Statement as each Holder shall request in a Notice received by the Partnership within two business days of such Holder’s receipt of the notice from the Partnership. If the Registration Statement about which the Partnership gives notice under this Section 7.12(b) is for an Underwritten Offering, then any Holder’s ability to include its desired amount of Registrable Securities in such Registration Statement shall be conditioned on such Holder’s inclusion of all such Registrable Securities in the Underwritten Offering; provided, however , that, in the event that the managing underwriter of such Underwritten Offering advises the Partnership and the Holder in writing that in its opinion the inclusion of all or some Registrable Securities would adversely and materially affect the timing or success of the Underwritten Offering, the amount of Registrable Securities that each Selling Holder requested be included in such Underwritten Offering shall be reduced on a Pro Rata basis to the aggregate amount that the managing underwriter deems will not have such material and adverse effect. In connection with any such Underwritten Offering, the Partnership and the Selling Holders involved shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form that is reasonably acceptable to the Partnership and take all reasonable actions as are requested by the managing underwriters to facilitate the Underwritten Offering and sale of Partnership Interests therein. No Holder may participate in the Underwritten Offering unless it agrees to sell its Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement on the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement and completes and delivers all necessary documents and information reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting agreement. Any Holder may withdraw from such Underwritten Offering by notice to the Partnership and the managing underwriter; provided such notice is delivered prior to the launch of such Underwritten Offering. The Partnership shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any Registration Statement or Underwritten Offering initiated by it under this Section 7.12(b) prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement or the pricing date of the Underwritten Offering, as applicable.

(c) Sale Procedures . In connection with its obligations under this Section 7.12, the Partnership shall:

(i) furnish to each Selling Holder (A) as far in advance as reasonably practicable before filing a Registration Statement or any supplement or amendment thereto, upon request, copies of reasonably complete drafts of all such documents proposed to be filed (including exhibits and each document incorporated by reference therein to the extent then required by the rules and regulations of the Commission), and provide each such Selling Holder the opportunity to object to any information pertaining to such Selling Holder and its plan of distribution that is contained therein and make the corrections reasonably requested by such Selling Holder with respect to such information prior to filing a Registration Statement or supplement or amendment thereto, and (B) such number of copies of such Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein and any supplements and amendments thereto as such Persons may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement; provided, however , that the Partnership will not have any obligation to provide any document pursuant to clause (B) hereof that is available on the Commission’s website;

 

78


(ii) if applicable, use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Selling Holders or, in the case of an Underwritten Offering, the managing underwriter, shall reasonably request; provided, however , that the Partnership will not be required to qualify generally to transact business in any jurisdiction where it is not then required to so qualify or to take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

(iii) promptly notify each Selling Holder and each underwriter, at any time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of (A) the filing of a Registration Statement or any prospectus or prospectus supplement to be used in connection therewith, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and, with respect to such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective; and (B) any written comments from the Commission with respect to any Registration Statement or any document incorporated by reference therein and any written request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or any prospectus or prospectus supplement thereto;

(iv) immediately notify each Selling Holder and each underwriter, at any time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of (A) the occurrence of any event or existence of any fact (but not a description of such event or fact) as a result of which the prospectus or prospectus supplement contained in a Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (in the case of the prospectus contained therein, in the light of the circumstances under which a statement is made); (B) the issuance or threat of issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; or (C) the receipt by the Partnership of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the applicable securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction. Following the provision of such notice, subject to Section 7.12(f), the Partnership agrees to, as promptly as practicable, amend or supplement the prospectus or prospectus supplement or take other appropriate action so that the prospectus or prospectus supplement does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing and to take such other reasonable action as is necessary to remove a stop order, suspension, threat thereof or proceedings related thereto; and

(v) enter into customary agreements and take such other actions as are reasonably requested by the Selling Holders or the underwriters, if any, in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities, including the provision of comfort letters and legal opinions as are customary in such securities offerings.

(d) Suspension . Each Selling Holder, upon receipt of notice from the Partnership of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 7.12(c)(iv), shall forthwith discontinue disposition of the Registrable Securities by means of a prospectus or prospectus supplement until such Selling Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or

 

79


amended prospectus contemplated by such subsection or until it is advised in writing by the Partnership that the use of the prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings incorporated by reference in the prospectus.

(e) Expenses . Except as set forth in an underwriting agreement for the applicable Underwritten Offering or as otherwise agreed between a Selling Holder and the Partnership, all costs and expenses of a Registration Statement filed or an Underwritten Offering that includes Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 7.12 (other than underwriting discounts and commissions on Registrable Securities and fees and expenses of counsel and advisors to Selling Holders) shall be paid by the Partnership.

(f) Delay Right . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the General Partner determines that the Partnership’s compliance with its obligations in this Section 7.12 would be detrimental to the Partnership because such registration would (x) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, reorganization or other similar transaction involving the Partnership, (y) require premature disclosure of material information that the Partnership has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or (z) render the Partnership unable to comply with requirements under applicable securities laws, then the Partnership shall have the right to postpone compliance with such obligations for a period of not more than six months; provided, however , that such right may not be exercised more than twice in any 24-month period.

(g) Indemnification.

(i) In addition to and not in limitation of the Partnership’s obligation under Section 7.7, the Partnership shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law but subject to the limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, indemnify and hold harmless each Selling Holder, its officers, directors and each Person who controls the Selling Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) and any agent thereof (collectively, “ Indemnified Persons ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnified Person may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, under the Securities Act or otherwise (hereinafter referred to in this Section 7.12(g) as a “claim” and in the plural as “claims”) based upon, arising out of or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or issuer free writing prospectus under which any Registrable Securities were registered or sold by such Selling Holder under the Securities Act, or arising out of, based upon or resulting from the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however , that the Partnership shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person to the extent that any such claim arises out of, is based upon or results from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or issuer free writing prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Partnership by or on behalf of such Selling Holder specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

 

80


(ii) Each Selling Holder shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold harmless the Partnership, the General Partner, the General Partner’s officers and directors and each Person who controls the Partnership or the General Partner (within the meaning of the Securities Act) and any agent thereof to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Partnership to the Selling Holders, but only with respect to information regarding such Selling Holder furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Selling Holder expressly for inclusion in such Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or free writing prospectus.

(iii) The provisions of this Section 7.12(g) shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnified Person may be entitled under law, equity, contract or otherwise.

(h) Specific Performance. Damages in the event of breach of Section 7.12 by a party hereto may be difficult, if not impossible, to ascertain, and it is therefore agreed that each party, in addition to and without limiting any other remedy or right it may have, will have the right to seek an injunction or other equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction, enjoining any such breach, and enforcing specifically the terms and provisions hereof, and each of the parties hereto hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all defenses it may have on the ground of lack of jurisdiction or competence of the court to grant such an injunction or other equitable relief. The existence of this right will not preclude any such party from pursuing any other rights and remedies at law or in equity that such party may have.

Section 7.13 Reliance by Third Parties . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person (other than the General Partner and its Affiliates) dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume that the General Partner and any officer of the General Partner authorized by the General Partner to act on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership has full power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any authorized contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the General Partner or any such officer as if it were the Partnership’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner or any such officer in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person (other than the General Partner and its Affiliates) dealing with the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (b) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Partnership and (c) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership.

 

81


ARTICLE VIII

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

Section 8.1 Records and Accounting . The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Partnership appropriate books and records with respect to the Partnership’s business, including the Register and all other books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information required to be provided pursuant to Section 3.3(a). Any books and records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of its business, including the Register, books of account and records of Partnership proceedings, may be kept on, or be in the form of, computer disks, hard drives, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided, however , that the books and records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Partnership shall not be required to keep books maintained on a cash basis and the General Partner shall be permitted to calculate cash-based measures, including Operating Surplus and Adjusted Operating Surplus, by making such adjustments to its accrual basis books to account for non-cash items and other adjustments as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

Section 8.2 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be a fiscal year ending December 31.

Section 8.3 Reports.

(a) Whether or not the Partnership is subject to the requirement to file reports with the Commission, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 105 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Partnership (or such shorter period as required by the Commission), the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means (including posting on or accessible through the Partnership’s or the Commission’s website) to each Record Holder of a Unit as of a date selected by the General Partner, an annual report containing financial statements of the Partnership for such fiscal year of the Partnership, presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, including a balance sheet and statements of operations, Partnership equity and cash flows, such statements to be audited by a firm of independent public accountants selected by the General Partner, and such other information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule of the Commission or any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, or as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

(b) Whether or not the Partnership is subject to the requirement to file reports with the Commission, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 50 days after the close of each Quarter (or such shorter period as required by the Commission) except the last Quarter of each fiscal year, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means (including posting on or accessible through the Partnership’s or the Commission’s website) to each Record Holder of a Unit, as of a date selected by the General Partner, a report containing unaudited financial statements of the Partnership and such other information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule of the Commission or any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, or as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

 

82


ARTICLE IX

TAX MATTERS

Section 9.1 Tax Returns and Information . The Partnership shall timely file all returns of the Partnership that are required for federal, state and local income tax purposes on the basis of the accrual method and the taxable period or year that it is required by law to adopt, from time to time, as determined by the General Partner. In the event the Partnership is required to use a taxable period other than a year ending on December 31, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to change the taxable period of the Partnership to a year ending on December 31. The tax information reasonably required by Record Holders for federal and state income tax reporting purposes with respect to a taxable period shall be furnished to them within 90 days of the close of the calendar year in which the Partnership’s taxable period ends. The classification, realization and recognition of income, gain, losses and deductions and other items shall be on the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes.

Section 9.2 Tax Elections.

(a) The Partnership shall make the election under Section 754 of the Code in accordance with applicable regulations thereunder, subject to the reservation of the right to seek to revoke any such election upon the General Partner’s determination that such revocation is in the best interests of the Limited Partners. Notwithstanding any other provision herein contained, for the purposes of computing the adjustments under Section 743(b) of the Code, the General Partner shall be authorized (but not required) to adopt a convention whereby the price paid by a transferee of a Limited Partner Interest will be deemed to be the lowest quoted closing price of the Limited Partner Interests on any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading during the calendar month in which such transfer is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 6.2(f) without regard to the actual price paid by such transferee.

(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall determine whether the Partnership should make any other elections permitted by the Code.

Section 9.3 Tax Controversies . Subject to the provisions hereof, the General Partner is designated as the “tax matters partner” (as defined in Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code) and is authorized and required to represent the Partnership (at the Partnership’s expense) in connection with all examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Partnership funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. Each Partner agrees to cooperate with the General Partner and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably required by the General Partner to conduct such proceedings.

Section 9.4 Withholding . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that may be required to cause the Partnership and other Group Members to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code

 

83


or any other federal, state or local law including pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code, or established under any foreign law. To the extent that the Partnership is required or elects to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of income to any Partner (including by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), the General Partner may treat the amount withheld as a distribution of cash pursuant to Section 6.3 or Section 12.4(c) in the amount of such withholding from such Partner.

ARTICLE X

ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

Section 10.1 Admission of Limited Partners.

(a) Upon the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights to the General Partner, VTDC, Premcor Pipeline, Premcor Refining, VRCT and the IPO Underwriters in connection with the Initial Public Offering as described in Article V, such Persons shall, by acceptance of such Partnership Interests, and upon becoming the Record Holders of such Partnership Interests, be admitted to the Partnership as Initial Limited Partners in respect of the Common Units, Subordinated Units or Incentive Distribution Rights issued to them and be bound by this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Persons.

(b) By acceptance of any Limited Partner Interests transferred in accordance with Article IV or acceptance of any Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to Article V or pursuant to a merger, consolidation or conversion pursuant to Article XIV, and except as provided in Section 4.9, each transferee of, or other such Person acquiring, a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee, agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner Interests for the account of another Person or Group, which nominee, agent or representative shall be subject to Section 10.1(c) below) (i) shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred or issued to such Person when such Person becomes the Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred or acquired, (ii) shall become bound, and shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound, by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) shall be deemed to represent that the transferee or acquirer has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and (iv) shall be deemed to make any consents, acknowledgements or waivers contained in this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Person. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement. A Person may become a Limited Partner without the consent or approval of any of the Partners. A Person may not become a Limited Partner without acquiring a Limited Partner Interest and becoming the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interest. The rights and obligations of a Person who is an Ineligible Holder shall be determined in accordance with Section 4.9.

(c) With respect to Units that are held for a Person’s account by another Person that is the Record Holder (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation, or an agent of any of the foregoing), such Record Holder shall, in exercising the rights of a Limited Partner in respect of such Units, including the right to vote, on any matter, and unless the arrangement between such Persons provides otherwise, take all action as a Limited Partner by virtue of being the Record Holder of such Units in accordance with the

 

84


direction of the Person who is the beneficial owner of such Units, and the Partnership shall be entitled to assume such Record Holder is so acting without further inquiry. The provisions of this Section 10.1(c) are subject to the provisions of Section 4.3.

(d) The name and mailing address of each Record Holder shall be listed in the Register. The General Partner shall update the Register from time to time as necessary to reflect accurately the information therein (or shall cause the Transfer Agent to do so, as applicable).

(e) Any transfer of a Limited Partner Interest shall not entitle the transferee to share in the profits and losses, to receive distributions, to receive allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit or any similar item or to any other rights to which the transferor was entitled until the transferee becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 10.1(b).

Section 10.2 Admission of Successor General Partner . A successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6 who is proposed to be admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective immediately prior to (a) the withdrawal or removal of the predecessor or transferring General Partner pursuant to Sections 11.1 or 11.2 or (b) the transfer of the General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6; provided, however , that no such successor shall be admitted to the Partnership until compliance with the terms of Section 4.6 has occurred and such successor has executed and delivered such other documents or instruments as may be required to effect such admission. Any such successor is hereby authorized to and shall, subject to the terms hereof, carry on the business of the members of the Partnership Group without dissolution.

Section 10.3 Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership. To effect the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General Partner shall take all steps necessary or appropriate under the Delaware Act to amend the Register and any other records of the Partnership to reflect such admission and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as practicable an amendment to this Agreement and, if required by law, the General Partner shall prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate of Limited Partnership.

ARTICLE XI

WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS

Section 11.1 Withdrawal of the General Partner.

(a) The General Partner shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the Partnership upon the occurrence of any one of the following events (each such event herein referred to as an Event of Withdrawal );

(i) The General Partner voluntarily withdraws from the Partnership by giving written notice to the other Partners;

(ii) The General Partner transfers all of its General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6;

(iii) The General Partner is removed pursuant to Section 11.2;

 

85


(iv) The General Partner (A) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) files a voluntary bankruptcy petition for relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code; (C) files a petition or answer seeking for itself a liquidation, dissolution or similar relief (but not a reorganization) under any law; (D) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the General Partner in a proceeding of the type described in clauses (A) through (C) of this Section 11.1(a)(iv); or (E) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee (but not a debtor-in-possession), receiver or liquidator of the General Partner or of all or any substantial part of its properties;

(v) A final and non-appealable order of relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code is entered by a court with appropriate jurisdiction pursuant to a voluntary or involuntary petition by or against the General Partner; or

(vi) (A) if the General Partner is a corporation, a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent is filed for the General Partner, or 90 days expire after the date of notice to the General Partner of revocation of its charter without a reinstatement of its charter, under the laws of its state of incorporation; (B) if the General Partner is a partnership or a limited liability company, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the General Partner; (C) if the General Partner is acting in such capacity by virtue of being a trustee of a trust, the termination of the trust; (D) if the General Partner is a natural person, his death or adjudication of incompetency; and (E) otherwise upon the termination of the General Partner.

If an Event of Withdrawal specified in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi)(A), (B), (C) or (E) occurs, the withdrawing General Partner shall give notice to the Limited Partners within 30 days after such occurrence. The Partners hereby agree that only the Events of Withdrawal described in this Section 11.1 shall result in the withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership.

(b) Withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances: (i) at any time during the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending at 12:00 midnight, Central Time, on December 31, 2023 the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners; provided, however, that prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, the withdrawal is approved by Unitholders holding at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) and the General Partner delivers to the Partnership an Opinion of Counsel ( “Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel ) that such withdrawal (following the selection of the successor General Partner) would not result in the loss of the limited liability under the Delaware Act of any Limited Partner or cause any Group Member to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed); (ii) at any time after 12:00 midnight, Central Time, on December 31, 2023 the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice to the Unitholders, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in such notice; (iii) at any time that the General Partner ceases to be the General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(ii) or is removed pursuant to Section 11.2; or (iv) notwithstanding clause (i) of this sentence, at any time that the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited

 

86


Partners, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in the notice, if at the time such notice is given one Person and its Affiliates (other than the General Partner and its Affiliates) own beneficially or of record or control at least 50% of the Outstanding Units. The withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall also constitute the withdrawal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, if any, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members. If the General Partner gives a notice of withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i), the holders of a Unit Majority, may, prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, elect a successor General Partner. The Person so elected as successor General Partner shall automatically become the successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.1 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.2.

Section 11.2 Removal of the General Partner . The General Partner may be removed if such removal is approved by the Unitholders holding at least 66 2/3% of the Outstanding Units (including Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) voting as a single class. Any such action by such holders for removal of the General Partner must also provide for the election of a successor General Partner by the Unitholders holding a majority of the outstanding Common Units voting as a class and Unitholders holding a majority of the outstanding Subordinated Units (if any Subordinated Units are then Outstanding) voting as a class (including, in each case, Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates). Such removal shall be effective immediately following the admission of a successor General Partner pursuant to Section 10.2. The removal of the General Partner shall also automatically constitute the removal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If a Person is elected as a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2, such Person shall, upon admission pursuant to Section 10.2, automatically become a successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. The right of the holders of Outstanding Units to remove the General Partner shall not exist or be exercised unless the Partnership has received an opinion opining as to the matters covered by a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.2.

Section 11.3 Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner .

(a) In the event of (i) withdrawal of the General Partner under circumstances where such withdrawal does not violate this Agreement or (ii) removal of the General Partner by the holders of Outstanding Units under circumstances where Cause does not exist, if the successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2, the Departing General Partner shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the withdrawal or removal of such Departing General Partner, to require its successor to purchase its General Partner Interest and its or its Affiliates’ general partner interest (or equivalent interest), if any, in the other Group Members and all of its or its Affiliates’ Incentive Distribution Rights (collectively, the Combined Interest ) in exchange for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such Combined Interest, such amount to be determined and payable as of the effective date of its withdrawal or removal. If the General Partner is removed

 

87


by the Unitholders under circumstances where Cause exists or if the General Partner withdraws under circumstances where such withdrawal violates this Agreement, and if a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner), such successor shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the withdrawal or removal of such Departing General Partner (or, in the event the business of the Partnership is continued, prior to the date the business of the Partnership is continued), to purchase the Combined Interest for such fair market value of such Combined Interest. In either event, the Departing General Partner shall be entitled to receive all reimbursements due such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 7.4, including any employee-related liabilities (including severance liabilities), incurred in connection with the termination of any employees employed by the Departing General Partner or its Affiliates (other than any Group Member) for the benefit of the Partnership or the other Group Members.

For purposes of this Section 11.3(a), the fair market value of the Combined Interest shall be determined by agreement between the Departing General Partner and its successor or, failing agreement within 30 days after the effective date of such Departing General Partner’s withdrawal or removal, by an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the Departing General Partner and its successor, which, in turn, may rely on other experts, and the determination of which shall be conclusive as to such matter. If such parties cannot agree upon one independent investment banking firm or other independent expert within 45 days after the effective date of such withdrawal or removal, then the Departing General Partner shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, the Departing General Partner’s successor shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, and such firms or experts shall mutually select a third independent investment banking firm or independent expert, which third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert shall determine the fair market value of the Combined Interest. In making its determination, such third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert may consider the then current trading price of Units on any National Securities Exchange on which Units are then listed or admitted to trading, the value of the Partnership’s assets, the rights and obligations of the Departing General Partner, the value of the Incentive Distribution Rights and the General Partner Interest and other factors it may deem relevant.

(b) If the Combined Interest is not purchased in the manner set forth in Section 11.3(a), the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) shall become a Limited Partner and its Combined Interest shall be converted into Common Units pursuant to a valuation made by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected pursuant to Section 11.3(a), without reduction in such Partnership Interest (but subject to proportionate dilution by reason of the admission of its successor). Any successor General Partner shall indemnify the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) as to all debts and liabilities of the Partnership arising on or after the date on which the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) becomes a Limited Partner. For purposes of this Agreement, conversion of the Combined Interest of the Departing General Partner to Common Units will be characterized as if the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) contributed its Combined Interest to the Partnership in exchange for the newly issued Common Units.

 

88


(c) If a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner) and the option described in Section 11.3(a) is not exercised by the party entitled to do so, the successor General Partner shall, at the effective date of its admission to the Partnership, contribute to the Partnership cash in the amount equal to the product of (x) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Percentage Interest of the General Partner Interest of the Departing General Partner by (B) a percentage equal to 100% less the Percentage Interest of the General Partner Interest of the Departing General Partner and (y) the Net Agreed Value of the Partnership’s assets on such date. In such event, such successor General Partner shall, subject to the following sentence, be entitled to its Percentage Interest of all Partnership allocations and distributions to which the Departing General Partner was entitled. In addition, the successor General Partner shall cause this Agreement to be amended to reflect that, from and after the date of such successor General Partner’s admission, the successor General Partner’s interest in all Partnership distributions and allocations shall be its Percentage Interest.

Section 11.4 Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, if the General Partner is removed as general partner of the Partnership under circumstances where Cause does not exist and Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates are not voted in favor of such removal, (i) the Subordination Period will end and all Outstanding Subordinated Units will immediately and automatically convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis (provided, however, that such converted Subordinated Units shall remain subject to the provisions of Section 6.7(c)), (ii) all Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages on the Common Units will be extinguished and (iii) the General Partner will have the right to convert its General Partner Interest and its Incentive Distribution Rights into Common Units or to receive cash in exchange therefor in accordance with Section 11.3.

Section 11.5 Withdrawal of Limited Partners . No Limited Partner shall have any right to withdraw from the Partnership; provided, however , that when a transferee of a Limited Partner’s Limited Partner Interest becomes a Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interest so transferred, such transferring Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interest so transferred.

ARTICLE XII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 12.1 Dissolution . The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon the removal or withdrawal of the General Partner, if a successor General Partner is elected pursuant to Section 11.1, Section 11.2 or Section 12.2, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Partnership shall not be dissolved and such successor General Partner shall continue the business of the Partnership. The Partnership shall dissolve, and (subject to Section 12.2) its affairs shall be wound up, upon:

(a) an Event of Withdrawal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a) (other than Section 11.1(a)(ii)), unless a successor is elected and a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel is received as provided in Sections 11.1(b) or 11.2 and such successor is admitted to the Partnership pursuant to Section 10.2;

 

89


(b) an election to dissolve the Partnership by the General Partner that is approved by the holders of a Unit Majority;

(c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act; or

(d) at any time there are no Limited Partners, unless the Partnership is continued without dissolution in accordance with the Delaware Act.

Section 12.2 Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution . Upon (a) dissolution of the Partnership following an Event of Withdrawal caused by the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a)(i) or (iii) and the failure of the Partners to select a successor to such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2, then, to the maximum extent permitted by law, within 90 days thereafter, or (b) dissolution of the Partnership upon an event constituting an Event of Withdrawal as defined in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi), then, to the maximum extent permitted by law, within 180 days thereafter, the holders of a Unit Majority may elect to continue the business of the Partnership on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement by appointing as a successor General Partner a Person approved by the holders of a Unit Majority. Unless such an election is made within the applicable time period as set forth above, the Partnership shall conduct only activities necessary to wind up its affairs. If such an election is so made, then:

(i) the Partnership shall continue without dissolution unless earlier dissolved in accordance with this Article XII;

(ii) if the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner, then the interest of the former General Partner shall be treated in the manner provided in Section 11.3; and

(iii) the successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as General Partner, effective as of the Event of Withdrawal, by agreeing in writing to be bound by this Agreement;

provided, however, that the right of the holders of a Unit Majority to approve a successor General Partner and to continue the business of the Partnership shall not exist and may not be exercised unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that (x) the exercise of the right would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner under the Delaware Act and (y) neither the Partnership nor any Group Member would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of such right to continue (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).

Section 12.3 Liquidator . Upon dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of Article XII, the General Partner shall select one or more Persons to act as Liquidator. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services as may be approved by holders of at least a majority of the

 

90


Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units voting as a single class. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days’ prior notice and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by notice of removal approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units voting as a single class. Upon dissolution, removal or resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidator) shall within 30 days thereafter be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units voting as a single class. The right to approve a successor or substitute Liquidator in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidator approved in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article XII, the Liquidator approved in the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the General Partner under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers, other than the limitation on sale set forth in Section 7.3) necessary or appropriate to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidator hereunder for and during the period of time required to complete the winding up and liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein.

Section 12.4 Liquidation . The Liquidator shall proceed to dispose of the assets of the Partnership, discharge its liabilities, and otherwise wind up its affairs in such manner and over such period as determined by the Liquidator, subject to Section 17-804 of the Delaware Act and the following:

(a) The assets may be disposed of by public or private sale or by distribution in kind to one or more Partners on such terms as the Liquidator and such Partner or Partners may agree. If any property is distributed in kind, the Partner receiving the property shall be deemed for purposes of Section 12.4(c) to have received cash equal to its fair market value; and contemporaneously therewith, appropriate cash distributions must be made to the other Partners. The Liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of the Partnership’s assets for a reasonable time if it determines that an immediate sale or distribution of all or some of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners. The Liquidator may distribute the Partnership’s assets, in whole or in part, in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners.

(b) Liabilities of the Partnership include amounts owed to the Liquidator as compensation for serving in such capacity (subject to the terms of Section 12.3) and amounts to Partners otherwise than in respect of their distribution rights under Article VI. With respect to any liability that is contingent, conditional or unmatured or is otherwise not yet due and payable, the Liquidator shall either settle such claim for such amount as it thinks appropriate or establish a reserve of cash or other assets to provide for its payment. When paid, any unused portion of the reserve shall be distributed as additional liquidation proceeds.

(c) All property and all cash in excess of that required to satisfy or discharge liabilities as provided in Section 12.4(b) shall be distributed to the Partners in accordance with, and to the extent of, the positive balances in their respective Capital Accounts, as determined after taking into account all Capital Account adjustments (other than those made by reason of distributions pursuant to this Section 12.4(c)) for the taxable period of the Partnership during

 

91


which the liquidation of the Partnership occurs (with such date of occurrence being determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g)), and such distribution shall be made by the end of such taxable period (or, if later, within 90 days after said date of such occurrence).

Section 12.5 Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership . Upon the completion of the distribution of Partnership cash and property as provided in Section 12.4 in connection with the liquidation of the Partnership, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.

Section 12.6 Return of Contributions . The General Partner shall not be personally liable for, and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital Contributions of the Limited Partners or Unitholders, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from assets of the Partnership.

Section 12.7 Waiver of Partition . To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.

Section 12.8 Capital Account Restoration . No Limited Partner shall have any obligation to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of the Partnership. The General Partner shall be obligated to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of its interest in the Partnership by the end of the taxable year of the Partnership during which such liquidation occurs, or, if later, within 90 days after the date of such liquidation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE

Section 13.1 Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner . Each Partner agrees that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect:

(a) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the principal office of the Partnership, the registered agent of the Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership;

(b) admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement;

(c) a change that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that the Group Members will not be treated as associations taxable as corporations or otherwise taxed as entities for federal income tax purposes;

 

92


(d) a change that the General Partner determines (i) does not adversely affect the Limited Partners considered as a whole or any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests in any material respect (except as permitted by Section 13.1(g)), (ii) to be necessary or appropriate to (A) satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute (including the Delaware Act) or (B) facilitate the trading of the Units (including the division of any class or classes of Outstanding Units into different classes to facilitate uniformity of tax consequences within such classes of Units) or comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are or will be listed or admitted to trading, (iii) to be necessary or appropriate in connection with action taken by the General Partner pursuant to Section 5.9 or (iv) is required to effect the intent expressed in the IPO Registration Statement or the intent of the provisions of this Agreement or is otherwise contemplated by this Agreement;

(e) a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Partnership and any other changes that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Partnership including a change in the definition of “Quarter” and the dates on which distributions are to be made by the Partnership;

(f) an amendment that is necessary, in the Opinion of Counsel, to prevent the Partnership, or the General Partner or its directors, officers, trustees or agents from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, regardless of whether such are substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of Labor;

(g) an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the authorization or issuance of any class or series of Partnership Interests pursuant to Section 5.6;

(h) any amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to be made by the General Partner acting alone;

(i) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion approved in accordance with Section 14.3;

(j) an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the formation by the Partnership of, or investment by the Partnership in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, in connection with the conduct by the Partnership of activities permitted by the terms of Section 2.4 or Section 7.1(a);

(k) a merger, conveyance or conversion pursuant to Sections 14.3(d) or (e); or

(l) any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing.

 

93


Section 13.2 Amendment Procedures . Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by the General Partner. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to propose or approve any amendment to this Agreement and may decline to do so free of any duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership, any Limited Partner or any other Person bound by this Agreement, and, in declining to propose or approve an amendment to this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity, and the General Partner in determining whether to propose or approve any amendment to this Agreement shall be permitted to do so in its sole and absolute discretion. An amendment to this Agreement shall be effective upon its approval by the General Partner and, except as otherwise provided by Section 13.1 or Section 13.3, the holders of a Unit Majority, unless a greater or different percentage of Outstanding Units is required under this Agreement. Each proposed amendment that requires the approval of the holders of a specified percentage of Outstanding Units shall be set forth in a writing that contains the text of the proposed amendment. If such an amendment is proposed, the General Partner shall seek the written approval of the requisite percentage of Outstanding Units or call a meeting of the Unitholders to consider and vote on such proposed amendment. The General Partner shall notify all Record Holders upon final adoption of any amendments. The General Partner shall be deemed to have notified all Record Holders as required by this Section 13.2 if it has posted or made accessible such amendment through the Partnership’s or the Commission’s website.

Section 13.3 Amendment Requirements.

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2, no provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General Partner) required to take any action shall be amended, altered, changed, repealed or rescinded in any respect that would have the effect of (i) in the case of any provision of this Agreement other than Section 11.2 or Section 13.4, reducing such percentage or (ii) in the case of Section 11.2 or Section 13.4, increasing such percentages, unless such amendment is approved by the written consent or the affirmative vote of holders of Outstanding Units whose aggregate Outstanding Units constitute (x) in the case of a reduction as described in subclause (a)(i) hereof, not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced, (y) in the case of an increase in the percentage in Section 11.2, not less than 90% of the Outstanding Units, or (z) in the case of an increase in the percentage in Section 13.4, not less than a majority of the Outstanding Units.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2, no amendment to this Agreement may (i) enlarge the obligations of any Limited Partner without its consent, unless such shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of an amendment approved pursuant to Section 13.3(c) or (ii) enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable to, the General Partner or any of its Affiliates without its consent, which consent may be given or withheld at its option.

 

94


(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3, and without limitation of the General Partner’s authority to adopt amendments to this Agreement without the approval of any Partners as contemplated in Section 13.1, any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any class of Partnership Interests in relation to other classes of Partnership Interests must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of the class affected.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, except for amendments pursuant to Section 13.1 and except as otherwise provided by Section 14.3(b), no amendments shall become effective without the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Units voting as a single class unless the Partnership obtains an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment will not affect the limited liability of any Limited Partner under applicable partnership law of the state under whose laws the Partnership is organized.

(e) Except as provided in Section 13.1, this Section 13.3 shall only be amended with the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Units.

Section 13.4 Special Meetings . All acts of Limited Partners to be taken pursuant to this Agreement shall be taken in the manner provided in this Article XIII. Special meetings of the Limited Partners may be called by the General Partner or by Limited Partners owning 20% or more of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting is proposed. Limited Partners shall call a special meeting by delivering to the General Partner one or more requests in writing stating that the signing Limited Partners wish to call a special meeting and indicating the specific purposes for which the special meeting is to be called and the class or classes of Units for which the meeting is proposed. No business may be brought by any Limited Partner before such special meeting except the business listed in the related request. Within 60 days after receipt of such a call from Limited Partners or within such greater time as may be reasonably necessary for the Partnership to comply with any statutes, rules, regulations, listing agreements or similar requirements governing the holding of a meeting or the solicitation of proxies for use at such a meeting, the General Partner shall send or cause to be sent a notice of the meeting to the Limited Partners. A meeting shall be held at a time and place determined by the General Partner on a date not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days after the time notice of the meeting is given as provided in Section 16.1. Limited Partners shall not be permitted to vote on matters that would cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability under the Delaware Act or the law of any other state in which the Partnership is qualified to do business. If any such vote were to take place, to the fullest extent permitted by law, it shall be deemed null and void to the extent necessary so as not to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability under the Delaware Act or the law of any other state in which the Partnership is qualified to do business.

Section 13.5 Notice of a Meeting . Notice of a meeting called pursuant to Section 13.4 shall be given to the Record Holders of the class or classes of Units for which a meeting is proposed in writing by mail or other means of written communication in accordance with Section 16.1.

Section 13.6 Record Date . For purposes of determining the Limited Partners who are Record Holders of the class or classes of Limited Partner Interests entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners or to give approvals without a meeting as provided in

 

95


Section 13.11, the General Partner shall set a Record Date, which shall not be less than 10 nor more than 60 days before (a) the date of the meeting (unless such requirement conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading or U.S. federal securities laws, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange or U.S. federal securities laws shall govern) or (b) in the event that approvals are sought without a meeting, the date by which such Limited Partners are requested in writing by the General Partner to give such approvals.

Section 13.7 Postponement and Adjournment . Prior to the date upon which any meeting of Limited Partners is to be held, the General Partner may postpone such meeting one or more times for any reason by giving notice to each Limited Partner entitled to vote at the meeting so postponed of the place, date and hour at which such meeting would be held. Such notice shall be given not fewer than two days before the date of such meeting and otherwise in accordance with this Article XIII. When a meeting is postponed, a new Record Date need not be fixed unless the aggregate amount of such postponement shall be for more than 45 days after the original meeting date. Any meeting of Limited Partners may be adjourned by the General Partner one or more times for any reason, including the failure of a quorum to be present at the meeting with respect to any proposal or the failure of any proposal to receive sufficient votes for approval. No vote of the Limited Partners shall be required for any adjournment. A meeting of Limited Partners may be adjourned by the General Partner as to one or more proposals regardless of whether action has been taken on other matters. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting and a new Record Date need not be fixed, if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless such adjournment shall be for more than 45 days. At the adjourned meeting, the Partnership may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 45 days or if a new Record Date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in accordance with this Article XIII.

Section 13.8 Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting . The transactions of any meeting of Limited Partners, however called and noticed, and whenever held, shall be as valid as if it had occurred at a meeting duly held after call and notice in accordance with Sections 13.4 and 13.5, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy. Attendance of a Limited Partner at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, except when the Limited Partner attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened; and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to disapprove of any matters submitted for consideration or to object to the failure to submit for consideration any matters required to be included in the notice of the meeting, but not so included, if such objection is expressly made at the beginning of the meeting.

Section 13.9 Quorum and Voting . The presence, in person or by proxy, of holders of a majority of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of Limited Partners of such class or classes unless any such action by the Limited Partners requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of such Units, in which case the quorum shall be such greater percentage. At any meeting of the Limited

 

96


Partners duly called and held in accordance with this Agreement at which a quorum is present, the act of Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units that in the aggregate represent a majority of the Outstanding Units entitled to vote at such meeting shall be deemed to constitute the act of all Limited Partners, unless a different percentage is required with respect to such action under the provisions of this Agreement, in which case the act of the Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units that in the aggregate represent at least such different percentage shall be required. The Limited Partners present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the exit of enough Limited Partners to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by the required percentage of Outstanding Units specified in this Agreement.

Section 13.10 Conduct of a Meeting . The General Partner shall have full power and authority concerning the manner of conducting any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including the determination of Persons entitled to vote, the existence of a quorum, the satisfaction of the requirements of Section 13.4, the conduct of voting, the validity and effect of any proxies and the determination of any controversies, votes or challenges arising in connection with or during the meeting or voting. The General Partner shall designate a Person to serve as chairman of any meeting and shall further designate a Person to take the minutes of any meeting. All minutes shall be kept with the records of the Partnership maintained by the General Partner. The General Partner may make such other regulations consistent with applicable law and this Agreement as it may deem advisable concerning the conduct of any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including regulations in regard to the appointment of proxies, the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes and approvals, the submission and examination of proxies and other evidence of the right to vote, and the submission and revocation of approvals in writing.

Section 13.11 Action Without a Meeting . If authorized by the General Partner, any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Limited Partners may be taken without a meeting if an approval in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by Limited Partners owning not less than the minimum percentage of the Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all the Limited Partners were present and voted (unless such provision conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange shall govern). Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Limited Partners who have not approved in writing. The General Partner may specify that any written ballot submitted to Limited Partners for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Partnership within the time period, which shall be not less than 20 days, specified by the General Partner. If a ballot returned to the Partnership does not vote all of the Outstanding Units held by such Limited Partners, the Partnership shall be deemed to have failed to receive a ballot for the Outstanding Units that were not voted. If approval of the taking of any permitted action by the Limited Partners is solicited by any Person other than by or on behalf of the General Partner, the written approvals shall have no force and effect unless and until (a) approvals sufficient to take the action proposed are deposited with the Partnership in care of the General Partner, (b) approvals sufficient to take the action proposed are dated as of a date not more than 90 days prior to the date sufficient approvals are first deposited with the Partnership and (c) an Opinion of Counsel is

 

97


delivered to the General Partner to the effect that the exercise of such right and the action proposed to be taken with respect to any particular matter (i) will not cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability, and (ii) is otherwise permissible under the state statutes then governing the rights, duties and liabilities of the Partnership and the Partners.

Section 13.12 Right to Vote and Related Matters.

(a) Only those Record Holders of the Outstanding Units on the Record Date set pursuant to Section 13.6 (and also subject to the limitations contained in the definition of “Outstanding”) shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, a meeting of Limited Partners or to act with respect to matters as to which the holders of the Outstanding Units have the right to vote or to act. All references in this Agreement to votes of, or other acts that may be taken by, the Outstanding Units shall be deemed to be references to the votes or acts of the Record Holders of such Outstanding Units.

(b) With respect to Units that are held for a Person’s account by another Person that is the Record Holder (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation, or an agent of any of the foregoing), such Record Holder shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such Units on any matter, and unless the arrangement between such Persons provides otherwise, vote such Units in favor of, and in accordance with the direction of, the Person who is the beneficial owner of such Units, and the Partnership shall be entitled to assume such Record Holder is so acting without further inquiry. The provisions of this Section 13.12(b) (as well as all other provisions of this Agreement) are subject to the provisions of Section 4.3.

ARTICLE XIV

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION

Section 14.1 Authority . The Partnership may merge or consolidate with or into one or more corporations, limited liability companies, statutory trusts or associations, real estate investment trusts, common law trusts or unincorporated businesses, including a partnership (whether general or limited (including a limited liability partnership)) or convert into any such entity, whether such entity is formed under the laws of the State of Delaware or any other state of the United States of America or any other country, pursuant to a written plan of merger or consolidation ( Merger Agreement ) or a written plan of conversion ( Plan of Conversion ), as the case may be, in accordance with this Article XIV.

Section 14.2 Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion.

(a) Merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership pursuant to this Article XIV requires the prior consent of the General Partner, provided, however , that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership and may decline to do so free of any duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and, in declining to consent to a merger, consolidation or conversion, shall not be required to act in good faith or

 

98


pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity, and the General Partner in determining whether to consent to any merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership shall be permitted to do so in its sole and absolute discretion.

(b) If the General Partner shall determine to consent to the merger or consolidation, the General Partner shall approve the Merger Agreement, which shall set forth:

(i) name and state or country of domicile of each of the business entities proposing to merge or consolidate;

(ii) the name and state of domicile of the business entity that is to survive the proposed merger or consolidation (the “ Surviving Business Entity ”);

(iii) the terms and conditions of the proposed merger or consolidation;

(iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity; and (A) if any general or limited partner interests, securities or rights of any constituent business entity are not to be exchanged or converted solely for, or into, cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity, the cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity) which the holders of such general or limited partner interests, securities or rights are to receive in exchange for, or upon conversion of their interests, securities or rights, and (B) in the case of securities represented by certificates, upon the surrender of such certificates, which cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity or any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity), or evidences thereof, are to be delivered;

(v) a statement of any changes in the constituent documents or the adoption of new constituent documents (the articles or certificate of incorporation, articles of trust, declaration of trust, certificate or agreement of limited partnership, operating agreement or other similar charter or governing document) of the Surviving Business Entity to be effected by such merger or consolidation;

(vi) the effective time of the merger, which may be the date of the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4 or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Merger Agreement ( provided, however , that if the effective time of the merger is to be later than the date of the filing of such certificate of merger, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain at or prior to the time of the filing of such certificate of merger and stated therein); and

(vii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed merger or consolidation that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

 

99


(c) If the General Partner shall determine to consent to the conversion, the General Partner shall approve the Plan of Conversion, which shall set forth:

(i) the name of the converting entity and the converted entity;

(ii) a statement that the Partnership is continuing its existence in the organizational form of the converted entity;

(iii) a statement as to the type of entity that the converted entity is to be and the state or country under the laws of which the converted entity is to be incorporated, formed or organized;

(iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the converted entity;

(v) in an attachment or exhibit, the certificate of limited partnership of the Partnership;

(vi) in an attachment or exhibit, the certificate of limited partnership, articles of incorporation, or other organizational documents of the converted entity;

(vii) the effective time of the conversion, which may be the date of the filing of the articles of conversion or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Plan of Conversion ( provided, however , that if the effective time of the conversion is to be later than the date of the filing of such articles of conversion, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain at or prior to the time of the filing of such articles of conversion and stated therein); and

(viii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed conversion that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

Section 14.3 Approval by Limited Partners .

(a) Except as provided in Sections 14.3(d) and (e), the General Partner, upon its approval of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall direct that the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as applicable, be submitted to a vote of Limited Partners, whether at a special meeting or by written consent, in either case in accordance with the requirements of Article XIII. A copy or a summary of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall be included in or enclosed with the notice of a special meeting or the written consent and, subject to any applicable requirements of Regulation 14A pursuant to the Exchange Act or successor provision, no other disclosure regarding the proposed merger, consolidation or conversion shall be required.

(b) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d) and Section 14.3(e), the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall be approved upon receiving the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a Unit Majority unless the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, effects an amendment to any provision of this

 

100


Agreement that, if contained in an amendment to this Agreement adopted pursuant to Article XIII, would require for its approval the vote or consent of a greater percentage of the Outstanding Units or of any class of Limited Partners, in which case such greater percentage vote or consent shall be required for approval of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be.

(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d) and Section 14.3(e), after such approval by vote or consent of the Limited Partners, and at any time prior to the filing of the certificate of merger or articles of conversion pursuant to Section 14.4, the merger, consolidation or conversion may be abandoned pursuant to provisions therefor, if any, set forth in the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be.

(d) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to convert the Partnership or any Group Member into a new limited liability entity, to merge the Partnership or any Group Member into, or convey all of the Partnership’s assets to, another limited liability entity that shall be newly formed and shall have no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of such conversion, merger or conveyance other than those it receives from the Partnership or other Group Member if (i) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the conversion, merger or conveyance, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of limited liability under the laws of the jurisdiction governing the other limited liability entity (if that jurisdiction is not Delaware) of any Limited Partner as compared to its limited liability under the Delaware Act or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not previously treated as such), (ii) the sole purpose of such conversion, merger, or conveyance is to effect a mere change in the legal form of the Partnership into another limited liability entity and (iii) the General Partner determines that the governing instruments of the new entity provide the Limited Partners and the General Partner with substantially the same rights and obligations as are herein contained.

(e) Additionally, notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into another limited liability entity if (i) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the merger or consolidation, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner under the laws of the jurisdiction governing the other limited liability entity (if that jurisdiction is not Delaware) as compared to its limited liability under the Delaware Act or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not previously treated as such), (ii) the merger or consolidation would not result in an amendment to this Agreement, other than any amendments that could be adopted pursuant to Section 13.1, (iii) the Partnership is the Surviving Business Entity in such merger or consolidation, (iv) each Unit outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the merger or consolidation is to be an identical Unit of the Partnership after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, and (v) the number of Partnership Interests to be issued by the Partnership in such merger or consolidation does not exceed 20% of the Partnership Interests (other than Incentive Distribution Rights) Outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation.

 

101


(f) Pursuant to Section 17-211(g) of the Delaware Act, an agreement of merger or consolidation approved in accordance with this Article XIV may (i) effect any amendment to this Agreement or (ii) effect the adoption of a new partnership agreement for the Partnership if it is the Surviving Business Entity. Any such amendment or adoption made pursuant to this Section 14.3 shall be effective at the effective time or date of the merger or consolidation.

Section 14.4 Certificate of Merger or Certificate of Conversion . Upon the required approval by the General Partner and the Unitholders of a Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, a certificate of merger or certificate of conversion or other filing, as applicable, shall be executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware or the appropriate filing office of any other jurisdiction, as applicable, in conformity with the requirements of the Delaware Act or other applicable law.

Section 14.5 Effect of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion.

(a) At the effective time of the merger:

(i) all of the rights, privileges and powers of each of the business entities that has merged or consolidated, and all property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due to any of those business entities and all other things and causes of action belonging to each of those business entities, shall be vested in the Surviving Business Entity and after the merger or consolidation shall be the property of the Surviving Business Entity to the extent they were of each constituent business entity;

(ii) the title to any real property vested by deed or otherwise in any of those constituent business entities shall not revert and is not in any way impaired because of the merger or consolidation;

(iii) all rights of creditors and all liens on or security interests in property of any of those constituent business entities shall be preserved unimpaired; and

(iv) all debts, liabilities and duties of those constituent business entities shall attach to the Surviving Business Entity and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if the debts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted by it.

(b) At the effective time of the conversion:

(i) the Partnership shall continue to exist, without interruption, but in the organizational form of the converted entity rather than in its prior organizational form;

(ii) all rights, title, and interests to all real estate and other property owned by the Partnership shall continue to be owned by the converted entity in its new organizational form without reversion or impairment, without further act or deed, and without any transfer or assignment having occurred, but subject to any existing liens or other encumbrances thereon;

 

102


(iii) all liabilities and obligations of the Partnership shall continue to be liabilities and obligations of the converted entity in its new organizational form without impairment or diminution by reason of the conversion;

(iv) all rights of creditors or other parties with respect to or against the prior interest holders or other owners of the Partnership in their capacities as such in existence as of the effective time of the conversion will continue in existence as to those liabilities and obligations and may be pursued by such creditors and obligees as if the conversion did not occur;

(v) a proceeding pending by or against the Partnership or by or against any of Partners in their capacities as such may be continued by or against the converted entity in its new organizational form and by or against the prior Partners without any need for substitution of parties; and

(vi) the Partnership Interests that are to be converted into partnership interests, shares, evidences of ownership, or other securities in the converted entity as provided in the plan of conversion shall be so converted, and Partners shall be entitled only to the rights provided in the Plan of Conversion.

ARTICLE XV

RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS

Section 15.1 Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if at any time the General Partner and its Affiliates hold more than 80% of the total Limited Partner Interests of any class then Outstanding, the General Partner shall then have the right, which right it may assign and transfer in whole or in part to the Partnership or any Affiliate of the General Partner, exercisable at its option, to purchase all, but not less than all, of such Limited Partner Interests of such class then Outstanding held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, at the greater of (x) the Current Market Price as of the date three Business Days prior to the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed and (y) the highest price paid by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates for any such Limited Partner Interest of such class purchased during the 90-day period preceding the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed.

(b) If the General Partner, any Affiliate of the General Partner or the Partnership elects to exercise the right to purchase Limited Partner Interests granted pursuant to Section 15.1(a), the General Partner shall deliver to the applicable Transfer Agent or exchange agent notice of such election to purchase (the Notice of Election to Purchase ) and shall cause the Transfer Agent or exchange agent to mail a copy of such Notice of Election to Purchase to the Record Holders of Limited Partner Interests of such class (as of a Record Date selected by the General Partner), together with such information as may be required by law, rule or regulation, at least 10, but not more than 60, days prior to the Purchase Date. Such Notice of Election to Purchase shall also be filed and distributed as may be required by the Commission or any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed. The Notice of Election to Purchase shall specify the Purchase Date and the price (determined in accordance

 

103


with Section 15.1(a)) at which Limited Partner Interests will be purchased and state that the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, elects to purchase such Limited Partner Interests, upon surrender of Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests, in the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates, or instructions agreeing to such redemption in exchange for payment, at such office or offices of the Transfer Agent or exchange agent as the Transfer Agent or exchange agent, as applicable, may specify, or as may be required by any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed. Any such Notice of Election to Purchase mailed to a Record Holder of Limited Partner Interests at his address as reflected in the Register shall be conclusively presumed to have been given regardless of whether the owner receives such notice. On or prior to the Purchase Date, the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall deposit with the Transfer Agent or exchange agent cash in an amount sufficient to pay the aggregate purchase price of all of such Limited Partner Interests to be purchased in accordance with this Section 15.1. If the Notice of Election to Purchase shall have been duly given as aforesaid at least 10 days prior to the Purchase Date, and if on or prior to the Purchase Date the deposit described in the preceding sentence has been made for the benefit of the holders of Limited Partner Interests subject to purchase as provided herein, then from and after the Purchase Date, notwithstanding that any Certificate or redemption instructions shall not have been surrendered for purchase or provided, respectively, all rights of the holders of such Limited Partner Interests (including any rights pursuant to Article IV, Article V, Article VI, and Article XII) shall thereupon cease, except the right to receive the purchase price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) for Limited Partner Interests therefor, without interest, upon surrender to the Transfer Agent or the exchange agent of the Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests, in the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates, or instructions agreeing to such redemption, and such Limited Partner Interests shall thereupon be deemed to be transferred to the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, in the Register, and the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner, or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be the Record Holder of all such Limited Partner Interests from and after the Purchase Date and shall have all rights as the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interests (including all rights as owner of such Limited Partner Interests pursuant to Article IV, Article V, Article VI and Article XII).

(c) In the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates, at any time from and after the Purchase Date, a holder of an Outstanding Limited Partner Interest subject to purchase as provided in this Section 15.1 may surrender his Certificate evidencing such Limited Partner Interest to the Transfer Agent or exchange agent in exchange for payment of the amount described in Section 15.1(a), therefor, without interest thereon, in accordance with procedures set forth by the General Partner.

ARTICLE XVI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 16.1 Addresses and Notices; Written Communications.

(a) Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail or

 

104


by other means of written communication to the Partner at the address described below. Except as otherwise provided herein, any notice, payment or report to be given or made to a Partner hereunder shall be deemed conclusively to have been given or made, and the obligation to give such notice or report or to make such payment shall be deemed conclusively to have been fully satisfied, upon sending of such notice, payment or report to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interests at his address as shown in the Register, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such Partnership Interests by reason of any assignment or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) a Partner shall consent to receiving notices, demands, requests, reports or proxy materials via electronic mail or by the Internet or (ii) the rules of the Commission shall permit any report or proxy materials to be delivered electronically or made available via the Internet, any such notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials shall be deemed given or made when delivered or made available via such mode of delivery. An affidavit or certificate of making of any notice, payment or report in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1 executed by the General Partner, the Transfer Agent or the mailing organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report. If any notice, payment or report addressed to a Record Holder at the address of such Record Holder appearing in the Register is returned by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver it, such notice, payment or report and any subsequent notices, payments and reports shall be deemed to have been duly given or made without further mailing (until such time as such Record Holder or another Person notifies the Transfer Agent or the Partnership of a change in his address) if they are available for the Partner at the principal office of the Partnership for a period of one year from the date of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report to the other Partners. Any notice to the Partnership shall be deemed given if received by the General Partner at the principal office of the Partnership designated pursuant to Section 2.3. The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in relying on any notice or other document from a Partner or other Person if believed by it to be genuine.

(b) The terms “in writing,” “written communications,” “written notice” and words of similar import shall be deemed satisfied under this Agreement by use of e-mail and other forms of electronic communication.

Section 16.2 Further Action . The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

Section 16.3 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

Section 16.4 Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

Section 16.5 Creditors . None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.

 

105


Section 16.6 Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

Section 16.7 Third-Party Beneficiaries . Each Partner agrees that (a) any Indemnitee shall be entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a third-party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to such Indemnitee and (b) any Unrestricted Person shall be entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a third-party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to such Unrestricted Person.

Section 16.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto or, in the case of a Person acquiring a Limited Partner Interest, pursuant to Section 10.1(a) or (b) without execution hereof.

Section 16.9 Applicable Law; Forum; Venue and Jurisdiction; Waiver of Trial by Jury.

(a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Each of the Partners and each Person or Group holding any beneficial interest in the Partnership (whether through a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing or otherwise):

(i) irrevocably agrees that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings (A) arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of this Agreement or the duties, obligations or liabilities among Partners or of Partners to the Partnership, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the Partners or the Partnership), (B) brought in a derivative manner on behalf of the Partnership, (C) asserting a claim of breach of a duty (including a fiduciary duty) owed by any director, officer, or other employee of the Partnership or the General Partner, or owed by the General Partner, to the Partnership or the Partners, (D) asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware Act or (E) asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, any other court located in the State of Delaware with subject matter jurisdiction), in each case regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims;

(ii) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in connection with any such claim, suit, action or proceeding;

 

106


(iii) agrees not to, and waives any right to, assert in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding that (A) it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of such courts or of any other court to which proceedings in such courts may be appealed, (B) such claim, suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, or (C) the venue of such claim, suit, action or proceeding is improper;

(iv) expressly waives any requirement for the posting of a bond by a party bringing such claim, suit, action or proceeding; and

(v) consents to process being served in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding by mailing, certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy thereof to such party at the address in effect for notices hereunder, and agrees that such services shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof; provided, however , nothing in clause (v) hereof shall affect or limit any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

Section 16.10 Invalidity of Provisions . If any provision or part of a provision of this Agreement is or becomes for any reason, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions and/or parts thereof contained herein shall not be affected thereby and this Agreement shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reformed and construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision, or part of a provision, had never been contained herein, and such provisions and/or part shall be reformed so that it would be valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent possible.

Section 16.11 Consent of Partners . Each Partner hereby expressly consents and agrees that, whenever in this Agreement it is specified that an action may be taken upon the affirmative vote or consent of less than all of the Partners, such action may be so taken upon the concurrence of less than all of the Partners and each Partner shall be bound by the results of such action.

Section 16.12 Facsimile and Email Signatures . The use of facsimile signatures and signatures delivered by email in portable document format (.pdf) or similar format affixed in the name and on behalf of the Transfer Agent of the Partnership on certificates representing Common Units is expressly permitted by this Agreement.

[ REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. ]

 

107


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:
VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS GP LLC
By:  

/s/ Joseph W. Gorder

Name:   Joseph W. Gorder
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
By:  

/s/ Richard F. Lashway

Name:   Richard F. Lashway
Title:   President and Chief Operating Officer
ORGANIZATIONAL LIMITED PARTNER:
VALERO TERMINALING AND DISTRIBUTION COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Michael S. Ciskowski

Name:   Michael S. Ciskowski
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
By:  

/s/ Donna M. Titzman

Name:   Donna M. Titzman
Title:   Senior Vice President and Treasurer

Signature Page to First Amended and Restated

Agreement of Limited Partnership of Valero Energy Partners LP


EXHIBIT A

to the First Amended and Restated

Agreement of Limited Partnership of

Valero Energy Partners LP

Certificate Evidencing Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests in

Valero Energy Partners LP

No.                                           Common Units

In accordance with Section 4.1 of the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Valero Energy Partners LP, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time (the “Partnership Agreement”), Valero Energy Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), hereby certifies that                      (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of Common Units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (the “Common Units”) transferable on the books of the Partnership, in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. The rights, preferences and limitations of the Common Units are set forth in, and this Certificate and the Common Units represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Partnership Agreement. Copies of the Partnership Agreement are on file at, and will be furnished without charge on delivery of written request to the Partnership at, the principal executive offices of the Partnership located at One Valero Way, San Antonio, Texas 78249. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings given them in the Partnership Agreement.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGES FOR THE BENEFIT OF VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS LP THAT THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IF SUCH TRANSFER (AS DEFINED IN THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT) WOULD (A) VIOLATE THE THEN APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY WITH JURISDICTION OVER SUCH TRANSFER, (B) TERMINATE THE EXISTENCE OR QUALIFICATION OF VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS LP UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, OR (C) CAUSE VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS LP TO BE TREATED AS AN ASSOCIATION TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE TO BE TAXED AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES (TO THE EXTENT NOT ALREADY SO TREATED OR TAXED). THE GENERAL PARTNER OF VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS LP MAY IMPOSE ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IF IT RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL THAT SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE NECESSARY TO AVOID A SIGNIFICANT RISK OF VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS LP BECOMING TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE BECOMING TAXABLE AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THIS SECURITY MAY BE SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON ITS TRANSFER PROVIDED IN THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS SECURITY TO THE SECRETARY OF THE GENERAL PARTNER AT THE PRINCIPAL

 

A-1


EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF THE PARTNERSHIP. THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH ABOVE SHALL NOT PRECLUDE THE SETTLEMENT OF ANY TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY ENTERED INTO THROUGH THE FACILITIES OF ANY NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY IS LISTED OR ADMITTED TO TRADING.

The Holder, by accepting this Certificate, is deemed to have (i) requested admission as, and agreed to become, a Limited Partner and to have agreed to comply with and be bound by and to have executed the Partnership Agreement, (ii) represented and warranted that the Holder has all right, power and authority and, if an individual, the capacity necessary to enter into the Partnership Agreement, and (iii) made the waivers and given the consents and approvals contained in the Partnership Agreement.

This Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose unless it has been countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent. This Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Dated:                                          Valero Energy Partners LP
    By:   Valero Energy Partners GP LLC
      By:  

 

      By:  

 

 

Countersigned and Registered by:

Computershare Investor Services

as Transfer Agent and Registrar

By:    
          Authorized Signature

 

A-2


[Reverse of Certificate]

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Certificate, shall be construed as follows according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM — as tenants in common    UNIF GIFT TRANSFERS MIN ACT
TEN ENT — as tenants by the entireties   

                                  Custodian                                 

    (Cust)                                                       (Minor)

JT TEN — as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common    under Uniform Gifts/Transfers to CD Minors Act (State)

Additional abbreviations, though not in the above list, may also be used.

 

A-3


ASSIGNMENT OF COMMON UNITS OF

VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS LP

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                      hereby assigns, conveys, sells and transfers unto

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

(Please print or typewrite name and address of assignee)    (Please insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee)

             Common Units representing limited partner interests evidenced by this Certificate, subject to the Partnership Agreement, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint              as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to transfer the same on the books of Valero Energy Partners LP.

 

Date:                                 NOTE: The signature to any endorsement hereon must correspond with the name as written upon the face of this Certificate in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or change.
  

 

   (Signature)
  

 

   (Signature)

THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE

GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE

GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS,

STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN

ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS

WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION

PROGRAM), PURSUANT

TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15

 

No transfer of the Common Units evidenced hereby will be registered on the books of the Partnership, unless the Certificate evidencing the Common Units to be transferred is surrendered for registration or transfer.

Exhibit 3.2

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS GP LLC

A Delaware Limited Liability Company

Dated as of

December 16, 2013

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1   

Section 1.1

  Definitions      1   

Section 1.2

  Construction      5   

ARTICLE II ORGANIZATION

     5   

Section 2.1

  Formation      5   

Section 2.2

  Name      5   

Section 2.3

  Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices      5   

Section 2.4

  Purposes and Powers      6   

Section 2.5

  Term      6   

Section 2.6

  No State Law Partnership      6   

ARTICLE III MEMBERSHIP

     6   

Section 3.1

  Membership Interests; Additional Members      6   

Section 3.2

  Access to Information      6   

Section 3.3

  Liability      7   

Section 3.4

  Withdrawal      7   

Section 3.5

  Meetings      7   

Section 3.6

  Action by Consent of Members      7   

Section 3.7

  Conference Telephone Meetings      7   

Section 3.8

  Quorum      7   

ARTICLE IV ADMISSION OF MEMBERS; DISPOSITION OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS

     8   

Section 4.1

  Assignment; Admission of Assignee as a Member      8   

Section 4.2

  Requirements Applicable to All Dispositions and Admissions      8   

ARTICLE V CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     8   

Section 5.1

  Initial Capital Contributions      8   

Section 5.2

  Additional Capital Contributions      8   

Section 5.3

  Loans      8   

Section 5.4

  Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Membership Interests      8   

Section 5.5

  Return of Contributions      9   

ARTICLE VI DISTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS

     9   

Section 6.1

  Distributions      9   

Section 6.2

  Limitations on Distributions      9   

Section 6.3

  Tax Allocations      9   

ARTICLE VII MANAGEMENT

     9   

Section 7.1

  Management by Board of Directors      9   

Section 7.2

  Number; Qualification; Tenure      10   

Section 7.3

  Regular Meetings      10   

Section 7.4

  Special Meetings      10   

Section 7.5

  Notice      10   

Section 7.6

  Action by Consent of Board      10   

 

i


Section 7.7

  Conference Telephone Meetings      10   

Section 7.8

  Quorum and Action      11   

Section 7.9

  Vacancies; Increases in the Number of Directors      11   

Section 7.10

  Committees      11   

Section 7.11

  Removal      12   

Section 7.12

  Compensation of Directors      12   

Section 7.13

  Responsibility and Authority of the Board; Director Standards of Conduct      12   

Section 7.14

  Other Business of Members, Directors and Affiliates      14   

Section 7.15

  Reliance by Third Parties      14   

ARTICLE VIII OFFICERS

     15   

Section 8.1

  Officers      15   

Section 8.2

  Election and Term of Office      16   

Section 8.3

  Chairman of the Board      16   

Section 8.4

  Chief Executive Officer      16   

Section 8.5

  President      16   

Section 8.6

  Vice Presidents      16   

Section 8.7

  Treasurer      16   

Section 8.8

  Secretary      16   

Section 8.9

  Removal      17   

Section 8.10

  Vacancies      17   

Section 8.11

  Responsibility and Authority of Officers; Officer Standards of Conduct      17   

ARTICLE IX INDEMNITY AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

     18   

Section 9.1

  Indemnification      18   

Section 9.2

  Liability of Indemnitees      20   

ARTICLE X TAXES

     20   

Section 10.1

  Taxes      20   

ARTICLE XI BOOKS, RECORDS, REPORTS, AND BANK ACCOUNTS

     21   

Section 11.1

  Maintenance of Books      21   

Section 11.2

  Reports      21   

Section 11.3

  Bank Accounts      21   

ARTICLE XII DISSOLUTION, WINDING-UP, TERMINATION AND CONVERSION

     21   

Section 12.1

  Dissolution      21   

Section 12.2

  Winding-Up and Termination      22   

Section 12.3

  Certificate of Cancellation      22   

ARTICLE XIII MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION

     23   

Section 13.1

  Authority      23   

Section 13.2

  Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion      23   

Section 13.3

  Approval by Members of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion      24   

Section 13.4

  Certificate of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion      24   

ARTICLE XIV GENERAL PROVISIONS

     25   

Section 14.1

  Offset      25   

Section 14.2

  Notices      25   

Section 14.3

  Entire Agreement; Superseding Effect      25   

 

ii


Section 14.4

  Effect of Waiver or Consent      26   

Section 14.5

  Amendment or Restatement      26   

Section 14.6

  Binding Effect      26   

Section 14.7

  Governing Law; Severability      26   

Section 14.8

  Venue      26   

Section 14.9

  Further Assurances      27   

Section 14.10

  Waiver of Certain Rights      27   

Section 14.11

  Counterparts      27   

 

iii


FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS GP LLC

This FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) of Valero Energy Partners GP LLC (the “ Company ”), dated as of December 16, 2013, is adopted, executed and agreed to by Valero Terminaling and Distribution Company (“ VTDC ”), as the sole member of the Company.

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, the Company was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on July 23, 2013;

WHEREAS, VTDC, as the sole member of the Company, executed the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Valero Energy Partners GP LLC, dated as of July 23, 2013 (the “ Original Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, VTDC, as the sole member of the Company, deems it advisable to amend and restate the Original Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises, the covenants and agreements set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, VTDC, as the sole member of the Company, hereby amends and restates the Original Agreement in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions.

(a) As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below or set forth in the Sections referred to below:

Act ” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. § 18-101, et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Agreement ” is defined in the introductory paragraph, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.


Applicable Law ” means (a) any United States federal, state or local law, statute or ordinance or any rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction, judgment, decree or permit of any Governmental Authority and (b) any rule or listing requirement of any national securities exchange or trading market recognized by the Commission on which securities issued by the Partnership are listed or quoted.

Assignee ” means any Person that acquires a Member’s share of the income, gain, loss, deduction and credits of, and the right to receive distributions from, the Company or any portion thereof through a Disposition; provided, however, that an Assignee shall have no right to be admitted to the Company as a Member except in accordance with Article IV . The Assignee of a dissolved Member shall be the shareholder, partner, member or other equity owner or owners of the dissolved Member or such other Persons to whom such Member’s Membership Interest is assigned by the Person conducting the liquidation or winding up of such Member.

Audit Committee ” is defined in Section 7.10(b) .

Audit Committee Independent Director ” is defined in Section 7.10(b) .

Bankruptcy ” or “ Bankrupt ” means, with respect to any Person, that (a) such Person (i) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) files a voluntary bankruptcy petition; (iii) becomes the subject of an order for relief or is declared insolvent in any federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for such Person a reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution, or similar relief under any Applicable Law; (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against such Person in a proceeding of the type described in subclauses (i) through (iv) of this clause (a); or (vi) seeks, consents to, or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver, or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of such Person’s properties or (b) a proceeding seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution, or similar relief under any Applicable Law has been commenced against such Person and 120 days have expired without dismissal thereof or with respect to which, without such Person’s consent or acquiescence, a trustee, receiver, or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of such Person’s properties has been appointed and 90 days have expired without the appointment having been vacated or stayed, or 90 days have expired after the date of expiration of a stay, if the appointment has not previously been vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in the Act.

Board ” is defined in Section 7.1(c) .

Business Day ” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of Texas shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Member, the amount of money and the net agreed value of any property (other than money) contributed to the Company by such Member. Any reference in this Agreement to the Capital Contribution of a Member shall include any Capital Contribution of its predecessors in interest.

 

2


Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Units ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.

Company ” is defined in the introductory paragraph.

Conflicts Committee ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.

Conflicts Committee Independent Director ” means a Director who meets the standards set forth in the definition of “Conflicts Committee” in the Partnership Agreement.

Delaware Certificate ” is defined in Section 2.1 .

Director ” or “ Directors ” means a member or members of the Board.

Dispose ,” “ Disposing ” or “ Disposition ” means with respect to any asset (including a Membership Interest or any portion thereof), a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, gift, exchange or other disposition of such asset, whether such disposition be voluntary, involuntary or by operation of Applicable Law.

Disposing Member ” is defined in Section 4.1 .

Dissolution Event ” is defined in Section 12.1(a) .

General Partner Interest ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.

Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state or local court or governmental or regulatory agency or authority or any arbitration board, tribunal or mediator having jurisdiction over the Company or its assets or Members.

Group Member ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.

Group Member Agreement ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.

Indemnitee ” means any of (a) the Members, (b) any Person who is or was an Affiliate of the Company (other than any Group Member), (c) any Person who is or was a manager, member, partner, director, officer, fiduciary or trustee of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company (other than any Group Member), (d) any Person who is or was serving at the request of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company as an manager, member, partner, director, officer, fiduciary or trustee of another Person; provided , however , that a Person shall not be an Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services, and (e) any Person the Board designates as an “Indemnitee” for purposes of this Agreement.

Limited Partner ” and “ Limited Partners ” are defined in the Partnership Agreement.

 

3


Majority Interest ” means Membership Interests in the Company entitled to more than 50% of the Sharing Ratios.

Member ” means VTDC, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person hereafter admitted to the Company as a member as provided in this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company, but such term does not include any Person who has ceased to be a member of the Company.

Membership Interest ” means, with respect to any Member, that Member’s limited liability company interests in the Company, including its share of the income, gain, loss, deduction and credits of, and the right to receive distributions from, the Company.

Merger Agreement ” is defined in Section 13.1 .

Notices ” is defined in Section 14.2 .

Officers ” is defined in Section 8.1 .

Original Agreement ” is defined in the Recitals.

Partnership ” means Valero Energy Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

Partnership Agreement ” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, to be dated as of December 16, 2013, as it may be further amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Partnership Group ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.

Partnership Interests ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.

Person ” means an individual or a corporation, firm, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, Governmental Authority or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

Plan of Conversion ” is defined in Section 13.1 .

Sharing Ratio ” means, subject in each case to adjustments in accordance with this Agreement or in connection with Dispositions of Membership Interests, (a) in the case of a Member executing this Agreement as of the date of this Agreement or a Person acquiring such Member’s Membership Interest, the percentage specified for that Member as its Sharing Ratio on Exhibit A and (b) in the case of Membership Interests issued pursuant to Section 3.1 , the Sharing Ratio established pursuant thereto; provided , however , that the total of all Sharing Ratios shall always equal 100%.

Subsidiary ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.

Surviving Business Entity ” is defined in Section 13.1 .

 

4


Treasury Regulations ” means the regulations (including temporary regulations) promulgated by the United States Department of the Treasury pursuant to and in respect of provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. All references herein to sections of the Treasury Regulations shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of succeeding, similar or substitute, temporary or final Treasury Regulations.

VTDC ” is defined in the introductory paragraph.

Withdraw ,” “ Withdrawing ” or “ Withdrawal ” means the resignation of a Member from the Company as a Member. Such terms shall not include any Dispositions of Membership Interests (which are governed by Article IV ), even though the Member making a Disposition may cease to be a Member as a result of such Disposition.

(b) Other terms defined herein have the meanings so given them.

Section 1.2 Construction . Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; (c) the terms “include,” “includes,” “including” or words of like import shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; and (d) the terms “hereof,” “herein” or “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

Section 2.1 Formation. The Company was formed as a Delaware limited liability company by the filing of a Certificate of Formation (the “ Delaware Certificate ”) on July 23, 2013 with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware under and pursuant to the Act and by the entering into of the Original Agreement.

Section 2.2 Name . The name of the Company is “Valero Energy Partners GP LLC” and all Company business must be conducted in that name or such other names that comply with Applicable Law as the Board or the Members may select.

Section 2.3 Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices . The registered office of the Company required by the Act to be maintained in the State of Delaware shall be the office of the initial registered agent for service of process named in the Delaware Certificate or such other office (which need not be a place of business of the Company) as the Board may designate in the manner provided by Applicable Law. The registered agent for service of process of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be the initial registered agent for service of process named in the Delaware Certificate or such other Person or Persons as the Board may designate in the manner provided by Applicable Law. The principal office of the Company in the United States shall be at such a place as the Board may from time to time designate, which need not be in the State of Delaware, and the Company shall maintain records there. The Company may have such other offices as the Board of Directors may designate.

 

5


Section 2.4 Purposes and Powers . The purpose of the Company is to own, acquire, hold, sell, transfer, assign, dispose of or otherwise deal with partnership interests in, and act as the general partner of, the Partnership as described in the Partnership Agreement and to engage in any lawful business or activity ancillary or related thereto. The Company shall possess and may exercise all the powers and privileges granted by the Act, by any other Applicable Law or by this Agreement, together with any powers incidental thereto, including such powers and privileges as are necessary or appropriate to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business, purposes or activities of the Company.

Section 2.5 Term. The term of the Company commenced upon the filing of the Delaware Certificate on July 23, 2013 in accordance with the Act and shall continue in existence until the dissolution of the Company in accordance with the provisions of Article XII . The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Delaware Certificate as provided in the Act.

Section 2.6 No State Law Partnership . The Members intend that the Company shall not be a partnership (whether general, limited or other) or joint venture, and that no Member shall be a partner or joint venturer with any other Member, for any purposes other than (if the Company has more than one Member) federal and state income tax purposes, and this Agreement may not be construed or interpreted to the contrary.

ARTICLE III

MEMBERSHIP

Section 3.1 Membership Interests; Additional Members . VTDC is the sole initial Member of the Company as reflected in Exhibit A attached hereto. Additional Persons may be admitted to the Company as Members, and Membership Interests may be issued, on such terms and conditions as the existing Members, voting as a single class, may determine at the time of admission. The terms of admission or issuance must specify the Sharing Ratios applicable thereto and may provide for the creation of different classes or groups of Members or Membership Interests having different (including senior) rights, powers and duties. The Members may reflect the creation of any new class or group in an amendment to this Agreement, indicating the different rights, powers and duties, and such an amendment shall be approved and executed by the Members in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Any such admission shall be effective only after such new Member has executed and delivered to the Members and the Company an instrument containing the notice address of the new Member, the new Member’s ratification of this Agreement and agreement to be bound by it.

Section 3.2 Access to Information . Each Member shall be entitled to receive, for any purpose reasonably related to its interest as a Member, any information that it may request concerning the Company; provided , however , that this Section 3.2 shall not obligate the Company to create any information that does not already exist at the time of such request (other than to convert existing information from one medium to another, such as providing a printout of information that is stored in a computer database). Each Member shall also have the right, upon reasonable notice, and at all reasonable times during usual business hours to inspect the properties of the Company and to audit, examine and make copies of the books of account and other records of the Company. Such right may be exercised through any agent or employee of

 

6


such Member designated in writing by it or by an independent public accountant, engineer, attorney or other consultant so designated. All costs and expenses incurred in any inspection, examination or audit made on such Member’s behalf shall be borne by such Member.

Section 3.3 Liability . Except as otherwise provided by the Act, no Member shall be liable for the debts, obligations or liabilities of the Company solely by reason of being a member of the Company. The Company and the Members agree that the rights, duties and obligations of the Members in their capacities as members of the Company are only as set forth in this Agreement and as otherwise arise under the Act. Furthermore, the Members agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the existence of any rights of a Member, or the exercise or forbearance from exercise of any such rights, shall not create any duties or obligations of the Member in its capacity as a member of the Company, nor shall such rights be construed to enlarge or otherwise to alter in any manner the duties and obligations of such Member.

Section 3.4 Withdrawal. A Member does not have the right or power to Withdraw.

Section 3.5 Meetings. A meeting of the Members may be called at any time at the request of any Member.

Section 3.6 Action by Consent of Members . Except as otherwise required by Applicable Law or otherwise provided in this Agreement, all decisions of the Members shall require the affirmative vote of the Members representing a Majority Interest present at a meeting at which a quorum is present in accordance with Section 3.8 . To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Members may act without a meeting and without notice so long as the number of Members who own the percentage of Sharing Ratios that would be required to take such action at a duly held meeting shall have executed a written consent with respect to any such action taken in lieu of a meeting.

Section 3.7 Conference Telephone Meetings . Any Member may participate in a meeting of the Members by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment or by such other means by which all Persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 3.8 Quorum . The Members owning a majority of Sharing Ratios, present in person or participating in accordance with Section 3.7 , shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided , however , that, if at any meeting of the Members there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of the Members present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. The Members present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Members to leave less than a quorum.

 

7


ARTICLE IV

ADMISSION OF MEMBERS; DISPOSITION OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS

Section 4.1 Assignment; Admission of Assignee as a Member . Subject to this Article IV , a Member may assign in whole or in part its Membership Interests. An Assignee has the right to be admitted to the Company as a Member, with the Membership Interests (and attendant Sharing Ratio) so transferred to such Assignee, only if (a) the Member making the Disposition (a “ Disposing Member ”) has granted the Assignee either (i) all, but not less than all, of such Disposing Member’s Membership Interests or (ii) the express right to be so admitted and (b) such Disposition is effected in strict compliance with this Article IV . If a Member transfers all of its Membership Interest in the Company pursuant to this Article IV , such admission shall be deemed effective immediately upon the transfer and, immediately upon such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 4.2 Requirements Applicable to All Dispositions and Admissions . Any Disposition of Membership Interests and any admission of an Assignee as a Member shall also be subject to the following requirements, and such Disposition (and admission, if applicable) shall not be effective unless such requirements are complied with:

(a) Payment of Expenses . The Disposing Member and its Assignee shall pay, or reimburse the Company for, all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the Disposition and admission of the Assignee as a Member.

(b) No Release . No Disposition of Membership Interests shall effect a release of the Disposing Member from any liabilities to the Company or the other Members arising from events occurring prior to the Disposition, except as otherwise may be provided in any instrument or agreement pursuant to which a Disposition of Membership Interests is effected.

(c) Agreement to be Bound . The Assignee shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement or other instrument by which such Assignee agrees to be bound by this Agreement.

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 5.1 Initial Capital Contributions . At the time of the formation of the Company, VTDC, as the initial or organizational member of the Company, made the Capital Contribution set forth next to its name on Exhibit A .

Section 5.2 Additional Capital Contributions . The Members shall not be obligated to make additional Capital Contributions to the Company.

Section 5.3 Loans. If the Company does not have sufficient cash to pay its obligations, any Member(s) that may agree to do so may advance all or part of the needed funds to or on behalf of the Company. Any advance described in this Section 5. 3 will constitute a loan from the Member to the Company, will bear interest at a lawful rate determined by the Members from the date of the advance until the date of payment and will not be a Capital Contribution.

Section 5.4 Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Membership Interests . All Membership Interests issued pursuant to, and in accordance with, the requirements of this Article V shall be fully paid and non-assessable Membership Interests, except as such non-assessability may be affected by Sections 18-303, 18-607 and 18-804 of the Act.

 

8


Section 5.5 Return of Contributions . Except as expressly provided herein, no Member is entitled to the return of any part of its Capital Contributions or to be paid interest in respect of either its capital account or its Capital Contributions. An unreturned Capital Contribution is not a liability of the Company or of any Member. A Member is not required to contribute or to lend any cash or property to the Company to enable the Company to return any Member’s Capital Contributions.

ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS

Section 6.1 Distributions . Distributions to the Members shall be made only to all Members simultaneously in proportion to their respective Sharing Ratios (at the time the amounts of such distributions are determined) and in such aggregate amounts and at such times as shall be determined by the Board; provided , however , that any loans from Members pursuant to Section 5.3 shall be repaid prior to any distributions to Members pursuant to this Section 6.1 .

Section 6.2 Limitations on Distributions . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not make a distribution to any Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Act or other Applicable Law.

Section 6.3 Tax Allocations. For federal, state and local income tax purposes, all items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit shall be allocated to the Members in proportion to their respective Sharing Ratios.

ARTICLE VII

MANAGEMENT

Section 7.1 Management by Board of Directors .

(a) The management of the Company is fully reserved to the Members, and the Company shall not have “managers” as that term is used in the Act. The powers of the Company shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the direction of, the Members, who, except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, shall make all decisions and take all actions for the Company.

(b) The Members shall have the power and authority to delegate to one or more other persons the Members’ rights and power to manage and control the business and affairs, or any portion thereof, of the Company, including to delegate to agents, officers and employees of a Member or the Company, and to delegate by a management agreement with or otherwise to other Persons.

(c) Except to the extent specifically reserved to the Members hereunder, the Members hereby delegate to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), to the fullest extent permitted under this Agreement and Delaware law, all power and authority related to the Company’s management of the business and affairs of the Partnership.

 

9


Section 7.2 Number; Qualification; Tenure .

(a) The number of Directors constituting the Board shall be at least two and no more than 12, and may be fixed from time to time pursuant to a resolution adopted by the Members. A Director need not be a Member. Each Director shall be elected or approved by the Members at an annual meeting of the Members and shall serve as a Director of the Company for a term of one year (or their earlier death or removal from office) or until their successors are duly elected and qualified.

(b) The Directors of the Company in office at the date of this Agreement are set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

Section 7.3 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board shall be held at such time and place as shall be designated from time to time by resolution of the Board. Notice of such regular meetings shall not be required.

Section 7.4 Special Meetings . A special meeting of the Board may be called at any time at the request of (a) the Chairman of the Board or (b) a majority of the Directors then in office.

Section 7.5 Notice . Written notice of all special meetings of the Board must be given to all Directors at least two Business Days prior to any special meeting of the Board. All notices and other communications to be given to Directors shall be sufficiently given for all purposes hereunder if in writing and delivered by hand, courier or overnight delivery service or three days after being mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with appropriate postage prepaid, or when received in the form of an e-mail or facsimile, and shall be directed to the address, e-mail address or facsimile number as such Director shall designate by notice to the Company. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except for amendments to this Agreement, as provided herein. A meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the Directors are present or if those not present waive notice of the meeting either before or after such meeting.

Section 7.6 A ction by Consent of Board . To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Board, or any committee of the Board, may act without a meeting so long as a majority of the members of the Board or committee shall have executed a written consent with respect to any action taken in lieu of a meeting.

Section 7.7 Conference Telephone Meetings . Directors or members of any committee of the Board may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment or by such other means by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

10


Section 7.8 Quorum and Action . A majority of all Directors, present in person or participating in accordance with Section 7.7 , shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but if at any meeting of the Board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of the Directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. Except as otherwise required by Applicable Law, all decisions of the Board shall require the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Directors at any meeting at which a quorum is present.

Section 7.9 Vacancies; Increases in the Number of Directors . Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of Directors shall be filled by the appointment of individuals approved by the Members. Any Director so appointed shall hold office until the next annual election and until his successor shall be duly elected and qualified, unless sooner displaced.

Section 7.10 Committees.

(a) The Board may establish committees of the Board and may delegate any of its responsibilities to such committees, except as prohibited by Applicable Law.

(b) The Board shall have an audit committee (the “ Audit Committee ”) composed of Directors who meet the independence standards required of directors who serve on an audit committee of a board of directors established by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and by the New York Stock Exchange or any national securities exchange on which the Common Units are listed (each, an “ Audit Committee Independent Director ”). The Audit Committee shall establish a written audit committee charter in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission and the New York Stock Exchange or any national securities exchange on which the Common Units are listed from time to time, in each case as amended from time to time. Each member of the Audit Committee shall satisfy the rules and regulations of the Commission and the New York Stock Exchange or any national securities exchange on which the Common Units are listed from time to time, in each case as amended from time to time, pertaining to qualification for service on an audit committee.

(c) The Board may, from time to time, establish a Conflicts Committee. The Conflicts Committee shall be composed of one Conflicts Committee Independent Director at any time where there is only one Conflicts Committee Independent Director on the Board and shall be composed of two or more Conflicts Committee Independent Directors if there is more than one Conflicts Committee Independent Director on the Board. The Conflicts Committee shall function in the manner described in the Partnership Agreement. Notwithstanding any duty otherwise existing at law or in equity, any matter approved by the Conflicts Committee in accordance with the provisions, and subject to the limitations, of the Partnership Agreement, shall not be deemed to be a breach of any duties owed by the Board or any Director to the Company or the Members.

 

11


(d) A majority of any committee, present in person or participating in accordance with Section 7.7 , shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business of such committee. Except as otherwise required by Applicable Law or the Partnership Agreement, all decisions of a committee shall require the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the committee members at any meeting at which a quorum is present.

(e) A majority of any committee may determine its action and fix the time and place of its meetings unless the Board shall otherwise provide. Notice of such meetings shall be given to each member of the committee in the manner provided for in Section 7.5 . The Board shall have power at any time to fill vacancies in, to change the membership of, or to dissolve any such committee.

Section 7.11 Removal . Any Director or the entire Board may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Members.

Section 7.12 Compensation of Directors . Except as expressly provided in any written agreement between the Company and a Director or by resolution of the Board, no Director shall receive any compensation from the Company for services provided to the Company in its capacity as a Director, except that each Director shall be compensated for attendance at Board meetings at rates of compensation as from time to time established by the Board or a committee thereof; provided , however , that Directors who are also employees of the Company or any Affiliate thereof shall receive no compensation for their services as Directors or committee members. In addition, the Directors who are not employees of the Company or any Affiliate thereof shall be entitled to be reimbursed for out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the Board or committees thereof.

Section 7.13 Responsibility and Authority of the Board; Director Standards of Conduct .

(a) General . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the relative authority, duties and functions of the Board, on the one hand, and the Officers, on the other hand, shall be identical to the relative authority, duties and functions of the board of directors and officers, respectively, of a corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The Officers shall be vested with such powers and duties as are set forth in Article VIII hereof and as are specified by the Board from time to time. Accordingly, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, the day-to-day activities of the Company shall be conducted on the Company’s behalf by the Officers who shall be agents of the Company. In addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred on the Board by this Agreement, the Board may exercise all such powers of the Company and do all such acts and things as are not restricted by this Agreement, the Partnership Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, the Act or Applicable Law. Notwithstanding any duty (including fiduciary duties) otherwise existing at law or in equity, any matter approved by the Board in accordance with the provisions, and subject to the limitations, of the Partnership Agreement or any Group Member Agreement, shall not be deemed to be a breach of any duties owed by the Board or any Director to the Company or the Members.

 

12


(b) Specified Standard . Whenever the Directors (in their respective capacities as such), make a determination or cause the Company to take or decline to take any action relating to the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership Group for which the Company or the Directors are required to act in accordance with a particular standard under the Partnership Agreement or any Group Member Agreement, as applicable, then the Directors shall make such determination or cause the Company to take or decline to take such other action in accordance with such standard and, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, shall not be subject to any other or different standards or duties (including fiduciary duties) imposed by this Agreement, the Partnership Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Act or any other Applicable Law or in equity.

(c) Default Standard . To the extent that the Directors (in their capacities as such), make a determination or cause the Company to take or decline to take any other action in any circumstance not described in Section 7.13(b) under any express authorization or direction of the Members representing a Majority Interest that may be in effect from time to time, then unless another express standard is provided for in this Agreement or the Partnership Agreement or any Group Member Agreement, the Directors shall make such determination or cause the Company to take or decline to take such other action in the subjective belief that the determination or other action is not adverse to the best interest of the Members representing a Majority Interest and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not otherwise be subject to any other or different standards or duties (including fiduciary duties) imposed by this Agreement, the Partnership Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Act or any other Applicable Law or in equity.

(d) Member Consent Required for Extraordinary Matters . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Board will not take any action without approval of the Members with respect to an extraordinary matter that would have, or would reasonably be expected to have, a material effect, directly or indirectly, on the Members’ interests in the Company. The type of extraordinary matter referred to in the prior sentence shall include, but not be limited to, the following: (i) commencement of any action relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors by the Company or any Group Member; (ii) a merger, consolidation, recapitalization or similar transaction involving the Company or any Group Member; (iii) a sale, exchange or other transfer not in the ordinary course of business of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company or any Group Member, viewed on a consolidated basis, in one or a series of related transactions; (iv) the issuance or repurchase of any equity interests in the Company, (v) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any Group Member; and (vi) a material amendment of the Partnership Agreement. An extraordinary matter will be deemed approved by the Members if the Board receives a written, facsimile or electronic instruction evidencing such approval from Members. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, a Director, acting as such, shall have no duty, responsibility or liability to the Members with respect to any action by the Board approved by the Members.

(e) Member-Managed Decisions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Members shall have exclusive authority over the internal business and affairs of the Company that do not relate to the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership Group except as may be expressly authorized and directed

 

13


from time to time by the Members. For illustrative purposes, the internal business and affairs of the Company where the Members shall have exclusive authority include (i) the amount and timing of distributions paid by the Company, (ii) the prosecution, settlement or management of any claim made directly against the Company and not involving or relating to the Partnership Group, (iii) the decision to sell, convey, transfer or pledge any asset of the Company, (iv) the decision to amend, modify or waive any rights relating to the assets of the Company, (v) the voting of, or exercise of other rights with respect to, any Partnership Interests (other than the General Partner Interest) held by the Company or its Affiliates, and (vi) the decision to enter into any agreement to incur an obligation of the Company other than an agreement entered into for and on behalf of any Group Member for which the Company is liable exclusively by virtue of the Company’s capacity as general partner of the Partnership.

In addition, the Members may delegate the authority to the Board, except as such delegation may be hereafter revoked or restricted by resolution adopted by the Members and subject to Section 7.13(d) , to cause the Company to exercise the rights of the Company as general partner of the Partnership (or those exercisable after the Company ceases to be the general partner of the Partnership) where (a) the Company makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action in its individual capacity under the Partnership Agreement or (b) where the Partnership Agreement permits the Company to make a determination or take or decline to take any other action in its sole discretion.

Section 7.14 Other Business of Members, Directors and Affiliates .

(a) Existing Business Ventures . The Members, each Director and their respective Affiliates may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature or description, independently or with others, similar or dissimilar to the business of the Company or the Partnership, and the Company, the Partnership, the Directors and the Members shall have no rights by virtue of this Agreement in and to such independent ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of any such venture, even if competitive with the business of the Company or the Partnership, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper.

(b) Business Opportunities . None of the Members, any Director or any of their respective Affiliates who acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for the Company, shall have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to the Company or the Partnership, and such Persons shall not be liable to the Company or any Member for breach of any duty by reason of the fact that such Person pursues or acquires for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person or does not communicate such opportunity or information to the Company; provided such Member, Director or any of their Affiliates do not engage in such business or activity using confidential or proprietary information provided by or on behalf of the Company to such Persons.

Section 7.15 Reliance by Third Parties . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Company shall be entitled to assume that any Officer authorized by the Board to act on behalf of and in the name of the Company has full

 

14


power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Company and to enter into any authorized contracts on behalf of the Company, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with any such Officer as if it were the Company’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. The Members hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of any such Officer in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with any such Officer or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of any such Officer or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Company by the Officers shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (b) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Partnership and (c) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Company.

ARTICLE VIII

OFFICERS

Section 8.1 Officers.

(a) The Board shall elect one or more persons to be officers of the Company to assist in carrying out the Board’s decisions and the day-to-day activities of the Company in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership. Officers are not “managers” as that term is used in the Act. Any individuals who are elected as officers of the Company shall serve at the pleasure of the Board and shall have such titles and the authority and duties specified in this Agreement or otherwise delegated to each of them, respectively, by the Board from time to time.

(b) The officers of the Company (collectively, the “Officers”) may consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer, a Secretary and such other officers as the Board from time to time may deem proper. The Chairman of the Board, if any, who shall not be deemed to be an Officer unless he or she has otherwise been elected as such, shall be chosen from among the Directors. All Officers elected by the Board shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to Section 7.13 and the specific provisions of this Article VIII . The Board may from time to time elect such other Officers or appoint such agents as may be necessary or desirable for the conduct of the business of the Company as the general partner of the Partnership. Such other Officers and agents shall have such duties and shall hold their offices for such terms as shall be provided in this Agreement or as may be prescribed by the Board, as the case may be from time to time.

 

15


Section 8.2 Election and Term of Office . The Officers shall be elected from time to time by the Board. Each Officer shall hold office until such person’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such person’s death or until he or she shall resign or be removed pursuant to Section 8.9 .

Section 8.3 Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall preside, if present, at all meetings of the Board and of the Limited Partners of the Partnership and shall perform such additional functions and duties as the Board may prescribe from time to time. The Directors also may elect a Vice Chairman of the Board to act in the place of the Chairman of the Board upon his or her absence or inability to act.

Section 8.4 Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer, who may also be the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board and/or the President, shall have general and active management authority over the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall also perform all duties and have all powers incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer and perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may be assigned by this Agreement or prescribed by the Board from time to time.

Section 8.5 President . The President shall, subject to the control of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, in general, supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Company. The President shall perform all duties and have all powers incident to the office of President and perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may be delegated by the Chief Executive Officer or as may be prescribed by the Board from time to time.

Section 8.6 Vice Presidents . Any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President, in the order of seniority, unless otherwise determined by the Board, shall, in the absence or disability of the President, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President. They shall also perform the usual and customary duties and have the powers that pertain to such office and generally assist the President by executing contracts and agreements and exercising such other powers and performing such other duties as are delegated to them by the Chief Executive Officer or President or as may be prescribed by the Board from time to time.

Section 8.7 Treasurer . The Treasurer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the Company and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the Company in such form and as often as required by this Agreement, the Board or a President. The Treasurer, subject to the order of the Board, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the Company. The Treasurer shall perform the usual and customary duties and have the powers that pertain to such office and exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as are delegated to him by the Chief Executive Officer or a President or as may be prescribed by the Board from time to time.

Section 8.8 Secretary . The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, in one or more books provided for that purpose, the minutes of all meetings of the Board, the committees of the Board, the Members and the Limited Partners. The Secretary shall see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and as required by Applicable Law; shall be custodian of the records and the seal of the Company (if any) and affix and attest the seal (if any) to all documents to be executed on behalf of the Company under its seal; and shall see that the books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by

 

16


Applicable Law to be kept and filed are properly kept and filed; and in general, shall perform all duties and have all powers incident to the office of Secretary and perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may be delegated by the Chief Executive Officer or President or as may be prescribed by the Board from time to time.

Section 8.9 Removal . Any Officer elected, or agent appointed, by the Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board whenever, in such majority’s judgment, the best interests of the Company would be served thereby. No Officer shall have any contractual rights against the Company for compensation by virtue of such election beyond the date of the election of such person’s successor, such person’s death, such person’s resignation or such person’s removal, whichever event shall first occur, except as otherwise provided in an employment contract or under an employee deferred compensation plan.

Section 8.10 Vacancies . A newly created elected office and a vacancy in any elected office because of death, resignation or removal may be filled by the Board for the unexpired portion of the term at any meeting of the Board.

Section 8.11 Responsibility and Authority of Officers; Officer Standards of Conduct .

(a) General . The Officers may exercise only such powers of the Company and do such acts and things as are expressly authorized or delegated by this Agreement, the Partnership Agreement or any Group Member Agreement or by the Board. Notwithstanding any duty (including any fiduciary duty) otherwise existing at law or in equity, any matter approved by the Board in accordance with the provisions, and subject to the limitations, of this Agreement, the Partnership Agreement or any Group Member Agreement, shall not be deemed to be a breach of any duties owed by any Officer to the Company or the Members.

(b) Specified Standard . Whenever the Officers (in their capacities as such) make a determination or cause the Company to take or decline to take any action relating to the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership Group for which the Company is required to act in accordance with a particular standard under the Partnership Agreement or any Group Member Agreement, as applicable, then the Officers shall make such determination or cause the Company to take or decline to take such other action in accordance with such standard and, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, shall not be subject to any other or different standards or duties (including fiduciary duties) imposed by this Agreement, the Partnership Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Act or any other Applicable Law or in equity.

(c) Default Standard . To the extent that the Officers (in their capacities as such) make a determination or cause the Company to take or decline to take any other action in any circumstance not described in Section 8.11(b) , then unless another express standard is provided for in this Agreement or the Partnership Agreement or a Group Member Agreement, the Officers shall make such determination or cause the Company to take or decline to take such other action in the subjective belief that the determination or

 

17


other action is not adverse to the best interest of the Members representing a Majority Interest and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not otherwise be subject to any other or different standards or duties (including fiduciary duties) imposed by this Agreement, the Partnership Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Act or any other Applicable Law or in equity.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNITY AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

Section 9.1 Indemnification .

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law but subject to the limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, all Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all threatened, pending or completed claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal and including appeals, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status as an Indemnitee and acting (or refraining to act) in such capacity on behalf of or for the benefit of the Company; provided , however , that the Indemnitee shall not be indemnified and held harmless pursuant to this Agreement if there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 9.1 shall be made only out of the assets of the Company, it being agreed that no Member shall be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Company to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee who is indemnified pursuant to Section 9.1(a) in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 9.1 , the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified upon receipt by the Company of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized by this Section 9.1 .

(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 9.1 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement, as a matter of law, in equity or otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnitee’s capacity as an

 

18


Indemnitee and as to actions in any other capacity, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee.

(d) The Company may purchase and maintain (or reimburse its Affiliates for the cost of) insurance on behalf of the Indemnitees, the Company and its Affiliates and such other Persons as the Company shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expense that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Company’s activities or such Person’s activities on behalf of the Company, regardless of whether the Company would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) For purposes of this Section 9.1 , the Company shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Company also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to Applicable Law shall constitute “fines” within the meaning of this Section 9.1 ; and action taken or omitted by it with respect to any employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the best interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is in the best interests of the Company.

(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Members to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 9.1 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

(h) The provisions of this Section 9.1 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees and their heirs, successors, assigns, executors and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.

(i) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 9.1 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way terminate, reduce or impair the right of any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Company, nor the obligations of the Company to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.1 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

 

19


(j) TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND SUBJECT TO SECTION 9.1(a) , THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDEMNIFICATION PROVIDED IN THIS SECTION 9.1 ARE INTENDED BY THE PARTIES TO APPLY EVEN IF SUCH PROVISIONS HAVE THE EFFECT OF EXCULPATING THE INDEMNITEE FROM LEGAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CONSEQUENCES OF SUCH PERSON’S NEGLIGENCE, FAULT OR OTHER CONDUCT.

Section 9.2 Liability of Indemnitees .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the Partnership Agreement or any Group Member Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the Company, the Partnership, the Members or any other Person bound by this Agreement, for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission of an Indemnitee unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter in question, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was criminal.

(b) Subject to its obligations and duties as set forth in Article VII , the Board and any committee thereof may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through the Company’s Officers or agents, and neither the Board nor any committee thereof shall be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such Officer or agent appointed by the Board or any committee thereof in good faith.

(c) Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, no Member or any other Indemnitee shall have any duties or liabilities, including fiduciary duties, to the Company or any Member, notwithstanding any duty otherwise existing at law or in equity, and the provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict, eliminate or otherwise modify the duties and liabilities, including fiduciary duties, of the Members or any other Indemnitee otherwise existing under Applicable Law or in equity, are agreed by the Members to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Members and such other Indemnitee.

(d) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 9.2 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of the Indemnitees under this Section 9.2 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

ARTICLE X

TAXES

Section 10.1 Taxes . The Company and the Members acknowledge that for federal income tax purposes, the Company will be disregarded as an entity separate from the Members pursuant to Treasury Regulation §301.7701-3 as long as all of the Membership Interests in the Company are owned by a sole Member.

 

20


ARTICLE XI

BOOKS, RECORDS, REPORTS, AND BANK ACCOUNTS

Section 11.1 Maintenance of Books .

(a) The Board shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Company or at such other location approved by the Board complete and accurate books and records of the Company, supporting documentation of the transactions with respect to the conduct of the Company’s business and minutes of the proceedings of the Board and any other books and records that are required to be maintained by Applicable Law.

(b) The books of account of the Company shall be maintained on the basis of a fiscal year that is the calendar year and on an accrual basis in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

Section 11.2 Reports . The Board shall cause to be prepared and delivered to each Member such reports, forecasts, studies, budgets and other information as the Members may reasonably request from time to time.

Section 11.3 Bank Accounts . Funds of the Company shall be deposited in such banks or other depositories as shall be designated from time to time by the Board. All withdrawals from any such depository shall be made only as authorized by the Board and shall be made only by check, wire transfer, debit memorandum or other written instruction.

ARTICLE XII

DISSOLUTION, WINDING-UP, TERMINATION AND CONVERSION

Section 12.1 Dissolution .

(a) The Company shall dissolve and its affairs shall be wound up on the first to occur of the following events (each a “ Dissolution Event ”):

 

  (i) the unanimous consent of the Members;

 

  (ii) entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under Section 18-802 of the Act; and

 

  (iii) at any time there are no Members of the Company, unless the Company is continued in accordance with the Act or this Agreement.

(b) No other event shall cause a dissolution of the Company.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes there to be no Members of the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the personal representative of the last remaining Member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such Member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute Member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such Member in the Company.

 

21


(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of a Member shall not cause such Member to cease to be a member of the Company and, upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

Section 12.2 Winding-Up and Termination .

(a) On the occurrence of a Dissolution Event, the Members shall act as, or alternatively appoint, a liquidator (which shall be the “liquidating trustee” for purposes of the Act). The liquidator shall proceed diligently to wind up the affairs of the Company and make final distributions as provided herein and in the Act. The costs of winding up shall be borne as a Company expense. The steps to be accomplished by the liquidator are as follows:

 

  (i) as promptly as possible after dissolution and again after final winding up, the liquidator shall cause a proper accounting to be made by a recognized firm of certified public accountants of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and operations through the last day of the month in which the dissolution occurs or the final winding up is completed, as applicable;

 

  (ii) subject to the Act, the liquidator shall discharge from Company funds all of the debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company (including all expenses incurred in winding up or otherwise make adequate provision for payment and discharge thereof (including the establishment of a cash escrow fund for contingent, conditional and unmatured liabilities in such amount and for such term as the liquidator may reasonably determine)); and

 

  (iii) all remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed to the Members in accordance with Section 6.1 .

(b) The distribution of cash or property to a Member in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.2 constitutes a complete return to the Member of its Capital Contributions and a complete distribution to the Member of its Membership Interest and all the Company’s property and constitutes a compromise to which all Members have consented pursuant to Section 18-502(b) of the Act. To the extent that a Member returns funds to the Company, such Member shall have no claim against any other Member for those funds.

Section 12.3 Certificate of Cancellation . On completion of the winding up of the Company as provided herein and under the Act, the Members (or such other Person or Persons as the Act may require or permit) shall file a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the existence of the Company. Upon the filing of such certificate of cancellation, the existence of the Company shall terminate, except as may be otherwise provided by the Act or by Applicable Law.

 

22


ARTICLE XIII

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION

Section 13.1 Authority. Subject to compliance with Section 7.13 , the Company may merge or consolidate with one or more domestic corporations, limited liability companies, statutory trusts or associations, real estate investment trusts, common law trusts or unincorporated businesses, including a partnership (whether general or limited (including a limited liability partnership)), or convert into any such domestic entity, pursuant to a written agreement of merger or consolidation (“ Merger Agreement ”) or a written plan of conversion (“ Plan of Conversion ”), as the case may be, in accordance with this Article XIII . The surviving entity to any such merger, consolidation or conversion is referred to herein as the “ Surviving Business Entity .”

Section 13.2 Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion .

(a) The merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company pursuant to this Article XIII requires the prior approval of a majority of the Board and compliance with Section 13.3 .

(b) If the Board shall determine to consent to a merger or consolidation, the Board shall approve the Merger Agreement, which shall set forth:

 

  (i) the names and jurisdictions of formation or organization of each of the business entities proposing to merge or consolidate;

 

  (ii) the name and jurisdiction of formation or organization of the Surviving Business Entity that is to survive the proposed merger or consolidation;

 

  (iii) the terms and conditions of the proposed merger or consolidation;

 

  (iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity; and (A) if any general or limited partner interests, securities or rights of any constituent business entity are not to be exchanged or converted solely for, or into, cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity, the cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity) which the holders of such general or limited partner interests, securities or rights are to receive in exchange for, or upon conversion of their interests, securities or rights, and (B) in the case of securities represented by certificates, upon the surrender of such certificates, which cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity or any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity), or evidences thereof, are to be delivered;

 

23


  (v) a statement of any changes in the constituent documents or the adoption of new constituent documents (the articles or certificate of incorporation, articles of trust, declaration of trust, certificate or agreement of limited partnership, certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement or other similar charter or governing document) of the Surviving Business Entity to be effected by such merger or consolidation;

 

  (vi) the effective time of the merger, which may be the date of the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 13.4 or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Merger Agreement; provided , however , that if the effective time of the merger is to be later than the date of the filing of such certificate of merger, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain at or prior to the time of the filing of such certificate of merger and stated therein; and

 

  (vii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed merger or consolidation as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board.

(c) If the Board shall determine to consent to a conversion of the Company, the Board shall approve and adopt a Plan of Conversion containing such terms and conditions that the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate.

Section 13.3 Approval by Members of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion .

(a) The Board, upon its approval of the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall direct that the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as applicable, be submitted to a vote of the Members, whether at a meeting or by written consent. A copy or a summary of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as applicable, shall be included in or enclosed with the notice of a special meeting or the written consent.

(b) The Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as applicable, shall be approved by the Members.

(c) After such approval by vote or consent of the Members, and at any time prior to the filing of the certificate of merger, consolidation or conversion pursuant to Section 13.4 , the merger, consolidation or conversion may be abandoned pursuant to provisions therefor, if any, set forth in the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be.

Section 13.4 Certificate of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion .

(a) Upon the required approval by the Board and the Members of a Merger Agreement or a Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, a certificate of merger, consolidation or conversion, as applicable, shall be executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in conformity with the requirements of the Act and shall have such effect as provided under the Act or other Applicable Law.

 

24


(b) A merger, consolidation or conversion effected pursuant to this Article XIII shall not (i) to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, be deemed to result in a transfer or assignment of assets or liabilities from one entity to another having occurred or (ii) require the Company (if it is not the Surviving Business Entity) to wind up its affairs, pay its liabilities or distribute its assets as required under Article XII of this Agreement or under the applicable provisions of the Act.

ARTICLE XIV

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 14.1 Offset . Whenever the Company is to pay any sum to any Member, any amounts that Member owes the Company may be deducted from that sum before payment.

Section 14.2 Notices . All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications (collectively, “ Notices ”) required or permitted to be given hereunder or which are given with respect to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally served, delivered by reputable air courier service with charges prepaid, or transmitted by hand delivery or facsimile, addressed as set forth below, or to such other address as such party shall have specified most recently by written notice. Notice shall be deemed given on the date of service or transmission if personally served or transmitted by facsimile. Notice otherwise sent as provided herein shall be deemed given upon delivery of such notice:

To the Company:

Valero Energy Partners GP LLC

One Valero Way

San Antonio, Texas 78249

Attn: General Counsel

Facsimile: (210) 345-3214

To Valero:

Valero Terminaling and Distribution Company

One Valero Way

San Antonio, Texas 78249

Attn: General Counsel

Facsimile: (210) 345-3214

Section 14.3 Entire Agreement; Superseding Effect . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Members relating to the Company and the transactions contemplated hereby, and supersedes all provisions and concepts contained in all prior contracts or agreements between the Members with respect to the Company, whether oral or written.

 

25


Section 14.4 Effect of Waiver or Consent . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, a waiver or consent, express or implied, to or of any breach or default by any Member in the performance by that Member of its obligations with respect to the Company is not a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance by that Member of the same or any other obligations of that Member with respect to the Company. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, failure on the part of a Member to complain of any act of any Member or to declare any Member in default with respect to the Company, irrespective of how long that failure continues, does not constitute a waiver by that Member of its rights with respect to that default until the applicable statute-of-limitations period has run.

Section 14.5 Amendment or Restatement . This Agreement may be amended or restated only by a written instrument executed by all Members; provided , however , that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, each Member agrees that the Board, without the approval of any Member, may amend any provision of the Delaware Certificate and this Agreement, and may authorize any officer to execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record any such amendment and whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect any change that does not require consent or approval (or for which such consent or approval has been obtained) under this Agreement or does not materially adversely affect the rights of the Members.

Section 14.6 Binding Effect . Subject to the restrictions on Dispositions set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement is binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the Members and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

Section 14.7 Governing Law; Severability . THIS AGREEMENT IS GOVERNED BY AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, EXCLUDING ANY CONFLICT-OF-LAWS RULE OR PRINCIPLE THAT MIGHT REFER THE GOVERNANCE OR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS AGREEMENT TO THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and any mandatory, non-waivable provision of the Act, such provision of the Act shall control. If any provision of the Act may be varied or superseded in a limited liability company agreement (or otherwise by agreement of the members or managers of a limited liability company), such provision shall be deemed superseded and waived in its entirety if this Agreement contains a provision addressing the same issue or subject matter. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Member or circumstance is held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, (a) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of that provision to other Members or circumstances is not affected thereby, and (b) the Members shall negotiate in good faith to replace that provision with a new provision that is valid and enforceable and that puts the Members in substantially the same economic, business and legal position as they would have been in if the original provision had been valid and enforceable.

Section 14.8 Venue . Any and all claims, suits, actions or proceedings arising out of, in connection with or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, to the extent the Court of Chancery lacks jurisdiction, any other state court in the State of Delaware). Each party hereto unconditionally and irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, to the extent the Court of Chancery lacks jurisdiction, any other state court in the

 

26


State of Delaware) with respect to any such claim, suit, action or proceeding and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, waives any objection that such party may have to the laying of venue of any claim, suit, action or proceeding in the Court of Chancery (or other state court) of the State of Delaware.

Section 14.9 Further Assurances . In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, each Member shall execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional acts that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the provisions of this Agreement and those transactions.

Section 14.10 Waiver of Certain Rights . Each Member, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, irrevocably waives any right it may have to maintain any action for dissolution of the Company or for partition of the property of the Company.

Section 14.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signing parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and constitute the same instrument. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the use of facsimile signatures and signatures delivered by email in portable document format (.pdf) affixed in the name and on behalf of a party is expressly permitted by this Agreement.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

27


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Member has executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

MEMBER:
VALERO TERMINALING AND DISTRIBUTION COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Michael S. Ciskowski

Name: Michael S. Ciskowski
Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Signature Page to First Amended and Restated

Limited Liability Company Agreement


EXHIBIT A

MEMBERS

 

Member

   Sharing Ratio     Capital Contribution  

Valero Terminaling and Distribution Company

     100   $ 1,000   

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

DIRECTORS

 

William R. Klesse    Chairman of the Board of Directors
Joseph W. Gorder    Director
Richard F. Lashway    Director
Donna M. Titzman    Director
Randall J. Larson    Director

 

B-1

Exhibit 10.1

OMNIBUS AGREEMENT

This Omnibus Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is entered into on, and effective as of, the Closing Date among Valero Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Valero ”), Valero Energy Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), Valero Energy Partners GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ General Partner ”), Valero Partners Operating Co. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ OLLC ”), Valero Marketing and Supply Company, a Delaware corporation, (“ VMSC ”), Valero Partners EP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Valero Partners Lucas, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Valero Partners Memphis, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Valero Terminaling and Distribution Company (“ VTDC ”), a Delaware corporation, The Shamrock Pipe Line Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Valero Plains Company LLC, a Texas limited liability company, The Premcor Refining Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Premcor Refining ”), and The Premcor Pipeline Co., a Delaware corporation (“ Premcor Pipeline ”).

RECITALS

1. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article 2 , with respect to certain indemnification obligations of the Parties to each other.

2. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article 3 , with respect to the amount to be paid by the Partnership for the centralized general and administrative services to be performed by Valero and its Affiliates (including the General Partner) for and on behalf of the Partnership Group.

3. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article 4 , with respect to the Partnership Group’s right of first offer with respect to the ROFO Assets (as defined herein).

4. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article 5 , with respect to Valero’s right of first refusal with respect to certain ROFR Assets (as defined herein).

5. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article 6 , with respect to the granting of a license from Valero to the Partnership Group.

6. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article 7 , with respect to certain projects that will be undertaken by the Partnership after the Closing Date and the prepayment by VTDC of certain amounts relating to such projects.

In consideration of the premises and the covenants, conditions, and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:


ARTICLE 1

Definitions

1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement (including the Recitals, which are incorporated herein for all purposes) the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Acquisition Proposal ” is defined in Section 5.2 .

Administrative Fee ” is defined in Section 3.2(a) .

Affiliate ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.

Assets ” means all pipelines, storage tanks, vehicles, truck racks, terminal facilities, offices and related equipment, real estate, contracts and other assets, or portions thereof, conveyed, contributed or otherwise transferred or intended to be conveyed, contributed or otherwise transferred pursuant to the Contribution Agreement to any Group Member, or owned by, leased by or necessary for the operation of the business, properties or assets of any Group Member as of the Closing Date.

Business Day ” means each calendar day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day that is an official holiday in the State of Texas.

Closing Date ” means December 16, 2013.

Conflicts Committee ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.

Confidential Information ” means any proprietary or confidential information that is competitively sensitive material or otherwise of value to a Party or its Affiliates and not generally known to the public, including trade secrets, scientific or technical information, design, invention, process, procedure, formula, improvements, product planning information, marketing strategies, financial information, information regarding operations, consumer and/or customer relationships, consumer and/or customer identities and profiles, sales estimates, business plans, and internal performance results relating to the past, present or future business activities of a Party or its Affiliates and the consumers, customers, clients and suppliers of any of the foregoing. Confidential Information includes such information as may be contained in or embodied by documents, substances, engineering and laboratory notebooks, reports, data, specifications, computer source code and object code, flow charts, databases, drawings, pilot plants or demonstration or operating facilities, diagrams, specifications, bills of material, equipment, prototypes and models, and any other tangible manifestation (including data in computer or other digital format) of the foregoing; provided, however , that Confidential Information does not include information that a receiving Party can show (A) has been published or has otherwise become available to the general public as part of the public domain without breach of this Agreement, (B) has been furnished or made known to the receiving Party without any obligation to keep it confidential by a third party under circumstances which are not known to the receiving Party to involve a breach of the third party’s obligations to a Party or (C) was developed independently of information furnished or made available to the receiving Party as contemplated under this Agreement.

 

2


Contribution Agreement ” means that certain Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the General Partner, the Partnership, Valero, OLLC, VTDC, Premcor Pipeline, Premcor Refining and Valero Refining Company-Tennessee, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, together with the additional conveyance documents and instruments contemplated or referenced thereunder, as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Covered Environmental Losses ” is defined in Section 2.1(a) .

Covered Right-of-Way Losses ” is defined in Section 2.2 .

Disposition Notice ” is defined in Section 5.2 .

Environmental Deductible ” is defined in Section 2.5(a) .

Environmental Laws ” means all federal, state, and local laws, statutes, rules, regulations, orders, judgments, ordinances, codes, injunctions, decrees, Environmental Permits and other legally enforceable requirements and rules of common law relating to pollution or protection of human health, natural resources, wildlife and the environment or workplace health or safety including the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. , the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. , the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq. , the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq ., the Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq. , the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, 33 U.S.C. §§2701 et seq. , the Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§300f et seq. , the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act of 1994, as amended, 49 U.S.C. §§ 5101 et seq. , the Pipeline Safety Improvement Act of 2002, 49 U.S.C. §§60101 et seq ., and other environmental conservation and protection laws and the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, 29 U.S.C. §§ 651 et seq , and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, and any state or local counterparts, each as amended from time to time.

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license, registration, certification, consent, exemption, variance or other authorization required under or issued pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law, including applications for renewal of such permits in which the application allows for continued operation under the terms of an expired permit.

First ROFR Acceptance Deadline ” is defined in Section 5.2 .

Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, tribal, foreign or local governmental entity, authority, department, court or agency, including any political subdivision thereof, exercising, or entitled to exercise, any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory or taxing authority or power of any nature, and including any arbitrating body, commission or quasi-governmental authority or self-regulating organization of competent authority exercising or enlisted to exercise similar power or authority.

Group Member ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.

 

3


Hazardous Substance ” means (a) any substance, whether solid, liquid, gaseous, semi-solid, or any combination thereof, that is designated, defined or classified as a hazardous waste, solid waste, hazardous material, pollutant, contaminant or toxic or hazardous substance, or terms of similar meaning, or that is otherwise regulated under any Environmental Law, including any hazardous substance as defined under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended, and including asbestos and lead-containing paints or coatings, and (b) petroleum, oil, gasoline, natural gas, fuel oil, motor oil, waste oil, diesel fuel, jet fuel, and other refined petroleum hydrocarbons.

HSR Act ” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.

Identification Deadline ” means the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date.

Indemnified Party ” means the Person entitled to indemnification in accordance with Article 2 .

Indemnifying Party ” means the Party from whom indemnification may be sought in accordance with Article 2 .

Interest Rate ” means the lesser of (i) two percent (2%) over the one month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) prevailing during the period in question, and (ii) the maximum rate permitted by applicable law.

Limited Partner ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.

Losses ” means any losses, damages, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, costs and expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorney’s and expert’s fees) of any and every kind or character, known or unknown, fixed or contingent.

Offer Price ” is defined in Section 5.2 .

Partnership Agreement ” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, dated as of the Closing Date, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Partnership Change of Control ” means Valero ceases to control, directly or indirectly, the general partner of the Partnership. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the general partner of the Partnership, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

Partnership Group ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.

Partnership Interest ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.

 

4


Party ” means a signatory to this Agreement, and “Parties” means all of the signatories to this Agreement.

Person ” means an individual or a corporation, firm, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

Prefunded Projects ” is defined in Article 7 .

Proposed Transaction ” is defined in Section 4.2(a) .

Proposed Transferee ” is defined in Section 5.2 .

Registration Statement ” means the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by the Partnership with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (Registration No. 333-191259), as amended.

Reimbursable Expenses ” is defined in Section 3.3 .

Representatives ” is defined in Section 8.1(a) .

Retained Assets ” means all pipelines, storage tanks, vehicles, truck racks, terminal facilities, offices and related equipment, real estate, contracts and other assets, or portions thereof owned by any of the Valero Entities as of the Closing Date that were not directly or indirectly conveyed, contributed or otherwise transferred to the Partnership Group pursuant to the Contribution Agreement or the other documents referenced in the Contribution Agreement.

Right-of-Way Consents ” means any consents, licenses or permits (other than Environmental Permits) necessary to allow (1) any pipeline included in the Assets to cross the roads, waterways, railroads and other areas upon which any such pipeline is located as of the Closing Date, or (2) the transfer of any of the Assets to the Partnership Group, in each case, where such failure renders the Partnership Group liable to a third party or unable to use or operate the Assets in substantially the same manner that the Assets were used and operated immediately prior to the Closing Date.

ROFO Assets ” means the assets listed on Schedule D to this Agreement.

ROFO Asset Owner ” is defined in Section 4.1(a) .

ROFO Governmental Approval Deadline ” is defined in Section 4.2(c) .

ROFO Period ” is defined in Section 4.1(a) .

ROFO Notice ” is defined in Section 4.2(a) .

ROFO Response ” is defined in Section 4.2(a) .

 

5


ROFR Assets ” means any assets of the Partnership Group that serve any refinery owned, acquired or constructed by a Valero Entity, including the assets listed on Schedule E to this Agreement.

ROFR Asset Owner ” is defined in Section 5.1(a) .

ROFR Governmental Approval Deadline ” is defined in Section 5.2(c) .

ROFR Response ” is defined in Section 5.2 .

Sale Assets ” is defined in Section 5.2 .

Second ROFR Acceptance Deadline ” is defined in Section 5.2 .

Subsidiary ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.

Transfer ” means to, directly or indirectly, sell, assign, lease, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of, whether in one or a series of transactions.

Valero Entities ” means Valero and each of its Affiliates, other than the General Partner and the Group Members.

Valero License ” is defined in Section 6.1 .

Valero Marks ” is defined in Section 6.1 .

1.1 Rules of Construction . Unless expressly provided for elsewhere in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) If a word or phrase is defined, its other grammatical forms have a corresponding meaning.

(b) The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

(c) A reference to any Party to this Agreement or another agreement or document includes the Party’s successors and assigns.

(d) The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and article, section, subsection and schedule references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(e) The words “including,” “include,” “includes” and all variations thereof shall mean “including without limitation.”

(f) The word “or” shall have the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.”

 

6


(g) The words “shall” and “will” have equal force and effect.

(h) The schedules identified in this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Agreement.

(i) References to “$” or to “dollars” shall mean the lawful currency of the United States of America.

ARTICLE 2

Indemnification

2.1 Environmental Indemnification .

(a) Subject to Section 2.5 , Valero shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Group Member from and against any Losses suffered or incurred by such Group Member, directly or indirectly, including as a result of any claim by a third party, by reason of or arising out of:

(i) any violation of Environmental Laws resulting or arising from the ownership or operation of the Assets prior to the Closing Date;

(ii) any environmental remediation or corrective action that is required by Environmental Law, to the extent resulting or arising from releases occurring during the ownership or operation of the Assets prior to the Closing Date (including the presence of Hazardous Substances on, under, about or migrating to or from the Assets or the disposal or release of Hazardous Substances generated by operation of the Assets at non-Asset locations) including (A) the cost and expense of any investigation, assessment, evaluation, monitoring, containment, cleanup, repair, restoration, remediation, risk-based closure activities, or other corrective action required or necessary under Environmental Laws and (B) the cost and expense of the preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial, corrective action, or other plans required or necessary under Environmental Laws as in effect prior to the Closing Date;

(iii) any of the environmental matters as set forth on Schedule A ; and

(iv) any environmental event, condition or matter associated with or arising from the Retained Assets, whether occurring before, on or after the Closing Date and whether occurring under Environmental Laws as in effect prior to, at or after the Closing Date;

provided, however, that with respect to any violation under Section 2.1(a)(i) or any environmental remediation or corrective action included under Section 2.1(a)(ii) , Valero will be obligated to indemnify such Group Member only to the extent that (x) such violation or environmental remediation or corrective action was caused by the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement or occurred or existed before the Closing Date under Environmental Laws as in effect on or prior to the Closing Date, (y) the violation, remediation or corrective action was not identified in a voluntary audit or investigation undertaken outside the ordinary course of business by any Group Member or any person acting

 

7


at the request or on behalf of any Group Member and (z) Valero is notified in writing of such violation or environmental remediation or corrective action prior to the Identification Deadline. Losses subject to indemnification in this Section 2.1(a) are referred to collectively as “ Covered Environmental Losses ”.

(b) Except for Covered Environmental Losses (exceeding the Environmental Deductible, where applicable) the Partnership shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Valero from and against any Losses suffered or incurred by any of the Valero Entities, directly or indirectly, including as a result of any claim by a third party, by reason of or arising out of any of the following, in each case regardless of whether they existed, arose or occurred before or after the Closing Date:

(i) any violation of Environmental Laws resulting or arising from the ownership or operation of the Assets; and

(ii) any environmental event, condition or matter associated with or arising from the ownership or operation of the Assets (including the presence of Hazardous Substances on, under, about or migrating to or from the Assets or the disposal or the release of Hazardous Substances generated by operation of the Assets at non-Asset locations).

2.2 Right-of-Way Indemnification . Subject to Section 2.5 , Valero shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Group Member from and against any Losses suffered or incurred by such Group Member, directly or indirectly, including as a result of any claim by a third party, by reason of or arising out of (a) the failure of such Group Member to be the owner of such valid and indefeasible easement rights or fee ownership or leasehold interests in and to the lands on which any of the Assets conveyed or contributed to such Group Member on the Closing Date is located as of the Closing Date, and such failure renders such Group Member liable to a third party or unable to use or operate the Assets in substantially the same manner that the Assets were used and operated immediately prior to the Closing Date; (b) the failure of such Group Member to have any Right-of-Way Consents; and (c) the cost of curing any condition set forth in Section 2.2(a) or (b)  that does not allow any Asset to be operated in accordance with prudent industry practice, in each case to the extent that Valero is notified in writing of any of the foregoing prior to the Identification Deadline. Losses subject to indemnification in this Section 2.2 are referred to collectively as “ Covered Right-of-Way Losses ”.

2.3 Additional Indemnification .

(a) Valero shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Group Member from and against any Losses suffered or incurred by such Group Member, directly or indirectly, including as a result of any claim by a third party, by reason of or arising out of:

(i) events and conditions associated with the ownership or operation of the Assets and occurring before the Closing Date (other than Covered Environmental Losses which are provided for under Section 2.1 and Losses for which the Partnership is indemnifying Valero under Section 2.1(b) ), to the extent Valero is notified in writing of such Loss prior to the Identification Deadline;

 

8


(ii) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement;

(iii) any of the matters set forth on Schedule B ;

(iv) events and conditions associated with the Retained Assets, whether occurring before, on or after the Closing Date;

(v) all federal, state and local tax liabilities attributable to the ownership or the operation of the Assets prior to the Closing Date, and any such tax liabilities that may result from the formation of the Partnership Group and the General Partner or from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement; and

(vi) the failure of any Partnership Group Member to have on the Closing Date any consent, license, permit or approval (other than Environmental Permits and Right-of-Way Consents) necessary to allow such Partnership Group Member to own or operate the Assets in substantially the same manner described in the Registration Statement, to the extent Valero is notified in writing of such Loss prior to the Identification Deadline.

(b) The Partnership shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Valero from and against any Losses suffered or incurred by any of the Valero Entities, directly or indirectly, including as a result of any claim by a third party, by reason of or arising out of events and conditions to the extent associated with the ownership or operation of the Assets and occurring after the Closing Date (other than Covered Environmental Losses which are provided for under Section 2.1(a) and Losses for which the Partnership is indemnifying Valero under Section 2.1(b) ), unless such indemnification would not be permitted by any Group Member under the Partnership Agreement.

2.4 Indemnification Procedures .

(a) The Indemnified Party agrees that within a reasonable period of time after it becomes aware of facts giving rise to a claim for indemnification under this Article 2 , it will provide notice thereof in writing to the Indemnifying Party, specifying the nature of and specific basis for such claim.

(b) The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to control all aspects of the defense of (and any counterclaims with respect to) any claims brought against the Indemnified Party that are covered by the indemnification under this Article 2 , including the selection of counsel, determination of whether to appeal any decision of any court and the settling of any such claim or any matter or any issues relating thereto; provided, however , that no such settlement for only the payment of money shall be entered into without the consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, unless it includes a full release of the Indemnified Party from such claim; provided further , that no such settlement containing any form of injunctive or similar relief shall be entered into without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld.

 

9


(c) The Indemnified Party agrees to cooperate in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner with the Indemnifying Party, with respect to all aspects of the defense of and pursuit of any counterclaims with respect to any claims covered by the indemnification under this Article 2 , including the prompt furnishing to the Indemnifying Party of any correspondence or other notice relating thereto that the Indemnified Party may receive, permitting the name of the Indemnified Party to be utilized in connection with such defense and counterclaims, the making available to the Indemnifying Party of any files, records or other information of the Indemnified Party that the Indemnifying Party considers relevant to such defense and counterclaims, the making available to the Indemnifying Party of any employees of the Indemnified Party and the granting to the Indemnifying Party of reasonable access rights to the properties and facilities of the Indemnified Party; provided, however , that in connection therewith the Indemnifying Party agrees to use reasonable efforts to minimize the impact thereof on the operations of the Indemnified Party and further agrees to maintain the confidentiality of all files, records, and other information furnished by the Indemnified Party pursuant to this Section 2.4 . The obligation of the Indemnified Party to cooperate with the Indemnifying Party as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall not be construed as imposing upon the Indemnified Party an obligation to hire and pay for counsel in connection with the defense of and pursuit of any counterclaims with respect to any claims covered by the indemnification set forth in this Article 2 ; provided, however , that the Indemnified Party may, at its own option, cost and expense, hire and pay for counsel in connection with any such defense and counterclaims. The Indemnifying Party agrees to keep any such counsel hired by the Indemnified Party informed as to the status of any such defense or counterclaim, but the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to retain sole control over such defense and counterclaims so long as the Indemnified Party is still seeking indemnification hereunder.

(d) In determining the amount of any loss, cost, damage or expense for which the Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, the gross amount of the indemnification will be reduced by (i) any insurance proceeds realized by the Indemnified Party from third party insurers not affiliated with the Indemnified Party, and such correlative insurance benefit shall be net of any expenses related to the receipt of such proceeds, including any premium adjustments that become due and payable by the Indemnified Party as a result of such claim, and (ii) all amounts recovered by the Indemnified Party under contractual indemnities from third Persons.

2.5 Limitations Regarding Indemnification .

(a) With respect to Covered Environmental Losses under Section 2.1(a)(i) or 2.1(a)(ii) , Valero shall not be obligated to indemnify, defend or hold harmless any Group Member (i) with respect to any individual Losses (or group of related Losses) not exceeding $10,000 (“ De Minimis Losses ”), and (ii) until such time as the total aggregate amount of Losses incurred by the Partnership Group for such Covered Environmental Losses (excluding De Minimis Losses) exceeds $100,000 during any consecutive 12 month period beginning on the Closing Date or any anniversary thereof (the “ Environmental Deductible ”), at which time Valero shall be obligated to indemnify the Partnership Group for the excess of such Covered Environmental Losses over the Environmental Deductible. It is agreed that the Environmental Deductible shall not apply to any Covered Environmental Losses incurred by any Group Member attributable to those matters identified on Schedule A .

 

10


(b) With respect to Covered Right-of-Way Losses, Valero shall not be obligated to indemnify, defend and hold harmless any Group Member until such time as the aggregate amount of Covered Right-of-Way Losses exceeds $200,000 (the “ Right-of-Way Deductible ”), at which time Valero shall be obligated to indemnify the Partnership Group for the excess of such Covered Right-of-Way Losses over the Right-of-Way Deductible.

(c) With respect to Losses covered under Section 2.3(a)(i) or 2.3(a)(vi) , Valero shall not be obligated to indemnify, defend and hold harmless any Group Member until such time as the aggregate amount of such Losses exceeds $200,000 (the “ Other Losses Deductible ”), at which time Valero shall be obligated to indemnify the Partnership Group for the excess of such Losses over the Other Losses Deductible.

(d) For the avoidance of doubt, there is no deductible with respect to the indemnification owed by any Indemnifying Party under any portion of this Article 2 other than that described in Sections 2.5(a) , 2.5(b) and 2.5(c) and no monetary cap on the amount of indemnity coverage provided by any Indemnifying Party under this Article 2 .

(e) NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATION HEREUNDER COVER OR INCLUDE CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY, SPECIAL OR SIMILAR DAMAGES OR LOST PROFITS (INCLUDING ANY DIMINUTION IN VALUE OF ANY PARTY’S RESPECTIVE INVESTMENT IN THE PARTNERSHIP) SUFFERED, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, BY ANY OTHER PARTY ENTITLED TO INDEMNIFICATION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, EXCEPT AS A REIMBURSEMENT FOR ANY SUCH DAMAGES AS ARE PAID TO A GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY OR OTHER THIRD PARTY.

(f) THE FOREGOING INDEMNITIES ARE INTENDED TO BE ENFORCEABLE AGAINST THE PARTIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EXPRESS TERMS AND SCOPE THEREOF NOTWITHSTANDING ANY EXPRESS NEGLIGENCE RULE OR ANY SIMILAR DIRECTIVE THAT WOULD PROHIBIT OR OTHERWISE LIMIT INDEMNITIES BECAUSE OF THE SOLE, CONCURRENT, ACTIVE OR PASSIVE NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR FAULT OF ANY OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES.

ARTICLE 3

General and Administrative Services

3.1 General . Valero agrees to provide, and agrees to cause its Affiliates to provide, to the General Partner, for the Partnership Group’s benefit, the centralized general and administrative services that Valero and its Affiliates have traditionally provided in connection with the ownership and operation of the Assets, which consist of the services set forth on Schedule C (the “ General and Administrative Services ”). Any specific General and Administrative Service listed on Schedule C may be terminated by the General Partner upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to Valero. In performing the General and Administrative Services, Valero and its Affiliates shall be entitled to contract with third parties on behalf of and as agent for (but without fiduciary liability to) members of the Partnership Group.

 

11


3.2 Administrative Fee .

(a) As consideration for the General and Administrative Services, the Partnership will pay Valero a fee (the “ Administrative Fee ”) of $7,939,500 per year, payable in equal monthly installments as provided in Section 3.4 . The Administrative Fee for the 2014 fiscal year will be prorated based on the number of days from the Closing Date to December 31, 2014.

(b) The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Administrative Fee may change each calendar year, as determined by Valero in good faith, to accurately reflect the degree and extent of the General and Administrative Services provided to the Partnership Group and may be adjusted to reflect, among other things, the contribution, acquisition or disposition of assets to or by the Partnership Group or to reflect any change in the cost of providing General and Administrative Services to the Partnership Group due to inflation and to changes in any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Valero Entities or the Partnership Group, including any interpretation of such laws, rules or regulations.

(c) At the end of each calendar year, the Partnership will have the right to submit to Valero a proposal to reduce the amount of the Administrative Fee for that year if the Partnership believes, in good faith, that the centralized general and administrative services performed by Valero and its Affiliates for the benefit of the Partnership Group for the year in question do not justify payment of the full Administrative Fee for that year. If the Partnership submits such a proposal to Valero, Valero agrees that it will negotiate in good faith with the Partnership to determine if the Administrative Fee for that year should be reduced and, if so, the amount of such reduction. If the Parties agree that the Administrative Fee for that year should be reduced, then Valero shall promptly pay to the Partnership the amount of any reduction for that year.

3.3 Reimbursable Expenses .

(a) The Partnership shall reimburse Valero for all other direct or allocated costs and expenses incurred by Valero and its Affiliates on behalf of the Partnership Group (collectively, “ Reimbursable Expenses ”) including:

(i) any expenses incurred or payments made by Valero or its Affiliates for insurance coverage with respec t to the Assets or the business of the Partnership Group;

(ii) all expenses and expenditures incurred by Valero or its Affiliates, if any, as a result of the Partnership becoming and continuing as a publicly traded entity, including costs associated with annual and quarterly reports, independent auditor fees, partnership governance and compliance, registrar and transfer agent fees, tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution, legal fees and independent director compensation;

(iii) all sales, use, excise, value added or similar taxes, if any, that may be applicable from time to time with respect to the services provided by Valero and its Affiliates to the Partnership Group pursuant to Section 3.1 ; and

 

12


(iv) any additional out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred by Valero and its Affiliates in providing the General and Administrative Services, as well as any other out-of-pocket expenses incurred on behalf of the Partnership Group.

(b) Such reimbursements shall be made in accordance with Section 3.4 . For the avoidance of doubt, Reimbursable Expenses shall be paid by the Partnership in addition to, and not as a part of or included in, the Administrative Fee.

3.4 Invoicing and Payment . On or before the tenth (10 th ) Business Day after each calendar month during which this Agreement is in effect, Valero shall submit an invoice to the Partnership for the Administrative Fee installment due with respect to such month, as well as any Reimbursable Expenses incurred through the end of such month and not previously paid by the Partnership. The Partnership shall, within ten (10) calendar days of receipt, pay such invoice, except for any Reimbursable Expenses therein being disputed in good faith by the Partnership. Any amounts that the Partnership has disputed in good faith and that are later determined by any court or other competent authority having jurisdiction, or by agreement of the Parties, to be owing from the Partnership shall be paid in full within ten (10) calendar days of such determination, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate, from the date due under the original invoice until the date of payment.

ARTICLE 4

Right of First Offer

4.1 Right of First Offer to Purchase Certain Assets retained by Valero Entities .

(a) Each ROFO Asset owner (a “ ROFO Asset Owner ”) hereby grants to the Partnership a right of first offer for a period of five years from the Closing Date (the “ ROFO Period ”) on any ROFO Asset set forth next to such ROFO Asset Owner’s name on Schedule D to the extent that such ROFO Asset Owner proposes to Transfer any ROFO Asset (other than (i) to an Affiliate who agrees in writing that such ROFO Asset remains subject to the provisions of this Article 4 and such Affiliate assumes the obligations under this Article 4 with respect to such ROFO Asset or (ii) in connection with a Transfer of the refinery with respect to which such ROFO Asset is within, substantially dedicated to, or an integral part of) or enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing during the ROFO Period.

(b) The Parties acknowledge that all potential Transfers of ROFO Assets pursuant to this Article 4 are subject to obtaining any and all required written consents of Governmental Authorities and other third parties and to the terms of all existing agreements in respect of the ROFO Assets; provided, however, that Valero represents and warrants that, to its knowledge after reasonable investigation, there are no terms in such agreements that would materially impair the rights granted to the Partnership pursuant to this Article 4 with respect to any ROFO Asset.

4.2 Procedures .

(a) In the event a ROFO Asset Owner proposes to Transfer any applicable ROFO Asset (other than (i) to an Affiliate as provided in Section 4.1(a) or (ii) in connection with a Transfer of the refinery with respect to which such ROFO Asset is within, substantially

 

13


dedicated to, or an integral part of) during the ROFO Period (a “ Proposed Transaction ”), such ROFO Asset Owner shall, prior to entering into any such Proposed Transaction, first give notice in writing to the Partnership (the “ ROFO Notice ”) of its intention to enter into such Proposed Transaction. The ROFO Notice shall include any material terms, conditions and details as would be necessary for the Partnership to make a responsive offer to enter into the Proposed Transaction with the applicable ROFO Asset Owner, which terms, conditions and details shall at a minimum include any terms, condition or details that such ROFO Asset Owner would propose to provide to non-Affiliates in connection with the Proposed Transaction. The Partnership shall have 60 days following receipt of the ROFO Notice to propose an offer to enter into the Proposed Transaction with such ROFO Asset Owner (the “ ROFO Response ”). The ROFO Response shall set forth the terms and conditions (including the purchase price the Partnership proposes to pay for the ROFO Asset and the other terms of the purchase including, if requested by ROFO Asset Owner, the terms on which one or more Group Members will provide services to any Valero Entity to enable the Valero Entities to utilize the applicable ROFO Asset) pursuant to which applicable Group Members would be willing to enter into a binding agreement for the Proposed Transaction. The decision to issue the ROFO Response and the terms of the ROFO Response shall be subject to approval by the Conflicts Committee. If no ROFO Response is delivered by the Partnership within such 60-day period, then the Partnership shall be deemed to have waived its right of first offer with respect to such ROFO Asset, except to the extent reinstated as provided in Section 4.2(e) .

(b) Unless the ROFO Response is rejected pursuant to written notice delivered by the applicable ROFO Asset Owner to the Partnership within 60 days of the delivery of the ROFO Response, such ROFO Response shall be deemed to have been accepted by the applicable ROFO Asset Owner and such ROFO Asset Owner shall enter into an agreement with the applicable Group Member(s) providing for the consummation of the Proposed Transaction upon the terms set forth in the ROFO Response and, if applicable, the applicable Group Member(s) will enter into an agreement with the applicable Valero Entities setting forth the terms on which the applicable Group Member(s) will provide services to the applicable Valero Entity or Entities to enable such Valero Entities to utilize the ROFO Asset. Unless otherwise agreed between the applicable Valero Entities and the Partnership, the terms of the purchase and sale agreement will include the following:

(i) the applicable Group Member will agree to deliver the purchase price (in cash, Partnership Interests, an interest-bearing promissory note, or any combination thereof);

(ii) the applicable ROFO Asset Owner will represent that it has title to the ROFO Assets that is sufficient to operate the ROFO Assets in accordance with their intended and historical use, subject to all recorded matters and all physical conditions in existence on the closing date for the purchase of the applicable ROFO Asset, plus any other such matters as the Group Member may approve. If the Group Member desires to obtain any title insurance with respect to the ROFO Asset, the full cost and expense of obtaining the same (including the cost of title examination, document duplication and policy premium) shall be borne by the Group Member;

 

14


(iii) the applicable ROFO Asset Owner will grant to the Group Member the right, exercisable at the Group Member’s risk and expense prior to the delivery of the ROFO Response, to make such surveys, tests and inspections of the ROFO Asset as the Group Member may deem desirable, so long as such surveys, tests or inspections do not damage the ROFO Asset or interfere with the activities of the applicable ROFO Asset Owner;

(iv) the Group Member will have the right to terminate its obligation to purchase the ROFO Asset under this Article 4 if the results of any title examination, survey, test or inspection under Sections 4.2(b)(ii) or 4.2(b)(iii) are, in the reasonable opinion of the Group Member, unsatisfactory;

(v) the closing date for the purchase of the ROFO Asset shall occur no later than 180 days following receipt by the ROFO Asset Owners of the ROFO Response pursuant to Section 4.2(a) ;

(vi) the applicable ROFO Asset Owner and the Group Member shall use commercially reasonable efforts to do or cause to be done all things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to effectuate the consummation of any transactions contemplated by this Section 4.2(b) , including causing its respective Affiliates to execute, deliver and perform all documents, notices, amendments, certificates, instruments and consents required in connection therewith; and

(vii) neither the applicable ROFO Asset Owner nor the Group Member shall have any obligation to sell or buy the ROFO Assets if any of the consents referred to in Section 4.1(b) has not been obtained.

(c) The applicable ROFO Asset Owner and the Group Member shall cooperate in good faith in obtaining all necessary governmental and other third-party approvals, waivers and consents required for the closing. Any such closing shall be delayed, to the extent required, until the third business day following the expiration of any required waiting periods under the HSR Act; provided, however, that such delay shall not exceed 60 days following the 180 days referred to in Section 4.2(b)(v) (the “ ROFO Governmental Approval Deadline ”) and, if governmental approvals and waiting periods shall not have been obtained or expired, as the case may be, by such ROFO Governmental Approval Deadline, then the applicable ROFO Asset Owner shall be free to enter into a Proposed Transaction with any third party (i) on terms and conditions (excluding those relating to price) that are not more favorable in the aggregate to such third party than those proposed in respect of the Partnership Group in the ROFO Response and (ii) at a price equal to no less than 100% of the price offered by the applicable Group Member in the ROFO Response to such ROFO Asset Owner.

(d) If the Partnership has not timely delivered a ROFO Response as specified above with respect to a Proposed Transaction that is subject to a ROFO Notice, the applicable ROFO Asset Owner shall be free to enter into a Proposed Transaction with any third party on terms and conditions no more favorable to such third party than those set forth in the ROFO Notice. If a ROFO Response with respect to such Proposed Transaction is rejected by the

 

15


applicable ROFO Asset Owner, such ROFO Asset Owner shall be free to enter into a Proposed Transaction with any third party (i) on terms and conditions (excluding those relating to price) that are not more favorable in the aggregate to such third party than those proposed in respect of the Partnership Group in the ROFO Response and (ii) at a price equal to no less than 100% of the price offered by the applicable Group Member in the ROFO Response to such ROFO Asset Owner.

(e) If a Proposed Transaction with a third party is not consummated as provided in this Section 4.2 within one year of, as applicable, the Partnership’s failure to timely deliver a ROFO Response with respect to such Proposed Transaction that is subject to a ROFO Notice, the rejection by the applicable ROFO Asset Owner of a ROFO Response with respect to such Proposed Transaction or the ROFO Governmental Approval Deadline, then, in each case, the applicable ROFO Asset Owner may not Transfer any ROFO Assets described in such ROFO Notice without complying again with the provisions of this Article 4 , if and to the extent then applicable.

ARTICLE 5

Right of First Refusal

5.1 Valero Right of First Refusal .

(a) Each ROFR Asset owner (a “ ROFR Asset Owner ”) hereby grants to Valero a right of first refusal on any proposed Transfer (other than a grant of a security interest to a bona fide third-party lender or a Transfer to another Group Member) of any ROFR Asset set forth next to such ROFR Asset Owner’s name on Schedule E . The Parties acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Article 5 shall prevent or restrict the Transfer of the capital stock, equity or ownership interests or other securities of the General Partner or the Partnership.

(b) The Parties acknowledge that all potential Transfers of ROFR Assets pursuant to this Article 5 are subject to obtaining any and all required written consents of Governmental Authorities and other third parties and to the terms of all existing agreements in respect of the ROFR Assets; provided, however, that the Partnership represents and warrants that, to its knowledge after reasonable investigation, there are no terms in such agreements that would materially impair the rights granted to Valero pursuant to this Article 5 with respect to any ROFR Asset.

5.2 Procedures for Transfer of ROFR Asset .

(a) In the event a Group Member proposes to Transfer any of the ROFR Assets (other a grant of a security interest to a bona fide third-party lender or a Transfer to another Group Member) pursuant to a bona fide third-party offer (an “ Acquisition Proposal ”), then the Partnership shall, prior to entering into any such Acquisition Proposal, first give notice in writing to Valero (a “ Disposition Notice ”) of the Group Member’s intention to enter into such Acquisition Proposal. The Disposition Notice shall include any material terms, conditions and details as would be necessary for Valero to determine whether to exercise its right of first refusal with respect to the Acquisition Proposal, which terms, conditions and details shall at a minimum include: the name and address of the prospective acquiror (the “ Proposed Transferee ”), the

 

16


ROFR Assets subject to the Acquisition Proposal (the “ Sale Assets ”), the purchase price offered by such Proposed Transferee (the “ Offer Price ”), reasonable detail concerning any non-cash portion of the proposed consideration, if any, to allow Valero to reasonably determine the fair market value of such non-cash consideration, the Partnership’s estimate of the fair market value of any non-cash consideration and all other material terms and conditions of the Acquisition Proposal that are then known to the Partnership. To the extent the Proposed Transferee’s offer consists of consideration other than cash (or in addition to cash), the Offer Price shall be deemed equal to the amount of any such cash plus the fair market value of such non-cash consideration. In the event Valero and the Partnership are able to agree on the fair market value of any non-cash consideration or if the consideration consists solely of cash, Valero will provide written notice of its decision regarding the exercise of its right of first refusal to purchase the Sale Assets (the “ ROFR Response ”) to the Partnership within 60 days of its receipt of the Disposition Notice (the “ First ROFR Acceptance Deadline ”). In the event Valero and the Partnership are unable to agree on the fair market value of any non-cash consideration prior to the First ROFR Acceptance Deadline, Valero shall indicate its desire to determine the fair market value of such non-cash consideration pursuant to the procedures outlined in the remainder of this Section 5.2(a) in a ROFR Response delivered prior to the First ROFR Acceptance Deadline. If no ROFR Response is delivered by Valero prior to the First ROFR Acceptance Deadline, then Valero shall be deemed to have waived its right of first refusal with respect to such Sale Asset, except to the extent reinstated as provided in Section 5.2(d) . In the event (i) Valero’s determination of the fair market value of any non-cash consideration described in the Disposition Notice is less than the fair market value of such consideration as determined by the Partnership in the Disposition Notice and (ii) Valero and the Partnership are unable to mutually agree upon the fair market value of such non-cash consideration within 60 days after Valero notifies the Partnership of its determination thereof, the Partnership and Valero will engage a mutually agreed upon, nationally recognized investment banking firm or other mutually acceptable qualified appraiser to determine the fair market value of the non-cash consideration. The investment banking firm or appraiser will determine the fair market value of the non-cash consideration within 30 days of its engagement and furnish Valero and the Partnership its determination. The fees of the investment banking firm or appraiser will be split equally between Valero and the Partnership. Once the investment banking firm or appraiser has submitted its determination of the fair market value of the non-cash consideration, Valero will provide a ROFR Response to the Partnership within 30 days after the investment banking firm or appraiser has submitted its determination (the “ Second ROFR Acceptance Deadline ”). If no ROFR Response is delivered by Valero prior to the Second ROFR Acceptance Deadline, then Valero shall be deemed to have waived its right of first refusal with respect to such Sale Asset.

(b) If Valero elects in a ROFR Response delivered prior to the applicable ROFR Acceptance Deadline to exercise its right of first refusal with respect to a Sale Asset, within 60 days of the delivery of the ROFR Response, such ROFR Response shall be deemed to have been accepted by the Partnership and the applicable Group Member(s) shall enter into an agreement with one or more Valero Entities providing for the consummation of the Acquisition Proposal upon the terms set forth in the ROFR Response. Unless otherwise agreed between Valero and the Partnership, the terms of the purchase and sale agreement will include the following:

 

17


(i) a Valero Entity will agree to deliver the Offer Price in cash (unless Valero and the Partnership agree that such consideration will be paid, in whole or in part, in equity securities of Valero, an interest-bearing promissory note, or any combination thereof);

(ii) the applicable Group Member will represent that it has title to the Sale Asset that is sufficient to operate the Sale Asset in accordance with its intended and historical use, subject to all recorded matters and all physical conditions in existence on the closing date for the purchase of the applicable Sale Asset, plus any other such matters as Valero may approve. If the Valero Entity desires to obtain any title insurance with respect to the Sale Asset, the full cost and expense of obtaining the same (including the cost of title examination, document duplication and policy premium) shall be borne by Valero;

(iii) the applicable Group Member will grant to Valero the right, exercisable at Valero’ risk and expense prior to the delivery of the ROFR Response, to make such surveys, tests and inspections of the Sale Asset as Valero may deem desirable, so long as such surveys, tests or inspections do not damage the Sale Asset or interfere with the activities of the applicable Group Member;

(iv) Valero will have the right to terminate its obligation to purchase the Sale Asset under this Article 5 if the results of any title examination, survey, test or inspection under Section 5.2(b)(ii) or 5.2(b)(iii) above are, in the reasonable opinion of Valero, unsatisfactory;

(v) the closing date for the purchase of the Sale Asset shall occur no later than 180 days following receipt by the Partnership of the ROFR Response pursuant to Section 5.2(a) ;

(vi) the applicable Group Member and the applicable Valero Entities shall use commercially reasonable efforts to do or cause to be done all things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to effectuate the consummation of any transactions contemplated by this Section 5.2(b) , including causing its respective Affiliates to execute, deliver and perform all documents, notices, amendments, certificates, instruments and consents required in connection therewith; and

(vii) the sale of any Sale Assets shall be made on an “as is,” “where is” and “with all faults” basis, and the instruments conveying such Sale Assets shall contain appropriate disclaimers; and

(viii) neither the Partnership Group nor Valero shall have any obligation to sell or buy the Sale Assets if any of the consents referred to in Section 5.1(b) has not been obtained.

(c) Valero and the Partnership shall cooperate in good faith in obtaining all necessary governmental and other third party approvals, waivers and consents required for the closing. Any such closing shall be delayed, to the extent required, until the third business day following the expiration of any required waiting periods under the HSR Act; provided, however,

 

18


that such delay shall not exceed 60 days following the 180 days referred to in Section 5.2(b)(v) (the “ ROFR Governmental Approval Deadline ”) and, if governmental approvals and waiting periods shall not have been obtained or expired, as the case may be, by such ROFR Governmental Approval Deadline, then Valero shall be deemed to have waived its right of first refusal with respect to the Sale Assets described in the Disposition Notice and thereafter the Group Member shall be free to consummate the Transfer to the Proposed Transferee, subject to Section 5.2(d)(ii) .

(d) If the Transfer to the Proposed Transferee (i) in the case of a Transfer other than a Transfer permitted under Section 5.2(c) , is not consummated in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Proposal within the later of (A) 180 days after the applicable ROFR Acceptance Deadline and (B) three business days after the satisfaction of all governmental approval or filing requirements, if any, or (ii) in the case of a Transfer permitted under Section 5.2(c) , is not consummated within the later of (A) 60 days after the ROFR Governmental Approval Deadline and (B) three business days after the satisfaction of all governmental approval or filing requirements, if any, then in each case the Acquisition Proposal shall be deemed to lapse, and the Group Member may not Transfer any of the Sale Assets described in the Disposition Notice without the Partnership complying again with the provisions of this Article 5 if and to the extent then applicable.

ARTICLE 6

Licenses of Marks

6.1 Grant of Valero License . Upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 6 , VMSC hereby grants and conveys to the Partnership and each of the entities currently or hereafter comprising a part of the Partnership Group a nontransferable, nonexclusive, royalty-free, worldwide right and license (the “ Valero License ”) to use the trademarks and tradenames owned by VMSC listed on Schedule F (collectively, the “ Valero Marks ”).

6.2 Ownership and Quality of Valero Marks . The Partnership, on behalf of itself and the other Group Members, agrees that ownership of the Valero Marks and the goodwill relating thereto shall remain vested in Valero, as applicable, during the term of the Valero License and thereafter. The Partnership agrees, and agrees to cause the other Group Members, never to challenge, contest or question the validity of Valero’s ownership of the Valero Marks or any registration thereof by Valero. In connection with the use of the Valero Marks, the Partnership and any other Group Member shall not in any manner represent that they have any ownership in the Valero Marks or registration thereof. The Partnership, on behalf of itself and the other Group Members, acknowledges that the use of the Valero Marks by the Partnership or the other Group Members shall not create any right, title or interest in or to the Valero Marks, and all use of the Valero Marks by the Partnership or any other Group Member shall inure to the benefit of Valero, as applicable. The Partnership agrees, and agrees to cause the other Group Members, to use the Valero Marks, if at all, in accordance with such quality standards established by Valero and communicated to the Partnership Group from time to time. The Parties agree that the products and services offered by the Partnership as of the Closing Date are of a quality that is acceptable to Valero.

 

19


6.3 Termination . The Valero License shall terminate upon the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.5 .

ARTICLE 7

Prefunding of Capital Expenditures

Prior to the Closing Date, VTDC will contribute $3.5 million to the Partnership as prepayment for the completion of the projects set forth on Schedule G (the “Prefunded Projects”). The Partnership hereby agrees, in consideration of such contribution, that the Partnership will use its commercially reasonably efforts to complete, or cause the completion, of each Prefunded Project on or before such dates as shall be reasonably agreed by the Parties following the Closing Date. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Partnership will bear any costs and expenses associated with the completion of the Prefunded Projects in excess of $3.5 million.

ARTICLE 8

Miscellaneous

8.1 Confidentiality .

(a) F rom and after the Closing Date, each of the Parties shall hold, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries and Affiliates and its and their directors, officers, employees, agents, consultants, advisors, and other representatives (collectively, “ Representatives ”) to hold all Confidential Information in strict confidence, with at least the same degree of care that applies to such Party’s confidential and proprietary information and shall not use such Confidential Information and shall not release or disclose such Confidential Information to any other Person, except its Representatives or except as required by applicable law. Each Party shall be responsible for any breach of this section by any of its Representatives.

(b) If a Party receives a subpoena or other demand for disclosure of Confidential Information received from any other Party or must disclose to a Governmental Authority any Confidential Information received from such other Party in order to obtain or maintain any required governmental approval, the receiving Party shall, to the extent legally permissible, provide notice to the providing Party before disclosing such Confidential Information. Upon receipt of such notice, the providing Party shall promptly either seek an appropriate protective order, waive the receiving Party’s confidentiality obligations hereunder to the extent necessary to permit the receiving Party to respond to the demand, or otherwise fully satisfy the subpoena or demand or the requirements of the applicable Governmental Authority. If the receiving Party is legally compelled to disclose such Confidential Information or if the providing Party does not promptly respond as contemplated by this section, the receiving Party may disclose that portion of Confidential Information covered by the notice or demand.

(c) Each Party acknowledges that the disclosing Party would not have an adequate remedy at law for the breach by the receiving Party of any one or more of the covenants contained in this Section 8.1 and agrees that, in the event of such breach, the disclosing Party may, in addition to the other remedies that may be available to it, apply to a court for an injunction to prevent breaches of this Section 8.1 and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Section 8.1 . Notwithstanding any other section hereof, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the provisions of this Section 8.1 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

20


8.2 Choice of Law; Arbitration; Submission to Jurisdiction .

(a) This Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of Texas, excluding any conflicts-of-law rule or principle that might refer the construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the laws of another state.

(b) The Parties agree that any dispute, controversy, or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be settled by submission to binding arbitration in San Antonio, Texas, such arbitration to be conducted as follows: If the Parties cannot resolve any such dispute, controversy, or claim, then no earlier than 10 days following written notice to the other Parties, any Party may initiate binding arbitration by giving a notice of intent to arbitrate to the other Parties to such dispute, controversy, or claim. Valero, on behalf of the affected Valero Entities, and the General Partner, on behalf of the affected Group Members, will each select a single arbitrator within 15 days of the delivery of the notice of intent to arbitrate by any Party. The arbitrators must be attorneys familiar by training and experience with midstream operations, master limited partnerships and Texas law or otherwise specialized or skilled so as to be fit for the nature of the dispute. The two selected arbitrators shall select a third arbitrator who will serve as the chairman. In addition, the arbitrators must be impartial and independent of the parties to such dispute, controversy, or claim. If a Party is unable or unwilling to select an arbitrator within 15 days of the notice of intent to arbitrate, then the single selected arbitrator shall select the third arbitrator and those two arbitrators shall select the other Party’s arbitrator. The arbitration proceeding shall be governed by Texas law and shall be informal and expeditious and conducted in such manner as to result in a good faith resolution as soon as reasonably possible under the circumstances. A hearing, if one is desired by the arbitrators, shall be held in San Antonio, Texas, no later than 15 days after selection of all of the arbitrators. The arbitrators shall set the schedule and requirements for any further proceedings and move the arbitration to completion as soon as reasonably practicable. It is the intent of the Parties, subject to any agreement or ruling to the contrary, that they may present such evidence and witnesses as they may choose, with or without counsel. Adherence to formal rules of evidence shall not be required, but the arbitrators shall consider any evidence and testimony that they determine to be relevant, in accordance with procedures that they determine to be appropriate. Any award entered in the arbitration shall be made by a written opinion stating the reasons and basis for the award made and any payment due pursuant to the arbitration shall be made within 15 days of the arbitrators’ decision. The final decision of the arbitrators shall be binding on the Parties. Each Party shall bear its own costs and expenses of the arbitration; provided, however, that the costs of employing arbitrators shall be borne equally by each side.

(c) Any Party may bring any action or proceeding to enforce the final decision of the arbitrators exclusively in any federal or state courts located in Texas and each Party (i) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts, (ii) waives any objection to laying venue in any such action or proceeding in such courts, (iii) waives any objection that such courts are an inconvenient forum or do not have jurisdiction over it and (iv) agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, service of process upon it may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of

 

21


mail), postage prepaid, to it at its address specified in Section 8.3 . The foregoing consents to jurisdiction and service of process shall not constitute general consents to service of process in the State of Texas for any purpose except as provided herein and shall not be deemed to confer rights on any Person other than the Parties.

8.3 Notice . All notices or requests or consents provided for by, or permitted to be given pursuant to, this Agreement must be in writing and must be given by United States mail, addressed to the Person to be notified, postpaid, and registered or certified with return receipt requested or by delivering such notice in person or by facsimile to such Party. Notice given by personal delivery or mail shall be effective upon actual receipt. Notice given by facsimile shall be effective upon actual receipt if received during the recipient’s normal business hours or at the beginning of the recipient’s next business day after receipt if not received during the recipient’s normal business hours. All notices to be sent to a Party pursuant to this Agreement shall be sent to or made at the address set forth below or at such other address as such Party may stipulate to the other Parties in the manner provided in this Section 8.3 .

If to Valero:

Valero Energy Corporation

One Valero Way

San Antonio, Texas 78249

Attn: President

Facsimile: (210) 345-2413

If to any Group Member:

Valero Energy Partners LP

c/o Valero Energy Partners GP LLC, its general partner

One Valero Way

San Antonio, Texas 78249

Attn: President

Facsimile: (210) 370-5161

8.4 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties relating to the matters contained herein, superseding all prior contracts or agreements, whether oral or written, relating to the matters contained herein.

8.5 Termination of Agreement . This Agreement, other than the provisions set forth in Article 2 and Article 8 hereof, may be terminated (a) by the written agreement of all of the Parties or (b) by Valero or the Partnership immediately upon a Partnership Change of Control by written notice given to the other Parties to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties’ indemnification obligations under Article 2 shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, survive the termination of this Agreement in accordance with their respective terms.

8.6 Amendment or Modification . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by the written agreement of all the Parties. Each such instrument shall be reduced to writing and shall be designated on its face an “Amendment” or an “Addendum” to this Agreement.

 

22


8.7 Assignment . No Party shall have the right to assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the consent of the other Parties; provided, however, that the Partnership Group may make a collateral assignment of this Agreement solely to secure financing for the Partnership Group.

8.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatory parties had signed the same document and shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or in portable document format (.pdf) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

8.9 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable by a court or regulatory body of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

8.10 Further Assurances . In connection with this Agreement and all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each signatory party hereto agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments and to perform such additional acts as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement and all such transactions.

8.11 Rights of Limited Partners . The provisions of this Agreement are enforceable solely by the Parties to this Agreement, and no Limited Partner or other interest holder of the Partnership shall have the right, separate and apart from the Partnership, to enforce any provision of this Agreement or to compel any Party to this Agreement to comply with the terms of this Agreement.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank .]

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on, and effective as of, the Closing Date.

 

VALERO ENERGY CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Michael S. Ciskowski

Name: Michael S. Ciskowski

Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial

            Officer

VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS LP
By:   Valero Energy Partners GP LLC, its general partner
  By:  

/s/ Richard F. Lashway

  Name: Richard F. Lashway
  Title: President and Chief Operating Officer
VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS GP LLC
By:  

/s/ Richard F. Lashway

Name: Richard F. Lashway
Title: President and Chief Operating Officer
VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC
By:  

/s/ Donna M. Titzman

Name: Donna M. Titzman
Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer
VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Joseph W. Gorder

Name: Joseph W. Gorder
Title: President

Signature Page to Omnibus Agreement


VALERO PARTNERS EP, LLC
By:  

/s/ Jay D. Browning

Name: Jay D. Browning
Title: Senior Vice President and General Counsel
VALERO PARTNERS LUCAS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Jay D. Browning

Name: Jay D. Browning
Title: Senior Vice President and General Counsel
VALERO PARTNERS MEMPHIS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Jay D. Browning

Name: Jay D. Browning
Title: Senior Vice President and General Counsel
VALERO TERMINALING AND DISTRIBUTION COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Michael S. Ciskowski

Name: Michael S. Ciskowski

Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial

            Officer

THE SHAMROCK PIPE LINE CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Jay D. Browning

Name: Jay D. Browning
Title: Senior Vice President and General Counsel

Signature Page to Omnibus Agreement

 


VALERO PLAINS COMPANY LLC
By:  

/s/ Jay D. Browning

Name: Jay D. Browning
Title: Senior Vice President and General Counsel
THE PREMCOR REFINING GROUP INC.
By:  

/s/ Jay D. Browning

Name: Jay D. Browning
Title: Senior Vice President and General Counsel
THE PREMCOR PIPELINE CO.
By:  

/s/ Jay D. Browning

Name: Jay D. Browning
Title: Senior Vice President and General Counsel

Signature Page to Omnibus Agreement


Schedule A

Environmental Matters for which Valero will Indemnify Group Members

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, and subject to the conditions set forth below:

(a) Valero shall indemnify the Partnership Group for the remediation of, other corrective actions required with respect to, and other Losses (if any) arising out of any Hazardous Substances on, under, about or migrating from the Lucas Terminal or the West Memphis Terminal prior to the Closing Date (collectively, “Existing Contamination Liabilities”) with respect to which Valero, prior to the Closing Date (i) received indemnification from a third party pursuant to a written agreement (an “Indemnification Agreement”), or (ii) placed a third party on notice that Valero believes such third party is legally liable (whether such liability arises by contract, statute, common law or otherwise); provided that such indemnification of the Partnership by Valero shall apply only if and to the extent that Valero is actually able to secure payment or performance by the third party with respect to the Existing Contamination Liabilities; and

(b) As between Valero and the Partnership Group, Valero shall retain responsibility for Existing Contamination Liabilities to the extent, and only to the extent, that Valero is actually able to secure payment or performance by a third party with respect to the Existing Contamination Liabilities as provided in paragraph (a), above.

The obligations of Valero under paragraphs (a) and (b) above are subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions, the failure of any one or more of which shall excuse Valero from its obligations to the extent it is prejudiced thereby:

(i) The Partnership Group shall fully cooperate with Valero and its designees in facilitating any remediation or other corrective action activities at the Lucas Terminal or West Memphis Terminal, as applicable, and in seeking to recover from third parties for any Existing Contamination Liabilities;

(ii) The Partnership Group shall comply with all applicable requirements of any Indemnification Agreement that requires the cooperation or involvement of the owner of the Lucas Terminal or the West Memphis Terminal, as applicable, including any notifications or filings that must be made by the owner of the Lucas Terminal or the West Memphis Terminal, as applicable; provided that the Partnership Group has been made aware of the relevant requirements in such Indemnification Agreement; and

 

Schedule A – Page 1


No member of the Partnership Group shall take any actions or omit to act in any manner that would (1) violate or cause a violation of any of Valero’s obligations, or a waiver or release of any third party’s obligations, under any Indemnification Agreement, or (2) otherwise relieve a third party of any of its legal obligations; in each case provided that the Partnership Group has been made aware of the relevant obligations.

 

Schedule A – Page 2


Schedule B

Certain Matters for which Valero will Indemnify Group Members

Valero will indemnify Valero Partners Operating Co. LLC (“VPOC”) for any lost throughput fees it may suffer by reason of its connection to TransCanada’s Cushing MarketLink pipeline not being in service by March 1, 2014 for any reason whatsoever, other than due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any Group Member, which indemnity shall, for federal income tax purposes, be treated as an adjustment to the value of the assets treated as sold or contributed to the Partnership by Valero pursuant to the Contribution Agreement. The losses payable by Valero pursuant to this indemnity will be calculated by multiplying 45,000 (representing VMSC’s initial Minimum Quarterly TransCanada Commitment expressed as a daily number of barrels), times the number of days from and including March 1, 2014 up to, but not including, the day commercial transportation services on the MarketLink Pipeline from Cushing, Oklahoma to Partnership’s Lucas Terminal commence, and then multiplying that product times $0.05 (representing the TransCanada Throughput Charge per barrel). The italicized terms used in this paragraph have the meanings set forth in the Terminal Services Schedule (Lucas Terminal) to the Master Terminal Services Agreement between VMSC and VPOC.

 

Schedule B – Page 1


Schedule C

General and Administrative Services

Ad Valorem Tax Services

Accounting Services, including:

 

    Accounting Governance

 

    Corporate Accounting

 

    Internal and External Reporting

 

    Federal income tax services

 

    Operations Accounting

 

    State and local tax services

 

    Transactional tax services

Business Development

Corporate Aviation and Travel Services

Corporate Communications and Public Relations

Corporate Development

Data Processing and Information Technology Services

Engineering and Project Management

Executive Oversight

Financial Accounting and Reporting

Foreign Trade Zone Reporting and Accounting (if applicable)

Governmental Affairs

Group Accounting

Health, Safety & Environmental Services

Human Resources Services

Internal Audit

Legal, including:

 

    Acquisitions & Divestitures

 

    Commercial

 

    Corporate

 

    Environmental

 

    Labor & Employment

 

    Litigation support

 

    Procurement / General Contracting

 

    Regulatory

 

    Tariff Maintenance

Office Services, including:

 

    Clinic

 

    Health Club

 

Schedule C – Page 1


    Mail Center/ Mail Services

 

    Office Space including building maintenance

 

    Security

Pipeline Control Center services*

Purchasing / Supply Chain Management

Records Management

Real Estate Management

Risk and Claims Management Services

Shareholder and Investor Relations

Treasury & Banking, including:

 

    Finance Services

 

    Cash Management

 

    Credit Services

 

* When performing operational services with respect to Partnership facilities, personnel working in the Pipeline Control Center shall act at the direction of, and be subject to exclusive supervision by, the General Partner (acting in its capacity as the general partner of, and on behalf of, the Partnership)

 

Schedule C – Page 2


Schedule D

ROFO Assets

Set forth below is a list of each ROFO Asset and the corresponding ROFO Asset Owner. Please refer to the Registration Statement for a further description of each ROFO Asset.

 

ROFO Asset

  

ROFO Asset Owner

Wynnewood Products System    Valero Terminaling and Distribution Company
McKee Crude System    The Shamrock Pipe Line Corporation
   Valero Terminaling and Distribution Company
   Valero Plains Company LLC
Parkway Products Pipeline*    Valero Terminaling and Distribution Company
Three Rivers Crude System    Valero Terminaling and Distribution Company
Hartford Crude Terminal    The Premcor Refining Group Inc.
Fannett Storage Facility    The Premcor Pipeline Co.

 

* As described in the Registration Statement, the Parkway Products Pipeline is owned by a 50/50 joint venture between Valero Terminaling and Distribution Company and Kinder Morgan. The right of first offer granted in Section 4.1 applies only to Valero Terminaling and Distribution Company’s 50% interest.

 

Schedule D – Page 1


Schedule E

Certain ROFR Assets

Set forth below is a list of each ROFR Asset and the corresponding ROFR Asset Owner. Please refer to the Registration Statement for a further description of each ROFR Asset.

 

ROFR Asset

  

ROFR Asset Owner

McKee Products System*    Valero Partners EP, LLC
Memphis truck rack    Valero Partners Memphis, LLC
Lucas Crude System    Valero Partners Lucas, LLC

 

* As described in the Registration Statement, Valero Partners EP, LLC owns a 33  1 3 % undivided interest in the McKee Products System, and the remainder of the system is owned by NuStar. The right of first refusal granted in Section 5.1 applies only to Valero Partners EP, LLC’s 33  1 3 % interest.

 

Schedule E – Page 1


Schedule F

Valero Marks

 

Depiction

  

Mark

  

Goods/Services

  

Status

  

Application

Number

  

Reg.

Number

  

Reg.

Date

  

Applicant

LOGO    V Valero Energy Partners LP & Design    Storage, distribution, transportation, shipping and delivery of oil, products derived from oil, renewable fuels such as ethanol and bio-diesel, and other hydrocarbon-based products via pipelines, trucks, railcars, and marine vessels (IC 39)    Application – Intent to Use, filing date August 9, 2013    Serial Number 86033483    Pending    Pending    Valero Energy Partners GP LLC
VALERO    VALERO (word mark)    Storage, distribution, transportation, shipping and delivery of oil, products derived from oil, renewable fuels such as ethanol and bio-diesel, and other hydrocarbon-based products via pipelines, trucks, railcars, and marine vessels (IC 39)    Application – Use in commerce, filing date August 1, 2013    Serial Number 86026506    Pending    Pending    Valero Marketing and Supply Company

 

Schedule F – Page 1


Depiction

  

Mark

  

Goods/Services

  

Status

  

Application

Number

  

Reg.

Number

  

Reg.

Date

  

Applicant

LOGO    V Valero & Design    Storage, distribution, transportation, shipping and delivery of oil, products derived from oil, renewable fuels such as ethanol and bio-diesel, and other hydrocarbon-based products via pipelines, trucks, railcars, and marine vessels (IC 39)    Application – Use in commerce, filing date August 7, 2013    Serial Number 86031469    Pending    Pending    Valero Marketing and Supply Company
LOGO    V & Design    Storage, distribution, transportation, shipping and delivery of oil, products derived from oil, renewable fuels such as ethanol and bio-diesel, and other hydrocarbon-based products via pipelines, trucks, railcars, and marine vessels (IC 39)    Application – Use in commerce, filing date August 5, 2013    Serial Number 86028938    Pending    Pending    Valero Marketing and Supply Company

 

Schedule F – Page 2


Schedule G

Prefunded Projects

Install new meters and line balance on Collierville crude pipeline

Install New Tank Mixers on Tanks 78 & 79 at Collierville

Collierville to Memphis P/L Guard Rails

Collierville Pipeline Integration

Lucas Tank Mixer Upgrades

Lucas Terminal Spare Motor

Lucas Install tank overfill protection

Memphis Truck Rack Additive Blending Install

Memphis Truck Rack Upgrade Oil/Water Separator

Memphis SCADA Network Integration

West Memphis Barge Additive Injection System

West Memphis Install Lab Building

West Memphis Install concrete under barge and receipt manifolds

West Memphis Tank Level Integration

Install debris deflector on Shorthorn pipeline at MM5

 

Schedule G – Page 1

Exhibit 10.2

SERVICES AND SECONDMENT AGREEMENT

This Services and Secondment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of December 16, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”), is entered into among Valero Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ VSI ”), Valero Refining Company-Tennessee, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“ VRCT ”), and Valero Energy Partners GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ GP ”). VSI and VRCT are sometimes herein referred to individually as an “ Operator ” and collectively as the “ Operators .” VSI, VRCT and GP are sometimes herein referred to individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .”

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, GP is the general partner of Valero Energy Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), which is engaged in the business of owning and operating crude oil and refined petroleum products transportation and logistics assets, including pipelines and terminals;

WHEREAS, the Operators have expertise in the maintenance and operation of transportation and logistics assets, including crude oil and refined petroleum products pipelines and terminals, and can make available to GP the personnel necessary to perform such maintenance and operation functions with respect to assets owned by the Partnership; and

WHEREAS, the Parties desire that the Operators provide maintenance and operation resources to the Partnership and, in connection therewith, that the Operators second certain of their personnel to GP.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS; INTERPRETATION

1.1 Definitions . Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the following respective meanings, unless context clearly requires otherwise:

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person, (b) any Person owning or controlling fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting interests of such Person, (c) any officer or director of such Person, or (d) any Person who is the officer, director, trustee, or holder of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting interests of any Person described in clauses (a)  through (c) . For purposes of this definition, the term “controls,” “is controlled by” or “is under common control with” shall mean the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, none of the Partnership Entities shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of either of the Operators nor shall either of the Operators be deemed to be an Affiliate of any of the Partnership Entities.


“Agreement” shall mean this Services and Secondment Agreement, together with all Exhibits attached hereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

“Allocation Percentage” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4 .

“Assets” means the assets of the Partnership Entities set forth in Exhibit A .

“Benefit Plans” means each employee benefit plan, as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, and any other material plan, policy, program, practice, agreement, understanding or arrangement (whether written or oral) providing compensation or other benefits to any Seconded Employee (or to any dependent or beneficiary thereof), including, without limitation, any stock bonus, stock ownership, stock option, stock purchase, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock, restricted stock or other equity-based compensation plans, policies, programs, practices or arrangements, and any bonus or incentive compensation plan, deferred compensation, profit sharing, holiday, cafeteria, medical, disability or other employee benefit plan, program, policy, agreement or arrangement sponsored, maintained, or contributed to by the Operators or any of their ERISA Affiliates, or under which either the Operator or any ERISA Affiliate may have any obligation or liability, whether actual or contingent, in respect of or for the benefit of any Seconded Employee (but excluding workers’ compensation benefits (whether through insured or self-insured arrangements) and directors and officers liability insurance).

“Business Day” means each calendar day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day that is an official holiday in the State of Texas.

“Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Employing Operator” means, with respect to each Seconded Employee, the Operator for whom such Seconded Employee works, when not seconded to GP hereunder.

“End Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b) .

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

“ERISA Affiliate” means any entity that would be treated as a single employer with an Operator under Sections 414(b), (c) or (m) of the Code or Section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA.

“Losses” means any and all costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), claims, demands, losses, liabilities, obligations, actions, lawsuits and other proceedings, judgments and awards.

“GP” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Interest Rate” means the lesser of (i) two percent (2%) over the one month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) prevailing during the period in question, and (ii) the maximum rate permitted by applicable law.

 

2


“Omnibus Agreement” means that certain Omnibus Agreement dated December 16, 2013, among Valero Energy Corporation, the Partnership, GP, Valero Partners Operating Co. LLC, Valero Marketing and Supply Company, Valero Partners EP, LLC, Valero Partners Lucas, LLC, Valero Partners Memphis, LLC, Valero Terminaling and Distribution Company, The Shamrock Pipeline Corporation, Valero Plains Company LLC, The Premcor Refining Group Inc. and The Premcor Pipeline Co., as the same may be amended from time to time.

“Operational Services” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 .

“Operator” and “Operators” have the meanings set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Partnership” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

“Partnership Agreement” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, dated as of December 16, 2013, as the same may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

“Partnership Entities” means the Partnership and all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

“Period of Secondment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 .

“Person” means any individual or any partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, or other legal entity.

“Seconded Employees” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 .

“Seconded Employee Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 .

“Secondment” means each assignment of any Seconded Employees to GP from the Operators in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

“Services Reimbursement” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 .

“Shared Seconded Employees” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 .

“Termination Costs” means all liabilities incurred in connection with or arising out of the withdrawal, departure, resignation or termination of employment (whether actual or alleged constructive termination) of any Seconded Employee, including, without limitation, liabilities relating to or arising out of any claim of discrimination or other illegality in connection with such withdrawal, departure, resignation or termination, including cost of defense of such claims, and also including severance payments and benefits paid to a Seconded Employee in return for a release of claims.

1.2 Interpretation . In this Agreement, unless a clear contrary intention appears: (a) the singular includes the plural and vice versa; (b) reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and assigns but, in the case of a Party, only if such successors and assigns are permitted by this Agreement, and reference to a Person in a particular capacity excludes such

 

3


Person in any other capacity; (c) reference to any gender includes each other gender; (d) reference to any agreement (including this Agreement), document or instrument means such agreement, document, or instrument as amended or modified and in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and, if applicable, the terms of this Agreement; (e) reference to any Section or Article means such Section or Article of this Agreement, and references in any Section or definition to any clause means such clause of such Section or definition; (f) “hereunder,” “hereof,” “hereto” and words of similar import will be deemed references to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other provision hereof or thereof; (g) “including” (and with correlative meaning “include”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term; (h) relative to the determination of any period of time, “from” means “from and including,” “to” means “to but excluding” and “through” means “through and including;” and (i) all Exhibits referenced herein are attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes.

1.3 Legal Representation of Parties . This Agreement was negotiated by the Parties with the benefit of legal representation, and any rule of construction or interpretation requiring this Agreement to be construed or interpreted against any Party merely because such Party drafted all or a part of such Agreement will not apply to any construction or interpretation hereof or thereof.

1.4 Titles and Headings . Section titles and headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

ARTICLE 2

SECONDMENT

2.1 Seconded Employees . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Operators agree to second the Seconded Employees to GP, and GP agrees to accept the Secondment of the Seconded Employees for the purpose of performing the operational and maintenance activities related to the Assets that are described in Exhibit B (the “ Operational Services ”). When used herein, the term “ Seconded Employees ” means those employees of the Operators who are engaged in providing the Operational Services to GP from time to time. The Seconded Employees will remain at all times the employees of their respective Employing Operators, in addition they will also be temporary co-employees of GP during the Period of Secondment and shall, at all times during the Period of Secondment, work under the direction, supervision and control of GP. Seconded Employees shall have no authority or apparent authority to act on behalf of the Operators during the Period of Secondment. Those rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement that relate to individuals that were Seconded Employees but then later ceased to be Seconded Employees, which rights and obligations accrued during the Period of Secondment, will survive the removal of such individuals from the group of Seconded Employees to the extent necessary to enforce such rights and obligations.

2.2 Period of Secondment . The Operators will second the Seconded Employees to GP starting on the Effective Date and continuing, during the period (and only during the period) that the Seconded Employees are performing services for GP, until the earliest of:

 

4


  (a) the end of the term of this Agreement;

 

  (b) such end date for any Seconded Employees as may be mutually agreed by the Parties (the “ End Date ”);

 

  (c) a withdrawal, departure, resignation or termination of such Seconded Employees under Section 2.3 ; and

 

  (d) a termination of Secondment of such Seconded Employees under Section 2.4 .

The period of time that any Seconded Employee is provided by the Employing Operator to GP is referred to in this Agreement as the “ Period of Secondment .” At the end of the Period of Secondment for any Seconded Employee, such Seconded Employee will no longer be subject to the direction by GP of the Seconded Employee’s day-to-day activities. The Parties acknowledge that certain of the Seconded Employees may also provide services to their Employing Operators in connection with operations conducted by the Operators (“ Shared Seconded Employees ”) and the Parties intend that such Shared Seconded Employees shall only be seconded to GP during those times that the Shared Seconded Employees are performing services for GP hereunder.

2.3 Withdrawal, Departure or Resignation . If any Seconded Employee tenders his or her resignation to an Employing Operator as an employee of such Employing Operator, or if the employment of any Seconded Employee is terminated by an Employing Operator, the Employing Operator will promptly notify GP. During the Period of Secondment of any Seconded Employee, the Employing Operator will not voluntarily withdraw or terminate such Seconded Employee except with the consent of GP, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

2.4 Termination of Secondment . Subject to any restrictions contained in any collective bargaining agreement to which the Employing Operator is a party, GP will have the right to terminate the Secondment to GP of any Seconded Employee for any reason at any time. The Employing Operator will not, without GP’s express consent, agree to any future amendments to any collective bargaining agreement that would increase the type or degree of any limitations on GP’s ability to terminate the Secondment of any Seconded Employee. Upon the termination of any Seconded Employee’s Period of Secondment, the Employing Operator of such Seconded Employee will be solely liable for any costs or expenses associated with the termination of the Secondment, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement.

2.5 Supervision . During the Period of Secondment, GP shall:

 

  (a) be ultimately and fully responsible for the daily work assignments of the Seconded Employees (and with respect to Shared Seconded Employees, during those times that the Shared Seconded Employees are performing services for GP hereunder), including supervision of their day-to-day work activities and performance consistent with the job functions associated with the Operational Services;

 

5


  (b) set the hours of work and the holidays and vacation schedules (other than with respect to Shared Seconded Employees, as to which GP and the Operators shall jointly determine) for Seconded Employees; and

 

  (c) have the right to determine training that will be received by the Seconded Employees.

In the course and scope of performing any Seconded Employee’s job functions, the Seconded Employees will be integrated into the organization of GP, will report into GP’s management structure, and will be under the direct management and supervision of GP (acting in its capacity as the general partner of, and on behalf of, the Partnership). GP agrees that with respect to any Seconded Employee who is otherwise represented by a union while working for any Employing Operator, GP will be assigned Employing Operator’s rights and responsibilities of any applicable collective bargaining agreement for the Period of Secondment as to any such employee, subject to any changes agreed to between any Employing Operator and any applicable union or as may be allowed by law. GP is not, hereby, agreeing to recognize any union or assume any bargaining obligation. Any and all recognition and bargaining obligations, to the extent that they exist, will remain with the applicable Employing Operator.

2.6 Seconded Employees Qualifications; Approval . The Employing Operators will provide such suitably qualified and experienced Seconded Employees as the Employing Operators are reasonably able to make available to GP, and GP will have the right to approve such Seconded Employees. All Seconded Employees identified as of the Effective Date have been approved and accepted by GP as suitable for performing job functions related to the Operational Services.

2.7 Workers Compensation . At all times, the Operators will maintain workers’ compensation or similar insurance (either through an insurance company or self-insured arrangement) applicable to the Seconded Employees, as required by applicable state and federal workers’ compensation and similar laws, and will name GP as an additional named insured under each such insurance policy .

2.8 Benefit Plans . Neither GP nor any of the Partnership Entities shall be deemed to be a participating employer in any Benefit Plan during the Period of Secondment. Subject to GP’s reimbursement obligations hereunder, the Operators shall remain solely responsible for all obligations and liabilities arising under the express terms of the Benefit Plans, and the Seconded Employees will be covered under the Benefit Plans subject to and in accordance with their respective terms and conditions, as they may be amended from time to time. The Operators and their ERISA Affiliates may amend or terminate any Benefit Plan in whole or in part at any time (subject to the applicable provisions of any collective bargaining agreement covering Seconded Employees, if any). During the Period of Secondment, neither GP nor any of the Partnership Entities shall assume any Benefit Plan or have any obligations, liabilities or rights arising under the express terms of the Benefit Plans, in each case except for cost reimbursement pursuant to this Agreement.

 

6


ARTICLE 3

SERVICES REIMBURSEMENT

3.1 Operational Expenses . On or before the tenth (10 th ) Business Day after the end of each month during the Period of Secondment, the Operators shall send an itemized invoice (in a form mutually agreed upon by GP and the Operators) to GP detailing all reimbursable expenses under Section 3.2 incurred by each Operator with respect to the Seconded Employees in connection with the performance of the Operational Services during the preceding month (the “ Services Reimbursement ”). GP shall, within ten (10) calendar days of receipt, pay such invoice, except for any amounts therein being disputed in good faith by GP. For ease of administration, the Operators may permit GP to make payment of the full invoice amount to a single Operator, in which case such Operator shall be responsible for paying over any amounts due to the other Operator. Any amounts that GP has disputed in good faith and that are later determined by any court or other competent authority having jurisdiction, or by agreement of the Parties, to be owing from GP to an Operator shall be paid in full within ten days of such determination, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the date due under the original invoice until the date of payment.

3.2 Services Reimbursement . Subject to Sections 3.3 and 3.4 , the Services Reimbursement for each month during the Period of Secondment shall include all costs and expenses incurred for such month by the Operators for the Seconded Employees, including the following (collectively, the “ Seconded Employee Expenses ”):

 

  (a) salary and wages (including payroll and withholding taxes associated therewith);

 

  (b) cash bonuses;

 

  (c) costs of matching and other employer 401(k) contributions;

 

  (d) costs of pension benefit accruals;

 

  (e) any cash expense associated with any deferred compensation plan;

 

  (f) vacation, sick leave, personal leave, maternity leave and any other federal or state mandated leave;

 

  (g) healthcare coverage, including medical, dental, vision and prescription drug coverage;

 

  (h) flexible benefits plan, including medical care and dependent care expense reimbursement programs;

 

  (i) short-term disability benefits and long-term disability insurance premiums;

 

  (j) workers’ compensation insurance;

 

  (k) premiums for life insurance, accidental death and dismemberment insurance and any other insurance provided to the Seconded Employees by the Operators;

 

  (l) the vesting of any long-term incentive awards, whether granted before or during the Period of Secondment;

 

7


  (m) Termination Costs;

 

  (n) business travel expenses and other business expenses reimbursed in the normal course by the Operators, such as subscriptions to business-related periodicals and dues to professional business organizations;

 

  (o) any other employee benefit or compensation arrangement customarily provided to all employees by the Operators for which the Operators incur costs with respect to Seconded Employees; and

 

  (p) any sales taxes imposed upon the provision of any taxable services provided under this Agreement; provided , however, that, GP and the Operators contemplate that the services provided pursuant to this Agreement are not taxable services for sales and use tax purposes.

Where it is not reasonably practicable to determine the amount of any such cost or expense described above, the Operators and GP shall mutually agree on the method of determining or estimating such cost or expense, which may include the application of an agreed percentage benefit load to a Seconded Employee’s salary and wages in order to value certain of the benefits listed above. If the actual amount of any cost or expense, once known, varies from the estimate used for billing purposes hereunder, the difference, once determined, shall be reflected as either a credit or additional charge in the next monthly invoice issued by the affected Operator, or in such manner as may otherwise be agreed between the affected Operator and GP.

3.3 Adjustments Based on Period of Secondment . It is understood and agreed that GP shall be liable for Seconded Employee Expenses to the extent, and only to the extent, they are attributable to the Period of Secondment. As such, if the Period of Secondment begins on other than the first day of a month or ends on other than the last day of a month, the Seconded Employee Expenses for such month shall be prorated based on the number of days during such month that the Period of Secondment was in effect.

3.4 Adjustments for Shared Services . With respect to each Shared Seconded Employee, the appropriate Employing Operator will determine in good faith the percentage of such Shared Seconded Employee’s time spent providing services to GP (the “ Allocation Percentage ”). For each month during the Period of Secondment, the amount of the Services Reimbursement payable by GP with respect to each Shared Seconded Employee shall be calculated by multiplying the Seconded Employee Expenses for such Shared Seconded Employee times the Allocation Percentage for such Shared Seconded Employee; provided, however, that certain Second Employee Expenses shall not be allocated based on the Allocation Percentage but rather shall be allocated as follows:

 

  (a) Termination Costs with respect to any Shared Seconded Employee shall be allocated between the Parties based upon the Allocation Percentage, provided that the Parties agree in advance to terminate such Shared Seconded Employee; otherwise, a Party who terminates a Shared Seconded Employee without first consulting with the other Party (including an actual or alleged constructive termination) shall be solely responsible for all Termination Costs related to such termination, other than any Termination Costs arising solely out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the other Party;

 

8


  (b) travel expenses and other expenses incurred with respect to and/or reimbursable to a Shared Seconded Employee shall be paid by the Party for whom the Shared Seconded Employee was working at the time they were incurred, except that expenses related to activities that benefit both GP and the Employing Operator (e.g. some types of training) shall be shared by the affected Parties in accordance with the Allocation Percentage (or such other allocation as may be agreed between the affected Parties); and

 

  (c) the taxes described in Section 3.2(p)  shall be reimbursable in full by GP.

3.5 Cancellation or Reduction of Services . GP may terminate or reduce the level of any of the Operational Services on 30 days’ prior written notice to the Operators. In the event GP terminates the Operational Services, GP shall pay the Operators for the last month (or portion thereof) in which it received services plus any other amounts outstanding to the Operators.

3.6 Reimbursements for Other Operational Expenses . This Agreement does not address the reimbursement of any costs or expenses associated with Operational Services other than Seconded Employee Expenses. To the extent that an Operator or any Affiliate of an Operator incurs any out-of-pocket expenses (other than Seconded Employee Expenses) in connection with the provision of Operational Services, such Operator or Affiliate may be entitled to reimbursement therefor under the terms of the Partnership Agreement or the Omnibus Agreement.

ARTICLE 4

ALLOCATION; RECORDS; PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

4.1 Allocation; Records . The Operators will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain an allocation schedule reflecting the direct and indirect costs of the Seconded Employee Expenses based on the services that the Seconded Employees have provided to GP in relation to the Assets. GP will use commercially reasonable efforts to keep and maintain books/records reflecting hours worked and costs and expenses incurred in connection with each of the Seconded Employees. Each Party will have the right to audit such records maintained by the other during regular business hours and on reasonable prior notice.

4.2 Payment . The Operators agree to pay, as agent for GP, the Seconded Employee Expenses (or provide the employee benefits with respect thereto, as applicable) of the employees temporarily assigned to GP under this Agreement, subject to GP’s reimbursement obligations under Article 3 . Subject to GP’s reimbursement obligations under Article 3 , the Operators agree to indemnify and hold GP harmless from any and all Losses incurred by GP or any of the Partnership Entities related to the Operators’ failure to carry out their duties to pay or provide employee benefits to the Seconded Employees, except to the extent that such Losses arise solely out of or result solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of GP.

 

9


ARTICLE 5

TERM

The term of this Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and will continue for an initial period of ten years . Upon the expiration of the initial ten year period, the term of this Agreement shall automatically extend for successive one year extension terms, unless either Party provides at least 30 days’ prior written notice to the other Party prior to the expiration of the initial ten year period or any extension term that the Party wishes for this Agreement to expire at the end of the initial ten year period or the then-current extension term, as applicable. Upon proper notice by a Party to the other Party, in accordance with this Article 5 , that the Party wishes for this Agreement to expire on the expiration of the applicable period, this Agreement shall not automatically extend, but shall instead expire upon the expiration of the applicable period and only those provisions that, by their terms, expressly survive this Agreement shall so survive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GP may terminate this agreement at any time upon 30 days prior written notice to the Operators and only those provisions that, by their terms, expressly survive this Agreement shall so survive.

ARTICLE 6

GENERAL PROVISIONS

6.1 Accuracy of Recitals . The paragraphs contained in the recitals to this Agreement are incorporated in this Agreement by this reference, and the Parties to this Agreement acknowledge the accuracy thereof.

6.2 Notices . Any notice, demand, or communication required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered personally, by reputable courier, or by telecopier, and shall be deemed to have been duly given as of the date and time reflected on the delivery receipt if delivered personally or sent by reputable courier service, or on the automatic telecopier receipt if sent by telecopier, addressed as follows:

If to VSI

Valero Services, Inc.

One Valero Way

San Antonio, Texas 78249

Attention: President

Fax: (210) 345-2413

If to VRCT

Valero Refining Company-Tennessee, L.L.C.

One Valero Way

San Antonio, Texas 78249

Attention: President

Fax: (210) 345-2413

 

10


If to GP

Valero Energy Partners GP LLC

One Valero Way

San Antonio, Texas 78249

Attention: President

Fax: (210) 370-5161

A Party may change its address for the purposes of notices hereunder by giving notice to the other Party specifying such changed address in the manner specified in this Section 6.2 .

6.3 Further Assurances . The Parties agree to execute such additional instruments, agreements and documents, and to take such other actions, as may be necessary to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

6.4 Modifications . Any actions or agreement by the Parties to modify this Agreement, in whole or in part, shall be binding upon the Parties, so long as such modification shall be in writing and shall be executed by all Parties with the same formality with which this Agreement was executed.

6.5 No Third Party Beneficiaries . No Person not a Party to this Agreement will have any rights under this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise, including, without limitation, Seconded Employees. In furtherance but not in limitation of the foregoing: (i) nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to provide any Seconded Employee with a right to continued secondment or employment; and (ii) nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute an amendment to any Benefit Plan or limit in any way the right of the Operators and/or their ERISA Affiliates to amend, modify or terminate, in whole or in part, any Benefit Plan which may be in effect from time to time.

6.6 Relationship of the Parties . Nothing in this Agreement will constitute the Partnership Entities, the Operators or their Affiliates as members of any partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate or other entity.

6.7 Assignment . Neither Party will, without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, assign, mortgage, pledge or otherwise convey this Agreement or any of its rights or duties hereunder; provided, however, that either Party may assign or convey this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party to an Affiliate. Unless written consent is not required under this Section 6.7 , any attempted or purported assignment, mortgage, pledge or conveyance by a Party without the written consent of the other Party shall be void and of no force and effect. No assignment, mortgage, pledge or other conveyance by a Party shall relieve the Party of any liabilities or obligations under this Agreement.

6.8 Binding Effect . This Agreement will be binding upon, and will inure to the benefit of, the Parties and their respective successors, permitted assigns and legal representatives.

 

11


6.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Each Party may execute this Agreement by signing any such counterpart.

6.10 Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

6.11 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract made under, and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with and governed by, the laws of the State of Texas, excluding its conflicts of laws principles that would apply the laws of another jurisdiction. The Parties submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of competent jurisdiction situated in Bexar County, Texas, for the resolution of any disputes arising hereunder.

6.12 Delay or Partial Exercise Not Waiver . No failure or delay on the part of any Party to exercise any right or remedy under this Agreement will operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy granted hereby or any related document. The waiver by either Party of a breach of any provisions of this Agreement will not constitute a waiver of a similar breach in the future or of any other breach or nullify the effectiveness of such provision.

6.13 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes and expresses the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. All previous discussions, promises, representations and understandings relative thereto are hereby merged in and superseded by this Agreement.

6.14 Waiver . To be effective, any waiver or any right under this Agreement will be in writing and signed by a duly authorized officer or representative of the Party bound thereby.

6.15 Signatories Duly Authorized . Each of the signatories to this Agreement represents that he is duly authorized to execute this Agreement on behalf of the Party for which he is signing, and that such signature is sufficient to bind the Party purportedly represented.

6.16 Incorporation of Exhibits by References . Any reference herein to any exhibit to this Agreement will incorporate it herein, as if it were set out in full in the text of this Agreement.

6.17 Relationship of VSI and VRCT . VSI’s obligations under this Agreement shall apply only with respect to those Seconded Employees for which VSI is the Employing Operator. Similarly, VRCT’s obligations under this Agreement shall apply only with respect to those Seconded Employees for which VRCT is the Employing Operator. Nothing in this Agreement is intended, nor shall it operate or be construed, to render VSI and VRCT jointly or jointly and severally liable or to otherwise render VSI liable for any acts, omissions or breaches hereof by VRCT, or vice versa.

[Signature page follows]

 

12


IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives on the date herein above mentioned.

 

Valero Services, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Michael S. Ciskowski

Name:   Michael S. Ciskowski
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Valero Refining Company-Tennessee, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Donna M. Titzman

Name:   Donna M. Titzman
Title:   Senior Vice President and Treasurer
Valero Energy Partners GP LLC
By:  

/s/ Richard F. Lashway

Name:   Richard F. Lashway
Title:   President and Chief Operating Officer

Signature Page to Services and Secondment Agreement


EXHIBIT A

Assets

The Assets consist of all above and below-ground equipment, facilities and improvements owned (in whole or in part) or leased by any Partnership Entities, or with respect to which any of the Partnership Entities have the right and/or obligation to operate and/or maintain, at each of the following terminal locations and comprising each of the following pipeline systems:

Terminals

Lucas Terminal

9405 West Port Arthur Road

Beaumont, TX 77705

West Memphis Terminal

1282 South 8 th St.

West Memphis, AR 72301

Collierville Terminal

772 Wingo Road

Byhalia, MS 38611

Memphis Truck Terminal

321 West Mallory Ave.

Memphis, TN 38109

Pipeline Systems

Port Arthur System

Nederland pipeline: A five-mile, 32-inch pipeline that delivers crude oil to the Lucas terminal from the Sunoco Logistics Nederland marine terminal.

Lucas pipeline: A 12-mile, 30-inch pipeline that delivers crude oil from the Lucas terminal to the Valero Port Arthur refinery (1801 South Gulfway Dr., Port Arthur, Texas 77640).

A three-mile, 20-inch pipeline that delivers diesel from the Port Arthur refinery to the PAPS terminal.

A four-mile, 20-inch pipeline that delivers gasoline from the Port Arthur refinery to the El Vista terminal.

 

A-1


12-10 pipeline: An approximately 13 mile, 12-inch and 10-inch pipeline that delivers refined petroleum products from the Port Arthur refinery to the Enterprise TE Products pipeline connection, the Sunoco Logistics MagTex pipeline connection at their Hebert Terminal (15651 West Port Arthur Rd. Beaumont, TX 77705) and Oiltanking’s Beaumont marine terminal (6275 Highway 347 Beaumont TX 77705).

Memphis System

Collierville pipeline: Approximately 52 miles of 10- to 20-inch pipelines that deliver crude oil to the Valero Memphis refinery (543 West Mallory Ave., Memphis, Tennessee 38109) from the Collierville terminal.

Shorthorn pipeline: Approximately seven miles of 14-inch pipeline that delivers diesel and gasoline produced at the Valero Memphis refinery to the West Memphis terminal, and two miles of 12-inch pipeline that delivers diesel and gasoline from the West Memphis terminal and the Valero Memphis refinery to Exxon’s Memphis refined petroleum products terminal (454 Wisconsin Ave., Memphis, TN 38106).

Memphis Airport pipeline system: A nine-mile, six-inch pipeline that delivers jet fuel produced at the Valero Memphis refinery to the Swissport Fueling, Inc. terminal (2491 Winchester Rd., Memphis, Tennessee 38116) located at the Memphis International Airport and a two-mile, six-inch pipeline that delivers jet fuel from the Valero Memphis refinery to the FedEx jet fuel terminal (2903 Sprankle Ave, Memphis, TN 38118) located at the Memphis International Airport.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Assets expressly include all of the following located at or comprising any part of the above facilities, to the extent owned, leased or otherwise under the control of any Partnership Entity:

Piping

Pumps

Valves

Fittings

Interconnects

Metering equipment and associated equipment

Cathodic protection equipment

Fire suppression equipment

Tanks / tank roofs

Tank dikes and foundations

Truck racks and associated equipment

Vapor recovery equipment

Docks and associated equipment

Buildings and improvements, and all fixtures, furnishings and equipment therein

Security equipment, including fences and gates

 

A-2


Drives, walks and parking areas

Signage

Utilities infrastructure

Environmental monitoring and remediation equipment

SCADA equipment

Oil / water separators Wastewater treatment equipment

Laboratories and associated equipment

 

A-3


EXHIBIT B

Operational Services

Operation of the Assets in accordance with prudent industry practice and the directions for product and feedstock movements given by GP (or, where customary practice dictates, customers of the Partnership, in which case such directions shall be deemed for purposes of this Agreement to have come from GP, acting for and on behalf of the Partnership), including but not limited to operation of the pump stations and other facilities within such operating parameters and specifications as may be in accordance with sound engineering and operating practices and applicable laws, operation of meter stations, including calibration of measurement and product analysis equipment, operation of booster pumps, providing custody measurement as required and the coordination of product and feedstock movements as directed.

Operation of truck rack loading and unloading, including blending operations, management of computer loading systems and processing of delivery tickets.

Operation of vapor recovery systems, to include emission monitoring requirements.

Operation of wastewater treatment systems and/or oil water separator systems (in compliance with all applicable hazardous waste handling procedures).

Provision of communications, inspection, surveillance, flow control, corrosion control, and monitoring.

Establishment of and compliance with safety, health, environmental, training, emergency response, spill response and other programs in connection with the operation of the Assets.

Preparation and retention of appropriate records and logs as required by applicable laws and consistent with past practice (subject to changes required by changes in law and/or the adoption of new policies and procedures).

Maintenance of instrument systems required for performance of pipeline monitoring and control services, product analysis, and measurements in accordance with applicable requirements and generally accepted industry practices.

Providing scheduling services for all products shipped into and delivered out of the Assets, with appropriate consultation and coordination with affected refineries, third-party pipelines, third-party off-line delivery and shipper personnel, and control room personnel.

Coordination of all inventory management activities and assistance in the development and implementation of inventory control policies and guidelines regarding the Assets.

Determining net volume received and delivered by utilizing measurement facilities installed, operated and maintained in accordance with the latest edition of the American Petroleum Institute Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards and standard industry practices, and reconciliation of book inventory with actual inventory.

 

B-1


Provision of sufficient on-the-job and outside training to employees and contractors operating and maintaining the Assets for the operation of the Assets in a safe and efficient manner in accordance with the applicable Partnership policies and procedures and applicable governmental rules, regulations and laws.

Preparation, filing and renewal, as applicable and, to the extent not performed under the Omnibus Agreement, of all operating licenses and/or permits as directed by GP.

Emergency response services, including but not limited to closing pipeline valves in connection with a response to any emergency involving the Assets.

Laboratory and analytical services including but not limited to product quality and assurance analysis.

Additive procurement services and inventory management of additive inventories (except to the extent any additives are procured and/or managed by customers of the Partnership, in which case the services hereunder shall consist of appropriate coordination with such customers).

Security services, including but not limited to controlling access to the Assets and (except to the extent such activities are customarily conducted by customers of the Partnership) negotiation, execution and management of access agreements.

Maintenance and repair of the Assets, including but not limited to pipeline repairs, terminal repairs, aerial pipeline patrols, population density counts, right-of-way maintenance (including but not limited to filling of washes, mowing weeds and brush, repairing fences, erection and maintenance of fences, barricades or other suitable protection to protect the Assets and associated equipment from damage due to mowers, trucks or other vehicles, flagging and identification of pipelines in the event of excavation in the vicinity of the pipelines by the Operators or third parties), in each case, within such maintenance/repair parameters and specifications as may be in accordance with sound engineering and maintenance practices and applicable laws.

Implementation and administration of a preventative maintenance program for the Assets, including, without limitation, periodic testing, adjustment and maintenance of the Assets, meter station and valve inspections and meter proving maintenance, in each case in accordance with prudent maintenance practices and applicable laws.

Implementation and administration of a tank maintenance and integrity program for the Assets, including, without limitation, periodic testing, maintenance, repair and/or replacement in each case in accordance with prudent maintenance practices and applicable laws.

Inspection services for monitoring work performed by others in the vicinity of the Assets.

Preparation and retention of appropriate records and logs as required by applicable laws and that a prudent provider of maintenance services would maintain regarding the Assets.

Reconstruction, reconditioning, overhaul and/or replacement of the Assets, as appropriate.

 

B-2


Technical services for trouble-shooting problems, improving the Assets performance, upgrading the Assets, repairing the Assets and/or meeting regulatory or safety requirements.

Maintaining compliance with all applicable federal, state and local environmental, health and safety laws including but not limited to conducting all environmental investigation and remediation activities, as required by federal, state and local environmental laws and prudent business practices.

Facilitating the acquisition of all materials (including spare parts inventories), equipment, services, supplies and labor necessary for the maintenance and repair of the Assets.

Except to the extent provided under the Omnibus Agreement, performing all planning, design and engineering functions related to the maintenance and repair of the Assets including but not limited to selecting and overseeing contractors and material suppliers for such activities.

Preparing excavation plans for pipeline right-of-way work, and advising the Partnership of any right-of-way work which could threaten the integrity of the Partnership’s pipelines.

Construction, reconstruction, reconditioning, overhaul and replacement of the Assets, including but not limited to engineering, procurement, construction and project performance testing and services relating thereto. Related functions include:

 

    Oversight and management services as may be necessary in connection with these activities .

 

    Planning, design and engineering functions related to the activities.

 

    Procurement of all materials, equipment, services, supplies and labor necessary for and related to the activities.

Preparation and/or assistance in the preparation of capital project (AFE) documents for approval by the Partnership.

Together with such other routine maintenance and operational services as GP may require in connection with the ownership and operation of the Assets consistent with the Operators’ past practices at the Assets.

 

B-3

Exhibit 10.3

TAX SHARING AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

VALERO ENERGY CORPORATION

AND

VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS LP

December 16, 2013


TAX SHARING AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

VALERO ENERGY CORPORATION AND

VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS LP

Tax Sharing Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated this 16th day of December, 2013, by and between Valero Energy Corporation (“Valero”), a Delaware corporation, and Valero Energy Partners LP (the “Partnership”), a Delaware limited partnership.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Valero is the common parent of an affiliated group of corporations within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code (as defined below), which currently files a consolidated federal income tax return;

WHEREAS, the Partnership Group (as defined below) includes various entities that may be required to join with Valero in the filing of a consolidated, combined or unitary state tax return;

WHEREAS, the Parties wish to set forth the general principles under which they will allocate and share various Taxes (as defined below) and related liabilities;

WHEREAS, Valero, on behalf of itself and its present and future subsidiaries other than the Partnership Group (“Valero Group”), and the Partnership, on behalf of itself and its present and future subsidiaries (the “Partnership Group”), are entering into this Agreement to provide for the allocation among the Valero Group and the Partnership Group of all responsibilities, liabilities and benefits relating to any Tax for which a Combined Return (as defined herein) is filed for a taxable period including or beginning on or after the Effective Date (as defined herein) and to provide for certain other matters;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions, and covenants contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Definitions . The following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and the plural forms of the terms defined):

Accounting Referee ” is defined in Section 6.11 herein.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto, as in effect for the taxable period in question.

 

2


Combined Group ” means a group of corporations or other entities that files a Combined Return.

Combined Return ” means any Tax Return (other than a Tax Return for Federal income taxes) filed on a consolidated, combined (including nexus combination, worldwide combination, domestic combination, line of business combination or any other form of combination), or unitary basis that includes activities of any member of the Valero Group and any member of the Partnership Group.

Effective Date ” means the date of the closing of the initial public offering of common units representing limited partner interests of the Partnership.

Final Determination ” means the final resolution of any Tax (or other matter) for a taxable period, including related interest or penalties, that, under applicable law, is not subject to further appeal, review or modification through proceedings or otherwise, including (i) by the expiration of a statute of limitations or a period for the filing of claims for refunds, amending Tax Returns, appealing from adverse determinations, or recovering any refund (including by offset), (ii) by a decision, judgment, decree, or other order by a court of competent jurisdiction, which has become final and unappealable, (iii) by a closing agreement, an accepted offer in compromise, or a comparable agreement under laws of the particular Tax Authority, (iv) by execution of a form under the laws of a Tax Authority that is comparable to an Internal Revenue Service Form 870 or 870-AD (excluding, however, with respect to a particular Tax Item for a particular taxable period any such form that reserves (whether by its terms or by operation of law) the right of the taxpayer to file a claim for refund and/or the right of the Tax Authority to assert a further deficiency with respect to such Tax Item for such period), or (v) by any allowance of a refund or credit, but only after the expiration of all periods during which such refund may be adjusted.

Notice ” is defined in Section 6.01 herein.

Partnership Group ” is defined in the Recitals to this Agreement.

Partnership Group Combined Tax Liability ” means, with respect to any Tax, the Partnership Group’s liability for such Tax owed with respect to a Combined Return for a taxable period, as determined under Section 3.02 of this Agreement.

Partnership Group Deposit ” is defined in Section 3.04 herein.

Partnership Group Members ” means those entities included in the Partnership Group.

Partnership Group Pro Forma Combined Return ” means a pro forma Combined Return or other schedule prepared pursuant to Section 3.02 of this Agreement.

Party ” means each of Valero and the Partnership, and solely for purposes of this definition, “Valero” includes the Valero Group and the “Partnership” includes the Partnership Group. Each of Valero and the Partnership shall cause the Valero Group and the Partnership Group, respectively, to comply with this Agreement.

 

3


Valero Group ” is defined in the Recitals to this Agreement.

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means all forms of taxation, whenever created or imposed, and whether imposed by a domestic, local, municipal, governmental, state, federation or other body, but excluding taxes imposed by the United States, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall include net income, alternative or add-on minimum, gross income, sales, use, ad valorem, gross receipts, value added, franchise, profits, license, transfer, recording, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, windfall profit, custom duty, or other tax, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any related interest, penalties, or other additions to tax, or additional amounts imposed by any such Tax Authority.

Tax Attribute ” means a Tax Item of a member of the Partnership Group reflected on a Combined Return that is comparable to one or more of the following attributes with respect to a Federal income tax consolidated tax return: a net operating loss, a net capital loss, an unused investment credit, an unused foreign tax credit, an excess charitable contribution, a U.S. federal minimum tax credit or a U.S. federal general business credit (but not tax basis or earnings and profits).

Tax Authority ” means a domestic governmental authority (other than the United States) or any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof or any quasi-governmental or private body having jurisdiction over the assessment, determination, collection or imposition of any Tax (excluding the U.S. Internal Revenue Service).

Tax Controversy ” means any audit, examination, dispute, suit, action, litigation or other judicial or administrative proceeding initiated by Valero or the Partnership or any Tax Authority.

Tax Item ” means any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit, or other item reflected on a Tax Return or any Tax Attribute.

Tax Return ” means any return, report, certificate, form or similar statement or document (including any related or supporting information or schedule attached thereto and any information return, amended Tax Return, claim for refund or declaration of estimated tax) required to be supplied to, or filed with, a Tax Authority in connection with the determination, assessment or collection of any Tax or the administration of any laws, regulations or administrative requirements relating to any Tax.

Any term used but not capitalized herein that is defined in the Code or in the Treasury Regulations thereunder shall, to the extent required by the context of the provision at issue, have the meaning assigned to it in the Code or such regulation.

 

4


ARTICLE II

PREPARATION AND FILING OF TAX RETURNS

Section 2.01 Manner of Filing .

(a) For periods that include the Effective Date and periods after the Effective Date, Valero shall have the sole and exclusive responsibility for the preparation and filing of, and shall prepare and file, all Combined Returns or cause to be prepared and filed all Combined Returns. Valero shall be authorized to take any and all action necessary or incidental to the preparation and filing of a Combined Return, including, without limitation, (i) making elections and adopting accounting methods, (ii) filing all extensions of time, including extensions of time for payment of tax, (iii) filing claims for refund or credit, or (iv) giving waivers or bonds.

(b) For periods that include the Effective Date and periods after the Effective Date, the Partnership Group shall have the sole and exclusive responsibility for the preparation and filing of, and shall prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed, all Tax Returns of the Partnership Group Members that are not Combined Returns.

(c) Valero shall have sole discretion to include, or cause to be included, in a Combined Return for any Tax any member of the Partnership Group for which inclusion in such Combined Return is elective; provided, however, that the Partnership Group Combined Tax Liability for any taxable period shall not exceed the aggregate of (x) each such elective Partnership Group Member’s liability for such Tax for such taxable period, computed as if such Partnership Group Member were not included in such Combined Return and (y) the Partnership Group Combined Tax Liability calculated for the Partnership Group Members for which inclusion is not elective; and provided further, that Valero shall provide written notice to the Partnership of Valero’s intent to include an elective Partnership Group Member no later than 15 days prior to the due date of the first Tax Return relating to the Tax and taxable period covered by such Combined Return. Valero shall provide pro forma Tax Returns pursuant to Section 3.03 of this Agreement to support the calculation of the amount of any decrease in the Partnership Group Combined Tax Liability pursuant to this Section 2.01(c).

Section 2.02 Taxable Period . References to “taxable period” for any franchise or other doing business Tax (including, but not limited to, the Texas franchise Tax) shall mean the taxable period during which the income, operations, assets or capital comprising the base of such Tax is measured, regardless of whether the right to do business for another taxable period is obtained by the payment of such Tax.

ARTICLE III

ALLOCATION OF TAXES

Section 3.01 Liability of the Partnership Group for Combined Taxes . For each Tax for each taxable period that includes or begins on or after the Effective Date and for which a Combined Return is filed, the Partnership Group Members included in such Combined Return shall be liable to Valero for an amount equal to the Partnership Group Combined Tax Liability in respect of such Tax.

 

5


Section 3.02 Partnership Group Combined Tax Liability . With respect to each Tax for each taxable period that includes or begins on or after the Effective Date and for which a member of the Partnership Group is included in a Combined Return, the Partnership Group Combined Tax Liability for such Tax for such taxable period shall be the Tax for such taxable period as determined on a Partnership Group Pro Forma Combined Return prepared:

(a) by including only the Tax Items of the members of the Partnership Group that are included in the Combined Return and computing the liability of the Partnership Group Members for such Tax as if such Partnership Group Members were included in a separate consolidated or unitary group;

(b) except as provided in Section 3.02(e) hereof, using all elections, accounting methods and conventions used on the Combined Return for such period;

(c) applying the Tax rate in effect for the Combined Return of the Combined Group for such taxable period;

(d) assuming that the Partnership Group elects not to carry back any net operating losses;

(e) assuming that the Partnership Group’s utilization of any Tax Attribute carryforward or carryback is limited to the Tax Attributes of the Partnership Group that would be available if the Partnership Group Combined Tax Liability for each taxable period ending after the Effective Date were determined in accordance with this Section 3.02; and

(f) applying any reduction required by Section 2.01(c).

Section 3.03 Preparation and Delivery of Pro Forma Tax Returns . Not later than 90 days following the date on which a Combined Return is filed with the appropriate Tax Authority, Valero shall prepare and deliver to the Partnership the related Partnership Group Pro Forma Combined Return calculating the Partnership Group Combined Tax Liability attributable to the period covered by such filed Combined Return; provided, however, that Valero’s untimely delivery of such Partnership Group Pro Forma Combined Return shall not waive the Partnership’s obligation to pay such Partnership Group Combined Tax Liability in accordance with Section 3.04.

Section 3.04 Payment of Tax . Valero shall timely pay (or shall cause to be timely paid) any Tax reflected on a Combined Return and (except for the Partnership’s liability to Valero for the Partnership Group Combined Tax Liability) hold harmless the Partnership for all liability for such Tax. In the event Valero is required to make an estimated payment or deposit of any Tax of any Combined Group which includes any member of the Partnership Group, Valero shall calculate the portion, if any, of such estimated payment or deposit attributable to the Partnership Group using a methodology similar to that described in Section 3.02 (the “Partnership Group Deposit”) and shall present such calculation to the Partnership. Within 5 days thereafter, the Partnership shall pay the Partnership Group Deposit to Valero. Within 30 days after delivery by

 

6


Valero of a Partnership Group Pro Forma Combined Return to the Partnership calculating the Partnership Group Combined Tax Liability with respect to a Combined Return, the Partnership shall pay to Valero such Partnership Group Combined Tax Liability less the amount of any Partnership Group Deposit relating to the same Combined Return (or, if the Partnership Group Deposit exceeds the Partnership Group Combined Liability, Valero shall pay the Partnership the amount of any such excess).

Section 3.05 Subsequent Changes in Treatment of Tax Items . With respect to any Combined Return for any taxable period beginning on or after the Effective Date, in the event of a change in the treatment of any Tax Item of any member of a Combined Group as a result of a Final Determination, within 30 days following such Final Determination Valero shall provide the Partnership with an amended Partnership Group Pro Forma Combined Return calculating the change, if any, to the Partnership Group Combined Tax Liability resulting from such Final Determination. Within 30 days after delivery of such amended Partnership Group Pro Forma Combined Return, (i) Valero shall pay any decrease in the Partnership Group Combined Tax Liability to the Partnership, and (ii) the Partnership shall pay any increase in the Partnership Group Combined Tax Liability to Valero.

ARTICLE IV

CONTROL OF TAX PROCEEDINGS; COOPERATION AND EXCHANGE OF

INFORMATION

Section 4.01 Control of Proceedings . Except as provided in this Article IV, Valero shall have full responsibility and discretion in handling, settling or contesting any Tax Controversy involving a Tax Return for which it has filing responsibility under this Agreement as well as all Tax Returns for all taxable periods ending before the Effective Date. The Partnership shall have full responsibility and discretion in handling, settling or contesting any Tax Controversy involving a Tax Return for which it has filing responsibility under this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in this Article IV, any costs incurred in handling, settling or contesting any Tax Controversy shall be borne by the Party having full responsibility and discretion thereof.

Section 4.02 Cooperation and Exchange of Information .

(a) The Partnership shall cooperate fully at such time and to the extent reasonably requested by Valero in connection with the preparation and filing of any Tax Return or claim for refund, or the conduct of any audit, dispute, proceeding, suit or action concerning any issues or other matters considered in this Agreement. Such cooperation shall include, without limitation, the following: (i) the retention and provision on demand of Tax Returns, books, records (including those concerning ownership and Tax basis of property which the Partnership may possess), documentation or other information relating to the Tax Returns, including accompanying schedules, related workpapers, and documents relating to rulings or other determinations by Taxing Authorities, until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (giving effect to any extension, waiver or mitigation thereof); (ii) the provision of additional information, including an explanation of material provided under clause (i) of this Section 4.02(a), to the extent such information is necessary or reasonably helpful in connection with the

 

7


foregoing; (iii) the execution of any document that may be necessary or reasonably helpful in connection with the filing of a Tax Return by Valero or its subsidiaries, or in connection with any audit, dispute, proceeding, suit or action; and (iv) the Partnership’s commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any documentation from a governmental authority or a third party that may be necessary or reasonably helpful in connection with any of the foregoing. Valero shall provide the Partnership, to the extent reasonably requested, with such documentation or other information as is necessary for the Partnership to verify the calculations set forth on the Partnership Group Pro Forma Combined Return.

(b) Each Party shall make its employees and facilities available on a reasonable and mutually convenient basis in connection with any of the foregoing matters.

(c) If any Party fails to provide any information requested pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof within a reasonable period, as determined in good faith by the Party requesting the information, then the requesting Party shall have the right to engage a public accounting firm to gather such information, provided that 30 days’ prior written notice is given to the unresponsive Party and provided that the unresponsive Party may request the use of an alternative public accounting firm if such request is commercially reasonable. If the unresponsive Party fails to provide the requested information within 30 days of receipt of such notice, then such unresponsive Party shall permit the requesting Party’s public accounting firm (or the firm agreed upon by the Parties) full access to all appropriate records or other information as reasonably necessary to comply with this Section 4.02 and shall reimburse the requesting Party or pay directly all costs connected with the requesting Party’s engagement of the public accounting firm.

ARTICLE V

WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS; PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

Section 5.01 Warranties and Representations Relating to Actions of Valero and the Partnership . Each of Valero and the Partnership warrants and represents to the other that:

(a) in the case of Valero, it is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite power to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(b) in the case of the Partnership, it is a limited partnership duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite power to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(c) it has duly and validly taken all action necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

(d) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to (i) applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or

 

8


other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and (ii) to general principles of equity, whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity; and

(e) the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, or the compliance with any of the provisions of this Agreement will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach of any provision of its certificate of incorporation, by-laws, certificate of limited partnership, limited partnership agreement or general partnership agreement, (ii) breach, violate or result in a default under any of the terms of any agreement or other instrument or obligation to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets may be bound, or (iii) violate any order, writ, injunction, decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to it or affecting any of its properties or assets.

Section 5.02 Payment Obligations . Payments required by Article III shall be made pursuant to the terms, and within the periods, set forth therein. To the extent that a Party has a payment obligation to the other Party pursuant to this Agreement other than a payment governed by Article III, (i) the payee Party shall provide the payor Party with its calculation of the amount of such obligation; (ii) the documentation of such calculation shall provide sufficient detail to permit the payor Party to reasonably understand the calculation; and (iii) all payment obligations shall be made to the payee Party or to the appropriate Tax Authority as specified by the payee Party within 30 days after delivery by the payee Party to the payor Party of written notice of a payment obligation. Any disputes with respect to payment obligations under this Agreement shall be resolved in accordance with Section 6.11 below.

Section 5.03 Prompt Performance. All actions required to be taken by any Party under this Agreement shall be performed within the time prescribed for performance in this Agreement, or if no period is prescribed, such actions shall be performed promptly.

Section 5.04 Interest . Payments pursuant to this Agreement that are not made within the period prescribed therefor in this Agreement shall bear interest (compounded daily) from and including the date immediately following the last date of such period through and including the date of payment at a rate equal to the Federal short-term rate or rates established pursuant to Section 6621 of the Code for the period during which such payment is due but unpaid. Where a payment obligation is triggered by the delivery of a Partnership Group Pro Forma Combined Return or other notice, any payment obligation of the delivering Party shall begin bearing interest no later than the date on which such payment would have been due had such notice been timely delivered, regardless of whether such notice is timely delivered.

Section 5.05 Tax Records . The Parties to this Agreement hereby agree to retain and provide on proper demand by any Tax Authority (subject to any applicable privileges) the books, records, documentation and other information relating to any Tax Return until the later of (a) the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (giving effect to any extension, waiver or mitigation thereof), (b) the date specified in an applicable records retention agreement entered into with a Tax Authority, (c) a Final Determination made with respect to such Tax Return and (d) the final resolution of any claim made under this Agreement for which such information is relevant.

 

9


Section 5.06 Continuing Covenants . Each Party agrees (1) not to take any action reasonably expected to result in a new or changed Tax Item that is detrimental to any other Party and (2) to take any action reasonably requested by any other Party that would reasonably be expected to result in a new or changed Tax Item that produces a benefit or avoids a detriment to such other Party; provided that such action does not result in any additional cost not fully compensated for by the requesting Party. The Parties hereby acknowledge that the preceding sentence is not intended to limit, and therefore shall not apply to, the rights of the Parties with respect to matters otherwise covered by this Agreement.

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 6.01 Notice . Any notice, demand, claim, or other communication required or permitted to be given under this Agreement (a “Notice”) shall be in writing and may be personally served provided a receipt is obtained therefor, or may be sent by certified mail return receipt requested postage prepaid, to the Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address as one Party may specify by notice to any other Party):

 

Valero at:   

Valero Energy Corporation

One Valero Way

San Antonio, Texas 78249

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

Facsimile: (210) 345-2497

Partnership at:   

Valero Energy Partners LP

c/o Valero Energy Partners GP LLC, its general partner

One Valero Way

San Antonio, Texas 78249

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

Facsimile: (210) 345-2267

A Notice which is delivered personally shall be deemed given as of the date specified on the written receipt therefor. A Notice mailed as provided herein shall be deemed given on the third business day following the date so mailed. Notification of a change of address may be given by any Party to another in the manner provided in this Section 6.01 for providing a Notice.

Section 6.02 Required Payments . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, any payment of Tax required shall be due within 30 days of a Final Determination of the amount of such Tax.

Section 6.03 Injunctions . The Parties acknowledge that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or were otherwise breached. The Parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in any court having jurisdiction, such remedy being in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity.

 

10


Section 6.04 Further Assurances . Subject to the provisions hereof, the Parties hereto shall make, execute, acknowledge and deliver such other instruments and documents, and take all such other actions, as may be reasonably required in order to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. Subject to the provisions hereof, each of the Parties shall, in connection with entering into this Agreement, perform its obligations hereunder and take any and all actions relating hereto, comply with all applicable laws, regulations, orders, and decrees, obtain all required consents and approvals and make all required filings with any governmental agency, other regulatory or administrative agency, commission or similar authority and promptly provide the other Parties with all such information as such Parties may reasonably request in order to be able to comply with the provisions of this sentence.

Section 6.05 Parties in Interest . Except as herein otherwise specifically provided, nothing in this Agreement expressed or implied is intended to confer any right or benefit upon any person, firm or corporation other than the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

Section 6.06 Setoff . Except as provided by Section 2.01(c) of this Agreement, all payments to be made under this Agreement shall be made without setoff, counterclaim or withholding, all of which are expressly waived.

Section 6.07 Change of Law . If, due to any change in applicable law or regulations or the interpretation thereof by any court of law or other governing body having jurisdiction subsequent to the date of this Agreement, performance of any provision of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby shall become impracticable or impossible, the Parties hereto shall use their best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such provision.

Section 6.08 Termination and Survival . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement shall remain in effect and its provisions shall survive for the full period of all applicable statutes of limitation (giving effect to any extension, waiver or mitigation thereof) or until otherwise agreed to in writing by Valero and the Partnership, or their successors.

Section 6.09 Amendments; No Waivers .

(a) Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, and only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment, by Valero and the Partnership, or in the case of a waiver, by the Party against whom the waiver is to be effective.

(b) No failure or delay by any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

Section 6.10 Governing Law and Interpretation . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules.

 

11


Section 6.11 Resolution of Certain Disputes . Any disagreement between the Parties with respect to any calculation or other determination of any payment obligation hereunder, which is not resolved by mutual agreement of the Parties, shall be resolved by a nationally recognized independent accounting firm chosen by and mutually acceptable to the Parties hereto (an “Accounting Referee”). Such Accounting Referee shall be chosen by the Parties within fifteen (15) business days from the date on which one Party serves written notice on another Party requesting the appointment of an Accounting Referee, provided that such notice specifically describes the calculations to be considered and resolved by the Accounting Referee. The Accounting Referee shall resolve any such disagreements as specified in the notice within 30 days of appointment; provided, however, that no Party shall be required to deliver any document or take any other action pursuant to this Section 6.11 if it determines that such action would result in the waiver of any legal privilege or any detriment to its business. Any resolution of an issue submitted to the Accounting Referee shall be final and binding on the Parties hereto without further recourse; provided, however, that should the Accounting Referee be unable to provide a requesting Party with an opinion (at a “more likely than not” or greater level of confidence) that its proposed resolution would be sustained under applicable law, the Parties may pursue any other remedy available in law or in equity. The Parties shall share the costs and fees of the Accounting Referee equally.

Section 6.12 Confidentiality . Except to the extent required to protect a Party’s interests in a Tax Controversy, each Party shall hold and shall cause its consultants and advisors to hold in strict confidence, unless compelled to disclose by judicial or administrative process or, in the opinion of its counsel, by other requirements of law, all information (other than any such information relating solely to the business or affairs of such Party) concerning another Party or its representatives pursuant to this Agreement (except to the extent that such information can be shown to have been (i) previously known by the Party to which it was furnished, (ii) in the public domain through no fault of such Party, or (iii) later lawfully acquired from other sources by the Party to which it was furnished), and each Party shall not release or disclose such information to any other person, except its auditors, attorneys, financial advisors, bankers and other consultants and advisors who shall be advised of the provisions of this Agreement. Each Party shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligation to hold confidential information concerning or supplied by another Party if it exercises the same care as it takes to preserve confidentiality for its own similar information.

Section 6.13 Costs, Expenses and Attorneys’ Fees . Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, each Party shall bear its own costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Agreement. In the event a Party to this Agreement brings an action or proceeding for the breach or enforcement of this Agreement, the prevailing party in such action, proceeding, or appeal, whether or not such action, proceeding or appeal proceeds to final judgment, shall be entitled to recover as an element of its costs, and not as damages, such reasonable attorneys’ fees as may be awarded in the action, proceeding or appeal in addition to whatever other relief the prevailing party may be entitled. For purposes of this Section 6.13, the “prevailing party” shall be the Party who is entitled to recover its costs; a Party not entitled to recover its costs shall not recover attorneys’ fees. No sum for attorneys’ fees shall be counted in calculating the amount of the judgment for purposes of determining whether a Party is entitled to recover its costs or attorneys’ fees.

 

12


Section 6.14 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 6.15 Severability . The Parties hereby agree that, if any provision of this Agreement should be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be deemed deleted herefrom with respect, and only with respect, to the operation of such provision in the particular jurisdiction in which such adjudication was made, and only to the extent of the invalidity, and any such invalidity or unenforceability in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. All other remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect for the particular jurisdiction and all other jurisdictions.

Section 6.16 Entire Agreement .

(a) This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other agreements, whether or not written, in respect of any Tax between the Valero Group and the Partnership Group.

(b) In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any other agreement between the Valero Group and the Partnership Group the provisions of this Agreement shall take precedence and to such extent shall be deemed to supersede such conflicting provisions under the other agreement.

Section 6.17 Assignment . This Agreement is being entered into by Valero and the Partnership on behalf of themselves and each member of the Valero Group and the Partnership Group. This Agreement shall constitute a direct obligation of each such member and shall be deemed to have been readopted and affirmed on behalf of any entity that becomes a member of the Valero Group or the Partnership Group in the future. Each of Valero and the Partnership hereby guarantee the performance of all actions, agreements and obligations provided for under this Agreement of each member of the Valero Group and the Partnership Group, respectively. Each of Valero and the Partnership shall, upon the written request of the other, cause any of their respective group members to formally execute this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the successors, assigns and persons controlling any of the entities bound hereby for so long as such successors, assigns or controlling persons are members of the Valero Group or the Partnership Group or their successors and assigns.

Section 6.18 Fair Meaning . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with its fair meaning and shall not be construed strictly against the drafter.

Section 6.19 Titles and Headings . Titles and headings to sections herein are inserted for the convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 6.20 Construction . In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires the terms “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement.

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

VALERO ENERGY CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Michael S. Ciskowski
Name:   Michael S. Ciskowski
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS LP
By:   Valero Energy Partners GP LLC, its general partner
By:   /s/ Donna M. Titzman
Name:   Donna M. Titzman
Title:   Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Signature Page to Tax Sharing Agreement

Exhibit 10.4

GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Lease ”) is made and entered into to be effective as of the 16th day of December, 2013 (the “Effective Date ”), between Valero Refining Company-Tennessee, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (herein called “ Lessor ”) and Valero Partners Memphis, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (herein called “ Lessee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, Lessee has acquired from Lessor all of the truck loading bays, additive tanks, piping, valves, gauges, cathodic protection, SCADA equipment, instrumentation, buildings, utility connections, equipment and other facilities and improvements, other than the land (collectively, the “ Terminal Facilities ”), comprising a refined petroleum products truck rack terminal located at 321 West Mallory Ave., Memphis, Tennessee (the “ Terminal ”); and

WHEREAS, Lessor has agreed to lease to Lessee and Lessee has agreed to lease from Lessor the land on which the Terminal Facilities are located, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease;

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises, the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Lessor and Lessee covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEMISE AND PREMISES

1.1 Certain Defined Terms . Unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1.1 :

Additional Rent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 .

Applicable Law ” means all applicable constitutions, laws (including common law), treaties, statutes, orders, decrees, rules, injunctions, licenses, permits, approvals, agreements, regulations, codes, ordinances issued by any Governmental Authority, including applicable judicial or administrative orders, consents, decrees, and judgments, published directives, guidelines, governmental authorizations, requirements or other governmental restrictions which have the force of law, and determinations by, or interpretations of any of the foregoing by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the matter in question and binding on a given Person, whether in effect as of the date hereof or thereafter and, in each case, as amended.

Base Rent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 .

Business Day ” means any Day except for Saturday, Sunday or an official holiday in the State of Tennessee.

Commencement Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 .


Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

Day ” means the period of time commencing at 12:00 a.m. on one calendar day and running until, but not including, 12:00 a.m. on the next calendar day, according to local time where the Premises are located.

Environmental Cleanup ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4 .

Environmental Laws ” means all federal, state, and local laws, statutes, rules, regulations, orders, judgments, ordinances, codes, injunctions, decrees, Environmental Permits and other legally enforceable requirements and rules of common law relating to pollution or protection of human health, natural resources, wildlife and the environment or workplace health or safety including the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. , the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. , the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq. , the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq ., the Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq. , the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, 33 U.S.C. §§2701 et seq. , the Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§300f et seq. , the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act of 1994, as amended, 49 U.S.C. §§ 5101 et seq. , and other environmental conservation and protection laws and the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, 29 U.S.C. §§ 651 et seq , and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, and any state or local counterparts, each as amended from time to time.

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license, registration, certification, consent, exemption, variance or other authorization required under or issued pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law, including applications for renewal of such permits in which the application allows for continued operation under the terms of an expired permit.

Expense Reimbursement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 .

Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, tribal, foreign or local governmental entity, authority, department, court or agency, including any political subdivision thereof, exercising, or entitled to exercise, any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory or taxing authority or power of any nature, and including any arbitrating body, commission or quasi-governmental authority or self-regulating organization of competent authority exercising or enlisted to exercise similar power or authority.

Hazardous Substance ” means (a) any substance, whether solid, liquid, gaseous, semi-solid, or any combination thereof, that is designated, defined or classified as a hazardous waste, solid waste, hazardous material, pollutant, contaminant or toxic or hazardous substance, or terms of similar meaning, or that is otherwise regulated under any Environmental Law, including any hazardous substance as defined under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended, and including asbestos and lead-containing paints or coatings, and (b) petroleum, oil, gasoline, natural gas, fuel oil, motor oil, waste oil, diesel fuel, jet fuel, and other refined petroleum hydrocarbons.

 

2


Interest Rate ” means an annual rate (based on a 360-day year) equal to the lesser of (i) two percent (2%) over the prime rate as published under “Money Rates” in the Wall Street Journal in effect at the close of the Business Day on which payment was due and (ii) the maximum rate permitted by Applicable Law.

Lease Year ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 .

Lessee Indemnified Party(ies) ” means Lessee and all other members of the Partnership Group and their respective officers, directors, shareholders, unitholders, members, managers, employees, agents, representatives, successors and assigns.

Lessee Responsible Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1 .

Lessor Indemnified Party(ies) ” means Lessor and its ultimate parent company and their Affiliates (other than members of the Partnership Group) and their respective officers, directors, shareholders, unitholders, members, managers, employees, agents, representatives, successors and assigns.

Losses ” means any losses, damages, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, costs and expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorney’s and expert’s fees) of any and every kind or character, known or unknown, fixed or contingent.

Omnibus Agreement ” means that certain Omnibus Agreement dated December 16, 2013, among Valero Energy Corporation, the Partnership, GP, Valero Partners Operating Co. LLC, Valero Marketing and Supply Company, Valero Partners EP, LLC, Valero Partners Lucas, LLC, Valero Partners Memphis, LLC, Valero Terminaling and Distribution Company, The Shamrock Pipeline Corporation, Valero Plains Company LLC, The Premcor Refining Group Inc. and The Premcor Pipeline Co., as the same may be amended from time to time.

Partnership ” means Valero Energy Partners LP.

Partnership Agreement ” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, dated as of December 16, 2013, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Partnership Change in Control ” means Valero ceases to Control the general partner of the Partnership.

Permitted Exceptions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 .

Partnership Group ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Partnership Agreement.

Permitted Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 17.3 .

 

3


Permitted Use ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 .

Permits ” means all permits, licenses, franchises, authorities, consents, and approvals, as necessary under applicable Environmental Laws for operating the Terminal and/or the Premises.

Person ” means any individual or entity, including any partnership, corporation, association, joint stock company, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, unincorporated organization or Governmental Authority (or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof).

Premises ” means those certain tracts or parcels of land located in Memphis, Shelby County, Tennessee, more particularly described or identified on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof for all purposes.

Refinery ” means the Refinery owned and operated by Lessor that is situated adjacent to the Terminal.

Refinery Site-Wide Permits ” means those Permits under which Lessor, immediately prior to the Commencement Date, operated the Refinery and the Terminal.

Release ” means any spilling, leaking, seeping, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, injecting, discharging, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing or releasing of any Hazardous Substances into the environment (including the air, soil, surface water, or groundwater) of any kind whatsoever, but not any offsite disposal or treatment in accordance with Environmental Law.

Rental ” or “ Rent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5 .

Tax Reimbursement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 .

Taxes ” means all federal, state and local real and personal property ad valorem taxes, assessments, and other governmental charges, general and special, ordinary and extraordinary, including but not limited to assessments for public improvements or benefits assessed against the Premises, Terminal or Terminal Facilities or the use or operation thereof during the Term, including, but not limited to, any federal state or local income, gross receipts, withholding, franchise, excise, sales, use, value added, recording, transfer or stamp tax, levy, duty, charge or withholding of any kind imposed or assessed by any Governmental Authority, together with any addition to tax, penalty, fine or interest thereon. The term “Taxes” does not, however, include federal or state income taxes or franchise taxes imposed on Lessor.

Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 .

Terminal Improvements ” and “ Material Terminal Improvements ” have the meanings set forth in Section 7.1 .

Utility Reimbursement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 .

Valero ” means Valero Energy Corporation.

 

4


1.2 References . As used in this Lease, unless a clear contrary intention appears: (a) the singular includes the plural and vice versa; (b) reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and assigns but, in the case of a Party, only if such successors and assigns are permitted by this Lease, and reference to a Person in a particular capacity excludes such Person in any other capacity; (c) reference to any gender includes each other gender; (d) reference to any agreement (including this Lease), document or instrument means such agreement, document, or instrument as amended or modified and in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and, if applicable, the terms of this Lease; (e) reference to any Section means such Section of this Lease, and references in any Section or definition to any clause means such clause of such Section or definition; (f) “hereunder,” “hereof,” “hereto” and words of similar import will be deemed references to this Lease as a whole and not to any particular Section or other provision hereof or thereof; (g) “including” (and with correlative meaning “include”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term; and (h) relative to the determination of any period of time, “from” means “from and including,” “to” means “to but excluding” and “through” means “through and including.”

ARTICLE 2

DEMISE OF PREMISES

2.1 Demise of Premises and Term . Lessor, in consideration of the Rent to be paid and of the covenants and agreements in this Lease to be performed by Lessee, does hereby lease and demise unto Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease.

2.2 “Subject to” Restrictions, Etc.; Reservations . This Lease is expressly granted by Lessor and accepted by Lessee subject to all applicable building, zoning and other ordinances and governmental requirements affecting the Premises and to all restrictions, covenants, encumbrances, rights-of-ways, easements, exceptions, reservations and other matters of record encumbering or affecting the Premises. Furthermore, subject to the rights of Lessee hereunder, Lessor reserves the right to grant any, easements, licenses, and other similar agreements affecting the Premises, including, without limitation, utility and pipeline easements (collectively referred to for purposes of this paragraph as “ Easements ”), provided that, (i) the Easement shall be located in a manner that minimizes interference with the operations of Lessee at the Premises and does not increase any operational cost or risk to Lessee, while also minimizing construction and operational costs and risks for Lessor; and (ii) in connection with any and all work performed and operations conducted within the Premises, the Easement holder, including its employees, agents, invitees, contractors and subcontractors, shall comply with Lessee’s standard safety and insurance requirements for contractors performing similar types of work within the Premises. All plans and specifications for an Easement holder’s improvements to be located on the Premises shall be subject to Lessee’s prior review and approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed so long as such improvements meet Lessee’s own standards for similar improvements on the Premises). The matters referenced in this Section 2.2 are the “ Permitted Exceptions ”.

2.3 Acceptance of Premises . Lessee acknowledges that it is familiar with the Premises and its condition. Lessee accepts the Premises in its “AS-IS,” “WITH ALL FAULTS” physical condition as of the Commencement Date, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease.

 

5


LESSOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY WARRANTY OF CONDITION, HABITABILITY, SUITABILITY, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, (I) THE CONDITION OR SUFFICIENCY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE’S INTENDED USE, (II) THE CONDITION OR ZONING STATUS OF THE PREMISES, OR ANY OTHER FACT OR MATTER RELATING THERETO, OR (III) WHETHER ANY OF THE PREMISES CONTAINS ANY SUBSTANCE OR MATERIAL WHICH IS OR MAY BE IN VIOLATION OF ANY ENVIRONMENTAL LAW. Lessee acknowledges that, except as may be otherwise expressly provided herein, in no event shall Lessor have any obligation for any defects in the Premises or any limitation on its use. The taking of possession of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence that the Premises was in good condition at the time possession was taken.

ARTICLE 3

TERM

3.1 Term . The term of this Lease (the “ Term ”) shall be for 20 years commencing on the Effective Date (the “ Commencement Date ”) and unless sooner terminated pursuant to any provision hereof shall end at midnight on November 30, 2033. In the event the aforesaid Commencement Date shall occur on a date other than the first day of the calendar month, then the Term of this Lease shall be for the number of full lease years plus the number of days remaining in the month in which the Term commences. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Lease Year ” shall mean a period not to exceed twelve (12) calendar months commencing on the Commencement Date (in the case of the first Lease Year) and January 1 in other years, and ending on December 31 of the same year or the last day of the Term (in the case of the last Lease Year).

ARTICLE 4

RENT

4.1 Base Rent . Lessee shall pay to Lessor annual base rent (“ Base Rent ”) in the initial amount of $35,007.00 per Lease Year, payable in equal monthly installments on or before the first day of each month in the amount of $2,917.25. Commencing with the Lease Year that begins on January 1, 2016, Base Rent for each Lease Year shall be equal to the product of the Base Rent payable during the immediately preceding Lease Year multiplied times 1.015, and shall be payable in equal monthly installments on or before the first day of each month. If any installment of Base Rent falls due on a day that is not a Business Day, then such installment shall be due and payable on the next day that is a Business Day. Base Rent for any partial Lease Year and/or month at the beginning and/or end of the Term shall be prorated based on the number of days during such Lease Year and/or month that this Lease was in effect.

4.2 Additional Rent . Lessee will pay to Lessor, as additional rental hereunder in the manner set forth below (the “ Additional Rent ”), an amount equal to (i) the Taxes for each Lease Year during the Term (the “ Tax Reimbursement ” required pursuant to Section 9.2 hereof, and (ii) the costs and expense of utilities for the Terminal, not paid directly by Lessee as set forth in Section 5.1 hereof (the “ Utility Reimbursement ” and together with the Tax Reimbursement, the “Expense Reimbursement ”).

 

6


  (a) Estimated Expense Reimbursement .

 

  (1) Within one-hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each calendar year during the Term, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, Lessor will deliver to Lessee a statement (“ Statement ”) setting forth for the previous Lease Year, the Expense Reimbursement incurred by Lessor, the amounts paid by Lessee toward the Expense Reimbursement, and the amounts remaining due from or overpaid by Lessee. In addition, the Statement shall contain Lessor’s estimate of the Expense Reimbursement (“ Estimated Additional Rent ”) for the then current Lease Year. Any delay by Lessor in delivering any estimate or statement pursuant to this Section 4.2(a)(1) shall not relieve Lessee of its obligations pursuant to this Section 4.2 except that Lessee shall not be obligated to make any payments based on such new Estimated Additional Rent until after receipt of such Statement.

 

  (2) Commencing on the first day of the first month following the delivery to Lessee of each Statement referred to above and on the first day of each month thereafter until delivery to Lessee of the next such Statement, Lessee will pay to Lessor, concurrently with the Lessee’s payments of the monthly installments of Base Rent as provided in this Lease, one-twelfth (1/12th) of the Estimated Additional Rent. In addition, within thirty (30) days after the date of delivery of the Statement, Lessee will pay to Lessor the balance of the amounts, if any, required to be paid pursuant to this Section 4.2(a) for the previous calendar year, or if Lessee has overpaid such amount, Lessor will refund the amount of such overpayment to Lessee, except that Lessor may (at Lessee’s option) credit any amounts due from Lessor to Lessee against the monthly installments of Base Rent next thereafter coming due or if in the last year of the Term, Lessor shall refund to Lessee such excess, provided that Lessee is not in default of its obligations under this Lease.

 

  (3) For the first Lease Year of the Term of this Lease, Lessee shall pay the Estimated Additional Rent in the amount of $28,460.00 which is an estimate only of Lessee’s Expense Reimbursement prorated based on a fraction the numerator of which shall be the number of days from the Commencement Date to December 31 st of such Lease Year and the denominator of which is three hundred sixty five (365). The Estimated Additional Rent for the Premises as set forth in this Section 4.2(a)(3) is only an estimate, and Lessor makes no guaranty or warranty that such estimates will be accurate.

 

7


4.3 Accrual and Payment of Rent . All Rent shall be payable in immediately available funds to an account specified in writing by Lessor from time to time, or at Lessor’s address set forth in Section 19.12 (or at such place or places as Lessor may from time to time direct), free from all claims, demands, set offs, or counterclaims against Lessor of any kind or character. Any delinquent payment (that is, any payment not made within five calendar days after the due date) shall, in addition to any other remedy of Lessor, incur a late charge of 5% (which late charge is intended to compensate Lessor for the cost of handling and processing such delinquent payment and should not be considered interest) and bear interest at the Interest Rate, such interest to be computed from and including the date such payment was due through and including the date of the payment; provided, however, in no event shall Lessee be obligated to pay a sum of late charge and interest higher than the maximum rate permitted by Applicable Law.

4.4 Independent Covenant . The obligation of Lessee to pay Rent is an independent covenant, and no act or circumstances whatsoever, whether such act or circumstances constitutes a breach of a covenant by Lessor or not, shall release Lessee of the obligation to pay Rent.

4.5 Rental . Wherever the term “ Rental ” or “ Rent ” is used under the terms of this Lease it shall be deemed to refer to the Base Rent and Additional Rent due hereunder as well as any additional rental due hereunder unless the context specifically states otherwise.

ARTICLE 5

UTILITIES AND FIREWATER

5.1 Utilities . All utilities shall be separately metered or charged directly to Lessee by the provider, except for electricity that is currently jointly metered with the Refinery. Lessee shall pay, prior to delinquency, for all water, gas, telephone, sewage, refuse and trash collection, and other utilities and services (other than electricity) used in or about the Premises, all maintenance charges for utilities, and any storm sewer charges or other similar charges for utilities imposed by any governmental entity or utility provider, together with any taxes, penalties, surcharges or the like pertaining to Lessee’s use of the Premises. Lessor agrees to provide Lessee with electricity necessary for Lessee’s operation of the Terminal consistent with past practice. If Lessee’s electrical load at the Terminal increases above historical rates, Lessor will only be required to supply the increased load to the extent Lessor’s existing electrical infrastructure is capable of doing so without detriment to the safe and reliable operation of the Refinery. Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for all electricity consumed at the Terminal, calculated in a manner mutually reasonably agreed to by the parties, at the same rates that Lessor is required to pay its provider, plus any taxes and other applicable fees (but without any markup by Lessor). If Lessor’s actual cost of providing electricity materially changes or Lessee’s use of electricity materially changes, Lessor or Lessee may request an adjustment to the Utility Reimbursement by an appropriate amount, and the other party will not unreasonably refuse to grant such adjustment. Lessee agrees to reasonably cooperate with Lessor, if requested by Lessor or required by Applicable Law or the rules of the utility provider, to cause all electricity used at the Terminal to be separately metered or sub-metered at Lessee’s sole cost and expense.

5.2 Firewater . Lessor agrees that Lessee shall have access to and the right to use firewater from the Refinery’s firewater system. Such firewater shall be available at the existing interconnect points nearest the Terminal and at any other points hereinafter mutually agreed by the Parties. The cost and expense of providing firewater to the Terminal shall be included as part of Additional Rent. As further provided below, Lessor does not make, and hereby expressly

 

8


disclaims, any and all representations or warranties (whether express, implied or statutory) as to the delivery pressure or volume of firewater that may be available to the Terminal, or as to any other aspects of any firewater services provided hereunder, and Lessee acknowledges that there may be times when the firewater service to the Terminal is interrupted or unavailable. Lessee agrees that Lessor shall have access to the Terminal to operate, repair, inspect and maintain portions of the Refinery firewater system located therein, but Lessee acknowledges that Lessor shall have no duty to repair, maintain or inspect any firewater lines or equipment serving the Terminal.

5.3 Disclaimers.

 

  (a) FAILURE TO ANY EXTENT TO MAKE AVAILABLE, OR ANY SLOW-DOWN, STOPPAGE OR INTERRUPTION OF ANY UTILITIES OR FIREWATER SERVICES DESCRIBED IN THIS ARTICLE 5 RESULTING FROM ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER (OTHER THAN LESSOR’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT) SHALL NOT RENDER LESSOR LIABLE IN ANY RESPECT FOR DAMAGES, NOR BE CONSTRUED AS AN EVICTION OF LESSEE (ACTUAL OR CONSTRUCTIVE) NOR RELIEVE LESSEE FROM FULFILLMENT OF ANY COVENANT OR AGREEMENT HEREOF. NEITHER LESSOR NOR ANY OF ITS LESSOR INDEMNIFIED PARTIES SHALL BE LIABLE TO LESSEE OR ANY OF THE LESSEE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES FOR ANY LOSSES ARISING OUT OF THE PROVISION AND DELIVERY OF (OR FAILURE TO PROVIDE AND DELIVER) ANY UTILITIES OR FIREWATER SYSTEM, AND LESSEE HEREBY RELEASES THE LESSOR INDEMNIFIED PARTIES FROM ALL SUCH LOSSES.

 

  (b)

LESSEE ASSUMES ALL RISKS AND LIABILITIES IN CONNECTION WITH ITS USE OF ANY UTILITIES AND FIREWATER PROVIDED BY LESSOR PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE. LESSEE HAS NOT MADE, DOES NOT MAKE, AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, COVENANTS, AGREEMENTS, OR GUARANTIES OF ANY KIND OR CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ORAL OR WRITTEN, PAST, PRESENT, OR FUTURE, OF, AS TO, CONCERNING OR WITH RESPECT TO THE UTILITIES OR FIREWATER SYSTEM SO PROVIDED INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION (A) THE NATURE, QUALITY, CHARACTER OR SUFFICIENCY OF FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT UTILIZED TO SUPPLY THE UTILITIES AND FIREWATER TO LESSEE; (B) THE CONDITION OF THE UTILITY AND FIREWATER FACILITIES; (C) ANY SPECIFIC PRESSURE OR VOLUME OF FIREWATER, IT BEING UNDERSTOOD THAT NO SUCH GUARANTEE IS PROVIDED BY LESSOR, AND THAT THERE MAY BE TIMES WHEN THE FIREWATER SERVICE TO EITHER OR BOTH THE TERMINAL AND THE REFINERY IS INTERRUPTED OR UNAVAILABLE, (D) THE COMPLIANCE OF OR BY THE UTILITIES OR FIREWATER WITH ANY APPLICABLE LAWS; (E) THE MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS OF THE UTILITIES OR FIREWATER

 

9


FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE; OR (F) ANY OTHER MATTER WITH RESPECT TO THE UTILITIES OR FIREWATER OR THEIR RESPECTIVE DELIVERY FACILITIES COLLECTIVELY THE “ DISCLAIMED MATTERS ”). LESSEE HEREBY WAIVES ANY SUCH DISCLAIMED MATTERS. FURTHER, LESSOR MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION THAT THE UTILITIES OR FIREWATER SERVICES CONFORMS TO LESSEE’S SPECIFICATIONS OR ANY LEGAL OR INDUSTRY STANDARDS.

ARTICLE 6

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

6.1 Use of Premises . Lessee shall have the right to use the Premises for the purpose of operating, maintaining, repairing and replacing the Terminal and Terminal Facilities and for any other lawful purpose associated with the operation and ownership of the Terminal and Terminal Facilities (the “ Permitted Use ”). Lessee shall not use the Premises (or permit the Premises to be used by or under Lessee) for any unlawful purpose. Lessee shall not use the Premises in any manner or for any purpose which will cause the forfeiture of or will violate any Applicable Law or in such a manner as to materially threaten or harm Lessor’s interest in the Premises. No activities or operations performed by or on behalf of Lessee under this Lease shall cause any interference with the operations of Lessor at the Refinery.

6.2 Waste . Lessee shall not commit, or suffer to be committed, any waste upon the Premises, ordinary wear and tear or damages to the extent caused by any Lessor Indemnified Party excepted, and subject to the provisions of Article 14 .

6.3 Governmental Regulations . Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, at all times comply with all Applicable Laws (including, without limitation, requirements under Environmental Laws, zoning laws, building and fire codes, and permitting requirements) now in force, or which may hereafter be in force, pertaining to the Premises or the ownership, operation and maintenance of the Terminal and Terminal Facilities, and

6.4 Refinery Site-Wide Permits . Lessee and Lessor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the applicable Governmental Authorities, to the extent allowed by Applicable Law, to separate the Terminal and the Terminal Facilities from the coverage of any Refinery Site-Wide Permits following the Commencement Date in order to provide for separate Permits to be held directly by Lessee with respect to the Terminal. To the extent that the Terminal remains under any Refinery Site-Wide Permits or other Permits held directly by Lessor, Lessor agrees to allow (to the extent allowed by Applicable Law) such Terminal and/or Terminal Facilities to continue coverage under such Permits.

6.5 Security . Lessee agrees that Lessor is not required to provide any security or security services for the Premises under the terms of this Lease, and Lessee agrees not to, and waives any right to, make any claim against the Lessor Indemnified Parties for any Losses (including death) which are caused by, arise out of or in connection with, or are related to any lapse in or failure to provide security by Lessor at the Premises.

 

10


ARTICLE 7

ALTERATIONS, IMPROVEMENTS AND MAINTENANCE

7.1 Terminal Improvements . Lessee may make any alterations, additions, improvements or other changes to the Terminal as may be necessary or useful in connection with the Permitted Use in Lessee’s reasonable discretion (collectively, the “ Terminal Improvements ”), without the prior written consent of Lessor, provided Lessee complies with the requirements of this Lease (including, without limitation, Section 6.3 and this Article 7 ) with respect thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision to the contrary contained herein, if there is a Partnership Change in Control, then Lessee shall not be permitted to make any Material Terminal Improvements (as defined below), without the prior written consent of Lessor, which may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that Lessor’s consent shall not be required hereunder if the Terminal Improvements (i) are required by Applicable Law, (ii) are pursuant to Section 14.2 below, or (iii) do not interfere in any material respect with the operations of the Refinery and do not materially increase any of Lessor’s obligations or liabilities under this Lease or any other related agreement. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “ Material Terminal Improvements ” mean any Terminal Improvements which cost in excess of $2,000,000. If Lessor’s consent is required hereunder, Lessor shall provide written notice to Lessee of Lessor’s acceptance or rejection of any proposed construction or material alteration within thirty (30) days after Lessor’s receipt of the written request for such consent and adequate written explanation and supporting written information respecting the proposed construction or material alteration. In no way shall Lessee act or represent to any contractor, subcontractor, materialman, supplier or laborer that it is acting on behalf of or as agent of Lessor with regard to any construction, maintenance, repair or other work whatsoever on or about the Premises.

7.2 Maintenance by Lessee . Except as otherwise expressly provided below in Article 14 , Lessee shall at its sole cost, risk and expense at all times keep the Premises, the Terminal and all Terminal Facilities in good order and repair and make all necessary repairs thereto, structural and nonstructural, ordinary and extraordinary, and unforeseen and foreseen. When used in this Section 7.2 , the term “repairs” shall include all necessary replacements, renewal, alterations and additions. All repairs made by Lessee shall be at least equal in quality and class to the original work. Lessee shall be responsible for its own janitorial services to the Premises, at its sole cost and expense. Lessor may (but shall not be obligated to) perform any repairs if Lessee fails to do so (following Lessor’s notice to Lessee and Lessee’s opportunity to cure such failure pursuant to Section 13.11(b) hereof, except in the event of an emergency situation), in which event Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in connection therewith.

7.3 Requirements for all Construction . In connection with any construction, alteration, repair, maintenance, or other similar work at or about the Premises done by or under Lessee, including any Lessee Improvements: (i) all work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, and shall comply with all Applicable Laws; (ii) for construction or alterations requiring Lessor’s consent as described above, all construction and material alteration work shall be performed in accordance with plans and specifications previously approved by Lessor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed (provided that such plans and specifications shall be provided to Lessor in advance for Lessor’s review even if Lessor’s approval is not required under this Lease), and (iii) Lessee shall not permit any mechanics’,

 

11


materialman’s or other liens to be filed or recorded against the Premises for any work or materials performed for or provided to Lessee (other than a notice of commencement or similar notice of the commencement of statutory lien rights which is not a claim or notice of a failure to pay, and except for liens being contested in good faith by Lessee that Lessee has bonded over or otherwise taken appropriate steps to ensure cannot be foreclosed or otherwise enforced). Without limiting the foregoing, Lessee agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Lessor and the Premises from and against all claims, liens and demands (including, without limitation, mechanic’s and materialman’s liens) by or on behalf of any party, arising from the use, occupancy, conduct or management of or from any work or thing whatsoever done in, on or about the Premises by Lessee or any party acting under Lessee (other than any Lessor Indemnified Party).

7.4 Liability Disclaimer . No review or approval of plans, specifications or other information or documentation by Lessor shall constitute a representation or warranty by Lessor that such plans, specifications or other information or documentation satisfy any applicable laws or other requirements or will provide for a safe operation, and no such review or approval shall make Lessor otherwise liable with respect thereto. Lessee shall be solely responsible for determining whether its plans, specifications, construction and maintenance meet its needs, satisfy applicable laws and other requirements and will provide for a safe operation.

ARTICLE 8

ACCESS

8.1 Lessor’s Access . Lessor and Lessor’s authorized representatives, upon at least 24 hours advance written notice to Lessee except in an emergency, shall have the right to enter upon the Premises at all reasonable times for the purpose of: (a) inspecting the same to determine whether the conditions and covenants contained in this Lease are being kept and performed, (b) inspecting, operating, repairing, or taking samples from any monitoring wells related to the Refinery that may be located on the Premises, (c) any reasonable measures for the safety and protection of the Premises or the Refinery or its occupants; (d) providing any of the services Lessor has agreed to provide to Lessee under this Lease, and/or (e) show the Premises to prospective lenders or purchasers; provided, however, that Lessor’s entry upon and/or inspection of the Premises shall not unreasonably interfere with Lessee’s operation of the Premises. Lessor or its representatives shall abide by all reasonable safety requirements of Lessee when entering the Premises.

ARTICLE 9

TAXES, ASSESSMENTS

9.1 Lessee’s Obligation to Pay . Lessee shall pay and discharge, prior to delinquency all Taxes which are levied or assessed, and/or which become payable during the Term upon all or any part of the Terminal, Terminal Facilities or Lessee’s use or operation of the Terminal. Upon written request by Lessor, Lessee shall provide Lessor evidence that Lessee has paid all Taxes within thirty (30) days thereafter. In the event Lessee fails to pay any such taxes before the final due date for those sums, Lessor may pay those sums to the taxing authority and any amounts paid by Lessor shall bear interest at the Interest Rate from the date paid by Lessor until repaid by Lessee.

 

12


9.2 Manner of Payment . Lessor and Lessee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Premises and the Terminal (including all Terminal Facilities) to be separately assessed for purposes of Taxes as soon as reasonably practicable following the Commencement Date (to the extent allowed by applicable Law). During the Term, Lessee shall pay all Taxes assessed directly against the Premises, the Terminal and the Terminal Facilities directly to the applicable taxing authority prior to delinquency and shall promptly thereafter provide Lessor with evidence of such payment. In the event Lessor and Lessee are unable to cause the Premises, the Terminal and/or the Terminal Facilities to be separately assessed as provided above, Lessee shall pay or reimburse Lessor, upon request, for any such Taxes paid by Lessor to the applicable taxing authorities (the “ Tax Reimbursement ”). The Tax Reimbursement shall be equal to the total portion of such Taxes attributable to the Premises, Terminal and/or the Terminal Facilities, as determined in the reasonable discretion of Lessor, provided however, if the Premises are not rendered as a separate tax parcel the Tax Reimbursement as to the Premises shall equal the product of the total portion of Taxes relating to the combined land area of the Refinery and the Premises multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of square feet of the Premises and the denominator of which is the total number of square feet of the combined land area of the Refinery and the Premises at the time of the assessment. The certificate issued or given by the appropriate officials authorized or designated by applicable Law to issue or give the same or to receive payment of such Taxes shall be prima facie evidence of the existence, payment, nonpayment and amount of such Taxes. Lessee may contest the validity or amount of any such Taxes or the valuation of the Premises and/or the Terminal and the Terminal Facilities, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, by appropriate proceedings, diligently conducted in good faith in accordance with applicable Law. If Lessee contests such items, then Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in any such contesting of the validity or amount of any such Taxes or the valuation of the Premises and/or the Terminal and the Terminal Facilities. Taxes for the first and last years of the Term shall be prorated between the parties based on the portions of such years that are coincident with the applicable tax years and for which each applicable party is responsible.

ARTICLE 10

ENVIRONMENTAL

10.1 Compliance . During the Term, Lessee shall comply with Environmental Laws applicable to its operations and business at or on the Premises which compliance shall include handling, storing, and disposing of all substances at, in or on the Premises in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and satisfying any and all environmental enforcement, permitting, notifications or reporting requirements directly arising out of Lessee’s use of the Premises, as required by Applicable Law. Without limiting the foregoing, Lessee shall not (a) use or knowingly permit the use by or under Lessee or any vendors, equipment lessors, invitees, licensees, carriers, contractors or subcontractors of any tier of any of the Lessee Indemnified Parties (collectively, th e “Lessee Responsible Parties ”) of the Premises for the on-site disposal of Hazardous Substances or any other activities in violation of Environmental Laws, or (b) Release, or knowingly allow the Release by or under Lessee or any Lessee Responsible Parties, of any Hazardous Substances onto the Premises or adjacent lands or waters in violation of or at concentrations that exceed those allowed by Environmental Laws.

 

13


10.2 Hazardous Substances . Lessee may not store any types or quantities of Hazardous Substances on the Premises except for petroleum products (including denatured ethanol and dyes and additives customarily blended with petroleum products at truck racks) used, stored and handled in connection with the operation of the Terminal in accordance with the Permitted Use and de minimis quantities of other Hazardous Substances, provided that such Hazardous Substances are used, stored, and otherwise handled in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws.

10.3 Notices .

 

  (a) Lessee shall provide Lessor with material safety data sheets (“ MSDS ”) on all Hazardous Substances brought onto and produced on the Premises.

 

  (b) Except with respect to those Hazardous Substances used, stored and otherwise handled by Lessee in conjunction with the operation of the Terminal in accordance with the Permitted Use and used, stored, and otherwise handled in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws (Lessor hereby acknowledging that certain Hazardous Substances will be used, handled and stored in the ordinary course of operations), Lessee shall notify Lessor promptly upon the discovery by Lessee of any Hazardous Substances at, on or in the Premises, at concentrations exceeding those allowed by Environmental Laws or upon receipt of written communication from any governmental agency concerning the actual or alleged violation of an applicable Environmental Law in any way related to the Premises. Lessee shall provide notice to Lessor of any suit filed against Lessee or with respect to the Premises by any non-governmental third party alleging violations of applicable Environmental Law by Lessee (or anyone acting on behalf of Lessee) at the Premises.

 

  (c) Lessor shall promptly notify Lessee of any Release of Hazardous Substances at or associated with Lessor’s refinery process to the extent adversely affecting the Premises or that could present an unreasonable risk to Lessee’s employees.

10.4 Cleanup . If during the Term, Lessee discovers any leak, spill, overflow, outflow or escape of any Hazardous Substances brought onto or produced on the Premises by or on behalf of Lessee at concentrations exceeding those allowed by Environmental Laws, Lessee shall promptly, at its sole cost and expense: (a) notify applicable federal, state and local agencies, if required by Environmental Laws; (b) make all reasonable and necessary arrangements for stopping such leak, spill, overflow, outflow or escape; and (c) clean up, remove and dispose of, pursuant to applicable Environmental Laws, such Hazardous Substances wherever such may be found (“ Environmental Cleanup ”). If Lessee fails to perform or complete any legally required Environmental Cleanup, Lessor may (at its option) conduct the Environmental Cleanup and Lessee hereby agrees to reimburse Lessor for Lessor’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in conducting such Environmental Cleanup within thirty (30) days after Lessee’s receipt of a bill therefor including a written itemization and documentation for such costs and expenses.

10.5 Lessee Indemnity . Except to the extent otherwise provided in the Omnibus Agreement (which shall govern and control in the event of any conflict with this Section 10.5 ), Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Lessor Indemnified Parties from and against all Losses suffered or incurred by any of the Lessor Indemnified Parties, directly or indirectly, including as a result of any claim by a third party, by reason of or arising out of:

 

14


  (a) Lessee’s failure or alleged failure to comply with Environmental Laws or its obligations under Article 10 hereof;

 

  (b) any violation of Environmental Laws resulting or arising from Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises on or after the Commencement Date; or

 

  (c) any environmental remediation or corrective action that is required by Environmental Law, to the extent resulting or arising from a Release on, under, about or migrating to or from the Premises occurring on or after the Commencement Date: including (A) the cost and expense of any investigation, assessment, evaluation, monitoring, containment, cleanup, repair, restoration, remediation, risk-based closure activities, or other corrective action required or necessary under Environmental Laws, and (B) the cost and expense of the preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial, corrective action, or other plans required or necessary under Environmental Laws.

ARTICLE 11

INSURANCE

11.1 Lessee agrees to maintain during the Term hereof (i) all risk property insurance with respect to the Terminal Facilities and all improvements, equipment and other personal property (for the full replacement value thereof) owned by Lessee or used by Lessee on the Premises; (ii) commercial general liability insurance covering injury or death to persons or damage to property in an amount of not less than One Million and 00/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence including, but not limited to, the following coverages: Contractual Liability, Products and Completed operations, Coverage for explosion, collapse and underground hazards, and sudden and accidental pollution liability; (iii) Automobile bodily injury and property damage liability insurance, including but not limited to insurance for pollution-related events, which extends to owned, if any, non-owned, and hired automobiles used by Lessee in connection with its operations, the limits of which liability of such insurance shall not be less than One Million and 00/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00) combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage combined per accident; (iv) Workers’ Compensation Insurance for statutory limits and employer’s liability coverage in an amount not less than One Million and 00/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00) or as required by applicable law; and (v) excess liability/umbrella coverage in excess of underlying coverages in a limit not less than Fifteen Million and No/100 Dollars ($15,000,000) any one occurrence and in the aggregate.

11.2 All such policies, except for Workers’ Compensation, shall name Lessor and its ultimate parent, Valero and its respective subsidiaries and Affiliates as additional insureds to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, such that the breadth of coverage afforded such additional insureds under the policies is at least as broad as that afforded the primary insured under such policies, and in all events such that the policies will respond to losses arising out of any act, omission, failure to act or negligence on the part of any such additional insured relating to the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including losses associated with

 

15


completed operations. All such policies shall also include a provision making them primary over (and not secondary to or contributory with) any insurance carried by Lessor or any other additional insured added pursuant to this Lease. With respect to all policies, Lessee shall waive, and does waive, all rights of subrogation as against the Lessor Indemnified Parties and the Lessee Indemnified Parties. There shall be no gap in the dollar value of the additional insureds’ coverage under the above policies from the policies’ deductible amounts up to the full limits of the policies. Contemporaneously with its execution of this Lease and on each yearly anniversary thereafter, Lessee shall furnish certificates of insurance evidencing that such insurance is in effect, and that the required waivers of subrogation and additional insured endorsements have been provided, and containing the unequivocal agreement on the part of the insurer to notify Lessor of any cancellation or material change in coverage at least 30 days before the effective date of such cancellation or change. The insurance coverage required hereunder shall operate independent and apart from any of Lessee’s indemnity obligations hereunder and shall in no way serve to waive or limit any such obligations.

ARTICLE 12

INDEMNITY

12.1 Indemnification by Lessee . Except in respect of Losses related to environmental matters, which are exclusively addressed in Article 10 hereof, Lessee agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Lessor Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Losses which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Lessor Indemnified Parties, in any way and to the extent relating to or arising out of (i) actions taken or omissions any of the Lessee Indemnified Parties or any Lessee Responsible Parties in connection with the ownership, use or operation of the Terminal, Terminal Facilities and/or the Premises or any accident or occurrence in connection therewith, (ii) any failure to perform any covenant or agreement made or undertaken by Lessee in this Lease, (iii) the use and/or occupation of the Premises, by Lessee and any of the Lessee Responsible Parties and/or (iv) any injury or damage to any person or property, occurring in or about the Premises; provided, however, that Lessee shall not be required to indemnify the Lessor Indemnified Parties for any Losses under clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), to the extent resulting from or arising out of the sole or gross negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Lessor Indemnified Parties. IT IS INTENDED THAT, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE FOREGOING INDEMNIFICATION SHALL OPERATE TO PROTECT THE LESSOR INDEMNIFIED PARTIES AGAINST EVEN THOSE LOSSES THAT ARE CAUSED OR ALLEGEDLY CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY THE SOLE, PARTIAL, JOINT, JOINT AND SEVERAL, COMPARATIVE OR CONTRIBUTORY NEGLIGENCE (BUT NOT THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE) OF ANY OF THE LESSOR INDEMNIFIED PARTIES, OR FOR WHICH ANY OF THE LESSOR INDEMNIFIED PARTIES MAY BE LIABLE UNDER ANY SO-CALLED “STRICT LIABILITY” LAW OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE LAW OR LEGAL THEORY IMPOSING LIABILITY ON A PERSON WITHOUT REGARD TO SUCH PERSON’S ACTUAL DEGREE OF FAULT OR NEGLIGENCE.

12.2 Indemnification by Lessor . Except to the extent otherwise provided in the Omnibus Agreement (which shall govern and control in the event of any conflict with this Section 12.2 ), and except with respect to Losses related to environmental matters, which are exclusively addressed in Article 10 hereof, Lessor agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Lessee

 

16


Indemnified Parties from and against any Losses which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Lessee Indemnified Parties as a result of, caused by, arising out of, or in any way relating to any injury or damage to any person or property, occurring in or about the Premises as a direct result of the sole negligent act or omission or gross negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Lessor Indemnified Parties.

12.3 Survival . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, the provisions of this Article 12 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 13

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES; TERMINATION

13.1 Lessee Event of Default . Each of the following events shall be an event of default (“ Event of Default ”) by Lessee under this Lease:

 

  (a) Lessee shall fail to make any payment of Rent or any other sums which are payable under this Lease when due, and such failure shall continue for a period of 10 days after receipt of written notice from Lessor of such failure, provided however, Lessor shall only be required to provide notice under this paragraph once during any calendar year;

 

  (b) Lessee shall fail to comply with any term, provision or covenant of this Lease (other than the preceding subparagraph), and shall not cure, or have commenced to cure and pursue completion of the cure with due diligence, such failure within 30 days after written notice thereof to Lessee; provided however, that if any such default is of a nature that cannot reasonably be cured within 30 days and cure of such default has been commenced in good faith within such 30 day period, the commencement of the cure of such default within such 30 day period and the diligent prosecution to completion of such cure within a reasonable amount of time, but in any event within 120 days after the date Lessor sends the above-described notice, shall be deemed to be a cure of such default for purposes of this paragraph; or

 

  (c) Lessee or any guarantor or surety of Lessee’s obligations hereunder shall (A) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) commence any case, proceeding or other action seeking to have an order for relief entered on its behalf as a debtor or to adjudicate it as bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or of any substantial part of its property (collectively a “proceeding for relief”); (C) become the subject of any proceeding for relief which is not dismissed within 60 days of its filing or entry; or (D) be dissolved or otherwise fail to maintain its legal existence.

 

17


13.2 Lessor’s Remedies .

 

  (a) Upon the occurrence of any default or Event of Default under this Lease which has not been cured as permitted pursuant to Section 13.1 , Lessor shall have the right (without an election of remedies and without in any way limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such default or Event of Default) to do any one or more of the following: exercise all remedies available at law or equity including, without limitation, the bringing of an action for damages or an injunction on account of such default or Event of Default or for specific performance of this Lease, or:

 

  (1) With or without terminating this Lease, may take any reasonable action to remedy any failure of Lessee to comply with or perform this Lease, and may enter the Premises as necessary notwithstanding the foregoing notice requirement described in Section 13.1 , in the event of an emergency, to provide Lessee with such notice as is reasonable thereof. Lessee shall reimburse Lessor on written demand for all costs so incurred, plus a reasonable charge to compensate Lessor for the additional administrative burden.

 

  (2) Terminate this Lease, in which event Lessee shall immediately surrender the Premises to Lessor, and if Lessee fails to do so, Lessor may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon (as applicable) and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Lessee and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, by force if necessary (and Lessee hereby waives any claim for loss or damage by reason of such reentry, repossession, or removal), in which event Lessee shall pay to Lessor upon demand the sum of (i) all Rent and other amounts accrued hereunder to the date of termination, (ii) all amounts due under Section 13.2(b) below and (iii) damages in an amount equal to the total Rent that Lessee would have been required to pay for the remainder of the Term discounted to present value at a discount rate reasonably designated by Lessor; or

 

  (3) Terminate Lessee’s right of possession (but not this Lease), enter and repossess the Premises without further demand or notice of any kind to Lessee and without terminating this Lease, and remove all persons or property therefrom using such lawful force as may be necessary (and Lessee hereby waives any claim for loss or damage by reason of such reentry, repossession, or removal), in which event Lessee shall pay to Lessor upon demand (i) all Rent and other amounts accrued hereunder to the date of termination of possession, (ii) all amounts due from time to time under Section 13.2(b) below, and (iii) all Rent and other sums required hereunder to be paid by Lessee during the remainder of the Term, diminished by any net sums thereafter received by Lessor through reletting the Leased Premises during said period. Reentry by Lessor in the Leased Premises will not affect the obligations of Lessee hereunder for the unexpired Term. Lessor may bring action against Lessee to collect amounts due by Lessee on one or more occasions, without the necessity of Lessor’s waiting until expiration of the Term. Notwithstanding any such reletting without termination, Lessor may at any time thereafter elect in writing to terminate this Lease for such previous breach.

 

18


  (b) Upon any Event of Default (after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period), Lessee shall also pay to Lessor all necessary and reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Lessor, including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees, in (i) retaking or otherwise obtaining possession of the Premises, (ii) removing and storing Lessee’s or any other occupant’s property, (iii) repairing, restoring, altering, remodeling or otherwise returning the Premises into its original condition (normal wear and tear and casualty excepted), (iv) reletting all or any part of the Premises, (v) paying or performing the underlying obligation which Lessee failed to pay or perform, and (vi) enforcing any of Lessor ‘s rights or remedies arising as a consequence of the Event of Default.

 

  (c) Any self-help option granted to Lessor hereunder shall not release Lessee from its obligation to perform the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease and required to be performed by Lessee hereunder.

 

  (d) The rights, remedies and recourses hereunder upon an Event of Default shall be cumulative and no right, remedy or recourse, whether or not exercised, shall be deemed to be in exclusion of any other right, remedy, or recourse.

 

  (e) As described in Section 4.3 hereof, if Lessee fails to pay any amount due hereunder, as and when due, the amount due and unpaid shall bear interest at the Interest Rate from the date due until paid.

13.3 No Waiver . Exercise by Lessor of any one or more remedies hereunder granted or otherwise available shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of surrender of the Premises and/or a termination of this Lease by Lessor, whether by agreement or by operation of law, it being understood that such surrender and/or termination can be effected only by the written agreement of Lessor and Lessee. Any law, usage, or custom to the contrary notwithstanding, Lessor shall have the right at all times to enforce the provisions of this Lease in strict accordance with the terms hereof; and the failure of Lessor at any time to enforce its rights under this Lease strictly in accordance with same shall not be construed as having created a custom in any way or manner contrary to the specific terms, provisions, and covenants of this Lease or as having modified the same. Lessee and Lessor further agree that forbearance or waiver by Lessor to enforce its rights pursuant to this Lease or at law or in equity, shall not be a waiver of Lessor’s right to enforce one or more of its rights in connection with any subsequent default. A receipt by Lessor of rent or other payment with knowledge of the breach of any covenant hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, and no waiver by Lessor of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing and signed by Lessor. The terms “enter,” “re-enter,” “entry” or “re-entry,” as used in this Lease, are not restricted to their technical legal meanings. Any reletting of the Premises shall be on such terms and conditions as Lessor in its sole discretion may determine (including without limitation a term different than the remaining Lease Term, rental concessions, alterations and repair of the Premises, lease of less than the entire Premises to any tenant and leasing any or all other portions of the Project before reletting the Premises). Lessor shall not be liable, nor shall Lessee’s obligations hereunder be diminished because of, Lessor’s failure to relet the Premises or collect rent due in respect of such reletting.

 

19


13.4 Lessor Event of Default . If Lessor shall violate, neglect or fail to perform or observe any of the covenants, terms, conditions, agreements, or obligations contained in this Lease on its part to be performed or observed, which default continues for a period of more than thirty (30) days after its receipt of written notice from Lessee specifying such default (provided that if such default is of a nature that cannot reasonably be cured within thirty (30) days, then as long as Lessor commences to cure said default within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues such efforts to completion, but in no event longer than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date Lessee sends the default notice, then Lessor shall be deemed to have cured such default for purposes of this paragraph), Lessee may, at its election (in addition to any other rights or remedies provided Lessee at law, in equity or hereunder), upon further written notice to Lessor: (i) effect such a cure and incur any reasonable expense or cost necessary to perform such obligation of Lessor and bill Lessor for the reasonable cost thereof and Lessor shall pay all such reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Lessee within thirty (30) days after Lessor’s receipt of such notice, which notice shall include an itemization and documentation of the expenses and costs incurred by Lessee; or (ii) notwithstanding the foregoing notice requirement, in the event of an emergency, to provide Lessor with such notice as is reasonable thereof and to effect a cure and incur such expenses as necessary to effect such cure in order to protect and prevent the loss of life and/or risk of loss, life or property and Lessor shall pay all such reasonable costs and expenses within thirty (30) days after Lessor’s receipt of notice thereof and written itemization and documentation for such expenses; (ii) initiate an action for damages, specific performance or an injunction; (iii) terminate this Lease by the giving of written notice to Lessor; or (iv) pursue any remedies available to Lessee at law or in equity.

ARTICLE 14

EMINENT DOMAIN; CASUALTY

14.1 Eminent Domain . If the whole or any substantial part, in Lessor’s discretion of the Premises should be taken for any public or quasi-public use under governmental law, ordinance or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof (a “ Taking ”), this Lease shall terminate and the Rent shall be abated during the unexpired portion of this Lease, effective when the physical taking of the Premises shall occur. If there is a Taking of less than a substantial part of the Premises, this Lease shall not terminate, but the Base Rent payable hereunder during the unexpired portion of this Lease shall be reduced to such extent as may be fair and reasonable under all of the circumstances. In the event of any such Taking, Lessor and Lessee shall each be entitled to receive and retain such separate awards and/or portion of lump sum awards as may be allocated to their respective interests in any condemnation proceedings. Lessor shall be entitled to any award and all damages payable as a result of any condemnation or taking of the fee of the Premises. Lessee shall have the right to claim and recover from the condemning authority, but not from Lessor, such compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Lessee in Lessee’s own right on account of any and all damage to the Terminal Facilities and/or Lessee’s business by reason of the condemnation, including loss of value of any unexpired portion of the Term, and for or on account of any cost or loss to which Lessee might be put in removing Lessee’s personal property, fixtures, leasehold improvements and equipment, including, without limitation, the Terminal Facilities, from the Premises.

 

20


14.2 Casualty .

 

  (a) Lessee to Repair Improvements . Subject to Section 14.2(b) below, if during the Term all or any portion of the Terminal Facilities shall be damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, Lessee shall repair or restore the Terminal Facilities. The work of repair or restoration, which shall be completed with due diligence, shall be commenced within a reasonable time after the damage or loss occurs. Base Rent and Additional Rent shall not abate while the Terminal Facilities are being repaired or restored.

 

  (b) Damage at the End of Lease . If, during the last three (3) years of the Term, any portion of the Terminal Facilities shall be damaged by fire or other casualty in excess of 50% of the replacement cost thereof , then Lessee shall have the option, to be exercised within sixty (60) days after such event, to either (i) repair or restore the Terminal Facilities as hereinabove provided, or (ii) terminate this Lease by notice to Lessor, which termination shall be deemed to be effective as of the date of the casualty. If Lessee terminates this Lease pursuant to this Section 14.2(b) , Lessee shall surrender possession of the Premises to Lessor and will, at the request of Lessor from the insurance proceeds otherwise payable to Lessor, cause the Terminal Facilities to be razed and the Premises to be leveled, cleaned, and otherwise put in good order. No termination of this Lease pursuant to this Section 14.2(b) will be effective until Lessee pays and performs all of Lessee’s duties and obligations in connection with the termination.

ARTICLE 15

SURRENDER OF THE PREMISES

15.1 Surrender of Premises . Lessee shall at the expiration of the Term, or at any earlier termination of this Lease, surrender the Premises to Lessor in as good condition as it received the Premises, ordinary wear and tear and damaged caused by any Lessor Indemnified Parties excepted, and subject to the provisions of Article 14 .

15.2 Removal of Improvements . Except as otherwise expressly agreed to by Lessor and Lessee, Lessee shall have the right to remove all Terminal Facilities and other improvements, fixtures, equipment, materials, supplies and personal property installed by Lessee from the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, but in no event later than the date that is 120 days following the expiration or termination of this Lease (the “ Removal Date ”). Lessee shall provide Lessor with written notice of its election to remove the Terminal Facilities and other improvements, fixtures, equipment, materials, supplies and personal property from the Premises at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the Lease. If Lessee elects to remove the Terminal Facilities and other improvements, fixtures, equipment, materials, supplies and personal property from the Premises after such removal Lessee shall restore any damage to the Premises and clean the Premises so as to eliminate therefrom any accumulation (other than any de minimis and non-hazardous accumulation) of foreign substances, materials, or debris, in addition to any Environmental Cleanup that may be required under Article 10 . Lessee shall pay

 

21


Lessor pro rata Rent (based on the amount of Rent applicable during the last month prior to the termination or expiration) through the date of Lessee’s complete removal of all such items. During the period of such removal and clean-up, all terms and conditions of this Lease, including, the indemnity and insurance provisions shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee elects not to remove all of the Terminal Facilities and other improvements, fixtures, equipment, materials, supplies and personal property installed by Lessee from the Premises, and provided that such facilities are in good working condition at the expiration of the Term (ordinary wear and tear excepted) then, such Terminal Facilities and other improvements fixtures, equipment, materials, supplies and personal property installed by Lessee shall be deemed permanently abandoned to Lessor’s sole ownership, and Lessor may remove and dispose of such facilities in any manner which Lessor may deem appropriate, without any liability whatsoever to Lessee. If Lessee elects not to remove all of the Terminal Facilities and other improvements, fixtures, equipment, materials, supplies and personal property installed by Lessee from the Premises and such facilities are not in good working condition at the expiration of the term (ordinary wear and tear excepted), or Lessee fails to so remove any or all of the Terminal Facilities and other improvements, fixtures, equipment, materials, supplies and personal property installed by Lessee from the Premises before the Removal Date, then, in addition to all rights and remedies available at law or in equity, without any prior notice, Lessor may (but shall be under no obligation), at Lessor’s option, deem such Terminal Facilities and other improvements fixtures, equipment, materials, supplies and personal property installed by Lessee, to be permanently abandoned to Lessor’s sole ownership, and Lessor may remove and dispose of such facilities in any manner which Lessor may deem appropriate, without any liability whatsoever to Lessee, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for all costs of such removal and disposal upon demand from Lessor. If requested by Lessor, shall execute any and all documents necessary to evidence that title to the Terminal Facilities and other improvements, fixtures, equipment, materials, supplies and personal property installed by Lessee that Lessee does not remove by the Removal Date is in Lessor and to extinguish and remove any cloud or potential cloud on the title to the Premises and/or such facilities created by Lessee.

15.3 Holding Over . If Lessee retains possession of the Premises after the termination of the Term, unless otherwise agreed in writing or for removal of its facilities during the Removal Period, such possession shall be subject to immediate termination by Lessor at any time, and all of the other terms and provisions of this Lease (excluding any expansion or renewal option or other similar right or option) shall be applicable during such holdover period, except that Lessee shall pay Lessor from time to time, upon demand, as Base Rent for the holdover period, an amount equal to 150% of the Base Rent in effect on the termination date computed on a monthly basis for each month or part thereof during such holding over. All other payments shall continue under the terms of this Lease. In addition, Lessee shall be liable for all damages incurred by Lessor as a result of such holding over. No holding over by Lessee, whether with or without consent of Lessor, shall operate to extend this Lease except as otherwise expressly provided, and this Section 15.3 shall not be construed as consent for Lessee to retain possession of the Premises.

 

22


ARTICLE 16

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

16.1 Release of Certain Liability . Except in the event of sole or gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Lessor or its employees or agents, Lessor shall not be liable to Lessee or any of the Lessee Responsible Parties or any other person claiming by, through or under Lessee or entering upon the Premises under or with the express or implied invitation of Lessee for any personal injury, including death, to persons or damage to property due to (i) the condition or design or any defect in the Premises, (ii) any portion of the Premises becoming out of repair or arising from the leaking of gas, water, sewer, steam, pipes, electricity or otherwise. Lessee, with respect to itself and the Lessee Responsible Parties or any other person entering upon the Premises under or with the express or implied invitation of Lessee hereby expressly assumes all risks of personal injury, including death, to persons or damage to property, either proximate or remote, by reason of the present or future condition of the Premises and expressly release Lessor of and from any and all liability for such damage or loss.

16.2 Exculpation . Any liability of Lessor under the terms of this Lease or in connection with the Premises shall be limited to the interest of Lessor in the Premises and Lessor shall not be personally liable for any deficiency. None of Lessor’s officers, managers, partners, members, employees, agents or representatives will ever have any personal liability to Lessee under or in connection with this Lease, and Lessee hereby waives and releases all claims, causes of action, or other rights of recovery it may ever have against such parties under or in connection with this Lease. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISION OF THIS LEASE TO THE CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY HERETO BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR ANY SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR INDIRECT LOSSES OR DAMAGES (IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) UNDER OR IN RESPECT OF THIS LEASE, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT ANY SUCH DAMAGES ARE OWED TO A THIRD PARTY AND THE OBLIGATED PARTY IS ENTITLED TO INDEMNIFICATION THEREFOR BY THE OTHER PARTY UNDER THE EXPRESS TERMS OF THIS LEASE.

ARTICLE 17

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

17.1 Assignment by Lessor . Lessor may assign or transfer its rights, interests, and obligations under this Lease and in any part of the Premises to any third party (including any Person who acquires the Refinery or any interest therein), provided that an such third party expressly assumes all obligations of Lessor under the Lease for the period on and after the effective date of the assignment and Lessor shall remain liable for the performance and obligations of lessor/landlord hereunder for the period prior to the effective date of such assignment. Upon any such transfer Lessee will attorn to the transferee lessor and look solely to the transferee lessor to perform any obligations of Lessor accruing on or after the effective date of the transfer.

17.2 Assignment and Sublease by Lessee . Lessee shall not assign, pledge or encumber this Lease, or sublet the whole or any part of the Premises without the prior written consent of Lessor. This prohibition against assigning or subletting shall be construed to include a prohibition against any assignment or subletting by operation of law. For purposes of this

 

23


paragraph, a transfer of the ownership interests controlling Lessee shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease. In the event any assignment or subletting of this Lease is made with or without Lessor’s consent, Lessee shall nevertheless remain liable for the performance of all of the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease. Any assignment or subletting without the prior written consent of Lessor shall be void and constitute a breach of the Lease and shall, at the option of the Lessor, terminate the Lease. No consent to any assignment, voluntarily or by operation of law, of this Lease or any subletting of said Premises shall be deemed to be a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

17.3 Permitted Transfers . Notwithstanding the prohibition on assignment in Section 17.2 hereof, Lessee may assign all of its interest in this Lease or sublet all of the Premises only by written instrument evidencing such assignment or sublease to any Affiliate of Lessee or any Person who purchases or acquires all or substantially all of the Terminal and Terminal Facilities of Lessee, or any successor to Lessee by merger, consolidation or otherwise (each a “ Permitted Transferee ”), provided that (i) Lessee shall promptly notify Lessor of any such Permitted Transfer, (ii) Lessee shall remain liable for the performance of all of the obligations of Lessee hereunder or (iii) if Lessee no longer exists because of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition, the surviving or acquiring entity shall expressly assume in writing the obligations of Lessee hereunder. Additionally, the Permitted Transferee shall assume all of Lessee’s obligations and comply with all of the terms and conditions of this Lease. Promptly after the effective date of any permitted transfer hereunder, Lessee agrees to furnish Lessor with copies of the instrument effecting any of the foregoing transfers and documentation establishing Lessee’s satisfaction of the requirements set forth above applicable to any such assignment or sublet. The occurrence of a permitted transfer hereunder shall not waive Lessor’s rights as to any subsequent assignment, subletting or other transfer of this Lease or any interest therein. Any subsequent assignment, subletting or other transfer of this Lease or any interest therein by a Permitted Transferee shall be subject to Lessor’s prior written consent (as hereinabove provided).

ARTICLE 18

QUIET ENJOYMENT

18.1 Lessor covenants and warrants that Lessee, upon paying the Rent reserved hereunder and observing and performing all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed hereunder, may peaceably and quietly have, hold, occupy, use and enjoy, and shall have the full, exclusive and unrestricted use and enjoyment of, all the Premises during the Term for the Permitted Use and subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, and Lessor agrees to warrant and forever defend title to the Premises (other than the Permitted Exceptions) against the claims of any and all persons whomsoever lawfully claiming or to claim the same or any part thereof. Lessor’s undertaking in the immediately preceding sentence is made solely for the benefit of Lessee and not for the benefit of any title insurer, and any such title insurer shall not be subrogated to the rights of Lessee hereunder.

 

24


ARTICLE 19

GENERAL PROVISIONS

19.1 Estoppel Certificates . Lessee and Lessor shall, at any time and from time to time upon not less than 20 days prior written request from the other party, execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other a statement in writing (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect) and the date to which Rent and other charges are paid, and (ii) acknowledging that there are not, to the executing party’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of the other party hereunder (or specifying such defaults, if any are claimed). Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by any prospective purchaser of the Premises or the leasehold. Nothing in this Section 19.1 shall be construed to waive the conditions elsewhere contained in this Lease applicable to assignment or subletting of the Premises by Lessee.

19.2 Leasehold Mortgage . Lessee shall at all times and from time to time have the right to encumber by mortgage, deed of trust, or security agreement (the “ Mortgage ”) Lessee’s leasehold estate in the Premises, together with Lessee’s rights and interests in all buildings, fixtures, equipment, and improvements situated thereon, and all rents, issues, profits, revenues, and other income to be derived by Lessee therefrom, to secure such loans from time to time made by any Person to Lessee; provided, however, that such Mortgage shall in no event encumber Lessor’s fee title and interest in the Premises or Lessor’s interest under this Lease.

19.3 Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment . Upon request of Lessor or the holder of any Mortgage covering Lessor’s interest in the Premises (a “ Mortgagor ”), Lessee will enter into a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement in a customary form reasonably acceptable to the Mortgagor, Lessor and Lessee, evidencing that Lessee’s rights under this Lease are subordinate to the lien of such Mortgage and to all advances made or thereafter to be made upon the security thereof.

19.4 Conflict Between this Lease and the Omnibus Agreement . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, for so long as the Omnibus Agreement remains in full force and effect, to the extent of any conflict between the terms of this Lease and the terms of the Omnibus Agreement, the terms of the Omnibus Agreement shall govern and control. Further, notwithstanding any waiver or agreement of either of the parties hereto contained in this Lease, no such waiver or agreement shall affect or limit the rights or remedies of such party under the Omnibus Agreement, or the obligations and liabilities of the other parties to the Omnibus Agreement.

19.5 Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Lease shall be deemed to have been duly given if in writing and delivered personally or sent via first class, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), or by overnight delivery service or facsimile transmission addressed as follows:

If to Lessor:

Valero Refining Company-Tennessee, L.L.C.

One Valero Way

San Antonio, Texas 78249

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (210) 345-3214

 

25


If to Lessee:

Valero Partners Memphis, LLC

One Valero Way

San Antonio, Texas 78249

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (210) 345-3214

Any party may change the address to which the communications are to be directed to it by giving notice to the other in the manner provided in this Section 19.5 . Notice by mail shall be deemed to have been given and received on the third calendar day after posting. Notice by overnight delivery service, facsimile transmission or personal delivery shall be deemed given on the date of actual delivery.

19.6 Mutual Cooperation; Further Assurances . Upon request by either party from time to time during the Term, each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver all such other and additional instruments, notices and other documents and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this Lease and to more fully assure the parties’ rights and interests provided for hereunder. Lessor and Lessee each agree to cooperate with the other on all matters relating to required permits and regulatory compliance by either Lessee or Lessor in respect of the Premises so as to ensure continued full operation of the Premises by Lessee pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

19.7 Recording . Upon the request of either Party, Lessor and Lessee shall execute, acknowledge, deliver and record a “short form” memorandum of this Lease in a form mutually acceptable to the Parties and sufficient to provide public notice of the existence of this Lease. Promptly upon request by Lessor at any time following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, however such termination may be brought about, Lessee shall execute and deliver to Lessor an instrument, in recordable form, evidencing the termination of this Lease and the release by Lessee of all of Lessee’s right, title and interest in and to the Premises existing under and by virtue of this Lease.

19.8 Force Majeure . In the event of Lessor or Lessee being rendered unable, wholly or in part, by Force Majeure to carry out its obligations under this Lease, other than to make payments due hereunder, it is agreed that on such party’s giving notice and full particulars of such Force Majeure to the other party as soon as practicable after the occurrence of the cause relied on, then the obligations of the parties, so far as they are affected by such Force Majeure, shall be suspended during the continuance of any inability so caused but for no longer period, and such cause shall, as far as possible, be remedied with all reasonable dispatch. The term “ Force Majeure ” as employed herein means any circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the contracting parties experiencing such inability to perform, whether of the kind enumerated herein or not, including but not limited to, acts of God, strikes, lockouts, or other industrial disturbances, curtailments or shutdowns, acts of the public enemy, sabotage, wars (whether or not an official declaration is made thereof), blockades, insurrection, riots, epidemics, landslides, lightning, earthquakes, fires, hurricanes, storms, floods, washouts, freezeoffs, civil disturbances, explosions, breakage, accidents to machinery, equipment or lines of pipe, repairs, maintenance, improvements, replacements or alterations to plants or lines of pipe, inability of either party to

 

26


obtain necessary machinery, materials or permits, or the act of any Governmental Authority. It is understood and agreed that the settlement of strikes or lockouts shall be entirely within the discretion of the party having the difficulty, and that the above requirements that any force majeure shall be remedied with all reasonable dispatch shall not require the settlement of strikes or lockouts by acceding to the demands of the opposing party when such course is inadvisable in the discretion of the party having the difficulty.

19.9 Entire Agreement; Amendment . Subject to Section 19.4 , this Lease, including the exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the lease of the Premises, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and undertakings of the parties, in connection herewith. This Lease may be modified in writing only, signed by the parties to interest at the time of modification.

19.10 Binding Effect . Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, sublessees and assigns. Nothing in this Section 19.10 shall be construed to waive the conditions elsewhere contained in this Lease applicable to assignment or subletting of the Premises by Lessee.

19.11 Waivers . No waiver or waivers of any breach or default or any breaches or defaults by either party of any term, condition or liability of or performance by the other party of any duty or obligation hereunder shall be deemed or construed to be a waiver or waivers of subsequent breaches or defaults of any kind, character or description under any circumstance. The acceptance of Rent hereunder by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any preceding breach by Lessee of any provision hereof, other than the failure of Lessee to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Lessor’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent.

19.12 No Partnership . The relationship between Lessor and Lessee at all times shall remain solely that of landlord and tenant and shall not be deemed a partnership or joint venture.

19.13 Choice of law . The provisions of this Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, excluding any conflicts-of-law rule or principle that might require the application of laws of another jurisdiction.

19.14 Waiver of Jury Trial . LESSEE AND LESSOR WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, BETWEEN LESSOR AND LESSEE ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT, OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO.

19.15 Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

 

27


19.16 Survival . All obligations of Lessor and Lessee that shall have accrued under this Lease prior to the expiration or earlier termination hereof shall survive such expiration or termination to the extent the same remain unsatisfied as of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Lessor and Lessee further expressly agree that all provisions of this Lease which contemplate performance after the expiration or earlier termination hereof shall survive such expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

19.17 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence in the performance of all obligations falling due hereunder.

19.18 Captions . The headings to Articles, Sections and other subdivisions of this Lease are inserted for convenience of reference only and will not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Lease.

19.19 Schedules and Exhibits . All schedules and exhibits hereto which are referred to herein are hereby made a part hereof and incorporated herein by such reference.

19.20 Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in multiple originals and when executed, all such counterparts shall constitute one document.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

28


The parties hereto have executed this Lease to be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

LESSOR:
VALERO REFINING COMPANY-TENNESSEE, L.L.C.
By:   /s/ Richard F. Lashway
Name:   Richard F. Lashway
Title:   Senior Vice President
LESSEE:
VALERO PARTNERS MEMPHIS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Rodney L. Reese

Name:   Rodney L. Reese
Title:   Vice President

Signature Page to Ground Lease Agreement


EXHIBIT A

PREMISES

PARCEL A:

Description of the remainder of Parcel 4 and Parcel 6 of the Valero Refining Company—Tennessee, L.L.C. property recorded at Instrument No. 08050203 in Memphis, Shelby County, Tennessee:

Beginning at a point in the west line of Riverport Road (42' from centerline), said point being the south end of a curve having a radius of 80.00 feet located 101.73 feet south of the tangent intersection of the west line of said Riverport Road and the south line of West Mallory Avenue (R.O.W. varies); thence in a southerly direction with the west line of said Riverport Road the following calls: along a curve to the right having a radius of 398.74 feet, delta angle of 19 degrees 01 minutes 04 seconds, chord = south 28 degrees 26 minutes 23 seconds west - 131.74 feet, an arc length of 132.35 feet to a point of tangency; south 37 degrees 56 minutes 55 seconds west, 266.83 feet to a set 1/2" rebar with plastic cap in the north line of the Illinois Central Gulf Railroad Company property recorded at Instrument No. H2-0883 (“Industrial Avenue”); thence in a westerly direction with the north line of said property recorded at Instrument No. H2-0883 the following calls: north 78 degrees 06 minutes 24 seconds west, 90.53 feet to a point of curvature; along a curve to the left having a radius of 3675.00 feet, delta angle of 04 degrees 14 minutes 06 seconds, chord = north 80 degrees 13 minutes 27 seconds west - 271.58 feet, an arc length of 271.64 feet to a set 1/2" rebar with plastic cap in the east line of Interstate 55 (R.O.W. varies); thence in a northerly direction with the east line of said Interstate 55 the following calls: north 26 degrees 54 minutes 06 seconds west, 23.04 feet to a set 1/2" rebar with plastic cap; north 04 degrees 37 minutes 43 seconds west, 96.09 feet to a found concrete monument in the south line of the Valero Refining Company - Tennessee, L.L.C. property recorded at Instrument No. 08111644; thence north 51 degrees 32 minutes 01 seconds east with the south line of said property recorded at Instrument No. 08111644, 162.26 feet to a point; north 20 degrees 03 minutes 36 seconds east with the east line of said property recorded at Instrument No. 08111644, 206.17 feet to a point in the south line of the aforesaid West Mallory Avenue; thence in an easterly direction with the south line of said West Mallory Avenue the following calls: south 70 degrees 30 minutes 09 seconds east, 47.96 feet to a point of curvature; along a curve to the left having a radius of 278.00 feet, delta angle of 17 degrees 14 minutes 03 seconds, chord = south 79 degrees 07 minutes 10 seconds east - 83.31 feet, an arc length of 83.62 feet to a point of tangency; south 87 degrees 44 minutes 14 seconds east, 135.61 feet to a point; south 84 degrees 42 minutes 32 seconds east, 72.96 feet to a point of curvature; along a curve to the right having a radius of 80.00 feet, delta angle of 103 degrees 38 minutes 23 seconds, chord = south 32 degrees 53 minutes 20 seconds east - 125.77 feet, an arc length of 144.71 feet to the Point of Beginning and containing 4.276 acres of land.

 

A-1


PARCEL B:

Description of the Valero Refining Company - Tennessee, L.L.C. property recorded at Instrument No. 08111644 in Memphis, Shelby County, Tennessee:

Beginning at a found concrete monument at the intersection of the south line of West Mallory Avenue (R.O.W. varies) and the east line of Interstate 55 (R.O.W. varies); thence south 77 degrees 12 minutes 36 seconds east with the south line of said West Mallory Avenue, 137.93 feet to a point in the west line of Parcel 6 of the Valero Refining Company - Tennessee, L.L.C. property recorded at Instrument No. 08050203; thence in a southerly direction with the west line of Parcel 6 of said property recorded at Instrument No. 08050203 the following calls: south 20 degrees 03 minutes 36 seconds west, 206.17 feet to a point; south 51 degrees 32 minutes 01 seconds west, 162.26 feet to a found concrete monument in the east line of the aforesaid Interstate 55; thence north 11 degrees 00 minutes 34 seconds east with the east line of said Interstate 55, 331.23 feet to the Point of Beginning and containing 0.725 acres of land.

 

A-2

Exhibit 10.5

VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS LP

2013 INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

1. Objectives . This Valero Energy Partners LP 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) has been adopted by Valero Energy Partners GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in its capacity as the general partner of Valero Energy Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”) in order to provide Participants with a proprietary interest in, and alignment with, the growth and performance of the Partnership, the Company and their Affiliates.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the terms set forth below shall have the following respective meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

ASC Topic 718 ” means Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation , or any successor accounting standard.

Authorized Officer ” means the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (or any other officer of the Company to whom he or she shall delegate).

Award ” means an Option, Restricted Unit, Phantom Unit, Distribution Equivalent Right, Unit Award, Substitute Award, Unit Appreciation Right, Other Unit-Based Award, Performance Unit or Profits Interest Unit granted under the Plan.

Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement by which an Award is evidenced.

Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

Cause ” means the:

 

  (a) conviction of the Participant by a state or federal court of (i) a felony involving moral turpitude or (ii) embezzlement or misappropriation of funds of the Company, the Partnership, or any of their Affiliates,

 

  (b) the Committee’s (or the Board’s, as the case may be) reasonable determination that the Participant has (i) committed an act of fraud, embezzlement, theft, or misappropriation of funds in connection with such Participant’s duties in the course of his or her employment with the Company, the Partnership, or any of their Affiliates, or (ii) engaged in gross mismanagement, negligence or misconduct that causes or could potentially cause material loss, damage or injury to the Company, the Partnership, or any of their Affiliates, or their employees, or

 

  (c) the Committee’s (or the Board’s, as the case may be) reasonable determination that (i) the Participant has violated any company policy, including but not limited to, policies regarding sexual harassment, insider trading, confidentiality, substance abuse and/or conflicts of interest, which violation could result in the termination of the Participant’s employment or service as a Non-employee Director, or (ii) the Participant has failed to satisfactorily perform the material duties of the Participant’s position with the Company, the Partnership, or any of their Affiliates.


Change in Control ” means and shall be deemed to have occurred upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events: (i) any Person or group, other than Valero Energy or its Affiliates, becomes the beneficial owner, by way of merger, consolidation, recapitalization or otherwise, of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the equity interests in the Company or the Partnership, (ii) the limited partners of the Partnership approve, in one or a series of transactions, a plan of complete liquidation of the Partnership, (iii) the sale or other disposition by either the Company or the Partnership of all or substantially all of its assets in one or more transactions to any person other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, (iv) a transaction resulting in a Person other than the Company, Valero Energy or one of their Affiliates being the general partner of the Partnership, (v) a transaction resulting in the general partner of the Partnership ceasing to be an Affiliate of Valero Energy, or (vi) a “Change in Control” as defined in the 2011 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan of Valero Energy, as such plan may be amended, supplemented, restated or succeeded. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award which provides for the deferral of compensation and is subject to Section 409A, the transaction or event with respect to such Award must also constitute a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5), and as relates to the holder of such Award, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor organization.

Committee ” means the Board, except that it shall mean such committee or sub-committee of the Board as may be appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, or as necessary to comply with applicable legal requirements or listing standards.

Director ” means a member of the board of directors or board of managers, as the case may be, of the Company, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates who is not an Officer or other employee of the Company, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates, provided that such person is eligible to receive Awards that may be registered under a Registration Statement on Form S-8 (or any successor form) in accordance with applicable Commission or other rules or regulations.

Disability ” means a disability for which the Participant has been determined to be entitled to benefits under the applicable plan of long-term disability of the Company, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates. In the absence of any such determination, the Committee or its delegate may make a determination that a Participant has a Disability. If a Disability constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award which provides for the deferral of compensation and is subject to Section 409A, then, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A, the Participant must also be considered “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Code.

“Distribution Equivalent Right” or “DER ” means a contingent right to receive an amount in cash, Units, Restricted Units and/or Phantom Units equal in value to the distributions made by the Partnership with respect to a Unit during the period such Award is outstanding.

Employee ” means an employee of the Company, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates, provided that such employee is eligible to receive Awards that may be registered under a Registration Statement on Form S-8 (or any successor form) in accordance with applicable Commission or other rules

 

Page 2


or regulations. The term Employee under this Plan may also include any other individual, such as a consultant, who may be considered an “employee” under a Registration Statement on Form S-8 (or any successor form) in accordance with applicable Commission or other rules or regulations.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exercisable Award ” has the meaning given in Section 6(h)(iii)(A)(1) of the Plan.

Fair Market Value ” of a Unit means, as of a particular date is the mean of the highest and lowest sales price per Unit on the consolidated transaction reporting system for the principal national securities exchange on which the Units are listed on that date, or, if there shall have been no such sale so reported on that date, on the next following date on which such a sale is so reported.

Good Reason ” means that the Participant’s employment may be terminated by the Employee for Good Reason anytime within two years following the date of a Change in Control, when Good Reason means:

 

  (a) the assignment to the Employee of any duties inconsistent in any respect with the Employee’s position (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties, or responsibilities or any other action by the Company that results in a diminution in such position’s, authority, duties, or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial , and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and that is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Employee;

 

  (b) any reduction in the Employee’s base salary, annual incentive target opportunity, and/or long-term incentive target opportunity below the level at which the Employee was awarded compensation immediately prior to the Change in Control;

 

  (c) the Company’s requiring that the Employee to be based at any office or location other than the location at which the Employee was based immediately preceding the Change in Control or a location other than the principal executive offices of the Company, without the Employee’s written consent; or

 

  (d) any requirement for the Employee to travel on Company business to a substantially greater extent than required immediately prior to the Change in Control.

Officer ” means any individual who is appointed or elected to serve as an officer of the Company, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates, provided that such individual is eligible to receive Awards that may be registered under a Registration Statement on Form S-8 (or any successor form) in accordance with applicable Commission or other rules or regulations.

Option ” means an option to purchase Units granted pursuant to Section 6(a) of the Plan.

Other Unit-Based Award ” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 6(f) of the Plan.

Participant ” means an Employee, Officer or Director granted an Award under the Plan and any authorized transferee of such individual.

Partnership Agreement ” means the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as it may be amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Performance Unit ” has the meaning given in Section 6(f) of the Plan.

 

Page 3


Person ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) thereof.

Phantom Unit ” means a notional interest granted under the Plan that, to the extent vested, entitles the Participant to receive a Unit or an amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Value of a Unit, as determined by the Committee in its discretion.

Plan Year ” means the calendar year.

Profits Interest Unit ” means to the extent authorized by the Partnership Agreement, an interest in the Partnership that is intended to constitute a “profits interest” within the meaning of the Code, Department of Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and any published guidance by the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto.

Recoupment Provision ” means any clawback or recovery provision required by applicable law including United States federal and state securities laws or by any national securities exchange on which the Units of the Partnership are listed or any applicable regulatory requirement, or as set forth in any individual Award Agreement under the Plan.

Restricted Period ” means the period established by the Committee with respect to an Award during which the Award remains subject to forfeiture and is either not exercisable by or payable to the Participant, as the case may be.

Restricted Unit ” means a Unit granted pursuant to Section 6(b) of the Plan that is subject to a Restricted Period.

Retirement ” means termination of Service due to retirement upon attainment of certain age and/or service requirements specified by the Partnership’s, the Company’s, or their Affiliates’ qualified retirement program(s) or successor programs or as determined by the Committee (or the Board, as the case may be) in the event of early retirement.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor thereto.

Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury Regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date (as defined in Section 9 below).

Service ” means service as an Employee, Officer or Director. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to terminations of Service, including, without limitation, the question of whether and when a termination of Service occurred and/or resulted from a discharge for Cause, and all questions of whether particular changes in status or leaves of absence constitute a termination of Service, provided that a termination of Service shall not be deemed to occur in the event of a termination where there is simultaneous commencement by the Participant of a relationship with the Partnership, the Company or any of their Affiliates as an Employee, Officer or Director.

Substitute Award ” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 6(g) of the Plan.

 

Page 4


Unit ” means a common unit of the Partnership.

Unit Appreciation Right ” or “ UAR ” means a contingent right that entitles the holder to receive the excess of the Fair Market Value of a Unit on the exercise date of the UAR over the exercise price of the UAR. Such excess value may take the form of Units or cash as determined by the Committee.

Unit Award ” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 6(d) of the Plan.

Valero Energy ” means Valero Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or its successor.

3. Administration .

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, subject to subsection (b) below, provided, however , that in the event that the Board is not also serving as the Committee, the Board, in its sole discretion, may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee (or the Board, as the case may be) shall have full power and authority to:

 

  (i) designate Participants;

 

  (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant;

 

  (iii) determine the number of Units to be covered by Awards;

 

  (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award;

 

  (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled or forfeited;

 

  (vi) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to an Award made under the Plan;

 

  (vii) establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents, administrators, trustees, or other service providers as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and

 

  (viii) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

The Committee (or the Board, as the case may be) may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or an Award Agreement in such manner and to such extent as the Committee (or the Board, as the case may be) deems necessary or appropriate. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee (or the Board, as the case may be), may be made at any time, and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all Persons, including the Company, the Partnership, any of their Affiliates, any Participant and any beneficiary of any Participant.

(b) To the extent permitted by applicable law and the rules of any securities exchange on which the Units are listed, the Board or Committee may from time to time delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board or one or more Officers the authority to grant or amend Awards or to take other administrative actions pursuant to Section 3(a), provided, however , that in no event shall an Officer be delegated the authority to grant Awards to, or amend Awards held by: (i) individuals who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, or (ii) Officers (or Directors) to whom authority to grant or amend Awards has been delegated hereunder, provided, further , that any delegation of administrative authority

 

Page 5


shall only be permitted to the extent that it is permissible under applicable provisions of the Code and applicable securities laws and the rules of any securities exchange on which the Units are listed. Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to such limitations as the Board or Committee, as applicable, specifies at the time of such delegation, and the Board or Committee, as applicable, may at any time rescind the authority so delegated or appoint a new delegate.

4. Units Available for Awards .

(a) Limits on Units Deliverable . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c), the number of Units that will be available to be delivered with respect to Awards under the Plan is 3,000,000 common units plus Units previously subject to Awards under the Plan that are forfeited, terminated, cancelled or rescinded, settled in cash in lieu of Units, or exchanged for Awards that do not involve Units, or expire unexercised. If any Award is forfeited, canceled, or otherwise terminates or expires without the actual delivery of Units pursuant to such Award (for the avoidance of doubt, the grant of Restricted Units is not a delivery of Units for this purpose unless and until such Restricted Units vest and any restrictions placed upon them under the Plan lapse), then to the extent of such forfeiture, cancellation, termination or expiration, the Units subject to such Award shall again be available for Awards under the Plan. To the extent permitted by applicable law and securities exchange rules, Substitute Awards and Units issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by the Partnership or any Affiliate thereof shall not be counted against the Units available for issuance pursuant to the Plan. There shall not be any limitation on the number of Awards that may be paid in cash, provided that no Participant may receive during any calendar year Awards that are to be settled in cash covering an aggregate of more than twenty million dollars. No Participant may receive during any calendar year Awards that are to be settled in Units covering an aggregate of more than one million Units. The following additional parameters shall apply:

 

  (i) Awards that are valued by reference to Units that may be settled in cash will reduce the number of Units available for issuance pursuant to the Plan, provided that to the extent the Award is ultimately settled or paid in cash, Units subject to such Award will not be considered to have been issued and will not be applied against the maximum number of Units available under the Plan.

 

  (ii) If an Award may be settled in Units or cash, such Units shall be deemed issued only when and to the extent that settlement or payment is actually made in Units. To the extent an Award is settled or paid in cash, and not in Units, any Units previously reserved for issuance or transfer pursuant to such Award will again be deemed available for issuance or transfer under the Plan, and the maximum number of Units that may be issued or transferred under the Plan shall be reduced only by the number of Units actually issued and transferred to the Participant.

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) Units withheld or tendered to pay withholding taxes or the exercise price of an Award shall not again be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan, and (ii) the full number of Units subject to an Option or UAR granted that are settled by the issuance of Units shall be counted against the Units authorized for issuance under this Plan, regardless of the number of Units actually issued upon the settlement of such Option or UAR.

 

  (iv) Any Units repurchased by the Company or the Partnership on the open market using the proceeds from the exercise of an Award shall not increase the number of Units available for the future grant of Awards.

 

Page 6


(b) Sources of Units Deliverable Under Awards . Any Units delivered pursuant to an Award shall consist, in whole or in part, of Units acquired in the open market, from the Partnership, any Affiliate thereof or any other Person, or Units otherwise issuable by the Partnership, or any combination of the foregoing, as determined by the Committee in its discretion.

(c) Anti-dilution Adjustments . The existence of outstanding Awards shall not affect in any manner the right or power of the Company, the Partnership or its unitholders to make or authorize any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in the units of the Partnership or its business or any merger or consolidation of the Partnership or the Company, or any issue of bonds, debentures, other class of units (whether or not such issue is prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Units) or the dissolution or liquidation of the Partnership or the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding of any kind, whether or not of a character similar to that of the acts or proceedings enumerated above.

 

  (i) Equity Restructuring . With respect to any “equity restructuring” event that could result in an additional compensation expense to the Company or the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of ASC Topic 718 if adjustments to Awards with respect to such event were discretionary, the Committee shall equitably adjust the number and type of Units covered by each outstanding Award and the terms and conditions, including the exercise price and performance criteria (if any), of such Award to equitably reflect such event and shall adjust the number and type of Units (or other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan after such event. With respect to any other similar event that would not result in an ASC Topic 718 accounting charge if the adjustment to Awards with respect to such event were subject to discretionary action, the Committee shall have complete discretion to adjust Awards and the number and type of Units (or other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan in such manner as it deems appropriate with respect to such other event.

 

  (ii) Other Changes in Capitalization . In the event of any non-cash distribution, Unit split, combination or exchange of Units, merger, consolidation or distribution (other than normal cash distributions) of Partnership assets to unitholders, or any other change affecting the Units of the Partnership, other than an “equity restructuring,” the Committee may make equitable adjustments, if any, to reflect such change with respect to (A) the aggregate number and kind of Units that may be issued under the Plan; (B) the number and kind of Units (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards; (C) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto); and (D) the grant or exercise price per Unit for any outstanding Awards under the Plan.

5. Eligibility . In the sole discretion of the Committee, any Employee, Officer or Director shall be eligible to be designated a Participant and receive an Award under the Plan.

6. Awards .

(a) Options and UARs . The Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Officers, and Directors to whom Options and/or UARs shall be granted, the number of Units to be covered by each Option or UAR, the exercise price therefor, the Restricted Period and other conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of the Option or UAR, including the following terms and conditions and such additional terms and conditions, as the Committee shall determine, that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan. Options which are intended to comply with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A) and UARs which are intended to comply with Treasury

 

Page 7


Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(B) or, in each case, any successor regulation, may be granted only if the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii), or any successor regulation, are satisfied. Options and UARs that are otherwise exempt from or compliant with Section 409A may be granted to any eligible Employee, Officer or Director.

 

  (i) Exercise Price . The exercise price per Unit purchasable under an Option or subject to a UAR shall be determined by the Committee at the time the Option or UAR is granted but may not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Unit as of the date of grant of the Option or UAR.

 

  (ii) Time and Method of Exercise . The Committee shall determine the exercise terms and any applicable Restricted Period with respect to an Option or UAR, which may include, without limitation, provisions for accelerated vesting (if any) upon the achievement of specified performance goals and/or other events, and the method or methods by which payment of the exercise price with respect to an Option or UAR may be made or deemed to have been made, which may include, without limitation, cash, check acceptable to the Company, withholding Units having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date equal to the relevant exercise price from the Award, a “cashless” exercise or a “net exercise” through procedures approved by the Company, or any combination of the foregoing methods.

 

  (iii) Term of Options and UARs . The term of each Option and UAR shall be stated in the Award Agreement, provided that the term shall be no more than 10 years from the date of grant thereof.

(b) Restricted Units and Phantom Units . The Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Officers and Directors to whom Restricted Units and/or Phantom Units shall be granted, the number of Restricted Units or Phantom Units to be granted to each such Participant, the applicable Restricted Period, the conditions under which the Restricted Units or Phantom Units may become vested or forfeited and such other terms and conditions, including, without limitation, restrictions on transferability, as the Committee may establish with respect to such Awards.

 

  (i) Payment of Phantom Units . The Committee shall specify in an Award Agreement, or permit the Participant to elect in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, the conditions and dates or events upon which the cash or Units underlying an Award of Phantom Units shall be issued, which dates or events shall not be earlier than the date on which the Phantom Units vest and become non-forfeitable and which conditions and dates or events shall be subject to compliance with Section 409A (unless the Phantom Units are exempt therefrom).

 

  (ii) Vesting of Restricted Units . Upon or as soon as reasonably practicable following the vesting of each Restricted Unit, subject to satisfying the tax withholding obligations of Section 8(b), the Participant shall be entitled to have the restrictions removed from his or her Unit certificate (or book-entry account, as applicable) so that the Participant then holds an unrestricted Unit.

(c) Distribution Equivalent Rights . The Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Officers and/or Directors to whom DERs are granted, whether such DERs are in tandem with other Awards or constitute separate Awards, whether the DERs shall be paid directly to the Participant, be credited to a bookkeeping account (with or without interest in the discretion of the Committee), any vesting restrictions and payment provisions applicable to the DERs, and such other provisions or restrictions as determined by the Committee in its discretion, all of which shall be specified in the

 

Page 8


applicable Award Agreements. Distributions in respect of DERs shall be credited as of the distribution dates during the period between the date an Award is granted to a Participant and the date such Award vests, is exercised, is distributed or expires, as determined by the Committee. Such DERs shall be converted to cash, Units, Restricted Units and/or Phantom Units by such formula and at such time and subject to such limitations as may be determined by the Committee. Tandem DERs may be subject to the same or different vesting restrictions as the tandem Award, or be subject to such other provisions or restrictions as determined by the Committee in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, DERs shall only be paid in a manner that is either exempt from or in compliance with Section 409A.

(d) Unit Awards . Awards of Units may be granted under the Plan (i) to such Employees, Officers and/or Directors and in such amounts as the Committee, in its discretion, may select, and (ii) subject to such other terms and conditions, including, without limitation, restrictions on transferability, as the Committee may establish with respect to such Awards.

(e) Profits Interest Units . Any Award consisting of Profits Interest Units may be granted to an Employee, Officer or Director for the performance of services to or for the benefit of the Partnership (i) in the Participant’s capacity as a partner of the Partnership, (ii) in anticipation of the Participant becoming a partner of the Partnership, or (iii) as otherwise determined by the Committee. At the time of grant, the Committee shall specify the date or dates on which the Profits Interest Units shall vest and become non-forfeitable, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate. Profits Interest Units shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as the Committee may impose.

(f) Other Unit-Based Awards/Performance Units . Other Unit-Based Awards may be granted under the Plan to such Employees, Officers and/or Directors as the Committee, in its discretion, may select. An Other Unit-Based Award shall be an Award denominated or payable in, valued in or otherwise based on or related to Units, in whole or in part. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of any Other Unit-Based Award. Upon vesting, an Other Unit-Based Award may be paid in cash, Units (including Restricted Units) or any combination thereof as provided in the Award Agreement. Without limiting the type or number of Other Unit-Based Awards that may be made under the Plan, any Other Unit-Based Award may be in the form of an Other Unit-Based Award which vests based on performance criteria selected by the Committee (“Performance Units”). Employees who are Officers at the time a performance vested Award is made that will settle in full-value Units may (or may not) be subject to an additional holding period after the performance period ends. The Committee shall set performance criteria in its sole discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, may determine the value and/or amount of such performance vested Awards that will be paid out to the Participant and/or the portion of a performance vested Award that may be exercised. Further, the Committee shall have the discretion to adjust the performance goals as well as the level of the performance vested Award that a Participant may earn if it determines that the occurrence of external changes or other unanticipated business conditions have materially affected the fairness of the goals and/or have unduly influenced the Company’s ability to meet them, including without limitation, events such as material acquisitions, force majeure events, unlawful acts committed against the Company or its property, labor disputes, legal mandates, asset write-downs, litigation, claims, judgments or settlements, the effect of changes in tax law or other such laws or provisions affecting reported results, accruals for reorganization and restructuring programs, changes in the capital structure of the Company and extraordinary accounting changes. In addition, performance goals and performance vested Awards shall be calculated without regard to any changes in accounting standards or codifications that may be required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or any successor organization) after such performance goals are established.

(g) Substitute Awards . Awards may be granted under the Plan in substitution of similar awards held by individuals who become Employees, Officers or Directors as a result of a merger, consolidation or acquisition by the Partnership or an Affiliate of another entity or the assets of another entity.

 

Page 9


(h) General .

 

  (i) Award Agreements . Each Award shall be evidenced in either an individual Award Agreement or within a separate plan, policy, agreement or other written document, which shall reflect any vesting conditions or restrictions imposed by the Committee covering a period of time specified by the Committee and shall also contain such terms, conditions and limitations as shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, including but not limited to applicable Recoupment Provisions.

 

  (ii) Awards May Be Granted Separately or Together . Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution for any other Award granted under the Plan or any award granted under any other plan of the Company or any Affiliate. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards or awards granted under any other plan of the Company or any Affiliate may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards.

 

  (iii) Termination of Service .

 

  (A) Exercisable Awards .

(1) Vesting and Exercise . Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, or otherwise determined by the Committee and included in the applicable Award Agreement, an Option or other Award having an exercise provision (each, an “Exercisable Award”) vests in and may be exercised by a Participant only while the Participant is and has continually been since the date of the grant of the Exercisable Award an Employee, Officer or Director.

(2) Voluntary Termination by Participant (Exercisable Awards) . If a Participant’s employment or service as an Officer or Director is voluntarily terminated by the Participant (other than through Retirement, death or Disability; see subsection (C) below), then: (i) that portion of any Exercisable Award that has not vested on or prior to such date of termination shall automatically lapse and be forfeited, and (ii) all vested but unexercised Exercisable Awards previously granted to that Participant under the Plan shall automatically lapse and be forfeited at the close of business on the 30th day following that date of such Participant’s termination, unless an Exercisable Award expires earlier according to its original terms.

(3) Involuntary Termination for Cause (Exercisable Awards) . If a Participant’s employment or service as an Officer or Director is involuntarily terminated by the Company or the Partnership for Cause: (i) that portion of any Exercisable Award that has not vested on or prior to such date of termination shall automatically lapse and be forfeited, and (ii) all vested but unexercised Exercisable Awards previously granted to that Participant under the Plan shall automatically lapse and be forfeited at the close of business on the 30th day following that date of such Participant’s termination, unless an Exercisable Award expires earlier according to its original terms.

(4) Involuntary Termination Other Than for Cause (Exercisable Awards) . If a Participant’s employment or service as an Officer or Director is involuntarily terminated by the Company or the Partnership other than for Cause: (i) that portion of any Exercisable Award that has not vested on or prior to such date of termination shall

 

Page 10


automatically lapse and be forfeited, and (ii) all vested but unexercised Exercisable Awards previously granted to that Participant under the Plan shall automatically lapse and be forfeited at the close of business on the last business day of the twelfth month following the date of the Participant’s termination, unless an Exercisable Award expires earlier according to its original terms.

(B) Awards Other Than Exercisable Awards . Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, or otherwise determined by the Committee and included in the applicable Award Agreement, if a Participant’s employment or service as an Officer or Director is voluntarily terminated by the Participant (other than through Retirement, death or Disability; see subsection (C) below), or is terminated by the Company or the Partnership with or without Cause, then any Award other than an Exercisable Award previously granted to that Participant under the Plan that remains unvested shall automatically lapse and be forfeited at the close of business on the date of such Participant’s termination of employment or service.

(C) Retirement, Death, Disability . Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, or otherwise determined by the Committee and included in the applicable Award Agreement, if a Participant’s employment or service as an Officer or Director is terminated because of Retirement, death or Disability, any Award held by the Participant shall remain outstanding and vest or become exercisable according to the Award’s original terms, provided that any Restricted Units or Phantom Units held by the Participant that remain unvested as of the date of Retirement, death or Disability shall immediately vest and become non-forfeitable as of such date.

(D) Amendments to Awards . Subject to any express limitations set forth in this Plan, in connection with a termination of Service, the Committee or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company may prescribe new or additional terms for the vesting, exercise or realization of any Award, provided that no such action shall deprive a Participant or beneficiary, without his or her consent, of the right to any benefit accrued to his or her credit at the time of such action.

 

  (iv) Director Awards . The Committee may, in its discretion, provide that Awards granted to Directors shall be granted pursuant to a non-discretionary formula established by the Committee by resolution, subject to the limitations of the Plan. Any such resolution shall set forth the type of Awards to be granted to Directors, the number of Units to be subject to Director Awards, the conditions on which such Awards shall be granted, vest, become exercisable and/or payable and expire, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine in its discretion. The Committee may also establish a written policy for grants to Directors which shall set forth the type and terms of Awards granted to Directors and such policy may be modified by the Committee from time to time in its discretion.

 

  (v) Limits on Transfer of Awards .

(A) Except as provided in paragraph (B) below, each Option and UAR shall be exercisable only by the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or by the Person to whom the Participant’s rights shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution and no Award and no right under any such Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company, the Partnership or any Affiliate.

 

Page 11


(B) The Committee may provide in an Award Agreement or in its discretion that an Award may, on such terms and conditions as the Committee may from time to time establish, be transferred by a Participant without consideration to any “family member” of the Participant, as defined in the instructions to use of the Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act, as applicable, or any other transferee specifically approved by the Committee after taking into account any state, federal, local or foreign tax and securities laws applicable to transferable Awards. In addition, vested Units may be transferred to the extent permitted by the Partnership Agreement and not otherwise prohibited by the Award Agreement or any other agreement or policy restricting the transfer of such Units.

 

  (vi) Term of Awards . Subject to 6(a)(iv) above, the term of each Award, if any, shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee, but may not exceed 10 years.

 

  (vii) Uncertificated Units . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee or required by any applicable law, rule or regulation, actual certificates evidencing Units issued in connection with any Award will not be delivered to Participants by the Company or the Partnership . Rather, Units issued under the Plan will be registered in uncertificated book-entry form. As a result, holders of Units will receive account statements reflecting their ownership interest in the Units. The book-entry Units will be held with the Company’s transfer agent, which will serve as the record keeper for all Units being issued in connection with the Plan. Any Units issued pursuant to book entry procedures pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations and/or other requirements of the SEC, any securities exchange upon which such Units or other securities are then listed, and any applicable federal or state laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be inscribed with any book entry to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

 

  (viii) Consideration for Grants . To the extent permitted by applicable law, Awards may be granted for such consideration, including services, as the Committee shall determine.

 

  (ix) Delivery of Units or other Securities and Payment by Participant of Consideration . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, subject to compliance with Section 409A, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates or make any book entries evidencing Units pursuant to the exercise or vesting of any Award, unless and until the Board or the Committee has determined that the issuance of such Units is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Units are listed or traded, and the Units are covered by an effective registration statement or applicable exemption from registration. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Board or the Committee may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements and representations as the Board or the Committee, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations or requirements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the delivery of Units pursuant to the exercise or vesting of an Award may be deferred for any period during which, in the good faith determination of the Committee, the Company is not reasonably able to obtain or deliver Units pursuant to such Award without violating applicable law or the applicable rules or regulations of any governmental agency or authority or securities exchange. No Units or other securities shall be delivered pursuant to any Award until payment in full of any amount required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement (including, without limitation, any exercise price or tax withholding) is received by the Company.

 

Page 12


7. Amendment and Termination; Certain Transactions . Except as required by applicable law or the rules of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which the Units are traded:

(a) Amendments to the Plan . Subject to 7(b) below, the Board or the Committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan in any manner without the consent of any partner, Participant, other holder or beneficiary of an Award, or any other Person. The Board shall obtain approval of the unitholders of the Partnership for any Plan amendment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law or securities exchange listing standards or rules.

(b) Amendments to Awards . Subject to 7(a) above, the Committee (or the Board, as the case may be) may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter any Award theretofore granted, provided that no change, other than pursuant to 7(c) below, in any Award shall materially reduce the rights or benefits of a Participant with respect to an Award without the consent of such Participant. No Option Award may be repriced, replaced, regranted through cancellation or modified without approval of the unitholders of the Partnership (except as contemplated in 7(c) below), if the effect would be to reduce the exercise price for the Units underlying such Award.

(c) Actions Upon the Occurrence of Certain Events . Unless otherwise specifically prohibited under applicable laws, or by the rules of any governing governmental agency or authority or national securities exchange, at the time an Award is made or granted hereunder or at any time prior to, coincident with, or after the time of a Change in Control, or in connection with a transaction or event described in Section 4(c), any change in applicable laws or regulations affecting the Plan or Awards hereunder, or any change in accounting principles affecting the financial statements of the Company or the Partnership, the Committee, in its sole discretion, without the consent of any Participant or holder of an Award, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, may take any one or more of the following actions, which shall apply only upon the occurrence of a Change in Control or applicable event or, if later, upon the action being taken:

 

  (i) provide for the acceleration of any time periods, or the waiver of any other conditions, relating to the vesting, exercise, payment, or distribution of an Award so that any Award to a Participant whose employment has been terminated as a result of a Change in Control may be vested, exercised, paid, or distributed in full on or before a date fixed by the Committee, and in connection therewith the Committee may (i) provide for an extended period to exercise Options (not to exceed the original term) and (ii) determine the level of attainment of any applicable performance goals;

 

  (ii) provide for the purchase of any Awards from a participant whose employment has been terminated as a result of a Change in Control, upon the Participant’s request, for an amount of cash equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise, payment, or distribution of such rights had such Award been currently exercisable or payable;

 

  (iii) cause the Awards then outstanding to be assumed, or new rights substituted therefore, by the surviving corporation in such Change in Control;

 

  (iv)

provide for either (A) the termination of any Award in exchange for a payment in an amount, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights under such Award (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of such transaction or event, the Committee

 

Page 13


  determines in good faith that no amount would have been payable upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment) or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Committee in its sole discretion having an aggregate value not exceeding the amount that could have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights had such Award been currently exercisable or payable or fully vested;

 

  (v) provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or be exchanged for similar options, rights or awards covering the equity of the successor or survivor, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of equity interests and prices;

 

  (vi) make adjustments in the number and type of Units (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, the number and kind of outstanding Awards, the terms and conditions of (including the exercise price), and/or the vesting and performance criteria included in, outstanding Awards;

 

  (vii) provide that such Award shall vest or become exercisable or payable, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement; and/or

 

  (viii) provide that the Award cannot be exercised or become payable after such event and shall terminate upon such event.

For purposes of subparagraphs (i) and (ii) above, any Participant whose employment is either (A) terminated by the Company other than for “Cause,” or (B) terminated by the Participant for “Good Reason” (each as defined in this Plan) in either case upon, or on or prior to the second anniversary of a Change in Control, shall be deemed to have been terminated as a result of the Change in Control.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) with respect to an above event that constitutes an “equity restructuring” that would be subject to a compensation expense pursuant to ASC Topic 718, the provisions in Section 4(c) above shall control to the extent they are in conflict with the discretionary provisions of this Section 7, provided however, that nothing in Section 7(c) or Section 4(c) above shall be construed as providing any Participant or any beneficiary of an Award any rights with respect to the “time value,” “economic opportunity” or “intrinsic value” of an Award or limiting in any manner the Committee’s actions that may be taken with respect to an Award as set forth in this Section 7 or in Section 4(c) above; and (ii) no action shall be taken under this Section 7 that shall cause an Award to result in taxation under Section 409A, to the extent applicable to such Award.

8. General Provisions .

(a) No Rights to Award . No Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants, including the treatment upon termination of Service. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.

(b) Tax Withholding . Unless other arrangements have been made that are acceptable to the Company, the Company or any Affiliate thereof is authorized to deduct or withhold, or cause to be deducted or withheld, from any Award, from any payment due or transfer made under any Award, or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant the amount (in cash or Units, including

 

Page 14


Units that would otherwise be issued pursuant to such Award or other property) of any applicable taxes payable in respect of an Award, including its grant, its exercise, the lapse of restrictions thereon, a Participant becoming retirement-eligible, or any payment or transfer of an Award under the Plan, and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy its withholding obligations for the payment of such taxes. In the event that Units that would otherwise be issued pursuant to an Award are used to satisfy such withholding obligations, the number of Units which may be so withheld or surrendered shall be limited to the number of Units which have a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income.

(c) No Right to Employment or Services . The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates, or to remain on the Board, as applicable. Furthermore, the Company, the Partnership and/or an Affiliate thereof may at any time dismiss a Participant from Service free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, any Award Agreement or other written agreement between any such entity and the Participant.

(d) Limitation of Liability . No member of the Board or the Committee or Officer to whom the Board or the Committee has delegated authority in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of this Plan shall be liable for anything done or omitted to be done by him or her by any member of the Board or the Committee or by any Officer in connection with the performance of any duties under this Plan, except for his or her own willful misconduct or as expressly provided by statute.

(e) No Rights as Unitholder . Except as otherwise provided herein, a Participant shall have none of the rights of a unitholder with respect to Units covered by any Award unless and until the Participant becomes the record owner of such Units.

(f) Section 409A . To the extent that the Committee determines that any Award granted under the Plan is subject to Section 409A, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall include the terms and conditions required by Section 409A. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date (as defined in Section 9 below), the Committee determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A, the Committee may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect) and/or take any other actions that the Committee determines are necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of the Award, including without limitation, actions intended to (i) exempt the Award from Section 409A, or (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A; provided, however, that nothing herein shall create any obligation on the part of the Committee, the Partnership, the Company or any of their Affiliates to adopt any such amendment, policy or procedure or take any such other action, nor shall the Committee, the Partnership, the Company or any of their Affiliates have any liability for failing to do so. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the time of payment with respect to any Award that is subject to Section 409A shall not be accelerated, except as permitted under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4). Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, if a Participant is a “Specified Employee” within the meaning of Section 409A as of the date of such Participant’s termination of Service and the Company determines, in good faith, that immediate payment of any amounts or benefits under this Plan would cause a violation of Section 409A, then any amounts or benefits which are payable under this Plan upon the Participant’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A that: (i) are subject to the provisions of Section 409A; (ii) are not otherwise exempt under Section 409A; and (iii) would otherwise be payable during the first six-month period following such separation from service, shall be paid as soon as practicable on the first business day next following the earlier of: (1) the date that is six months and one day following the date of termination; or (2) the date of the Participant’s death.

 

Page 15


(g) Compliance with Laws .

 

  (i) The Plan, the granting and vesting of Awards under the Plan and the issuance and delivery of Units and the payment of money under the Plan or under Awards granted or awarded hereunder are subject to compliance with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules and regulations (including but not limited to state, federal and foreign securities law and margin requirements), the rules of any securities exchange on which the Units are listed, and to such approvals by any listing, regulatory or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Company or the Partnership, be necessary or advisable in connection therewith. Any securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such restrictions, and the Person acquiring such securities shall, if requested by the Company or the Partnership, provide such assurances and representations to the Company or the Partnership as the Company or the Partnership may deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all applicable legal requirements.

 

  (ii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Committee (or the Board, as the case may be) may amend the Plan or an Award Agreement, to take effect retroactively or otherwise, as deemed necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming the Plan or an Award Agreement to any present or future law relating to plans of this or similar nature (including, but not limited to, Code Section 409A), and to the administrative regulations and rulings promulgated thereunder. By accepting an Award under this Plan, a Participant agrees to any amendment made pursuant to this Section to any Award granted under the Plan without further consideration or action.

 

  (iii) If an Award is granted to or held by a Participant who is employed or providing services outside the United States, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, modify the provisions of the Plan or of such Award as they pertain to such Participant to comply with applicable foreign law or to recognize differences in local law, currency or tax policy. The Committee may also impose conditions on the grant, issuance, exercise, vesting, settlement or retention of Awards in order to comply with such foreign law and/or to minimize the Company’s or the Partnership’s obligations with respect to tax equalization for Participants employed outside their home country.

(h) Governing Law . The validity, construction and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

( i ) Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes, or is deemed to be, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable law or, if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

(j) Other Laws . The Committee may refuse to issue or transfer any Units or other consideration under an Award if, in its sole discretion, it determines that the issuance or transfer of such Units or such other consideration might violate any applicable law or regulation, the rules of the principal securities exchange on which the Units are then traded, or entitle the Partnership or an Affiliate to recover the same

 

Page 16


under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, and any payment tendered to the Company by a Participant, other holder or beneficiary in connection with the exercise of such Award shall be promptly refunded to the relevant Participant, holder or beneficiary.

(k) No Trust or Fund Created . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates, on the one hand, and a Participant or any other Person, on the other hand. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any general unsecured creditor of the Partnership or any participating Affiliate of the Partnership.

( l ) No Fractional Units . No fractional Units shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other securities or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Units or whether such fractional Units or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated or otherwise eliminated.

(m) Headings . Headings are given to the sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision hereof.

(n) No Guarantee of Tax Consequences . None of the Board, the Committee, the Company or the Partnership provides or has provided any tax advice to any Participant or any other Person or makes or has made any assurance, commitment or guarantee that any federal, state or local tax treatment will (or will not) apply or be available to any Participant or other Person.

(o) Non-U.S. Participants . The Board or Committee may grant Awards to persons outside the United States under such terms and conditions as may, in the judgment of the Board or Committee, as applicable, be necessary or advisable to comply with the laws of the applicable foreign jurisdictions and, to that end, may establish sub-plans, modified vesting, exercise or settlement procedures and other terms and procedures. Notwithstanding the above, neither the Board nor the Committee may take any actions under this Plan, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Exchange Act, the Code or any other applicable law.

(p) Facility Payment . Any amounts payable hereunder to any Person under legal disability or who, in the judgment of the Committee, is unable to manage properly his or her financial affairs, may be paid to the legal representative of such Person, or may be applied for the benefit of such Person in any manner that the Committee may select, and the Partnership, the Company and all of their Affiliates shall be relieved of any further liability for payment of such amounts.

9. Term of the Plan .

The Plan shall be effective on the date on which the Plan is adopted by the Board (the “Effective Date”) and shall continue for a period of 10 years thereafter. However, any Award granted prior to such termination, and the authority of the Board or the Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue or terminate any such Award or to waive any conditions or rights under such Award, shall extend beyond such termination date.

 

Page 17

Exhibit 10.6

MASTER TRANSPORTATION SERVICES AGREEMENT

This MASTER TRANSPORTATION SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the Effective Date by and between VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Carrier ”), and VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“ Shipper ”).

R ECITALS

WHEREAS , Carrier (individually or through one of its wholly owned subsidiaries) owns and/or operates multiple pipeline systems for the transportation of petroleum products and other commodities; and

WHEREAS , Carrier and Shipper desire to enter into this Agreement to memorialize the terms and conditions whereby Shipper will deliver, or cause to be delivered, petroleum products and other commodities to one or more Origin Points for transportation on the pipeline systems, and Carrier will provide such transportation services for Shipper.

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, Carrier and Shipper agree as follows:

Article I.

Defined Terms

Section 1.01 Defined Terms . The following definitions shall for all purposes apply to the capitalized terms used in this Agreement:

(a) “ Affiliate ” means any entity that directly or indirectly Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with the referenced entity, including, without limitation, the referenced entity’s parents and their general partners.

(b) “ Agreement ” means this Master Transportation Services Agreement, together with all exhibits attached hereto, as the same may be extended, supplemented, amended or restated from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(c) “ API ” means American Petroleum Institute.

(d) “ ASTM ” means ASTM International, formerly known as the American Society for Testing and Materials.

(e) “ Barrel ” means 42 Gallons.

(f) “ Business Day ” means any Day except for Saturday, Sunday or an official holiday in the State of Texas.

(g) “ Calendar Quarter ” means a period of three consecutive Months beginning on the first Day of each of January, April, July and October.


(h) “ Claims ” means any and all judgments, claims, causes of action, demands, lawsuits, suits, proceedings, governmental investigations or audits, losses, assessments, fines, penalties, administrative orders, obligations, costs, expenses, liabilities and damages, including interest, penalties, reasonable attorneys’ fees, disbursements and costs of investigations, deficiencies, levies, duties and imposts.

(i) “ Carrier ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

(j) “ Carrier Affiliated Parties ” means Carrier, the Partnership and their subsidiaries and their respective contractors and the directors, officers, employees and agents of each of them.

(k) “ Carrier Force Majeure ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.02 .

(l) “ Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

(m) “ Day ” means the period of time commencing at 12:00 a.m. on one calendar day and running until, but not including, 12:00 a.m. on the next calendar day, according to local time where the Origin Point of the Pipeline is located.

(n) “ Delivery Point ” has the meaning set forth in the Schedule.

(o) “ Effective Date ” means (i) with respect to this Agreement, the date of the closing of the initial public offering of common units representing limited partner interests of the Partnership, and (ii) with respect to any Schedule, the meaning set forth in the Schedule.

(p) “ FERC ” means the United States Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.

(q) “ Force Majeure Event ” means: (i) acts of God, fires, floods or storms; (ii) compliance with orders of courts or Governmental Authorities; (iii) explosions, wars, terrorist acts or riots; (iv) inability to obtain or unavoidable delays in obtaining material or equipment; (v) disruptions of utilities or other services caused by events or circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the affected Party; (vi) events or circumstances similar to the foregoing (including inability to obtain or unavoidable delays in obtaining material or equipment and disruption of service provided by third parties) that prevent a Party’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement, to the extent that such events or circumstances are beyond the Party’s reasonable control and could not have been prevented by the Party’s due diligence; (vii) strikes, lockouts or other industrial disturbances; and (viii) breakdowns of refinery facilities, machinery, storage tanks or pipelines irrespective of the cause thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any turnarounds or other planned outages or suspensions of operations at the Refinery shall not constitute a “Force Majeure Event.”

(r) “ Gallon ” means a United States gallon of two hundred thirty-one cubic inches of liquid at 60º Fahrenheit, and 14.696 psia for liquids with equilibrium vapor pressure less than or equal to 14.696 psia and at the equilibrium vapor pressure for liquids with an equilibrium vapor pressure greater than 14.696 psia.

 

2


(s) “ Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, tribal, foreign or local governmental entity, authority, department, court or agency, including any political subdivision thereof, exercising, or entitled to exercise, any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory or taxing authority or power of any nature, and including any arbitrating body, commission or quasi-governmental authority or self-regulating organization of competent authority exercising or enlisted to exercise similar power or authority.

(t) “ Initial Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 .

(u) “ Interest Rate ” means an annual rate (based on a 360-day year) equal to the lesser of (i) two percent (2%) over the prime rate as published under “Money Rates” in the Wall Street Journal in effect at the close of the Business Day on which payment was due and (ii) the maximum rate permitted by Law.

(v) “ Law ” means all applicable constitutions, laws (including common law), treaties, statutes, orders, decrees, rules, injunctions, licenses, permits, approvals, agreements, regulations, codes, ordinances issued by any Governmental Authority, including applicable judicial or administrative orders, consents, decrees, and judgments, published directives, guidelines, governmental authorizations, requirements or other governmental restrictions which have the force of law, and determinations by, or interpretations of any of the foregoing by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the matter in question and binding on a given Person, whether in effect as of the date hereof or thereafter and, in each case, as amended.

(w) “ Minimum Quarterly Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in the Schedule.

(x) “ Month ” or “ Monthly ” means a calendar month commencing at 12:00 a.m. on the first Day thereof and running until, but not including, 12:00 a.m. on the first Day of the following calendar month, according to local time where the Origin Point of the Pipeline is located.

(y) “ Monthly Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01 .

(z) “ MPMS ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01 .

(aa) “ Non-Conforming Product ” means any Product that fails to meet the Specifications.

(bb) “ Normal Business Hours ” means the period of time commencing at 8:00 a.m. on one Business Day and running until 5:00 p.m. on the same Business Day, according to local time where the Origin Point of the Pipeline is located.

(cc) “ Notice ” means any notice, request, instruction, correspondence or other communication permitted or required to be given under this Agreement.

(dd) “ Origin Point ” has the meaning set forth in the Schedule.

(ee) “ Outage ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06 .

(ff) “ Partnership ” means Valero Energy Partners LP.

 

3


(gg) “ Partnership Change in Control ” means Valero ceases to Control the general partner of the Partnership.

(hh) “ Party ” means Carrier or Shipper, individually and “ Parties ” means Carrier and Shipper, collectively.

(ii) “ Person ” means an individual or a corporation, firm, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, Government Authority or other entity.

(jj) “ Pipeline ” means the pipeline(s) specified in the Schedule.

(kk) “ Pipeline System ” means the Pipeline, together with all appurtenant facilities.

(ll) “ Product ” or “ Products ” means the petroleum product(s) or other commodity(ies) specified in the Schedule.

(mm) “ Quarterly Deficiency Payment ” has the meaning set forth in the Schedule.

(nn) “ Quarterly Deficiency Volume ” has the meaning set forth in the Schedule.

(oo) “ Quarterly Surplus Volume ” has the meaning set forth in the Schedule.

(pp) “ Rate ” means the Tariff Rate or the Transportation Rate, as applicable, payable by Shipper for transportation on the Pipeline System, as set forth in the Schedule.

(qq) “ Refineries ” means the Valero refineries located in Port Arthur, Texas, Sunray, Texas, Memphis, Tennessee and any other Valero refinery specifically identified as such in the Schedule. The term “ Refinery ” means any one of the Refineries, as specified in the Schedule.

(rr) “ Renewal Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 .

(ss) “ Schedule ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01 .

(tt) “ Shipper ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

(uu) “ Shipper Force Majeure ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.03 .

(vv) “ Specifications ” has the meaning set forth in the Schedule.

(ww) “ Suspension Date ” means the 60th Day after the commencement of a Shipper Force Majeure.

(xx) “ Tariff ” has the meaning set forth in the Schedule.

(yy) “ Tariff Rate ” has the meaning set forth in the Schedule.

 

4


(zz) “ Taxes ” means all taxes (except for ad valorem taxes, property taxes, income taxes, gross receipt taxes, payroll taxes and similar taxes) including any interest or penalties attributable thereto, imposed by any Governmental Authority.

(aaa) “ Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 .

(bbb) “ Terminal ” has the meaning set forth in the Schedule.

(ccc) “ Transportation Rate ” has the meaning set forth in the Schedule.

(ddd) “ Valero ” means Valero Energy Corporation.

Section 1.02 Other Defined Terms . Other terms may be defined elsewhere in this Agreement or in a Schedule, and, unless otherwise indicated, shall have such meanings throughout this Agreement or the Schedule.

Section 1.03 Terms Generally . The definitions in this Agreement and any Schedule shall apply equally to both singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The word “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” All references to Articles, Sections and Exhibits shall be deemed to be references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits to, this Agreement and any Schedule, unless the context requires otherwise. References to “the Schedule” shall be deemed to be references to the applicable Schedule.

Article II.

Application of Agreement and Schedules

Section 2.01 Application of Agreement and Schedules . Contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement, and at any time following the execution of this Agreement if Shipper engages Carrier to transport, deliver or ship its petroleum products and other commodities, Shipper and Carrier will execute a transportation services schedule that will be attached to and become a part of this Agreement, which Schedule identifies the Pipeline System, the nature of and cost of services to be provided, and such other terms and conditions that the Parties may agree to in connection with the transportation, delivery and shipment of Product (each, a “ Schedule ”). Unless otherwise specified in such Schedule, upon entering into a Schedule, all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement will be deemed to be incorporated by reference into such Schedule; provided, however, that, unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, in the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the terms of a Schedule, the terms and provisions of the Schedule will govern. Each Schedule that is entered into between Carrier and Shipper will, together with the terms of this Agreement to the extent incorporated by reference therein, create a separate contract between the Parties.

 

5


Article III.

Term

Section 3.01 Term . This Agreement shall have a primary term commencing on the Effective Date and ending 10 years from the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”), and may be renewed by Shipper, at Shipper’s sole option, for one successive 5 year renewal term (the “ Renewal Term ”), upon at least 180 Days’ written Notice from Shipper to Carrier prior to the end of the Initial Term. The Initial Term and Renewal Term, if any, shall be referred to in this Agreement as the “ Term .” The terms and conditions in this Agreement will survive the termination of this Agreement to govern any Schedule which has a term (as such term may be extended thereunder) beyond the Term of this Agreement and shall survive for the remainder of the term of any such Schedule (as such term may be extended thereunder).

Article IV.

Transportation Services and Minimum Commitments

Section 4.01 Transportation Services . During the Term, Carrier shall provide transportation services on the Pipelines covered under the Schedule in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Schedule and the applicable Tariff, if any.

Section 4.02 Minimum Quarterly Commitment . During each Calendar Quarter, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Schedule and the applicable Tariff, if any, Shipper shall tender (or otherwise pay for transportation services with respect to, as contemplated by the Schedule), at one or more Origin Points, volumes of Products equal to the applicable Minimum Quarterly Commitment.

Section 4.03 Loss of Available Capacity . If, for any reason (other than an Outage or a Carrier Force Majeure), the average daily capacity of the Pipeline during a given Calendar Quarter is less than the Minimum Quarterly Commitment for such Calendar Quarter, or if the capacity of the Pipeline is required to be allocated among shippers with the result that the average daily capacity of the Pipeline available to Shipper during a given Calendar Quarter is less than the Minimum Quarterly Commitment for such Calendar Quarter, then the Minimum Quarterly Commitment for the applicable Calendar Quarter shall be reduced to equal the average daily capacity available to Shipper during such Calendar Quarter.

Section 4.04 Partial Period Proration .

(a) If the Effective Date is any Day other than the first Day of a Calendar Quarter, or if this Agreement is terminated on any Day other than the last Day of a Calendar Quarter, then any calculation determined with respect to any such Calendar Quarter will be prorated by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Days in that part of the Calendar Quarter beginning on the Effective Date or ending on the date of such termination, as the case may be, and the denominator of which is the total number of Days in the Calendar Quarter.

(b) If the Effective Date is any Day other than the first Day of a Month, or if this Agreement is terminated on any Day other than the last Day of a Month, then any quantity based on a Monthly determination will be prorated by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Days in that part of the Month beginning on the Effective Date or ending on the date of such termination, as the case may be, and the denominator of which is the total number of Days in the Month.

 

6


Section 4.05 Special Reduction of Minimum Quarterly Commitment . If Carrier’s use of all or part of the Pipeline is restrained, enjoined, restricted or terminated by any Governmental Authority or by right of eminent domain, then Carrier, upon being notified of such restraint, enjoinder, restriction or termination, shall promptly notify Shipper, and the Minimum Quarterly Commitment shall be reduced to the extent and for such period of time that such restraint, enjoinder, restriction or termination precludes Shipper from satisfying its Minimum Quarterly Commitment during the Calendar Quarter.

Section 4.06 Maintenance; Outage . In the event of any planned or unplanned maintenance or disruption of service on the Pipeline or any Carrier facilities affecting the Pipeline (in either case, other than due to a Carrier Force Majeure) that, in Carrier’s reasonable judgment, will affect transportation of Products on the Pipeline (an “ Outage ”), Carrier shall provide Shipper with at least 45 Days’ advance notice of the Outage, if such Outage is planned, or as much advance notice of the Outage as reasonably possible under the circumstances, if the Outage is unplanned. Carrier shall not schedule a planned Outage without first consulting with Shipper and providing Shipper with relevant information about the nature, extent, cause and expected duration of the planned Outage. Carrier shall also use reasonable commercial efforts to accommodate any scheduling requests made by Shipper in connection with such Outage. During any Outage, Carrier shall not be liable for any loss or damage resulting from or in connection with the Pipeline downtime, other than due to Carrier’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Any Outage shall be treated in the same manner as a Carrier Force Majeure in accordance with Section 14.02 .

Article V.

Tariffs

Section 5.01 Tariff . Shipments under this Agreement shall be subject to, and the Parties shall be required to comply with, the provisions of any applicable Tariff.

Section 5.02 No Challenge of Rates . Each of Shipper and Carrier agrees not to commence or support any tariff filing, application, protest, complaint, petition, motion, or other proceeding before FERC for the purpose of requesting that FERC accept or set Tariff Rates applicable to the Pipeline which are inconsistent with this Agreement or the Schedule; provided, however, that Shipper reserves its rights under FERC regulations to challenge any proposed changes in the Tariff Rate (a) to the extent that such changes are inconsistent with the indexing method provided in 18 C.F.R. §342.3, (b) through other rate changing methodologies under 18 C.F.R. §342.4(c), or (c) to the extent the challenge is in response to any proceeding brought against Carrier by a third party that could affect Carrier’s ability to provide transportation services to Shipper under this Agreement, the Schedule or the applicable Tariff.

Section 5.03 Recovery of Certain Costs .

(a) If Carrier agrees to make any expenditures at Shipper’s request, Shipper will reimburse Carrier for such expenditures or, if the Parties agree, the Rate payable by Shipper as set forth in the Schedule will be increased or additional fees shall be added to the Schedule.

(b) If during the Term, any new Law is enacted or promulgated or any existing Law or its interpretation is materially changed, and if such new or changed Law will have a material adverse economic impact upon a Party, then either Party, acting in good faith, shall have the option to request renegotiation of the relevant provisions of this Agreement and/or the affected Schedule(s)

 

7


with respect to the Parties’ future performance. In such event, the Parties will meet and negotiate in good faith amendments to this Agreement and the affected Schedule(s) to conform this Agreement and the affected Schedule(s) to the new or changed Law while preserving the Parties’ economic, operational, commercial and competitive arrangements in accordance with the understandings set forth in this Agreement and the affected Schedule(s).

Article VI.

Monthly Statement and Payment

Section 6.01 Monthly Statement . Within 10 Days after the end of each Month, Carrier shall provide Shipper with a statement (a “ Monthly Statement ”) for such preceding Month, which statement shall include, for each Product: (i) the volume injected into the Pipeline at an Origin Point, (ii) the applicable Rate, (iii) any volume losses or gains (if calculated hereunder), and (iv) the aggregate dollar amount due to Carrier (after application of any Quarterly Surplus Volume credit to which Shipper may be entitled pursuant to the Schedule). If requested by Shipper, Carrier shall provide Shipper with copies of individual meter tickets for such Month, if available. Each Monthly Statement immediately following the last Month in each Calendar Quarter shall include a report that sets forth the amount of the Quarterly Deficiency Volume, if any, or Quarterly Surplus Volume, if any, and any Quarterly Deficiency Payment that may be due and payable by Shipper.

Section 6.02 Payment . Payment of the amount(s) identified on each Monthly Statement shall be due, without setoff or discount 10 Business Days after such Monthly Statement is received. All payments shall be made to Carrier in immediately available funds to an account specified in writing by Carrier from time to time. Any bank charges incurred by Shipper in remitting funds shall be borne by Shipper. Acceptance by Carrier of any payment from Shipper for any charge or service after termination or expiration of the Schedule shall not be deemed a renewal of the Schedule or a waiver by Carrier of any default by Shipper under the Schedule or this Agreement.

Section 6.03 Interest . Any undisputed amount payable by Shipper hereunder shall, if not paid when due, bear interest at the Interest Rate from the payment due date until, but excluding, the date payment is received by Carrier.

Section 6.04 Disputes . If Shipper reasonably disputes any Monthly Statement, in whole or in part, Shipper shall, within 10 Business Days after receipt of the Monthly Statement, notify Carrier in writing of the dispute and shall pay the undisputed portion pursuant to the terms of Section 6.02 . The Parties agree to promptly and in good faith negotiate a resolution to any such dispute. In the event the Parties are unable to resolve such dispute, either Party may pursue any remedy available at law or in equity to enforce its rights hereunder. In the event that it is determined or agreed that Shipper must or will pay the disputed amount then Shipper shall pay interest at the Interest Rate from and including the original payment due date until, but excluding, the date the disputed amount is received by Carrier. If Shipper fails to notify Carrier of any dispute with respect to a Monthly Statement within 10 Business Days of receipt of such Monthly Statement, such Monthly Statement shall be deemed final and binding, absent fraud.

Section 6.05 Audit . Carrier will retain its books and records related to the charges to Shipper for services provided under this Agreement and the Schedule for a period of two years from the date the services are rendered. Shipper may audit such books and records at Carrier’s offices where such books and records are stored upon not less than 15 Days’ prior written notice. Any such audit will be at Shipper’s expense and will take place during Carrier’s business hours.

 

8


Article VII.

Title; Custody

Section 7.01 Title . Shipper shall retain title to all of Shipper’s Products in transit on the Pipeline at all times. This provision does not preclude Shipper from any intraline transfer of title to a third party; in the event of such a transfer, such third party, and not Carrier, shall have title to the affected Product pursuant to the terms of the relevant agreement between Shipper and such third party.

Section 7.02 Custody . Carrier agrees to use reasonable care in the handling of Product while the Product is in Carrier’s custody. Carrier shall be deemed to have custody of a Product injected into the Pipeline from the time such Product passes through the flange connection between the relevant Origin Point on the Pipeline until it is delivered to Shipper or, at the direction of Shipper, to a third party through the flange connection at the Delivery Point.

Article VIII.

Quality

Section 8.01 Product Specifications . Shipper will deliver to the Origin Point only Product of the type specified in the Schedule and that otherwise complies with the Specifications and any specifications imposed by Law. Shipper agrees not to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Terminal any Non-Conforming Product.

Section 8.02 Quality Determination . Except as otherwise provided in a Schedule, the quality of the Product shall be determined in accordance with the latest established API/ASTM standards.

Section 8.03 Non-Conforming Products . Shipper shall be liable for all reasonable costs and losses in curing, removing, or recovering any Non-Conforming Products, except to the extent that such Non-Conforming Products fail to meet Specifications due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Carrier. After such consultation with Shipper as may be practical under the circumstances, but otherwise at Carrier’s sole discretion, Carrier may attempt to blend the Non-Conforming Products, remove and dispose of the Non-Conforming Products, or, if necessary, recover any Non-Conforming Products from field locations and, except to the extent that such Non-Conforming Products fail to meet Specifications due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Carrier, Shipper shall reimburse Carrier for all reasonable costs associated therewith. Except to the extent that such Non-Conforming Products fail to meet Specifications due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Carrier, if Shipper’s Non-Conforming Products cause any contamination, dilution or other damages to the petroleum products or other commodities of other customers of Carrier, Shipper agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Carrier Affiliated Parties harmless from and against any Claims incurred by, or charged against any of the Carrier Affiliated Parties, as a result of such event and shall be responsible for all costs and liabilities associated with or incurred as a result of such event.

 

9


Article IX.

Volume Determinations

Section 9.01 Measurement . Measurements, volume corrections, equipment, procedures, calculations and practices used for custody transfer determinations will be made in accordance with the most current API Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards (“ MPMS ”). All equipment used for custody transfer measurements shall be calibrated at least quarterly, but more often if necessary. Shipper shall have the right to review and receive copies of measurement and calibration records, including maintenance, calibration or replacement of any device used to measure Shipper’s Product.

Section 9.02 Volume Determinations . Volume determinations shall be adjusted to a temperature of 60° Fahrenheit and a pressure of one standard atmosphere 14.696 psia for liquids with equilibrium vapor pressure less than or equal to 14.696 psia and at the equilibrium vapor pressure for liquids with an equilibrium vapor pressure greater than to 14.696 psia pursuant to the most recent edition of the MPMS, Chapter 11 (according to whichever table is relevant to the Product being measured). Except as otherwise provided in the Schedule or the applicable Tariff, if any, the volume of Products received at the Origin Point and delivered at the Delivery Point will be determined using one of the following methods, in order of preference: (i) by calibrated custody transfer grade meter, or if a custody transfer grade meter is not available, by calibrated meter, if available, (ii) by manually gauging the static tanks at the Origin Point or the Delivery Point, (iii) by vessel gauges, or (iv) if none of the foregoing are available by applying inventory changes to receipts to calculate deliveries and vice versa.

Section 9.03 Shipper’s Right to Witness . A representative of Shipper may witness the testing, calibration of equipment and meter reading, at Shipper’s expense. In the absence of a representative of Shipper, Carrier’s measurements shall be deemed to be accurate, absent fraud.

Section 9.04 Line Fill . Shipper will at all times be responsible for providing that share of the volume of Product required for line fill, tank bottoms and working stock in each Pipeline equal to the ratio that Shipper’s deliveries bear to the total of all deliveries out of the Pipeline and otherwise necessary for the efficient operation of the Pipeline.

Article X.

Volume Losses

Section 10.01 Volume Losses . Except as set forth in the applicable Tariff, Carrier shall have no liability whatsoever to Shipper for any loss of, damage to or downgrading of Shipper’s Product, unless and to the extent such loss or damage results from Carrier’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. In no event shall Carrier be liable for more than the replacement of lost or damaged Product or, at its option, payment of the replacement cost of any lost or damaged Product. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Pipeline becomes equipped to measure volume gains and losses through the installation of custody transfer meters and Carrier begins to accept third-party petroleum products or other commodities for transportation on the Pipeline, Carrier shall establish an appropriate loss allowance and allocate gains and losses among Shipper and the third-party customers in accordance with standard industry practices.

Section 10.02 Pass-Through of Volume Losses or Gains . To the extent Carrier is required to make any payments to or is due any amounts from the operator of the Pipeline with respect to any volume losses or gains, as applicable, with respect to any of Shipper’s Products, such amounts shall be passed through to Shipper, and each of Shipper and Carrier shall be required to remit to the other Party any such amounts due to or received from the operator of the Pipeline, as applicable, in respect of such volume losses or gains.

 

10


Article XI.

Insurance

Section 11.01 Insurance . Insurance for Shipper’s Products, if any, that may be desired by Shipper, shall be carried by Shipper at Shipper’s expense. Should Shipper elect to carry insurance, then without prejudice to Shipper’s rights to directly assert self-insured claims for losses, each policy of insurance shall be endorsed to provide a waiver of subrogation rights against Carrier and the Partnership and their respective Affiliates, to the extent of the liabilities and obligations assumed by Shipper under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in Section 10.01 to the contrary, Carrier shall not be liable to Shipper for Product losses or shortages for which Shipper is compensated by its third party insurer.

Article XII.

Taxes

Section 12.01 Taxes . Shipper shall be responsible for and shall pay all sales Taxes and similar Taxes on goods and services provided hereunder and any other Taxes now or hereafter imposed by any Governmental Authority in respect of or measured by Products handled or stored hereunder or the manufacture, storage, delivery, receipt, exchange or inspection thereof, and Shipper agrees to promptly reimburse Carrier for any such Taxes Carrier is legally required to pay, upon receipt of invoice therefor. Each Party is responsible for all Taxes in respect of its own real and personal property.

Article XIII.

Health, Safety and Environment

Section 13.01 Spills; Environmental Pollution .

(a) In the event of any Product spill or other environmentally polluting discharge caused by Carrier’s operation of the Pipeline, any clean-up resulting from any such spill or discharge and any liability resulting from such spill or discharge shall be the responsibility of Carrier, except to the extent such spill or discharge is caused by Shipper or in connection with Shipper or a third party receiving Products on Shipper’s behalf, at its request or for its benefit.

(b) In the event and to the extent of any Product spill or other environmentally polluting discharge caused by Shipper or in connection with Shipper or a third party receiving Products on Shipper’s behalf, at its request or for its benefit, Carrier is authorized to commence containment or clean-up operations as deemed appropriate or necessary by Carrier or as required by any Governmental Authority, and Carrier shall notify Shipper of such operations as soon as practicable. All liability and reasonable costs of containment or clean-up shall be borne by Shipper except that, in the event a spill or discharge is caused by the joint negligence of both Carrier and Shipper or a third party receiving Products on Shipper’s behalf, at its request or for its benefit, liability and costs of containment or clean-up shall be borne jointly by Carrier and Shipper in proportion to each Party’s respective negligence.

 

11


(c) For purposes of this Section 13.01 , the negligence of a third party receiving Products on Shipper’s behalf, at its request or for its benefit shall be attributed to Shipper.

(d) The Parties shall cooperate for the purpose of obtaining reimbursement if a third party is legally responsible for costs or expenses initially borne by Carrier or Shipper.

Section 13.02 Incident Notification . Each Party undertakes to notify the other Party as soon as reasonably practical, but in no event more than 24 hours, after becoming aware of any accident, spill or incident involving the other Party’s employees, agents, contractors, sub-contractors or their equipment, or Shipper’s Products from the Pipeline and to provide reasonable assistance in investigating the circumstances of the accident, spill or incident. If any accident, spill or incident involving Shipper’s Products requires a report to be submitted to a Governmental Authority, Carrier shall notify such Governmental Authority as soon as reasonably practical in compliance with applicable Law. A copy of any such required report shall be delivered to Shipper.

Article XIV.

Force Majeure

Section 14.01 Suspension During Force Majeure Events . Promptly upon the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event, a Party affected by a Force Majeure Event shall provide the other Party with written notice of the occurrence of such Force Majeure Event. If a Party is prevented from performing its obligations under this Agreement due to a Force Majeure Event, then, to the extent that it is affected by the Force Majeure Event, the obligations of the Parties hereto shall be addressed as set forth in Sections 14.02 and 14.03 during the continuance of such Party’s inability to perform caused by the Force Majeure Event.

Section 14.02 Carrier Force Majeure . If a Force Majeure Event is declared by Carrier or to the extent the Force Majeure Event impacts the Pipeline and Shipper declares such Force Majeure Event (each a “ Carrier Force Majeure ”), each Party’s obligations (other than an obligation arising prior to the Carrier Force Majeure to pay any amounts due to the other Party) shall be temporarily suspended during the occurrence of, and for the entire duration of, the Carrier Force Majeure to the extent that such Carrier Force Majeure prevents either Party from performing its obligations under this Agreement and the Schedule. The Minimum Quarterly Commitment during the period of the Carrier Force Majeure shall be ratably reduced to reflect the suspension.

Section 14.03 Shipper Force Majeure . If a Force Majeure Event other than a Carrier Force Majeure, (a “ Shipper Force Majeure ”) is declared by Shipper, thereby precluding Shipper from performing its obligations under the Schedule and this Agreement, including a Shipper Force Majeure impacting the Refinery that affects Shipper’s performance under the Schedule and this Agreement, Shipper’s obligations (other than Shipper’s obligation arising prior to the Suspension Date to pay any amounts due to Carrier) shall be temporarily suspended beginning on the Suspension Date and for the entire remaining duration of such Shipper Force Majeure. The Minimum Quarterly Commitment during the period of the Shipper Force Majeure following the Suspension Date shall be ratably reduced to reflect the suspension.

Section 14.04 Obligation to Remedy Force Majeure Events . A Party affected by a Force Majeure Event shall take commercially reasonable steps to remedy such situation so that it may resume the full performance of its obligations under this Agreement and the Schedule as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

12


Section 14.05 Strikes and Lockouts . The settlement of strikes, lockouts and other labor disturbances shall be entirely within the discretion of the affected Party and the requirement to remedy a Force Majeure event as soon as reasonably practicable shall not require the settlement of strikes or lockouts by acceding to the demands of an opposing Person when such course is reasonably inadvisable in the discretion of the Party having the difficulty.

Section 14.06 Action in Emergencies . Carrier may temporarily suspend performance of the services provided by Carrier hereunder to prevent injuries to persons, damage to property or harm to the environment.

Article XV.

Limitation of Liability

Section 15.01 Limitation of Liability . In no event shall any Party be liable to any other Party for any consequential, indirect, incidental, punitive, exemplary, special or similar damages or lost profits suffered, directly or indirectly, by any Party. Each Party shall be discharged from any and all liability with respect to services performed and any loss or damage Claims arising out of the Schedule or this Agreement unless suit or action is commenced within two years after the applicable cause of action arises.

Article XVI.

Termination; Non-Exclusive Remedies

Section 16.01 Default; Right to Terminate .

(a) Should either Party default in the prompt performance and observance of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement or a Schedule, and should such default continue for [30] Days or more after Notice thereof by the non-defaulting Party to the defaulting Party, or should either Party become insolvent, commence a case for liquidation or reorganization under the United States Bankruptcy Code (or become the involuntary subject of a case for liquidation or reorganization under the United States Bankruptcy Code, if such case is not dismissed within 30 Days), be placed in the hands of a state or federal receiver or make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, then the other Party shall have the right, at its option, to terminate such Schedule (and this Agreement with respect to such Schedule) immediately upon delivery of Notice to the other Party.

(b) In the event of a default by Shipper under a Schedule, the amounts theretofore accrued with respect to such Schedule shall, at the option of Carrier, become immediately due and payable. In the event of default by Carrier under a Schedule, Shipper shall have the right, at its option, to terminate such Schedule (and this Agreement with respect to such Schedule), provided that Shipper shall have paid Carrier for the amounts that have accrued under such Schedule to the date of such termination. In no event shall a default under one Schedule be deemed to be a default under any other Schedule.

 

13


Section 16.02 Termination Following a Force Majeure Event . If a Force Majeure Event prevents Carrier or Shipper from performing its respective obligations under the Schedule for a period of more than 12 consecutive Months, the Schedule, or to the extent the Force Majeure Event only affects a portion of the obligations under the Schedule, the portion of those obligations so affected, may be terminated by either Party at any time after the expiration of such 12-Month period upon at least 30 Days’ Notice to the other Party.

Section 16.03 Non-Exclusive Remedies . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Schedule, the remedies of Carrier and Shipper provided in this Agreement shall not be exclusive, but shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to all other remedies in favor of Carrier or Shipper at law or in equity.

Article XVII.

Notices

Section 17.01 All notices or requests or consents provided for by, or permitted to be given pursuant to, this Agreement or any Schedule must be in writing and must be given by e-mail or United States mail, addressed to the Person to be notified, postpaid, and registered or certified with return receipt requested or by delivering such notice in person or by facsimile to such Party. Notice given by personal delivery or mail shall be effective upon actual receipt. Notice given by e-mail or facsimile shall be effective upon actual receipt if received during the recipient’s normal business hours or at the beginning of the recipient’s next business day after receipt if not received during the recipient’s normal business hours. All notices to be sent to a Party pursuant to this Agreement or any Schedule shall be sent to or made at the address set forth below or at such other address as such Party may stipulate to the other Parties in the manner provided in this Section 17.01.

If to Shipper:

Vice President Product Supply (Light Products)

Valero Marketing and Supply Company

One Valero Way

San Antonio, Texas 78249

Attn: Mark Swensen

Facsimile: 210-345-2413

E-mail: Mark.Swensen@valero.com

or

Vice President Crude, Feedstock Supply & Trading (Crude Oil)

Valero Marketing and Supply Company

One Valero Way

San Antonio, Texas 78249

Attn: Gary Simmons

Facsimile: 210-345-2413

E-mail: Gary.Simmons@valero.com

 

14


If to Carrier:

President and Chief Operating Officer

Valero Energy Partners GP LLC

One Valero Way

San Antonio, Texas 78249

Attn: Rich Lashway

Facsimile: 210-370-5161

E-mail: Rich.Lashway@valero.com

Article XVIII.

Miscellaneous

Section 18.01 Governing Law and Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of Texas, excluding any conflicts-of-law rule or principle that might refer the construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the laws of another state. Any disputes arising out of this Agreement will be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the U.S. District Court located in Harris County, Texas if federal jurisdiction is available and to the courts of the State of Texas located in Harris County, Texas if federal jurisdiction is not available.

Section 18.02 Assignment .

(a) Neither Party may assign its rights under this Agreement or any Schedule without the prior written consent of the other Party except:

(i) if Shipper sells or otherwise transfers any Refinery, Shipper may assign the Schedule(s) related to such Refinery, and the terms and conditions of this Agreement related to such Schedule(s) shall be novated into a new agreement between Carrier and the transferee of such Schedule(s) subject to the provisions of Section 18.02(b) ; and

(ii) Carrier may make collateral assignments of this Agreement to secure financing;

provided, however, that in no event shall Shipper be required to consent to Carrier’s assignment of this Agreement or any Schedule to any Person that is engaged in the business of refining and marketing petroleum products (or that directly or indirectly Controls or is Controlled by a Person that is engaged in the business of refining and marketing petroleum products) in any State where the Origin Point of the Pipeline covered by a Schedule is located.

(b) Upon an assignment or partial assignment this Agreement or a Schedule by either Party, the assigned rights and obligations shall be novated into a new agreement with the assignee, and such assignee shall be responsible for the performance of the assigned obligations unless the non-assigning Party has reasonably determined that the assignee is not financially or operationally capable of performing such assigned obligations, in which case the assignor shall remain responsible for the performance of such assigned obligations.

Section 18.03 Partnership Change in Control . The Shipper’s obligations hereunder shall not terminate in connection with a Partnership Change in Control. Carrier shall provide Shipper with Notice of any Partnership Change in Control at least 60 Days prior to the effective date thereof.

 

15


Section 18.04 No Third-Party Rights . Except as expressly provided, nothing in this Agreement or any Schedule is intended to confer any rights, benefits or obligations to any Person other than the Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

Section 18.05 Compliance with Laws . Each Party shall at all times comply with all Laws with respect to the use of the Terminal and in the performance of this Agreement or any Schedule.

Section 18.06 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or a Schedule or the application thereof shall be found by any arbitral panel or court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable to any extent and for any reason, it shall be adjusted rather than voided, if possible, in order to achieve the intent of the Parties. In any event, the remainder of this Agreement or such Schedule and the application of such remainder shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by Law.

Section 18.07 Non-Waiver . The failure of either Party to enforce any provision, condition, covenant or requirement of this Agreement or any Schedule at any time shall not be construed to be a waiver of such provision, condition, covenant or requirement unless the other Parties are so notified by such Party in writing. Any waiver by a Party of a default by any other Party in the performance of any provision, condition, covenant or requirement contained in this Agreement or any Schedule shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision, condition, covenant or requirement, nor shall any such waiver in any manner release such other Party from the performance of any other provision, condition, covenant or requirement.

Section 18.08 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Schedule, together with all exhibits attached hereto and thereto, constitute the entire agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter contemplated by this Agreement and the Schedule and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements between the Parties in connection with the subject matter hereof and thereof except as specifically set forth in, or contemplated by, the this Agreement or the Schedule.

Section 18.09 Amendments . This Agreement shall not be modified or amended, in whole or in part, except by a written amendment signed by both Parties. No amendment to a Schedule will be effective unless made in writing and signed by both Parties.

Section 18.10 Survival . Any indemnification granted hereunder by one Party to the other Party shall survive the expiration or termination of all or any part of this Agreement.

Section 18.11 Counterparts; Multiple Originals . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on each of the Parties. Each of the Parties may sign any number of copies of this Agreement. Each signed copy shall be deemed to be an original, but all of them together shall represent one and the same agreement.

Section 18.12 Exhibits . The exhibits identified in this Agreement are incorporated in this Agreement and constitute a part of this Agreement. If there is any conflict between this Agreement and any exhibit, the provisions of the exhibit shall control.

 

16


Section 18.13 Headings; Subheadings . The headings and subheadings of this Agreement have been inserted only for convenience to facilitate reference and are not intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

Section 18.14 Construction . The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring either Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 18.15 Business Practices . Carrier shall use its best efforts to make certain that all billings, reports, and financial settlements rendered to or made with Shipper pursuant to this Agreement or any Schedule, or any revision of or amendments to this Agreement or any Schedule, will properly reflect the facts about all activities and transactions handled by authority of this Agreement and the Schedule and that the information shown on such billings, reports and settlement documents may be relied upon by Shipper as being complete and accurate in any further recording and reporting made by Shipper for whatever purposes. Carrier shall notify Shipper if Carrier discovers any errors in such billings, reports, or settlement documents.

[ Signature page follows . ]

 

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have signed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

CARRIER:
VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC
By:   /s/ Richard F. Lashway
Name:   Richard F. Lashway
Title:   Senior Vice President
SHIPPER:
VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY
By:   /s/ Joseph W. Gorder
Name:   Joseph W. Gorder
Title:   President

Signature Page to Master Transportation Services Agreement


TRANSPORTATION SERVICES SCHEDULE

(Collierville Pipeline System)

This Transportation Services Schedule (this “ Schedule ”) is entered into on the 16th day of December, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Carrier ”), and VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“ Shipper ”), pursuant to the Master Transportation Services Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) between Carrier and Shipper dated as of December 16, 2013. Except as set forth herein, the terms and conditions of the Agreement are incorporated by reference into this Schedule. Unless otherwise defined in this Schedule, the defined terms in this Schedule will have the same meaning used in the Agreement.

1. Term . This Schedule shall have a primary term commencing on the Effective Date and ending 10 years from the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”), and may be renewed by Shipper, at Shipper’s sole option, for one successive 5 year renewal term (a “ Renewal Term ”), upon at least 180 Days’ written Notice from Shipper to Carrier prior to the end of the Initial Term. The Initial Term and Renewal Term, if any, shall be referred to in this Schedule as the “ Term ”.

2. Pipeline . The pipeline (the “ Pipeline ”) and related facilities (such facilities, together with the Pipeline, the “ Pipeline System ”) covered by this Schedule is the Collierville pipeline that originates at the inlet of Carrier’s valve 412 located at the connection of the Pipeline System to the Capline Pipeline in Marshall County, Mississippi (the “ Origin Point ”) and terminates at the outlet flange of Carrier’s back pressure regulator for the Pipeline System located within the fence line of the Refinery (as defined below) (the “ Delivery Point ”) and consists of the following segments:

(a) A 30" nominal diameter pipeline located in Marshall County, Mississippi being approximately 1,359 ft / 0.26 miles in length. This pipeline originates at the Shell/Capline facility meter site and terminates at the Collierville Station crude oil inlet manifold;

(b) A 12" nominal diameter pipeline located in Marshall and Desoto County, Mississippi being approximately 45,075 ft / 8.54 miles in length. This pipeline originates at Collierville Station and terminates at the Hacks Cross Road trap site;

(c) A 10" nominal diameter pipeline located in Marshall and Desoto County, Mississippi and Shelby County, Tennessee being approximately 100,010 ft / 18.94 miles in length. This pipeline originates at Collierville Station and terminates at the Stateline Road trap site;

(d) A 20" nominal diameter pipeline located in Desoto County, Mississippi and Shelby County, Tennessee being approximately 33,786 ft / 6.40 miles in length. This pipeline originates at the Hacks Cross Road trap site and terminates at the Davidson Road trap site;

(e) A 14" nominal diameter pipeline located in Desoto County, Mississippi being approximately 23,979 ft / 4.54 miles in length. This pipeline originates at the Davidson Road trap site and terminates at the Stateline Road trap site; and

(f) A 20" nominal diameter pipeline located in Shelby County, Tennessee and Marshall County, Mississippi being approximately 71,832 ft / 13.60 miles in length. This pipeline originates at the Stateline Road trap site and terminates at the Memphis Refinery.

 

1


In addition to the Pipelines, Shipper shall have the right to use the Collierville Tanks (as defined below) pursuant to Section 9 hereof and the St. James Tank (as defined below) pursuant to Section 10 hereof.

3. Refinery . The refinery that is supported by the Pipeline System is Shipper’s Affiliate’s Memphis Refinery (the “ Refinery ”).

4. Product . The products to be transported and shipped on the Pipeline System under this Schedule (each, a “ Product ” and collectively, the “ Products ”) are those products permissible as established by Carrier in the Rules and Regulations Tariff FERC No. 9.0.0, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “ Rules and Regulations Tariff ”). A copy of the Rules and Regulations Tariff is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

5. Specifications . Shipper will ensure that all of its Products tendered at the Origin Point for transportation on the Pipeline System meet the applicable specifications for the Product set forth in the Tariff (the “ Specifications ”).

6. Tariff Rate . For transportation services on the Pipeline System, Shipper agrees to pay Carrier the Tariff Rate (as defined below) subject to escalation pursuant to Section 8 . For purposes of this Schedule and the Agreement the term “ Tariff Rate ” means the rate applicable from time to time for the shipment of a Product through the Pipeline System under the terms of the Tariff (as defined below), which as of the Effective Date shall be $0.1557 per Barrel of Product delivered from the Origin Point to the Delivery Point on the Pipeline, adjusted from time to time as provided in Section 8 . For purpose of this Schedule and the Agreement, the term “ Tariff ” shall mean Carrier’s Local Pipeline Tariff FERC No. 10.3.0 to be filed with FERC to be effective on the Effective Date, in the form set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto, including all supplements and re-issues thereof, containing the rates, and incorporating the rules and regulations governing the transportation and handling of Product(s) on the Pipeline System.

7. Pipeline Throughput Commitment . During each Calendar Quarter pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Schedule and the Tariff, Shipper shall tender at the Origin Point an aggregate average of at least 100,000 Barrels per Day of Product for transportation on the Pipeline System, in approximately ratable quantities (such average, the “ Minimum Quarterly Commitment ”) to the Delivery Point and Carrier shall transport and ship or cause to be transported and shipped such Product on the Pipeline in accordance with the terms of this Schedule and the Tariff. Except as expressly provided in the Agreement for an Outage, a Carrier Force Majeure or a Shipper Force Majeure, if during any Calendar Quarter, Shipper fails to meet its Minimum Quarterly Commitment during such Calendar Quarter, then Shipper will pay Carrier a deficiency payment (each, a “ Quarterly Deficiency Payment ”) in an amount equal to the volume of the deficiency (the “ Quarterly Deficiency Volume ”) multiplied by the Tariff Rate in effect for the relevant Calendar Quarter. The dollar amount of any Quarterly Deficiency Payment paid by Shipper may be applied as a credit against any amounts incurred by Shipper and owed to Carrier with respect to volumes of Product tendered at the Origin Point in excess of the Shipper’s Minimum Quarterly Commitment (or, if this Schedule expires or is terminated, to volumes tendered to the Origin Point in excess of the applicable Minimum Quarterly Commitment in effect as of the date of such expiration or termination) (such excess volume during any Calendar Quarter is referred to in this Section as the “ Quarterly Surplus Volume ”) during any of the succeeding four Calendar Quarters, after which

 

2


time any unused credits will expire. This Section 7 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Schedule, if necessary for the application of any Quarterly Deficiency Payment against any Quarterly Surplus Volume as set forth herein. Carrier shall provide transportation services to Shipper in excess of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment on an “as available” basis, and any use of such excess capacity shall be subject to the Tariff Rate in effect at the time of the tender.

8. Escalation . On July 1, 2014, and on July 1 st of each year thereafter while this Schedule is in effect, Carrier may, in its discretion, adjust the Tariff Rate, which adjustment shall be effective as of July 1 st of the year in which such election is made, in accordance with FERC’s indexing methodology. If FERC terminates its indexing methodology and does not adopt a new methodology, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith a methodology for adjusting the Tariff Rate under this Schedule.

9. Collierville Terminal Tanks . Carrier shall furnish as part of its services under this Schedule, and Shipper shall have the right to use, the tanks and related facilities (the “ Collierville Tanks ”) at the Carrier’s Collierville terminal in Byhalia, Mississippi (the “ Terminal ”) for break-out storage in connection the movements of Shipper’s Product on the Pipeline System. The use of the Collierville Tanks and the services at the Terminal shall be in accordance with the following additional terms.

(a) Carrier’s Obligation to Maintain . Carrier agrees to maintain and keep the Collierville Tanks in good condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) according to Law and industry standards.

(b) Use of the Collierville Tanks . Shipper agrees to deliver to the Collierville Tanks for storage only the Shipper’s Product specified in this Schedule, and Shipper shall be responsible for any damage to the Collierville Tanks if and to the extent caused by the storage in the Collierville Tanks of any Shipper’s Product which (i) is not expressly authorized under the terms hereof or (ii) contains any contaminant introduced into Shipper’s Product prior to Carrier taking custody of such Product.

(c) Commingled Storage . Carrier is not required to store Shipper’s Products in dedicated storage at the Terminal. Each Product may be stored in commingled storage with a product belonging to another Person; provided, however, that any product belonging to another Person and commingled with a Product belonging to Shipper shall meet or exceed the Specifications.

(d) Tank Bottoms . Shipper will provide a pro rata share of the tank bottoms (including, if applicable the amount of Product required for a floating roof to remain continuously afloat) and a pro rata share of line fill for Product at the Terminal. Shipper’s pro rata share will be determined by Carrier and is subject to change.

(e) Maintenance and Cleaning of Collierville Tanks . During the Term of this Schedule, Carrier may take out of service any tank in order to perform inspections, maintenance, or repairs. If such tank is taken out of service Carrier, at Carrier’s option, may move Shipper’s Product to an alternate tank while the original tank is out of service. Shipper will reimburse Carrier the actual costs incurred for cleaning the Collierville Tanks and disposal of any waste generated from the storage of Shipper’s Products at the Terminal.

 

3


(f) Removal upon Termination . Shipper, at its own expense, shall make arrangements for the removal of its Products from the Terminal and Carrier shall remove and redeliver Shipper’s Products no later than the later of (1) the effective date of the termination or expiration of this Schedule and (2) 10 Days after receipt of Notice to terminate this Schedule in accordance with its terms, provided that Carrier may, in its sole discretion, agree in writing to extend the time for such removal (the later such date being referred to as the “ Removal Deadline ”). Shipper shall reimburse Carrier for any expenses incurred by Carrier in removing Shipper’s Products from the Terminal, including any expenses incurred by Carrier for cleaning, degassing or otherwise preparing the Tank(s) and the removal, processing, transportation or disposal of all waste generated from the storage of Shipper’s Products at the Terminal. If by the Removal Deadline Shipper’s Product has not been removed from the Terminal, except to the extent any delay in removal is caused by Carrier, then in addition to any other rights Carrier may have under this Schedule:

(i) Shipper shall remain obligated to perform all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Schedule;

(ii) Carrier shall have the right to take possession of such Products and sell them in public or private sales. In the event of such a sale, Carrier shall withhold from the proceeds therefrom all amounts owed to it hereunder and all reasonable expenses of sale (including any expenses incurred by Carrier for cleaning, degassing or otherwise preparing the Tank(s), the removal, processing, transportation or disposal of all waste generated from the storage of Shipper’s Products, and reasonable attorneys’ fees and any amounts necessary to discharge any and all liens against the Products). The balance of the proceeds, if any, shall be remitted to Shipper; and

(iii) Shipper shall pay any holdover fee of $0.05 per Barrel of Product per day until all Products are removed from the Terminal.

10. St. James Tank . Carrier shall furnish as part of its transportation services under this Schedule, and Shipper shall have the right to use, Carrier’s 330,000 Barrel crude oil storage tank (along with the appurtenant facilities thereto) (the “ St. James Tank ”) located at Capline’s St. James Terminal in St. James, Louisiana for receiving and staging Product for transportation on the Capline Pipeline System to the Origin Point on the Pipeline. Shipper’s right to use the St. James Tank shall be subject to and in accordance with the terms of (i) the Tank Operating Agreement dated December 1, 1996 between Shell Pipeline Company LP (successor-in-interest to Shell Pipe Line Corporation) in its capacity as Operator of the Capline System, and Valero MKS Logistics, L.L.C. (as successor-in-interest to Williams Refining & Marketing, L.L.C. successor-in-interest to MAPCO Petroleum Inc.) and (ii) Surface Lease and Pipeline Servitude dated December 1, 1996, between Shell Pipeline Company LP (successor-in-interest to Shell Pipe Line Corporation) in its capacity as Operator of the Capline System, and Valero MKS Logistics, L.L.C. (as successor-in-interest to Williams Refining & Marketing, L.L.C. successor-in-interest to MAPCO Petroleum Inc.).

 

4


11. Nominations and Scheduling . Shipper shall provide Carrier with a written nomination and schedule for shipments in accordance with the Rules and Regulations Tariff.

12. Special Termination by Shipper . If Shipper or any of its Affiliates determines to completely or partially suspend refining operations at the Refinery for a period of at least 12 consecutive Months, the Parties will negotiate in good faith to agree upon a reduction of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment to reflect such suspension of operations. If the Parties are unable to agree to an appropriate reduction of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment, then after Shipper or such Affiliate has made a public announcement of such suspension, Shipper may provide written Notice to Carrier of its intent to terminate this Schedule and this Schedule will terminate 12 Months following the date such Notice is delivered to Carrier. In the event Shipper or such Affiliate publicly announces, prior to the expiration of such 12-Month period, its intent to resume operations at the Refinery, then such Notice shall be deemed revoked and this Schedule shall continue in full force and effect as if such Notice had never been delivered.

13. Effect of Shipper Restructuring . If Shipper or any of its Affiliates determines to restructure its respective supply, refining or sales operations at the Refinery in such a way as could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the economics of Shipper’s performance of its obligations under this Schedule, then the Parties will negotiate in good faith an alternative arrangement that is no worse economically for Carrier than the economic benefits to be received by Carrier under this Schedule, which may include the substitution of new commitments of Shipper on other assets owned or to be acquired or constructed by Carrier.

14. Contacts and Notices .

(a) For Carrier . The following contacts and their respective subject matter expertise are provided for convenience purposes only. All formal notices and communication required under this Schedule to Carrier shall be in writing and delivered as set forth in the Agreement:

 

Operational:    Sr Mgr Area Pipeline &Terminals, Midwest Operations
   Tel: (901) 947-8479
   Fax: (210) 370-5150
Invoice:    Troy Heard, Supervisor Accounting
   Tel: (210) 345-4324
   Fax: (210) 370-4324

(b) For Shipper : The following contacts and their respective subject matter expertise are provided for convenience purposes only. All formal notices and communication required under this Schedule to Shipper shall be in writing and delivered as set forth in the Agreement:

 

Operational:    Scheduler, Mid-Continent
   Tel: (210) 345-5898
   Fax: (210) 370-6206
Invoice:    Troy Heard, Supervisor Accounting
   Tel: (210) 345-3219
   Fax: (210) 370-4355

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have caused this Schedule to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers.

 

Carrier:
VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC
By:  

/s/ Richard F. Lashway

Name:   Richard F. Lashway
Title:   Senior Vice President
Shipper:
VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Rodney L. Reese

Name:   Rodney L. Reese
Title:   Vice President

Signature Page to Transportation Services Schedule (Collierville Pipeline System)


EXHIBIT A

Rules and Regulations Tariff FERC No. 9.0.0

[ See attached. ]


EXHIBIT B

Local Pipeline Tariff FERC No. 10.3.0

[See attached. ]


TRANSPORTATION SERVICES SCHEDULE

(El Paso Pipeline)

This Transportation Services Schedule (this “ Schedule ”) is entered into on the 16th day of December, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Carrier ”), and VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“ Shipper ”), pursuant to the Master Transportation Services Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) between Carrier and Shipper dated as of December 16, 2013. Except as set forth herein, the terms and conditions of the Agreement are incorporated by reference into this Schedule. Unless otherwise defined in this Schedule, the defined terms in this Schedule will have the same meaning used in the Agreement.

1. Term . This Schedule shall have a primary term commencing on the Effective Date and ending 10 years from the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”), and may be renewed by Shipper, at Shipper’s sole option, for one successive 5 year renewal term (a “ Renewal Term ”), upon at least 180 Days’ written Notice from Shipper to Carrier prior to the end of the Initial Term. The Initial Term and Renewal Term, if any, shall be referred to in this Schedule as the “ Term ”.

2. Pipeline . The pipeline (the “ Pipeline ”) and related facilities (such facilities, together with the Pipeline, the “ Pipeline System ”) covered by this Schedule is Carrier’s one-third undivided interest in a 10 3/4" nominal diameter products pipeline extending approximately 408 miles from the inlet side of the refined petroleum product measurement meter station located at the El Paso Pipeline Pump Station at the Refinery (the “ Origin Point ”) to the outlet side of the El Paso Pipeline measurement meter station located on the El Paso Terminal property in El Paso County, Texas (the “ Delivery Point ”).

3. Refinery . The refinery that is supported by the Pipeline is Shipper’s Affiliate’s McKee Refinery (the “ Refinery ”).

4. Product . The products to be transported and shipped on the Pipeline under this Schedule (each, a “ Product ” and collectively, the “ Products ”) are those products permissible as established by the Operator (as defined below) in Local Pipeline Tariff FERC No. 70.8.0, and subject to the rules and regulations published in Operator’s Rules and Regulations Tariff FERC No. 76.1.0, as both may be amended, modified or supplemented by Operator from time to time (collectively the “ Operator’s Tariffs ”).

5. Specifications . Shipper will ensure that all of its Products tendered at the Origin Point for transportation on the Pipeline System meet the applicable specifications for the Product established by the Operator’s Tariffs (the “ Specifications ”).

6. Transportation Rate . For transportation services on the Pipeline, Shipper agrees to pay Carrier $1.302 per Barrel of Product transported from the Origin Point to the Delivery Point on the Pipeline, adjusted from time to time as provided in Section 8 (the “ Transportation Rate ”).

7. Pipeline Throughput Commitment . During each Calendar Quarter pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Schedule, Shipper shall tender at the Origin Point an aggregate average of at least 17,836 Barrels per Day of Product for transportation on the Pipeline, in approximately ratable

 

1


quantities (such average, the “ Minimum Quarterly Commitment ”) to the Delivery Point and Carrier shall transport and ship or cause to be transported and shipped such Product on the Pipeline in accordance with the terms of this Schedule. Except as expressly provided in the Agreement for an Outage, a Carrier Force Majeure or a Shipper Force Majeure, if during any Calendar Quarter, Shipper fails to meet its Minimum Quarterly Commitment during such Calendar Quarter, then Shipper will pay Carrier a deficiency payment (each, a “ Quarterly Deficiency Payment ”) in an amount equal to the volume of the deficiency (the “ Quarterly Deficiency Volume ”) multiplied by the Transportation Rate in effect for the relevant Calendar Quarter. The dollar amount of any Quarterly Deficiency Payment paid by Shipper may be applied as a credit against any amounts incurred by Shipper and owed to Carrier with respect to volumes of Product tendered at the Origin Point in excess of the Shipper’s Minimum Quarterly Commitment (or, if this Schedule expires or is terminated, to volumes tendered to the Origin Point in excess of the applicable Minimum Quarterly Commitment in effect as of the date of such expiration or termination) (such excess volume during any Calendar Quarter is referred to in this Section as the “ Quarterly Surplus Volume ”) during any of the succeeding four Calendar Quarters, after which time any unused credits will expire. This Section 7 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Schedule, if necessary for the application of any Quarterly Deficiency Payment against any Quarterly Surplus Volume as set forth herein. Carrier shall provide transportation services to Shipper in excess of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment on an “as available” basis, and any use of such excess capacity shall be subject to the Transportation Rate in effect at the time of the tender.

8. Escalation . On July 1, 2014, and on July 1 st of each year thereafter while this Schedule is in effect, Carrier may, in its discretion, adjust the Transportation Rate, which adjustment shall be effective as of July 1 st of the year in which such election is made, in accordance with FERC’s indexing methodology. If FERC terminates its indexing methodology and does not adopt a new methodology, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith a methodology for adjusting the Transportation Rate under this Schedule.

9. Nominations and Scheduling . Shipper shall provide Carrier with a written nomination and schedule for shipments at the same time and in the same form and manner as required by the Operator’s Tariffs.

10. Special Termination by Shipper . If Shipper or any of its Affiliates determines to completely or partially suspend refining operations at the Refinery for a period of at least 12 consecutive Months, the Parties will negotiate in good faith to agree upon a reduction of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment to reflect such suspension of operations. If the Parties are unable to agree to an appropriate reduction of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment, then after Shipper or such Affiliate has made a public announcement of such suspension, Shipper may provide written Notice to Carrier of its intent to terminate this Schedule and this Schedule will terminate 12 Months following the date such Notice is delivered to Carrier. In the event Shipper or such Affiliate publicly announces, prior to the expiration of such 12-Month period, its intent to resume operations at the Refinery, then such Notice shall be deemed revoked and this Schedule shall continue in full force and effect as if such Notice had never been delivered.

11. Effect of Shipper Restructuring . If Shipper or any of its Affiliates determines to restructure its respective supply, refining or sales operations at the Refinery in such a way as could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the economics of Shipper’s performance

 

2


of its obligations under this Schedule, then the Parties will negotiate in good faith an alternative arrangement that is no worse economically for Carrier than the economic benefits to be received by Carrier under this Schedule, which may include the substitution of new commitments of Shipper on other assets owned or to be acquired or constructed by Carrier.

12. Third Party Operated Assets . The Parties recognize that the Pipeline System is currently operated by a third party operator (the “ Operator ”) pursuant to an Agreement For The Operation and Maintenance of the El Paso Pipeline dated March 2, 1998 by and between NuStar Logistics, LP (as successor-in-interest to D.S.E. Pipeline Company) and Carrier (as successor-in-interest to Phillips Texas Pipeline Company, Ltd.) (as amended, the “ Operating Agreement ”) and the terms of this Schedule and the Agreement as it relates to the operation of the Pipeline System and the services to be provided by Carrier are intended to be consistent with the terms and services to be provided by the Operator pursuant to the Operating Agreement. Carrier shall not be liable to Shipper for any Claims which may arise by reason of the failure of Carrier to keep, observe or perform any of its obligations under this Schedule or the Agreement if such obligation is in direct conflict with or violates the terms of the Operating Agreement.

13. Contacts and Notices .

(a) For Carrier . The following contacts and their respective subject matter expertise are provided for convenience purposes only. All formal notices and communication required under this Schedule to Carrier shall be in writing and delivered as set forth in the Agreement:

 

Operational:    Exec Director Pipeline & Terminals
   Tel: (409)-839-3518
   Fax: (409)-839-3515
Invoice:    Troy Heard, Supervisor Accounting
   Tel: (210) 345-4324
   Fax: (210) 370-4324

(b) For Shipper : The following contacts and their respective subject matter expertise are provided for convenience purposes only. All formal notices and communication required under this Schedule to Shipper shall be in writing and delivered as set forth in the Agreement:

 

Operational:    Manager Product Supply Operations, Mid-Continent
   Tel: (210) 345-3689
   Fax: (210) 345-2660
Invoice:    Troy Heard, Supervisor Accounting
   Tel: (210) 345-3219
   Fax: (210) 370-4355

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have caused this Schedule to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers.

 

Carrier:
VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC
By:   /s/ Richard F. Lashway
Name:   Richard F. Lashway
Title:   Senior Vice President
Shipper:  
VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY
By:   /s/ Rodney L. Reese
Name:   Rodney L. Reese
Title:   Vice President

Signature Page to Transportation Services Schedule (El Paso Pipeline)


TRANSPORTATION SERVICES SCHEDULE

(Lucas Pipeline System)

This Transportation Services Schedule (this “ Schedule ”) is entered into on the 16th day of December, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Carrier ”), and VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“ Shipper ”), pursuant to the Master Transportation Services Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) between Carrier and Shipper dated as of December 16, 2013. Except as set forth herein, the terms and conditions of the Agreement are incorporated by reference into this Schedule. Unless otherwise defined in this Schedule, the defined terms in this Schedule will have the same meaning used in the Agreement.

1. Term . This Schedule shall have a primary term commencing on the Effective Date and ending 10 years from the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”), and may be renewed by Shipper, at Shipper’s sole option, for one successive 5 year renewal term (a “ Renewal Term ”), upon at least 180 Days’ written Notice from Shipper to Carrier prior to the end of the Initial Term. The Initial Term and Renewal Term, if any, shall be referred to in this Schedule as the “ Term ”.

2. Pipeline . The pipeline (the “ Pipeline ”) and related facilities (such facilities, together with the Pipeline, the “ Pipeline System ”) covered by this Schedule is the 30" nominal diameter crude oil pipeline that is approximately 12.37 miles in length and originates at inlet flange of the Pipeline crude meter skid located within Carrier’s Lucas Terminal (the “ Origin Point ”) and terminates at the outlet flange of the Pipeline crude meter skid located at the Refinery (the “ Delivery Point ”).

3. Refinery . The refinery that is supported by the Pipeline is Shipper’s Affiliate’s Port Arthur Refinery (the “ Refinery ”).

4. Product . The products to be transported and shipped on the Pipeline under this Schedule (each, a “ Product ” and collectively, the “ Products ”) are those products permissible as established by Carrier in the Rules and Regulations Tariff FERC No. 4.0.0, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “ Rules and Regulations Tariff ”). A copy of the Rules and Regulations Tariff is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

5. Specifications . Shipper will ensure that all of its Products tendered at the Origin Point for transportation on the Pipeline System meet the applicable specifications for the Product as set forth in the Tariff (as defined below) (the “ Specifications ”).

6. Tariff Rate . For transportation services on the Pipeline System, Shipper agrees to pay Carrier the Tariff Rate (as defined below) subject to escalation pursuant to Section 8 . For purposes of this Schedule and the Agreement the term “ Tariff Rate ” means the rate applicable from time to time for the shipment of a Product through the Pipeline System under the terms of the Tariff (as defined below), which as of the Effective Date shall be (i) $0.176 per Barrel of Product transported from the Origin Point to the Delivery Point on the Pipeline for the first 160,000 average Barrels per Day of Product so delivered during such Month, (ii) $0.071 per Barrel of Product transported from the Origin Point to the Delivery Point on the Pipeline for volumes in excess of 160,000 average Barrels per Day of Product so delivered during such Month up to 200,000 average BPD of Product so delivered during such Month; and (iii) $0.06 per Barrel of Product transported from the Origin

 

1


Point to the Delivery Point on the Pipeline in excess of 200,000 average Barrels per Day of Product so delivered during such Month, adjusted from time to time as provided in Section 8 . For purpose of this Schedule and the Agreement, the term “ Tariff ” shall mean Carrier’s Local Pipeline Tariff FERC No. 5.1.0 to be filed with FERC to be effective on the Effective Date, in the form set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto, including all supplements and re-issues thereof, containing the rates, and incorporating the rules and regulations governing the transportation and handling of Product on the Pipeline System.

7. Pipeline Throughput Commitment . During each Calendar Quarter pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Schedule and the Tariff, Shipper shall tender at the Origin Point an aggregate average of at least 150,000 Barrels per Day of Product for transportation on the Pipeline, in approximately ratable quantities (such average, the “ Minimum Quarterly Commitment ”) to the Delivery Point and Carrier shall transport and ship or cause to be transported and shipped such Product on the Pipeline in accordance with the terms of this Schedule and the Tariff. Except as expressly provided in the Agreement for an Outage, a Carrier Force Majeure, or a Shipper Force Majeure, if during any Calendar Quarter, Shipper fails to meet its Minimum Quarterly Commitment during such Calendar Quarter, then Shipper will pay Carrier a deficiency payment (each, a “ Quarterly Deficiency Payment ”) in an amount equal to the volume of the deficiency (the “ Quarterly Deficiency Volume ”) multiplied by the Tariff Rate in effect for the relevant Calendar Quarter. The dollar amount of any Quarterly Deficiency Payment paid by Shipper may be applied as a credit against any amounts incurred by Shipper and owed to Carrier with respect to volumes of Product tendered at the Origin Point in excess of the Shipper’s Minimum Quarterly Commitment (or, if this Schedule expires or is terminated, to volumes tendered to the Origin Point in excess of the applicable Minimum Quarterly Commitment in effect as of the date of such expiration or termination) (such excess volume during any Calendar Quarter is referred to in this Section as the “ Quarterly Surplus Volume ”) during any of the succeeding four Calendar Quarters, after which time any unused credits will expire. This Section 7 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Schedule, if necessary for the application of any Quarterly Deficiency Payment against any Quarterly Surplus Volume as set forth herein. Carrier shall provide transportation services to Shipper in excess of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment on an “as available” basis, and any use of such excess capacity shall be subject to the Tariff Rate in effect at the time of the tender.

8. Escalation . On July 1, 2014, and on July 1 st of each year thereafter while this Schedule is in effect, Carrier may, in its discretion, adjust the Tariff Rate, which adjustment shall be effective as of July 1 st of the year in which such election is made, in accordance with FERC’s indexing methodology. If FERC terminates its indexing methodology and does not adopt a new methodology, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith a methodology for adjusting the Tariff Rate under this Schedule.

9. Nominations and Scheduling . Shipper shall provide Carrier with a written nomination and schedule for shipments in accordance with the Rules and Regulations Tariff.

10. Special Termination by Shipper . If Shipper or any of its Affiliates determines to completely or partially suspend refining operations at the Refinery for a period of at least 12 consecutive Months, the Parties will negotiate in good faith to agree upon a reduction of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment to reflect such suspension of operations. If the Parties are unable to agree to an appropriate reduction of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment, then after Shipper or

 

2


such Affiliate has made a public announcement of such suspension, Shipper may provide written Notice to Carrier of its intent to terminate this Schedule and this Schedule will terminate 12 Months following the date such Notice is delivered to Carrier. In the event Shipper or such Affiliate publicly announces, prior to the expiration of such 12-Month period, its intent to resume operations at the Refinery, then such Notice shall be deemed revoked and this Schedule shall continue in full force and effect as if such Notice had never been delivered.

11. Effect of Shipper Restructuring . If Shipper or any of its Affiliates determines to restructure its respective supply, refining or sales operations at the Refinery in such a way as could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the economics of Shipper’s performance of its obligations under this Schedule, then the Parties will negotiate in good faith an alternative arrangement that is no worse economically for Carrier than the economic benefits to be received by Carrier under this Schedule, which may include the substitution of new commitments of Shipper on other assets owned or to be acquired or constructed by Carrier.

12. Contacts and Notices .

(a) For Carrier . The following contacts and their respective subject matter expertise are provided for convenience purposes only. All formal notices and communication required under this Schedule to Carrier shall be in writing and delivered as set forth in the Agreement:

 

Operational:

   Manager Area Terminal, Gulf Coast Operations
  

Tel: (409)-839-3518

   Fax: (409)-839-3515

Invoice:

   Troy Heard, Supervisor Accounting
  

Tel: (210) 345-3219

   Fax: (210) 370-4355

(b) For Shipper : The following contacts and their respective subject matter expertise are provided for convenience purposes only. All formal notices and communication required under this Schedule to Shipper shall be in writing and delivered as set forth in the Agreement:

 

Operational:    Sr Mgr Marine Operations, Gulf Coast (Marine)
   Tel: (210) 345-2792
   Fax: (210) 345- 2768
  

OR

 

   Scheduler, Gulf Coast (Pipeline)
   Tel: (210) 345-5893
   Fax: (210) 345- 5907
Invoice:    Troy Heard, Supervisor Accounting
   Tel: (210) 345-3219
   Fax: (210) 370-4355

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have caused this Schedule to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers.

 

Carrier:

VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC

By:

 

/s/ Richard F. Lashway

Name:

 

Richard F. Lashway

Title:

 

Senior Vice President

Shipper:

VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY

By:

 

/s/ Rodney L. Reese

Name:

 

Rodney L. Reese

Title:

 

Vice President

Signature Page to Transportation Services Schedule (Lucas Pipeline System)

 


EXHIBIT A

Rules and Regulations Tariff FERC No. 4.0.0

[See attached.]

 


EXHIBIT B

Local Pipeline Tariff FERC No. 5.1.0

[See attached.]

 


TRANSPORTATION SERVICES SCHEDULE

(Memphis Airport Pipeline System)

This Transportation Services Schedule (this “ Schedule ”) is entered into on the 16th day of December, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Carrier ”), and VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“ Shipper ”), pursuant to the Master Transportation Services Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) between Carrier and Shipper dated as of December 16, 2013. Except as set forth herein, the terms and conditions of the Agreement are incorporated by reference into this Schedule. Unless otherwise defined in this Schedule, the defined terms in this Schedule will have the same meaning used in the Agreement.

1. Term . This Schedule shall have a primary term commencing on the Effective Date and ending 10 years from the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”), and may be renewed by Shipper, at Shipper’s sole option, for one successive 5 year renewal term (a “ Renewal Term ”), upon at least 180 Days’ written Notice from Shipper to Carrier prior to the end of the Initial Term. The Initial Term and Renewal Term, if any, shall be referred to in this Schedule as the “ Term ”.

2. Pipeline . The pipeline (the “ Pipeline ”) and related facilities (such facilities, together with the Pipeline, the “ Pipeline System ”) covered by this Schedule is the Memphis Airport jet pipeline system, which consists of a 6" nominal diameter pipeline approximately 51,820 ft / 9.81 miles in length (“ 6 " Jet Fuel Pipeline ”) that originates at (i) the inlet flange of Carrier’s 6" check valve for jet pump #1 inside the Refinery and (ii) the inlet flange of Carrier’s airport control valve for jet pumps #2 and #3 inside the Refinery (the “ Origin Points ”) and terminates at the outlet flange of Carrier’s valve located in the Swissport Station tank farm at the Memphis International Airport (the “ Swissport Delivery Point ”), together with a 6" lateral pipeline that runs approximately 7,968 ft / 1.51 miles (the “ Fed Ex Lateral ”) from a connection point with the 6" Jet Fuel Pipeline near Nonconnah Creek to the outlet of the last valve on Carrier’s meter skid at the FedEx Terminal at the Memphis International Airport (the “ FedEx Delivery Point ” and together with the Swissport Delivery Point, the “ Delivery Points ”).

3. Refinery . The refinery that is supported by the Pipeline is Shipper’s Affiliate’s Memphis Refinery (the “ Refinery ”).

4. Product . The product to be transported and shipped on the Pipeline under this Schedule is jet fuel (the “ Product ”).

5. Specifications . Shipper will ensure that all of its Product tendered at the Origin Points for transportation on the Pipeline System meets the applicable specifications for the Product, as set forth in ASTM D1655 (Jet A), as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “ Specifications ”).

6. Transportation Rate . For transportation services on the Pipeline, Shipper agrees to pay Carrier (i) $0.810 per Barrel of Product transported from any of the Origin Points to any of the Delivery Points on the Pipeline up to 2,000 average Barrels per Day of Product so delivered during any Month, and (ii) $0.45 per Barrel of Product transported from any of the Origin Points to any of the Delivery Points on the Pipeline for volumes in excess of 2,000 average Barrels per Day of Product so delivered during such Month, adjusted from time to time as provided in Section 8 (the “ Transportation Rate ”).

 

1


7. Pipeline Throughput Commitment . During each Calendar Quarter pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Schedule, Shipper shall tender at any of the Origin Points an aggregate average of at least 2,000 Barrels per Day of Product for transportation on the Pipeline, in approximately ratable quantities (such average, the “ Minimum Quarterly Commitment ”) to the Delivery Point and Carrier shall transport and ship or cause to be transported and shipped such Product on the Pipeline in accordance with the terms of this Schedule. Except as expressly provided in the Agreement for an Outage, a Carrier Force Majeure or a Shipper Force Majeure, if during any Calendar Quarter, Shipper fails to meet its Minimum Quarterly Commitment during such Calendar Quarter, then Shipper will pay Carrier a deficiency payment (each, a “ Quarterly Deficiency Payment ”) in an amount equal to the volume of the deficiency (the “ Quarterly Deficiency Volume ”) multiplied by the Transportation Rate in effect for the relevant Calendar Quarter. The dollar amount of any Quarterly Deficiency Payment paid by Shipper may be applied as a credit against any amounts incurred by Shipper and owed to Carrier with respect to volumes of Product tendered at any of the Origin Points in excess of the Shipper’s Minimum Quarterly Commitment (or, if this Schedule expires or is terminated, to volumes tendered to the Origin Points in excess of the applicable Minimum Quarterly Commitment in effect as of the date of such expiration or termination) (such excess volume during any Calendar Quarter is referred to in this Section as the “ Quarterly Surplus Volume ”) during any of the succeeding four Calendar Quarters, after which time any unused credits will expire. This Section 7 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Schedule, if necessary for the application of any Quarterly Deficiency Payment against any Quarterly Surplus Volume as set forth herein. Carrier shall provide transportation services to Shipper in excess of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment on an “as available” basis, and any use of such excess capacity shall be subject to the Transportation Rate in effect at the time of the tender.

8. Escalation . On July 1, 2014, and on July 1 st of each year thereafter while this Schedule is in effect, Carrier may, in its discretion, adjust the Transportation Rate, which adjustment shall be effective as of July 1 st of the year in which such election is made, in accordance with FERC’s indexing methodology. If FERC terminates its indexing methodology and does not adopt a new methodology, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith a methodology for adjusting the Transportation Rate under this Schedule.

9. Flow and Pressure Requirements . During the Term of this Schedule, Shipper agrees that all of its Product delivered at the Origin Point at the Refinery will meet the applicable flow and pressure requirements of the Pipeline System.

10. Scheduling . Shipper shall furnish to Carrier, by the 20 th Day of each Month preceding the Month of delivery (except for the first Month of the Term, which shall be on or before the 5 th day of that Month), a delivery schedule that includes the estimated quantity of Product that Shipper anticipates tendering for transportation on the Pipeline System during the following Month (“ Nominated Deliveries ”).

 

2


11. Special Termination by Shipper . If Shipper or any of its Affiliates determines to completely or partially suspend refining operations at the Refinery for a period of at least 12 consecutive Months, the Parties will negotiate in good faith to agree upon a reduction of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment to reflect such suspension of operations. If the Parties are unable to agree to an appropriate reduction of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment, then after Shipper or such Affiliate has made a public announcement of such suspension, Shipper may provide written Notice to Carrier of its intent to terminate this Schedule and this Schedule will terminate 12 Months following the date such Notice is delivered to Carrier. In the event Shipper or such Affiliate publicly announces, prior to the expiration of such 12-Month period, its intent to resume operations at the Refinery, then such Notice shall be deemed revoked and this Schedule shall continue in full force and effect as if such Notice had never been delivered.

12. Effect of Shipper Restructuring . If Shipper or any of its Affiliates determines to restructure its respective supply, refining or sales operations at the Refinery in such a way as could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the economics of Shipper’s performance of its obligations under this Schedule, then the Parties will negotiate in good faith an alternative arrangement that is no worse economically for Carrier than the economic benefits to be received by Carrier under this Schedule, which may include the substitution of new commitments of Shipper on other assets owned or to be acquired or constructed by Carrier.

13. Contacts and Notices .

(a) For Carrier . The following contacts and their respective subject matter expertise are provided for convenience purposes only. All formal notices and communication required under this Schedule to Carrier shall be in writing and delivered as set forth in the Agreement:

 

Operational:    Sr Mgr Area Pipeline & Terminals, Midwest Operations
   Tel: (901) 947-8479
   Fax: (210) 370-5150
Invoice:    Troy Heard, Supervisor Accounting
   Tel: (210) 345-4324
   Fax: (210) 370-4324

(b) For Shipper : The following contacts and their respective subject matter expertise are provided for convenience purposes only. All formal notices and communication required under this Schedule to Shipper shall be in writing and delivered as set forth in the Agreement:

 

Operational:    Director Product Supply, Midwest / North Region
   Tel: (210) 345-2802
   Fax: (210) 345-2660
Invoice:    Troy Heard, Supervisor Accounting
   Tel: (210) 345-3219
   Fax: (210) 370-4355

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have caused this Schedule to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers.

 

Carrier:
VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC
By:  

/s/ Richard F. Lashway

Name:   Richard F. Lashway
Title:   Senior Vice President
Shipper:
VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Rodney L. Reese

Name:   Rodney L. Reese
Title:   Vice President

Signature Page to Transportation Services Schedule (Memphis Airport Pipeline System)


TRANSPORTATION SERVICES SCHEDULE

(PAPS-El Vista Pipeline System)

This Transportation Services Schedule (this “ Schedule ”) is entered into on the 16th day of December, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Carrier ”), and VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“ Shipper ”), pursuant to the Master Transportation Services Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) between Carrier and Shipper dated as of December 16, 2013. Except as set forth herein, the terms and conditions of the Agreement are incorporated by reference into this Schedule. Unless otherwise defined in this Schedule, the defined terms in this Schedule will have the same meaning used in the Agreement.

1. Term . This Schedule shall have a primary term commencing on the Effective Date and ending 10 years from the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”), and may be renewed by Shipper, at Shipper’s sole option, for one successive 5 year renewal term (a “ Renewal Term ”), upon at least 180 Days’ written Notice from Shipper to Carrier prior to the end of the Initial Term. The Initial Term and Renewal Term, if any, shall be referred to in this Schedule as the “ Term ”.

2. Pipeline . The pipelines (individually, a “ Pipeline ” and collectively, the “ Pipelines ”) and related facilities (such facilities, together with the Pipelines, the “ Pipeline System ”) covered by this Schedule are described as follows:

(a) A 20" nominal diameter gasoline pipeline that is approximately 4.26 miles in length and originates at the first inlet flange to the 20" meter skid at the SRTF Meter Station at the Refinery (as defined below) (the “ El Vista Origin Point ”) and terminates at the outlet flange of the 20" meter skid located at Carrier’s El Vista Terminal in Port Arthur, Texas (the “ El Vista Delivery Point ”).

(b) A 20" nominal diameter diesel pipeline that is approximately 3.04 miles in length and originates at the first inlet flange to the 20" meter skid at the SRTF Meter Station at the Refinery (the “ PAPS Origin Point ”) and terminates at the outlet flange of the 20" meter skid located at Carrier’s Port Arthur Products Station Terminal in Port Arthur, Texas (the “ PAPS Delivery Point ”).

(c) A 10" to 12" nominal diameter products pipeline that is approximately 12.93 miles in length and originates at the inlet flange of the 10/12 meter skid at the SRTF Meter Station at the Refinery (the “ 10 " /12 " Origin Point ” and together with the El Vista Origin Point and the PAPS Origin Point, the “ Origin Points ”) and terminates at the 10/12 swab receiver facility at the Enterprise Beaumont Terminal (the “ 10 " /12 " Delivery Point ” and together with the El Vista Delivery Point and the PAPS Delivery Point, the “ Delivery Points ”). This 10"/12" Pipeline also has two intermediate 10"/12" Delivery Points. The MagTex Delivery Point is approximately 10.34 miles downstream of the 10"/12" Origin Point. The MagTex Delivery Point terminates on the downstream flange of the 10" check valve. The OTI Delivery Point is approximately 12.60 miles downstream of the 10"/12" Origin Point. The OTI Delivery Point terminates at the pressure transmitter 406.

 

1


3. Refinery . The refinery that is supported by the Pipeline is Shipper’s Affiliate’s Port Arthur Refinery (the “ Refinery ”).

4. Product . The products to be transported and shipped on the Pipeline System under this Schedule (each, a “ Product ” and collectively, the “ Products ”) are those products permissible as established by Carrier in the Rules and Regulations Tariff FERC No. 4.0.0, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “ Rules and Regulations Tariff ”). A copy of the Rules and Regulations Tariff is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

5. Specifications . Shipper will ensure that all of its Products tendered at the Origin Points for transportation on the Pipeline System meet the applicable specifications for the Product set forth in the Tariff (as defined below) (the “ Specifications ”).

6. Tariff Rate . For transportation services on the Pipeline System, Shipper agrees to pay Carrier the Tariff Rate (as defined below) subject to escalation pursuant to Section 8 . For purposes of this Schedule and the Agreement the term “ Tariff Rate ” means the rate applicable from time to time for the shipment of a Product through the Pipeline System under the terms of the Tariff (as defined below), which as of the Effective Date shall be (i) $0.1855 per Barrel of Product transported from any of the Origin Points to any of the Delivery Points on the Pipeline System up to 127,000 average Barrels per Day of Product so delivered during such Month and (ii) $0.14 per Barrel of Product transported from any of the Origin Points to any of the Delivery Points on the Pipeline System for volumes in excess of 127,000 average Barrels per Day of Product so delivered during such Month, adjusted from time to time as provided in Section 8 . For purpose of this Schedule and the Agreement, the term “ Tariff ” shall mean, collectively, Carrier’s Local Pipeline Tariffs FERC Nos. 5.1.0 and 6.1.0 to be filed with FERC to be effective on the Effective Date, in the form set forth in Exhibit B and Exhibit C attached hereto, including all supplements and re-issues thereof, containing the rates, rules and regulations governing the transportation and handling of the Product(s) on the Pipeline System.

7. Pipeline Throughput Commitment . During each Calendar Quarter pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Schedule and the Tariff, Shipper shall tender at any of the Origin Points an aggregate average of at least 127,000 Barrels per Day of Product for transportation on any of the Pipelines, in approximately ratable quantities (such average, the “ Minimum Quarterly Commitment ”) to the Delivery Points and Carrier shall transport and ship or cause to be transported and shipped such Product on the Pipelines in accordance with the terms of this Schedule and the Tariff. Except as expressly provided in the Agreement for an Outage, a Carrier Force Majeure or a Shipper Force Majeure, if during any Calendar Quarter, Shipper fails to meet its Minimum Quarterly Commitment during such Calendar Quarter, then Shipper will pay Carrier a deficiency payment (each, a “ Quarterly Deficiency Payment ”) in an amount equal to the volume of the deficiency (the “ Quarterly Deficiency Volume ”) multiplied by the Tariff Rate in effect for the relevant Calendar Quarter. The dollar amount of any Quarterly Deficiency Payment paid by Shipper may be applied as a credit against any amounts incurred by Shipper and owed to Carrier with respect to volumes of Product tendered at any of the Origin Points in excess of the Shipper’s Minimum Quarterly Commitment (or, if this Schedule expires or is terminated, to volumes tendered to the Origin Points in excess of the applicable Minimum Quarterly Commitment in effect as of the date of such expiration or termination) (such excess volume during any Calendar Quarter is referred to in this Section as the “ Quarterly Surplus Volume ”) during any of the succeeding four Calendar

 

2


Quarters, after which time any unused credits will expire. This Section 7 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Schedule, if necessary for the application of any Quarterly Deficiency Payment against any Quarterly Surplus Volume as set forth herein. Carrier shall provide transportation services to Shipper in excess of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment on an “as available” basis, and any use of such excess capacity shall be subject to the Tariff Rate in effect at the time of the tender.

8. Escalation . On July 1, 2014, and on July 1 st of each year thereafter while this Schedule is in effect, Carrier may, in its discretion, adjust the Tariff Rate, which adjustment shall be effective as of July 1 st of the year in which such election is made, in accordance with FERC’s indexing methodology. If FERC terminates its indexing methodology and does not adopt a new methodology, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith a methodology for adjusting the Tariff Rate under this Schedule.

9. Flow and Pressure Requirements . During the Term of this Schedule, Shipper agrees that all of its Products delivered at the Origin Point at the Refinery will meet the applicable flow and pressure requirements of the Pipeline System.

10. Nominations and Scheduling . Shipper shall provide Carrier with a written nomination and schedule for shipments in accordance with the Rules and Regulations Tariff.

11. Special Termination by Shipper . If Shipper or any of its Affiliates determines to completely or partially suspend refining operations at the Refinery for a period of at least 12 consecutive Months, the Parties will negotiate in good faith to agree upon a reduction of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment to reflect such suspension of operations. If the Parties are unable to agree to an appropriate reduction of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment, then after Shipper or such Affiliate has made a public announcement of such suspension, Shipper may provide written Notice to Carrier of its intent to terminate this Schedule and this Schedule will terminate 12 Months following the date such Notice is delivered to Carrier. In the event Shipper or such Affiliate publicly announces, prior to the expiration of such 12-Month period, its intent to resume operations at the Refinery, then such Notice shall be deemed revoked and this Schedule shall continue in full force and effect as if such Notice had never been delivered.

12. Effect of Shipper Restructuring . If Shipper or any of its Affiliates determines to restructure its respective supply, refining or sales operations at the Refinery in such a way as could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the economics of Shipper’s performance of its obligations under this Schedule, then the Parties will negotiate in good faith an alternative arrangement that is no worse economically for Carrier than the economic benefits to be received by Carrier under this Schedule, which may include the substitution of new commitments of Shipper on other assets owned or to be acquired or constructed by Carrier.

13. Third Party Operated Assets . The Parties recognize that the PAPS Terminal and El Vista Terminal are currently operated by a third party operator (the “ Operator ”) pursuant to an Agreement dated effective January 1, 2010 by and between Shell Pipeline Carrier LP and Carrier (the “ Operating Agreement ”) and the terms of this Schedule and the Agreement as it relates to the operation of the PAPS Terminal and El Vista Terminal and the services to be provided by Carrier are intended to be consistent with the terms and services to be provided by the Operator pursuant to

 

3


the Operating Agreement. Carrier shall not be liable to Shipper for any Claims which may arise by reason of the failure of Carrier to keep, observe or perform any of its obligations under this Schedule or the Agreement if such obligation is in direct conflict with or violates the terms of the Operating Agreement.

14. Contacts and Notices .

(a) For Carrier . The following contacts and their respective subject matter expertise are provided for convenience purposes only. All formal notices and communication required under this Schedule to Carrier shall be in writing and delivered as set forth in the Agreement:

 

Operational:    Manager Area Terminal, Gulf Coast Operations
   Tel: (409)-839-3518
   Fax: (409)-839-3515
Invoice:    Troy Heard, Supervisor Accounting
   Tel: (210) 345-3219
   Fax: (210) 370-4355

(b) For Shipper : The following contacts and their respective subject matter expertise are provided for convenience purposes only. All formal notices and communication required under this Schedule to Shipper shall be in writing and delivered as set forth in the Agreement:

 

Operational:    Director Product Supply, Gulf Coast Region
   Tel: (210) 345-2611
   Fax: (210) 345-2828
Invoice:    Troy Heard, Supervisor Accounting
   Tel: (210) 345-3219
   Fax: (210) 370-4355

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have caused this Schedule to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers.

 

Carrier:
VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC
By:  

/s/ Richard F. Lashway

Name:   Richard F. Lashway
Title:   Senior Vice President
Shipper:
VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Rodney L. Reese

Name:   Rodney L. Reese
Title:   Vice President

Signature Page to Transportation Services Schedule (PAPS-El Vista Pipeline System)


EXHIBIT A

Rules and Regulations Tariff FERC No. 4.0.0

[ See attached. ]


EXHIBIT B

Local Pipeline Tariff FERC No. 5.1.0

[ See attached. ]


EXHIBIT C

Local Pipeline Tariff FERC No. 6.1.0

[ See attached. ]


TRANSPORTATION SERVICES SCHEDULE

(SFPP Pipeline Connection)

This Transportation Services Schedule (this “ Schedule ”) is entered into on the 16th day of December, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Carrier ”), and VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“ Shipper ”), pursuant to the Master Transportation Services Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) between Carrier and Shipper dated as of December 16, 2013. Except as set forth herein, the terms and conditions of the Agreement are incorporated by reference into this Schedule. Unless otherwise defined in this Schedule, the defined terms in this Schedule will have the same meaning used in the Agreement.

1. Term . This Schedule shall have a primary term commencing on the Effective Date and ending 10 years from the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”), and may be renewed by Shipper, at Shipper’s sole option, for one successive 5 year renewal term (a “ Renewal Term ”), upon at least 180 Days’ written Notice from Shipper to Carrier prior to the end of the Initial Term. The Initial Term and Renewal Term, if any, shall be referred to in this Schedule as the “ Term ”.

2. Pipeline . The pipeline (the “ Pipeline ”) and related facilities (such facilities, together with the Pipeline, the “ Pipeline System ”) covered by this Schedule is Carrier’s one-third undivided interest in a 16" nominal diameter products pipeline and an 8” nominal diameter products pipeline, each extending approximately 6 miles from the suction flange of the SFPP pump at the El Paso Terminal (the “ Origin Point ”) to a connection with a pipeline system owned and operated by SFPP, LP (“ SFPP ”), an affiliate of Kinder Morgan (the “ Delivery Point ”).

3. Refinery . The refinery that is supported by the Pipeline is Shipper’s Affiliate’s McKee Refinery (the “ Refinery ”).

4. Product . The products to be transported and shipped on the Pipeline under this Schedule (each, a “ Product ” and collectively, the “ Products ”) are those products permissible as established by SFPP in Local Pipeline Tariff FERC No. 197.6.0, and subject to the rules and regulations published in SFPP’s Rules and Regulations Tariff FERC No. 194.5.0, as both may be amended, modified or supplemented by SFPP from time to time (collectively the “ SFPP Tariffs ”).

5. Specifications . Shipper will ensure that all of its Products tendered at the Origin Point for transportation on the Pipeline System meet the applicable specifications for the Product established by the SFPP Tariffs (the “ Specifications ”).

6. Transportation Rate . For transportation services on the Pipeline, Shipper agrees to pay Carrier $0.151 per Barrel of Product transported from the Origin Point to the Delivery Point on the Pipeline, adjusted from time to time as provided in Section 8 (the “ Transportation Rate ”).

7. Pipeline Throughput Commitment . During each Calendar Quarter pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Schedule, Shipper shall tender at the Origin Point an aggregate average of at least 27,880 Barrels per Day of Product for transportation on the Pipeline, in approximately ratable quantities (such average, the “ Minimum Quarterly Commitment ”) to the Delivery Point and Carrier shall transport and ship or cause to be transported and shipped such Product on the Pipeline in

 

1


accordance with the terms of this Schedule. Except as expressly provided in the Agreement for an Outage, a Carrier Force Majeure or a Shipper Force Majeure, if during any Calendar Quarter, Shipper fails to meet its Minimum Quarterly Commitment during such Calendar Quarter, then Shipper will pay Carrier a deficiency payment (each, a “ Quarterly Deficiency Payment ”) in an amount equal to the volume of the deficiency (the “ Quarterly Deficiency Volume ”) multiplied by the Transportation Rate in effect for the relevant Calendar Quarter. The dollar amount of any Quarterly Deficiency Payment paid by Shipper may be applied as a credit against any amounts incurred by Shipper and owed to Carrier with respect to volumes of Product tendered at the Origin Point in excess of the Shipper’s Minimum Quarterly Commitment (or, if this Schedule expires or is terminated, to volumes tendered to the Origin Point in excess of the applicable Minimum Quarterly Commitment in effect as of the date of such expiration or termination) (such excess volume during any Calendar Quarter is referred to in this Section as the “ Quarterly Surplus Volume ”) during any of the succeeding four Calendar Quarters, after which time any unused credits will expire. This Section 7 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Schedule, if necessary for the application of any Quarterly Deficiency Payment against any Quarterly Surplus Volume as set forth herein. Carrier shall provide transportation services to Shipper in excess of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment on an “as available” basis, and any use of such excess capacity shall be subject to the Transportation Rate in effect at the time of the tender.

8. Escalation . On July 1, 2014, and on July 1 st of each year thereafter while this Schedule is in effect, Carrier may, in its discretion, adjust the Transportation Rate, which adjustment shall be effective as of July 1 st of the year in which such election is made, in accordance with FERC’s indexing methodology. If FERC terminates its indexing methodology and does not adopt a new methodology, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith a methodology for adjusting the Transportation Rate under this Schedule.

9. Nomination and Scheduling . Shipper shall provide Carrier with a written nomination and schedule for shipments at the same time and in the same form and manner as required by the Operator (as defined below) and the SFPP Tariffs.

10. Special Termination by Shipper . If Shipper or any of its Affiliates determines to completely or partially suspend refining operations at the Refinery for a period of at least 12 consecutive Months, the Parties will negotiate in good faith to agree upon a reduction of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment to reflect such suspension of operations. If the Parties are unable to agree to an appropriate reduction of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment, then after Shipper or such Affiliate has made a public announcement of such suspension, Shipper may provide written Notice to Carrier of its intent to terminate this Schedule and this Schedule will terminate 12 Months following the date such Notice is delivered to Carrier. In the event Shipper or such Affiliate publicly announces, prior to the expiration of such 12-Month period, its intent to resume operations at the Refinery, then such Notice shall be deemed revoked and this Schedule shall continue in full force and effect as if such Notice had never been delivered.

11. Effect of Shipper Restructuring . If Shipper or any of its Affiliates determines to restructure its respective supply, refining or sales operations at the Refinery in such a way as could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the economics of Shipper’s performance of its obligations under this Schedule, then the Parties will negotiate in good faith an alternative arrangement that is no worse economically for Carrier than the economic benefits to be received by Carrier under this Schedule, which may include the substitution of new commitments of Shipper on other assets owned or to be acquired or constructed by Carrier.

 

2


12. Third Party Operated Assets . The Parties recognize that the Pipeline System is currently operated by a third party operator (the “ Operator ”) pursuant to an Agreement For The Operation and Maintenance of the Santa Fe Connection dated March 2, 1998, by and between NuStar Logistics, LP (as successor-in-interest to Diamond Shamrock Refining and Marketing Company) and Carrier (as successor-in-interest to Phillips Petroleum Company) (as amended, the “ Operating Agreement ”) and the terms of this Schedule and the Agreement as it relates to the operation of the Pipeline System and the services to be provided by Carrier are intended to be consistent with the terms and services to be provided by the Operator pursuant to the Operating Agreement. Carrier shall not be liable to Shipper for any Claims which may arise by reason of the failure of Carrier to keep, observe or perform any of its obligations under this Schedule or the Agreement if such obligation is in direct conflict with or violates the terms of the Operating Agreement.

13. Contacts and Notices .

(a) For Carrier . The following contacts and their respective subject matter expertise are provided for convenience purposes only. All formal notices and communication required under this Schedule to Carrier shall be in writing and delivered as set forth in the Agreement:

 

Operational:

   Exec Director Pipeline & Terminals
   Tel: (409)-839-3518
   Fax: (409)-839-3515

Invoice:

   Troy Heard, Supervisor Accounting
   Tel: (210) 345-4324
   Fax: (210) 370-4324

(b) For Shipper : The following contacts and their respective subject matter expertise are provided for convenience purposes only. All formal notices and communication required under this Schedule to Shipper shall be in writing and delivered as set forth in the Agreement:

 

Operational:

   Manager Product Supply Operations, Mid-Continent
   Tel: (210) 345-3689
   Fax: (210) 345-2660

Invoice:

   Troy Heard, Supervisor Accounting
   Tel: (210) 345-3219
   Fax: (210) 370-4355

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have caused this Schedule to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers.

 

Carrier:
VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC

By:

 

/s/ Richard F. Lashway

Name:

  Richard F. Lashway

Title:

  Senior Vice President
Shipper:
VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY

By:

 

/s/ Rodney L. Reese

Name:

  Rodney L. Reese

Title:

  Vice President

Signature Page to Transportation Services Schedule (SFPP Pipedline Connection)

 


TRANSPORTATION SERVICES SCHEDULE

(Shorthorn Pipeline System)

This Transportation Services Schedule (this “ Schedule ”) is entered into on the 16th day of December, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Carrier ”), and VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“ Shipper ”), pursuant to the Master Transportation Services Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) between Carrier and Shipper dated as of December 16, 2013. Except as set forth herein, the terms and conditions of the Agreement are incorporated by reference into this Schedule. Unless otherwise defined in this Schedule, the defined terms in this Schedule will have the same meaning used in the Agreement.

1. Term . This Schedule shall have a primary term commencing on the Effective Date and ending 10 years from the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”), and may be renewed by Shipper, at Shipper’s sole option, for one successive 5 year renewal term (a “ Renewal Term ”), upon at least 180 Days’ written Notice from Shipper to Carrier prior to the end of the Initial Term. The Initial Term and Renewal Term, if any, shall be referred to in this Schedule as the “ Term ”.

2. Pipeline . The pipeline (the “ Pipeline ”) and related facilities (such facilities, together with the Pipeline, the “ Pipeline System ”) covered by this Schedule is a 14" nominal diameter pipeline commonly referred to as the “ Shorthorn Pipeline ”, that is approximately 36,949 ft / 7.00 miles in length and originates at (i) the inlet flange of Carrier’s Fisher control valve inside the Refinery (as defined below) where the direction of the flow on the Pipeline System is from the Refinery to Carrier’s West Memphis Terminal in Crittenden County, Arkansas or to the Exxon Delivery Point (as defined below), or (ii) the inlet flange of Carrier’s VFD pipeline pump at Carrier’s West Memphis Terminal where the direction of the flow on the Pipeline System is from the West Memphis Terminal to the Refinery or to the Exxon Delivery Point (the “ Origin Points ”) and terminates at (a) the discharge flange of Carrier’s back pressure regulator located inside Carrier’s West Memphis Terminal where the direction of the flow on the Pipeline System is from the Refinery to Carrier’s West Memphis Terminal, or (b) the outlet flange of Carrier’s 14" twin seal valve inside the Refinery where the direction of the flow on the Pipeline System is from the West Memphis Terminal to the Refinery (the “ Shorthorn Delivery Points ”), together with a 12" lateral pipeline (the “ Exxon Lateral ”) that connects to the Shorthorn Pipeline and terminates at Carrier’s meter station connection to Exxon’s quick action valve at the Exxon/Mobil Terminal in Memphis, Tennessee (the “ Exxon Delivery Point ” and together with the Shorthorn Delivery Points, the “ Delivery Points ”).

3. Refinery . The refinery that is supported by the Pipeline is Shipper’s Affiliate’s Memphis Refinery (the “ Refinery ”).

4. Product . The products to be transported and shipped on the Pipeline under this Schedule (each, a “ Product ” and collectively, the “ Products ”) are those products permissible as established by Carrier in the Local Pipeline Tariff FERC No. 11.3.0 to be filed with FERC to be effective on the Effective Date, and in the form set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto, containing the rates, rules and regulations governing the transportation and handling of Product on the Pipeline System, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “ Tariff ”).

 

1


5. Specifications . Shipper will ensure that all of its Products tendered at the Origin Points for transportation on the Pipeline System meet the applicable specifications for the Products set forth in the Tariff (the “ Specifications ”).

6. Tariff Rate . For transportation services on the Pipeline System, Shipper agrees to pay Carrier the Tariff Rate (as defined below) subject to escalation pursuant to Section 8 . For purposes of this Schedule and the Agreement the term “ Tariff Rate ” means the rate applicable from time to time for the shipment of a Product through the Pipeline System under the terms of the Tariff, which as of the Effective Date shall be (i) $0.1471 per Barrel of Product transported from any Origin Point to any Delivery Point on the Pipeline System up to 43,300 average Barrels per Day of Product so delivered during such Month and (ii) $0.120 per Barrel of Product transported from any Origin Point to any Delivery Point on the Pipeline System for volumes in excess of 43,300 average Barrels per Day of Product so delivered during such Month, adjusted from time to time as provided in Section 8 .

7. Pipeline Throughput Commitment . During each Calendar Quarter pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Schedule and the Tariff, Shipper shall tender at any of the Origin Points an aggregate average of at least 43,300 Barrels per Day of Product for transportation on the Pipeline, in approximately ratable quantities (such average, the “ Minimum Quarterly Commitment ”) to any of the Delivery Points and Carrier shall transport and ship or cause to be transported and shipped such Product on the Pipeline in accordance with the terms of this Schedule and the Tariff. Except as expressly provided in the Agreement for an Outage, a Carrier Force Majeure or a Shipper Force Majeure, if during any Calendar Quarter, Shipper fails to meet its Minimum Quarterly Commitment during such Calendar Quarter, then Shipper will pay Carrier a deficiency payment (each, a “ Quarterly Deficiency Payment ”) in an amount equal to the volume of the deficiency (the “ Quarterly Deficiency Volume ”) multiplied by the Tariff Rate in effect for the relevant Calendar Quarter. The dollar amount of any Quarterly Deficiency Payment paid by Shipper may be applied as a credit against any amounts incurred by Shipper and owed to Carrier with respect to volumes of Product tendered at any of the Origin Points in excess of the Shipper’s Minimum Quarterly Commitment (or, if this Schedule expires or is terminated, to volumes tendered to the Origin Points in excess of the applicable Minimum Quarterly Commitment in effect as of the date of such expiration or termination) (such excess volume during any Calendar Quarter is referred to in this Section as the “ Quarterly Surplus Volume ”) during any of the succeeding four Calendar Quarters, after which time any unused credits will expire. This Section 7 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Schedule, if necessary for the application of any Quarterly Deficiency Payment against any Quarterly Surplus Volume as set forth herein. Carrier shall provide transportation services to Shipper in excess of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment on an “as available” basis, and any use of such excess capacity shall be subject to the Tariff Rate in effect at the time of the tender.

8. Escalation . On July 1, 2014, and on July 1 st of each year thereafter while this Schedule is in effect, Carrier may, in its discretion, adjust the Tariff Rate, which adjustment shall be effective as of July 1 st of the year in which such election is made, in accordance with FERC’s indexing methodology. If FERC terminates its indexing methodology and does not adopt a new methodology, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith a methodology for adjusting the Tariff Rate under this Schedule.

 

2


9. Flow and Pressure Requirements . During the Term of this Schedule, Shipper agrees that all of its Products delivered at the Origin Point at the Refinery will meet the applicable flow and pressure requirements of the Pipeline System.

10. Nominations and Scheduling . Shipper shall provide Carrier with a written nomination and schedule for shipments in accordance with the Tariff.

11. Special Termination by Shipper . If Shipper or any of its Affiliates determines to completely or partially suspend refining operations at the Refinery for a period of at least 12 consecutive Months, the Parties will negotiate in good faith to agree upon a reduction of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment to reflect such suspension of operations. If the Parties are unable to agree to an appropriate reduction of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment, then after Shipper or such Affiliate has made a public announcement of such suspension, Shipper may provide written Notice to Carrier of its intent to terminate this Schedule and this Schedule will terminate 12 Months following the date such Notice is delivered to Carrier. In the event Shipper or such Affiliate publicly announces, prior to the expiration of such 12-Month period, its intent to resume operations at the Refinery, then such Notice shall be deemed revoked and this Schedule shall continue in full force and effect as if such Notice had never been delivered.

12. Effect of Shipper Restructuring . If Shipper or any of its Affiliates determines to restructure its respective supply, refining or sales operations at the Refinery in such a way as could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the economics of Shipper’s performance of its obligations under this Schedule, then the Parties will negotiate in good faith an alternative arrangement that is no worse economically for Carrier than the economic benefits to be received by Carrier under this Schedule, which may include the substitution of new commitments of Shipper on other assets owned or to be acquired or constructed by Carrier.

13. Contacts and Notices .

(a) For Carrier . The following contacts and their respective subject matter expertise are provided for convenience purposes only. All formal notices and communication required under this Schedule to Carrier shall be in writing and delivered as set forth in the Agreement:

 

Operational:

  Sr Mgr Area Pipeline &Terminals, Midwest Operations
  Tel: (901) 947-8479
  Fax: (210) 370-5150

Invoice:

  Troy Heard, Supervisor Accounting
  Tel: (210) 345-4324
  Fax: (210) 370-4324

(b) For Shipper : The following contacts and their respective subject matter expertise are provided for convenience purposes only. All formal notices and communication required under this Schedule to Shipper shall be in writing and delivered as set forth in the Agreement:

 

3


Operational:

   Director Product Supply, Midwest / North Region
   Tel: (210) 345-2802
   Fax: (210) 345-2660

Invoice:

   Troy Heard, Supervisor Accounting
   Tel: (210) 345-3219
   Fax: (210) 370-4355

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have caused this Schedule to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers.

 

Carrier:
VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC
By:  

/s/ Richard F. Lashway

Name:   Richard F. Lashway
Title:   Senior Vice President
Shipper:
VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Rodney L. Reese

Name:   Rodney L. Reese
Title:   Vice President

Signature Page to Transportation Services Schedule (Shorthorn Pipeline System)

 


EXHIBIT A

Local Pipeline Tariff FERC No. 11.3.0

[ See attached. ]

 

Exhibit 10.7

MASTER TERMINAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

This MASTER TERMINAL SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the Effective Date by and between VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Company ”), and VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“ Customer ”).

Recitals

WHEREAS , Company (individually or through one of its wholly owned subsidiaries) owns and/or operates multiple facilities for the storage, terminalling and handling of petroleum products and other commodities; and

WHEREAS, Company and Customer desire to enter into this Agreement to memorialize the terms and conditions whereby Customer will deliver, or cause to be delivered, petroleum products and other commodities to the terminal facilities for storage, handling and re-delivery, and Company will provide such services for Customer.

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, Company and Customer agree as follows:

Article I.

Defined Terms

Section 1.01 Defined Terms . The following definitions shall for all purposes apply to the capitalized terms used in this Agreement:

(a) “ Additive Equipment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(a) .

(b) “ Additization Fee ” has the meaning set forth in the Schedule.

(c) “ Affiliate ” means any entity that directly or indirectly Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with the referenced entity, including, without limitation, the referenced entity’s parents and their general partners.

(d) “ Agreement ” means this Master Terminal Services Agreement, together with all exhibits attached hereto, as the same may be extended, supplemented, amended or restated from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(e) “ API ” means American Petroleum Institute.

(f) “ ASTM ” means ASTM International, formerly known as the American Society for Testing and Materials.

(g) “ Barrel ” means 42 Gallons.

(h) “ Blending Equipment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(a) .


(i) “ Blending Fee ” has the meaning set forth in the Schedule.

(j) “ Business Day ” means any Day except for Saturday, Sunday or an official holiday in the State of Texas.

(k) “ Calendar Quarter ” means a period of three consecutive Months beginning on the first Day of each of January, April, July and October.

(l) “ Claims ” means any and all judgments, claims, causes of action, demands, lawsuits, suits, proceedings, governmental investigations or audits, losses, assessments, fines, penalties, administrative orders, obligations, costs, expenses, liabilities and damages, including interest, penalties, reasonable attorneys’ fees, disbursements and costs of investigations, deficiencies, levies, duties and imposts.

(m) “ Company ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

(n) “ Company Affiliated Parties ” means Company, the Partnership and their subsidiaries and their respective contractors and the directors, officers, employees and agents of each of them.

(o) “ Company Force Majeure ” has the meaning set forth in Section 17.02 .

(p) “ Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

(q) “ Customer ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

(r) “ Customer Force Majeure ” has the meaning set forth in Section 17.03 .

(s) “ Day ” means the period of time commencing at 12:00 a.m. on one calendar day and running until, but not including, 12:00 a.m. on the next calendar day, according to local time where the Terminal is located.

(t) “ Dock ” means the marine/barge dock facilities and related improvements, if any, which are used in connection with the operations of the Terminal.

(u) “ Effective Date ” means (i) with respect to this Agreement, the date of the closing of the initial public offering of common units representing limited partner interests of the Partnership, and (ii) with respect to any Schedule, the meaning set forth in the Schedule.

(v) “ Force Majeure Event ” means: (i) acts of God, fires, floods or storms; (ii) compliance with orders of courts or Governmental Authorities; (iii) explosions, wars, terrorist acts or riots; (iv) inability to obtain or unavoidable delays in obtaining material or equipment; (v) disruptions of utilities or other services caused by events or circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the affected Party; (vi) events or circumstances similar to the foregoing (including inability to obtain or unavoidable delays in obtaining material or equipment and disruption of service provided by third parties) that prevent a Party’s ability to perform its

 

2


obligations under this Agreement, to the extent that such events or circumstances are beyond the Party’s reasonable control and could not have been prevented by the Party’s due diligence; (vii) strikes, lockouts or other industrial disturbances; and (viii) breakdowns of refinery facilities, machinery, storage tanks or pipelines irrespective of the cause thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any turnarounds or other planned outages or suspensions of operations at the Refinery shall not constitute a “Force Majeure Event.”

(w) “ Gallon ” means a United States gallon of two hundred thirty-one cubic inches of liquid at 60º Fahrenheit, and 14.696 psia for liquids with equilibrium vapor pressure less than or equal to 14.696 psia and at the equilibrium vapor pressure for liquids with an equilibrium vapor pressure greater than 14.696 psia.

(x) “ Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, tribal, foreign or local governmental entity, authority, department, court or agency, including any political subdivision thereof, exercising, or entitled to exercise, any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory or taxing authority or power of any nature, and including any arbitrating body, commission or quasi-governmental authority or self-regulating organization of competent authority exercising or enlisted to exercise similar power or authority.

(y) “ Holdover Fee ” has the meaning set forth in the Schedule.

(z) “ IIC ” means a mutually acceptable independent inspection company.

(aa) “ Initial Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 .

(bb) “ Interest Rate ” means an annual rate (based on a 360-day year) equal to the lesser of (i) two percent (2%) over the prime rate as published under “Money Rates” in the Wall Street Journal in effect at the close of the Business Day on which payment was due and (ii) the maximum rate permitted by Law.

(cc) “ Law ” means all applicable constitutions, laws (including common law), treaties, statutes, orders, decrees, rules, injunctions, licenses, permits, approvals, agreements, regulations, codes, ordinances issued by any Governmental Authority, including applicable judicial or administrative orders, consents, decrees, and judgments, published directives, guidelines, governmental authorizations, requirements or other governmental restrictions which have the force of law, and determinations by, or interpretations of any of the foregoing by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the matter in question and binding on a given Person, whether in effect as of the date hereof or thereafter and, in each case, as amended.

(dd) “ Minimum Quarterly Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in the Schedule.

(ee) “ Month ” or “ Monthly ” means a calendar month commencing at 12:00 a.m. on the first Day thereof and running until, but not including, 12:00 a.m. on the first Day of the following calendar month, according to local time where the Terminal is located.

(ff) “ Monthly Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01 .

(gg) “ MPMS ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.01 .

 

3


(hh) “ Non-Conforming Product ” means any Product that fails to meet the Specifications.

(ii) “ Normal Business Hours ” means the period of time commencing at 8:00 a.m. on one Business Day and running until 5:00 p.m. on the same Business Day, according to local time where the Terminal is located.

(jj) “ Notice ” means any notice, request, instruction, correspondence or other communication permitted or required to be given under this Agreement.

(kk) “ Outage ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08 .

(ll) “ Partnership ” means Valero Energy Partners LP.

(mm) “ Partnership Change in Control ” means Valero ceases to Control the general partner of the Partnership.

(nn) “ Party ” means Company or Customer, individually and “ Parties ” means Company and Customer, collectively.

(oo) “ Person ” means an individual or a corporation, firm, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, Government Authority or other entity.

(pp) “ Pipeline ” means any pipeline owned, operated or legally accessible to Company and connected to the Terminal which is the subject of a Schedule referred to in this Agreement.

(qq) “ Product ” or “ Products ” means the petroleum product(s) or other commodity(ies) specified in the Schedule.

(rr) “ Quarterly Deficiency Payment ” has the meaning set forth in the Schedule.

(ss) “ Quarterly Deficiency Volume ” has the meaning set forth in the Schedule.

(tt) “ Quarterly Surplus Volume ” has the meaning set forth in the Schedule.

(uu) “ Railway ” means any railway employed for the purpose of transporting Products to and from the Terminal.

(vv) “ Refineries ” means the Valero refineries located in Port Arthur, Texas, Sunray, Texas, Memphis, Tennessee and any other Valero refinery specifically identified as such in the Schedule. The term “ Refinery ” means any one of the Refineries, as specified in the Schedule.

(ww) “ Removal Deadline ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a) .

(xx) “ Renewal Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 .

(yy) “ Schedule ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01 .

 

4


(zz) “ Specifications ” has the meaning set forth in the Schedule.

(aaa) “ Suspension Date ” means the 60th Day after the commencement of a Customer Force Majeure.

(bbb) “ Tanks ” means the storage tanks and all appurtenant and associated pipelines and pumps used in connection with the storage and handling of Products at the Terminal.

(ccc) “ Taxes ” means all taxes (except for ad valorem taxes, property taxes, income taxes, gross receipt taxes, payroll taxes and similar taxes) including any interest or penalties attributable thereto, imposed by any Governmental Authority.

(ddd) “ Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 .

(eee) “ Terminal ” means the terminal(s) specified in the Schedule.

(fff) “ Terminal Charges ” means the Throughput Charges and other fees payable by Customer for the services provided by Company as set forth in the Schedule.

(ggg) “ Terminal Rules ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.02 .

(hhh) “ Truck Rack ” means the truck rack and related improvements, if any, which are located at or within the Terminal.

(iii) “ Valero ” means Valero Energy Corporation.

(jjj) “ Vessel ” means any pushboat, towboat, barge, or other marine vessel or combination thereof, employed or chartered for the purpose of transporting Products to and from the Terminal.

Section 1.02 Other Defined Terms . Other terms may be defined elsewhere in this Agreement or in a Schedule, and, unless otherwise indicated, shall have such meanings throughout this Agreement or the Schedule.

Section 1.01 Terms Generally . The definitions in this Agreement and any Schedule shall apply equally to both singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The word “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” All references to Articles, Sections and Exhibits shall be deemed to be references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits to, this Agreement and any applicable Schedule, unless the context requires otherwise. References to “the Schedule” shall be deemed to be references to the applicable Schedule.

 

5


Article II.

Application of Agreement and Schedules

Section 2.01 Application of Agreement and Schedules . Contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement, and at any time following the execution of this Agreement if Customer engages Company to receive, handle, store and redeliver its petroleum products and other commodities, Customer and Company will execute a terminal services schedule that will be attached to and become a part of this Agreement, which Schedule identifies the Terminal and the nature and cost of services to be provided, and such other terms and conditions that the Parties may agree to in connection with the receipt, handling, storage and redelivery of Product (each, a “ Schedule ”). Unless otherwise specified in such Schedule, upon entering into a Schedule, all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement will be deemed to be incorporated by reference into such Schedule; provided, however, that, unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, in the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the terms of a Schedule, the terms and provisions of the Schedule will govern. Each Schedule that is entered into between Company and Customer will, together with the terms of this Agreement to the extent incorporated by reference therein, create a separate contract between the Parties.

Article III.

Term and Removal of Product

Section 3.01 Term . This Agreement shall have a primary term commencing on the Effective Date and ending 10 years from the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”), and may be renewed by Customer, at Customer’s sole option, for one successive 5 year renewal term (the “ Renewal Term ”), upon at least 180 Days’ written Notice from Customer to Company prior to the end of the Initial Term. The Initial Term and Renewal Term, if any, shall be referred to in this Agreement as the “ Term .” The terms and conditions of this Agreement will survive the termination of this Agreement to govern any Schedule which has a term (as such term may be extended thereunder) beyond the Term of this Agreement and shall survive for the remainder of the term of any such Schedule (as such term may be extended thereunder).

Section 3.02 Removal of Products .

(a) Customer, at its own expense, shall make arrangements for the removal of its Products from the Terminal and Company shall remove and redeliver Customer’s Products in accordance with Customer’s written instructions no later than the later of (i) the effective date of the termination or expiration of the Schedule and (ii) 10 Days after Customer’s receipt of Notice to terminate the Schedule in accordance with its terms, provided that Company may, in its sole discretion, agree in writing to extend the time for such removal (the later such date being referred to as the “ Removal Deadline ”). Customer shall reimburse Company for any expenses incurred by Company in removing Customer’s Products from the Terminal, including any expenses incurred by Company for cleaning, degassing or otherwise preparing the Tank(s) and the removal, processing, transportation or disposal of all waste generated from the storage of Customer’s Products at the Terminal.

(b) If by the Removal Deadline Customer’s Product has not been removed from the Terminal, except to the extent any delay in removal is caused by Company, then in addition to any other rights Company may have under this Agreement or the Schedule:

(i) Customer shall remain obligated to perform all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Schedule;

 

6


(ii) Company shall have the right to take possession of such Products and sell them in public or private sales. In the event of such a sale, Company shall withhold from the proceeds therefrom all amounts owed to it hereunder and all reasonable expenses of sale (including any expenses incurred by Company for cleaning, degassing or otherwise preparing the Tank(s), the removal, processing, transportation or disposal of all waste generated from the storage of Customer’s Products, and reasonable attorneys’ fees and any amounts necessary to discharge any and all liens against the Products). The balance of the proceeds, if any, shall be remitted to Customer; and

(iii) Customer shall pay any Holdover Fee set forth in the Schedule until all Products are removed from the Terminal.

Article IV.

Services

Section 4.01 Services . Company will perform or cause to be performed terminal services for Customer, including the receipt, storage and redelivery of Products, at the Terminal designated in the Schedule. Except as expressly set forth herein or in a Schedule, Company will provide or cause to be provided the labor and supervision necessary to perform all services contemplated by this Agreement, and Company will provide and maintain or cause to be provided or maintained the equipment necessary to perform the services contemplated by this Agreement. All such services performed hereunder by Company shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner consistent with good industry practice and in compliance with all Laws.

Section 4.02 Minimum Quarterly Commitment . During each Calendar Quarter, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Schedule, Customer shall throughput (or otherwise pay for terminal services with respect to, as contemplated by the Schedule), volumes of Products equal to the applicable Minimum Quarterly Commitment.

Section 4.03 Additive Injection Services .

(a) If, upon Customer’s request, Company injects additives into Customer’s Products, the provisions of this Section 4.03 will apply. Company shall provide or cause to be provided at the Terminal an additive injection system, including additive storage tanks, pumps, piping, injectors and other equipment necessary to inject Customer’s additives into the Products, as applicable (the “ Additive Equipment ”). Company shall maintain and operate or cause to be maintained and operated, the Additive Equipment in accordance with customary industry standards during the Term of this Agreement, including all required reporting and record keeping prescribed by Law. Customer shall have the right to install its own additive injection systems at the Terminal at its sole cost and with the consent of Company, which such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any Customer-installed additive injection systems shall be the property of Customer and subject to the same removal set forth in Section 3.03 . If Customer installs its own additive injection systems at the Terminal, Customer shall pay Company any related additive equipment fee pursuant to the Schedule.

 

7


(b) Customer shall be responsible for providing all of its own additives, including, lubricity, conductivity, detergents, generic dyes and proprietary additives that Customer desires to be injected into the Products at the Terminal. Company shall manage, or cause to be managed if the Terminal is operated by a third party operator, Customer’s inventory of additives at the Terminal. Company agrees to inject Customer’s additives into the Products as instructed by Customer. Company will maintain or cause to be maintained volumetric additive reconciliation records as required by Law. Customer shall provide Company with target additization rates which must be at least as high as the lowest additive concentration as registered with the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

(c) For each Barrel of a Product into which one or more additives are injected, Customer shall pay to Company the applicable Additization Fee set forth in the Schedule.

Section 4.04 Blending Services .

(a) If, upon Customer’s request, Company blends or causes to be blended one or more Products together or blends ethanol, biodiesel or renewable diesel with any such Product(s), the provisions of this Section 4.04 will apply. If mutually agreed by Company and Customer, Company shall provide or cause to be provided at the Terminal a blending system, including tanks, pumps, piping, and other equipment necessary to blend Customer’s ethanol, biodiesel and renewable diesel into the Products, as applicable (the “ Blending Equipment ”). Company shall maintain and operate or cause to be maintained and operated, the Blending Equipment in accordance with customary industry standards during the Term of this Agreement, including all required reporting and record keeping prescribed by Law.

(b) Customer shall be responsible for providing all of its own ethanol, biodiesel and renewable diesel that Customer desires to be blended with Products at the Terminal. Company agrees to blend or cause to be blended, Customer’s ethanol, biodiesel and renewable diesel into the Products as instructed by Customer.

(c) For each Barrel of a Product into which ethanol, biodiesel or renewable diesel is blended, Customer shall pay to Company the applicable Blending Fee set forth in the Schedule.

Section 4.05 Loss of Available Capacity . If, for any reason (other than an Outage or a Company Force Majeure), the average daily capacity of the Terminal for any service provided under the Schedule during a given Calendar Quarter is less than the applicable Minimum Quarterly Commitment for such Calendar Quarter, or if the capacity of the Terminal for any service is required to be allocated among third parties with the result that the average daily capacity of the Terminal available to Customer for any service during a given Calendar Quarter is less than the applicable Minimum Quarterly Commitment for such Calendar Quarter, then such Minimum Quarterly Commitment for the applicable Calendar Quarter shall be reduced to equal the average daily capacity available to Customer during such Calendar Quarter.

Section 4.06 Special Reduction of Minimum Quarterly Commitments . If Company’s use of all or part of the Terminal for the storage and handling of Products is restrained, enjoined, restricted or terminated by (a) any Governmental Authority, (b) right of eminent domain or (c) the owner of leased land, Company, upon being notified of such restraint, enjoinder, restriction or termination, shall promptly notify Customer, and the applicable Minimum Quarterly Commitment shall be reduced to the extent and for such period of time that such restraint, enjoinder, restriction or termination precludes Customer from satisfying its Minimum Quarterly Commitment during the Calendar Quarter.

 

8


Section 4.07 Partial Period Proration .

(a) If the Effective Date is any Day other than the first Day of a Calendar Quarter, or if this Agreement is terminated on any Day other than the last Day of a Calendar Quarter, then any calculation determined with respect to any such Calendar Quarter will be prorated by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Days in that part of the Calendar Quarter beginning on the Effective Date or ending on the date of such termination, as the case may be, and the denominator of which is the total number of Days in the Calendar Quarter.

(b) If the Effective Date is any Day other than the first Day of a Month, or if this Agreement is terminated on any Day other than the last Day of a Month, then any quantity based on a Monthly determination will be prorated by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Days in that part of the Month beginning on the Effective Date or ending on the date of such termination, as the case may be, and the denominator of which is the total number of Days in the Month.

Section 4.08 Maintenance; Outage. In the event of any planned or unplanned maintenance at or shutdown of the Terminal or any Company facilities affecting the Terminal (in either case, other than due to a Company Force Majeure) that in Company’s reasonable judgment, will affect Customer’s throughput of Products hereunder (an “ Outage ”), Company shall provide Customer with at least 45 Days’ advance notice of the Outage, if such Outage is a planned Outage, or as much advance notice of the Outage as reasonably possible under the circumstances, if the Outage is unplanned. Company shall not schedule a planned Outage without first consulting with Customer and providing Customer with relevant information about the nature, extent, cause and expected duration of the planned Outage. Company shall also use reasonable commercial efforts to accommodate any scheduling requests made by Customer in connection with any Outage. During any Outage, Company shall not be liable for any loss or damage resulting from or in connection with the Terminal downtime, other than due to Company’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Any Outage shall be treated in the same manner as a Company Force Majeure in accordance with Section 17.02 .

Article V.

Charges

Section 5.01 Terminal Charges . As compensation to Company for the services provided by it hereunder, Customer shall pay to Company the Terminal Charges as set forth in the Schedule.

Section 5.02 Recovery of Certain Costs .

(a) If Company agrees to make any expenditures at Customer’s request, Customer will reimburse Company for such expenditures or, if the Parties agree, the Throughput Charges payable by Customer as set forth in the Schedule will be increased or additional Terminal Charges shall be added to the Schedule.

 

9


(b) If during the Term, any new Law is enacted or promulgated or any existing Law or its interpretation is materially changed, and if such new or changed Law will have a material adverse economic impact upon a Party, then either Party, acting in good faith, shall have the option to request renegotiation of the relevant provisions of this Agreement and/or the affected Schedule(s) with respect to the Parties’ future performance. In such event, the Parties will meet and negotiate in good faith amendments to this Agreement and the affected Schedule(s) to conform this Agreement and the affected Schedule(s) to the new or changed Law while preserving the Parties’ economic, operational, commercial and competitive arrangements in accordance with the understandings set forth in this Agreement and the affected Schedule(s).

Article VI.

Monthly Statement and Payment

Section 6.01 Monthly Statement . Within 10 Days after the end of each Month, Company shall provide Customer with a statement (a “ Monthly Statement ”) for such preceding Month, which statement shall include, for each Product: the beginning inventory, receipts, withdrawals, ending inventory, storage variation adjustment, number of Barrels of Products additized (if any), volume losses (if calculated hereunder) and the Terminal Charges due to Company (after application of any Quarterly Surplus Volume credit to which Customer may be entitled pursuant to the Schedule). If requested by Customer, Company shall provide Customer with copies of individual tank gauge reports, Vessel gauge report, pipeline meter tickets, or truck unloading rack meter tickets for receipts and withdrawals at the Terminal for such Month, if available. Each Monthly Statement immediately following the last Month in each Calendar Quarter shall include a report that sets forth the amount of the Quarterly Deficiency Volume, if any, or Quarterly Surplus Volume, if any, and any Quarterly Deficiency Payment that may be due and payable by Customer.

Section 6.02 Payment . Payment of the amount(s) identified on each Monthly Statement shall be due, without setoff or discount 10 Business Days after such Monthly Statement is received. All payments shall be made to Company in immediately available funds to an account specified in writing by Company from time to time. Any bank charges incurred by Customer in remitting funds shall be borne by Customer. Acceptance by Company of any payment from Customer for any charge or service after termination or expiration of the Schedule shall not be deemed a renewal of the Schedule or a waiver by Company of any default by Customer under the Schedule or this Agreement.

Section 6.03 Interest . Any undisputed amount payable by Customer hereunder shall, if not paid when due, bear interest at the Interest Rate from the payment due date until, but excluding, the date payment is received by Company.

Section 6.04 Disputes . If Customer reasonably disputes any Monthly Statement, in whole or in part, Customer shall, within 10 Business Days after receipt of the Monthly Statement, notify Company in writing of the dispute and shall pay the undisputed portion pursuant to the terms of Section 6.02 . The Parties agree to promptly and in good faith negotiate a resolution to any such dispute. In the event the Parties are unable to resolve such dispute, either Party may pursue any remedy available at law or in equity to enforce its rights hereunder. In the event that it is determined or agreed that Customer must or will pay the disputed amount then Customer shall

 

10


pay interest at the Interest Rate from and including the original payment due date until, but excluding, the date the disputed amount is received by Company. If Customer fails to notify Company of any dispute with respect to a Monthly Statement within 10 Business Days of receipt of such Monthly Statement, such Monthly Statement shall be deemed final and binding, absent fraud.

Section 6.05 Audit . Company will retain its books and records related to the charges to Customer for services provided under this Agreement and the Schedule for a period of two years from the date the services are rendered. Customer may audit such books and records at Company’s offices where such books and records are stored upon not less than 15 Days’ prior written notice. Any such audit will be at Customer’s expense and will take place during Company’s business hours.

Article VII.

Storage of Products

Section 7.01 Commingled Storage . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or in the Schedule, Company is not required to store Customer’s Products in dedicated storage. Each Product may be stored in commingled storage with third-party Product; provided, however, that any third-party Product commingled with a Customer Product shall meet or exceed the Specifications.

Section 7.02 Tank Bottoms and Line Fill . If Customer’s Product is placed in commingled storage, then Customer will provide a pro rata share of the tank bottoms (including, if applicable the amount of Product required for a floating roof to remain continuously afloat) and a pro rata share of line fill for Product at the Terminal. Customer’s pro rata share will be determined by Company and is subject to change. If Customer’s Product is placed in segregated storage, then Customer will be responsible for providing tank bottoms (including, if applicable, the amount of Product required for a floating roof to remain continuously afloat) and line fill for Product at the Terminal.

Section 7.03 Negative Inventory . Customer shall not withdraw from the Terminal a greater volume of any Product than it has in inventory at the Terminal on the date of withdrawal.

Article VIII.

Operating Hours; Terminal Access

Section 8.01 Operating Hours . Subject to Outages, Product quality issues or other operational issues, Company shall operate or cause to be operated the Terminal 24 hours per Day, 7 Days per week.

Section 8.02 Terminal Access . As a condition to being granted access to the Terminal, Customer shall require all contractors, carriers and customers designated by it to deliver, receive, sample or inspect Customer’s Products at such Terminal, or to provide any other service for Customer, to sign and comply with the Terminal access agreement in such form as Company may reasonably specify from time to time. Further, Customer shall cause all such designated contractors, carriers and customers to comply with all applicable Terminal rules and regulations (“ Terminal Rules ”), provided that any such Terminal Rules (i) shall be uniformly applied to all

 

11


of Company’s customers at the Terminal and (ii) unless required by Law, shall not materially and adversely affect Customer’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Company shall make copies of such Terminal Rules available to Customer and its designated contractors, carriers and customers at the Terminal. Company reserves the right, from time to time, to change, amend or modify the Terminal Rules, provided that (i) Company provides Customer with written notice of any such change, amendment or modification, which notice may be by posting a copy at the Terminal, (ii) any such changes, amendments or modifications shall be uniformly applied to all of Company’s customers at the Terminal and (iii) unless required by Law, any such changes, amendments or modifications shall not materially and adversely affect Customer’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any such changes, amendments or modifications shall become binding upon Customer 10 Days following the posting of a copy at the affected Terminals or the receipt by Customer of a copy, whichever occurs sooner.

Article IX.

Deliveries, Receipts and Withdrawals

Section 9.01 Delivery and Receipt . Customer will deliver Product to and receive Product from the Terminal by the method(s) stated in the Schedule.

(a) Truck and Railway . If the Schedule allows Customer to deliver, or cause to be delivered, Product to or receive Product, or cause Product to be received, from the Terminal by truck or Railway, the procedures in this Section 9.01(a) will apply. Company will receive Products by truck and Railway during Normal Business Hours and at such times as may be required by Customer in accordance with the agreed-upon scheduling. If the Terminal is equipped with an automated loading Truck Rack, Company will redeliver Product to Customer 24 hours per day, seven days per week. If the Terminal is not equipped with an automated loading Truck Rack, Company will redeliver Product to Customer during Normal Business Hours.

(b) Pipeline . If the Schedule allows Customer to deliver, or cause to be delivered, Product to or receive Product, or cause Product to be received, from the Terminal by Pipeline, the procedures in this Section 9.01(b) will apply. Company will receive and redeliver Product by Pipeline 24 hours per day, 7 days per week in accordance with the agreed-upon scheduling.

(c) Vessel . If the Schedule allows Customer to deliver, or cause to be delivered, Product to or receive Product, or cause Product to be received, from the Terminal by Vessel, the procedures in this Section 9.01(c) will apply. Company will receive and redeliver Product by Vessel 24 hours per day, seven days per week in accordance with the agreed-upon scheduling. Customer will arrange with Company for the delivery of Product to one or more Vessels nominated by Customer which have been vetted and otherwise approved in advance by Company in accordance with the Terminal Rules. Subject to the nominating and scheduling procedures in the Terminal Rules, Vessels will be loaded on a first come, first served basis within accepted and confirmed loading windows. Company will not be responsible for the payment of any demurrage or costs incurred by Customer or its carrier for any delay in delivery of Product, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Company. The procedures set forth in the Terminal Rules will apply to the receipt and redelivery of all Product by Vessel at the Terminal.

 

12


Section 9.02 Redelivery of Products . Customer shall provide any documentation reasonably required by Company to authorize withdrawals by or on behalf of Customer from the Terminal. Upon redelivery of Products to Customer or its designated carrier or customer, Company shall have no further responsibility for any Claims that arise after redelivery out of Customer’s possession or use of such Products.

Article X.

Title; Custody

Section 10.01 Title . Title to all of Customer’s Products received, stored, handled and loaded out by Company at the Terminal shall remain at all times in Customer’s name.

Section 10.02 Custody .

(a) Custody of all Products received by Company at the Terminal via (i) truck or Railway shall pass to Company when such Products pass the last permanent flange connection between the delivering truck’s or railcar’s unloading assembly and the receiving pipeline at the Terminal; (ii) a connecting third-party Pipeline shall pass to Company when such Products pass the flange connection between the delivering pipeline and the intake manifold of the Terminal; and (iii) Vessel shall pass to Company when such Products pass the off-loading arm flange connection between the Vessel and the Terminal’s receiving pipeline.

(b) Custody of all Products withdrawn and delivered to Customer or its customers from the Terminal via: (i) truck or Railway shall pass back to Customer or its customer when such Products pass the connection between the Terminal’s loading arm and the receiving truck or railcar; (ii) a connecting third-party Pipeline shall pass back to Customer when such Products pass the discharge flange connection between the discharge manifold of the Terminal and the receiving third-party Pipeline; and (iii) Vessel shall pass back to Customer when such Products pass the connection between the Terminal’s discharge pipeline and the Vessel’s loading arm.

Article XI.

Product Quality

Section 11.01 Product Specifications . Customer will deliver to the Terminal only Products of the type specified in the Schedule and that otherwise complies with the Specifications and any specifications imposed by Law. Customer agrees not to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Terminal any Non-Conforming Product.

Section 11.02 Verification by Company . Company may, from time to time, sample and test (or cause to be sampled and tested) by an IIC analysis any Product tendered into commingled storage for Customer’s account hereunder in order to verify that such Product so tendered meets the Specifications. Testing conducted by or on behalf of Company will be done in accordance with then-current ASTM procedures. Company shall provide Customer with a copy of each such analysis. All costs for each such verification analysis shall be borne by Company, unless (i) the testing was requested by or consented to in writing by Customer or (ii) the analysis reveals that Customer has delivered Products to the Terminal that do not comply with Specifications.

 

13


Section 11.03 Sampling by Customer . Customer may, at its sole cost and expense, sample and test, or cause to be sampled and tested, by an IIC analysis its Products in storage at the Terminal to satisfy itself that the minimum Product specifications are maintained. Testing conducted by or on behalf of Customer will be done in accordance with then-current ASTM procedures. If any such sample indicates the presence of any Product that does not meet Specifications for such Product in effect on the date of such sample, Customer shall immediately notify Company by telephone and Customer shall confirm such notification in writing by telecopy Notice. If Customer does not so notify Company, Company’s Product sample analysis shall be deemed to be conclusive and binding upon both Parties, absent fraud.

Section 11.04 Non-Conforming Products . Customer shall be liable for all reasonable costs and losses in curing, removing, or recovering any Non-Conforming Products, except to the extent that such Non-Conforming Products fail to meet the Specifications due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Company. After such consultation with Customer as may be practical under the circumstances, but otherwise at Company’s sole discretion, Company may attempt to blend the Non-Conforming Products, remove and dispose of the Non-Conforming Products, or, if necessary, recover any Non-Conforming Products from field locations and, except to the extent that such Non-Conforming Products fail to meet the Specifications due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Company, Customer shall reimburse Company for all reasonable costs associated therewith. Except to the extent that such Non-Conforming Products fail to meet the Specifications due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Company, if Customer’s Non-Conforming Products cause any contamination, dilution or other damages to the petroleum products or other commodities of other customers of Company, Customer agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Company Affiliated Parties harmless from and against any Claims incurred by, or charged against any of the Company Affiliated Parties, as a result of such event and shall be responsible for all costs and liabilities associated with or incurred as a result of such event.

Article XII.

Volume Determinations

Section 12.01 Measurement. Measurements, volume corrections, equipment procedures, calculations and practices used for custody transfer determinations shall conform to the most current API Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards (“ MPMS ”). All equipment used for measurements (such as meters, temperature and pressure devices and gauge tapes) shall be calibrated at least quarterly, but more often if necessary. Customer shall have the right to review and receive copies of measurement and calibration records including maintenance, calibration or replacement of any device used to measure Customer’s Product.

Section 12.02 Volume Determination. All volume determinations shall be adjusted to a temperature of 60° Fahrenheit and 14.696 psia for liquids with equilibrium vapor pressure less than or equal to 14.696 psia and at the equilibrium vapor pressure for liquids with an equilibrium vapor pressure greater than to 14.696 psia pursuant to the most recent edition of the MPMS, Chapter 11 (according to whichever table is relevant to the Product being measured), or, if applicable, the most recent publication of the Renewable Fuel Standard Program under the Energy Policy Act of 2005 and the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007. Volume determinations of Product received into and delivered from the Terminal shall be in accordance with the following:

 

14


(a) Truck and Railcar . The quantity of Products received from or delivered to trucks or railcar, as applicable, will be determined using one of the following methods, in order of preference (i) by Truck Rack meter, if available, (ii) by scales, if available, (iii) by manually gauging the Terminal’s static tanks or (iv) by gauging the railcar.

(b) Pipeline . The quantity of Products received from or delivered to a Pipeline will be determined using one of the following methods, in order of preference (i) by calibrated custody transfer grade meter, or if a custody transfer grade meter is not available, by calibrated meter, if available, (ii) by manually gauging the Terminal’s static tanks or (iii) as otherwise set forth in the Schedule.

(c) Vessel . All Products received from or delivered to Vessels will be determined by an IIC using the measurement methods below and will be the basis for preparing relevant shipping documents except in cases of fraud or manifest error. In the absence of an IIC, Company’s measurements will be final and binding except in cases of fraud or manifest error. The volumes received from or delivered to Vessels shall be determined by one of the following measurement methods in the following order of preference:

(i) custody transfer grade meter(s);

(ii) shore tank(s) measurements (static tank), as determined by the IIC;

(iii) in the event of an active (versus static) shore tank during any part of the transfer, or if the IIC determines shore quantities to be inaccurate or not representative of the cargo transferred, quantity shall be based on the volumes as determined from measurements of the Vessel before and after the transfer with application of a vessel experience factor, if determined valid and applicable by the IIC; or

(iv) in the event the IIC determines that the above custody transfer measurement points are inaccurate or not representative of the volume(s) of cargo transferred, the Parties agree to negotiate in good faith to agree upon a new basis for custody transfer volumes.

(d) A Customer representative may witness testing, calibration of equipment, meter reading, and gauging of Products at the Terminal, at Customer’s expense. In the absence of a Customer representative, Company’s measurements shall be deemed to be accurate, absent fraud.

(e) The scheduling and costs related to volume determinations made by an IIC will be arranged and paid for by Customer.

Article XIII.

Volume Losses

Section 13.01 Volume Losses . Company shall have no liability whatsoever to Customer for any loss of, damage to or downgrading of Customer’s Product, unless and to the extent such loss or damage results from Company’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. In no event shall Company be liable for more than the replacement of lost or damaged Product or, at its option, payment of the replacement cost of any lost or damaged Product. Notwithstanding the

 

15


foregoing, in the event the Terminal becomes equipped to measure volume gains and losses through the installation of custody transfer meters and Company begins to accept third-party Products for storage and handling at and redelivery from the Terminal, Company shall establish an appropriate loss allowance and allocate gains and losses among Customer and the third party customers in accordance with standard industry practices.

Section 13.02 Pass-Through of Volume Losses or Gains . To the extent Company is required to make any payments to or is due any amounts from the operator of the Terminal with respect to any volume losses or gains, as applicable, with respect to any of Customer’s Products, such amounts shall be passed through to Customer, and each of Customer and Company shall be required to remit to the other Party any such amounts due to or received from the operator of the Terminal, as applicable, in respect of such volume losses or gains.

Article XIV.

Insurance

Section 14.01 Insurance . Insurance for Customer’s Products, if any, that may be desired by Customer shall be carried by Customer at Customer’s expense. Should Customer elect to carry insurance, then without prejudice to Customer’s rights to directly assert self-insured claims for losses, each policy of insurance shall be endorsed to provide a waiver of subrogation rights against Company and the Partnership and their respective Affiliates to the extent of the liabilities and obligations assumed by Customer under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in Section 13.01 to the contrary, Company shall not be liable to Customer for Product losses or shortages for which Customer is compensated by its third party insurer.

Article XV.

Taxes

Section 15.01 Taxes . Customer shall be responsible for and shall pay all sales Taxes and similar Taxes on goods and services provided hereunder and any other Taxes now or hereafter imposed by any Governmental Authority in respect of or measured by Products handled or stored hereunder or the manufacture, storage, delivery, receipt, exchange or inspection thereof, and Customer agrees to promptly reimburse Company for any such Taxes Company is legally required to pay, upon receipt of invoice therefor. Each Party is responsible for all Taxes in respect of its own real and personal property.

Article XVI.

Health, Safety and Environment

Section 16.01 Spills; Environmental Pollution .

(a) In the event of any Product spill or other environmentally polluting discharge caused by Company’s operation of the Terminal, any clean-up resulting from any such spill or discharge and any liability resulting from such spill or discharge, shall be the responsibility of Company, except to the extent such spill or discharge is caused by Customer or a third party receiving Products on Customer’s behalf, at its request or for its benefit.

 

16


(b) In the event and to the extent of any Product spill or other environmentally polluting discharge caused by Customer or in connection with Customer or a third party receiving Products on Customer’s behalf, at its request or for its benefit, Company is authorized to commence containment or clean-up operations as deemed appropriate or necessary by Company or as required by any Governmental Authority, and Company shall notify Customer of such operations as soon as reasonably practicable. All liability and reasonable costs of containment or clean-up shall be borne by Customer except that, in the event a spill or discharge is caused by the joint negligence of both Company and Customer or a third party receiving Products on Customer’s behalf, at its request or for its benefit, liability and costs of containment or clean-up shall be borne jointly by Company and Customer in proportion to each Party’s respective negligence.

(c) For purposes of this Section 16.01 , the negligence of a third party receiving Products on Customer’s behalf, at its request or for its benefit, shall be attributed to Customer.

(d) The Parties shall cooperate for the purpose of obtaining reimbursement if a third party is legally responsible for costs or expenses initially borne by Company or Customer.

Section 16.02 Inspection . During Normal Business Hours and upon prior Notice to Company, Customer may: (a) inspect the Terminal, including health, safety, and environmental audits by inspector(s) chosen by Customer; (b) make physical checks of Products in storage at the Terminal, (c) audit Company’s health, safety, environmental, and operational records relating to the performance of this Agreement and otherwise observe such performance and (d) subject to the provisions of Section 8.02 , enter upon the Terminal property for any of the foregoing purposes. For clarity, none of the rights identified in this Section 16.02 shall be exercised by Customer in such manner as to substantially interfere with or diminish Company’s complete control and responsibility for the operation of the Terminal.

Section 16.03 Incident Notification . Each Party undertakes to notify the other Party as soon as reasonably practical, but in no event more than 24 hours, after becoming aware of any accident, spill or incident involving the other Party’s employees, agents, contractors, sub-contractors or their equipment, or Customer’s Products at the Terminal, and to provide reasonable assistance in investigating the circumstances of the accident, spill or incident. If any accident, spill or incident involving Customer’s Products requires a report to be submitted to a Governmental Authority, Company shall notify such Governmental Authority as soon as reasonably practical in compliance with applicable Law. A copy of any such required report shall be delivered to Customer.

Section 16.04 Vessel Vetting . Customer shall have procedures in place to ensure that all Vessels accepted to call at the Dock meet minimum standards of safe operation as established by Company. Company shall advise Customer of specific requirements applicable to the Dock.

 

17


Article XVII.

Force Majeure

Section 17.01 Suspension During Force Majeure Events . Promptly upon the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event, a Party affected by a Force Majeure Event shall provide the other Party with written notice of the occurrence of such Force Majeure Event. If a Party is prevented from performing its obligations under this Agreement due to a Force Majeure Event, then, to the extent that it is affected by the Force Majeure Event, the obligations of the Parties hereto shall be addressed as set forth in Sections 17.02 and 17.03 during the continuance of such Party’s inability to perform caused by the Force Majeure Event.

Section 17.02 Company Force Majeure . If a Force Majeure Event is declared by Company or to the extent the Force Majeure Event impacts the Terminal and Customer declares such Force Majeure Event (each a “ Company Force Majeure ”), each Party’s obligations (other than an obligation arising prior to the Company Force Majeure to pay any amounts due to the other Party) shall be temporarily suspended during the occurrence of, and for the entire duration of, the Company Force Majeure to the extent that such Company Force Majeure prevents either Party from performing its obligations under this Agreement and the Schedule. The Minimum Quarterly Commitment during the period of the Company Force Majeure shall be ratably reduced to reflect the suspension.

Section 17.03 Customer Force Majeure . If a Force Majeure Event, other than a Company Force Majeure, (a “ Customer Force Majeure ”) is declared by Customer thereby precluding Customer from performing its obligations under this Agreement and the Schedule, including a Customer Force Majeure impacting the Refinery that affects Customer’s performance under this Agreement and the Schedule, Customer’s obligations (other than Customer’s obligation arising prior to the Suspension Date to pay any amounts due to Company) shall be temporarily suspended beginning on the Suspension Date, and for the entire remaining duration of such Customer Force Majeure. The Minimum Quarterly Commitment during the period of the Customer Force Majeure following the Suspension Date shall be ratably reduced to reflect the suspension.

Section 17.04 Obligation to Remedy Force Majeure Events. A Party affected by a Force Majeure Event shall take commercially reasonable steps to remedy such situation so that it may resume the full performance of its obligations under this Agreement and the Schedule as soon as reasonably practicable.

Section 17.05 Strikes and Lockouts . The settlement of strikes, lockouts and other labor disturbances shall be entirely within the discretion of the affected Party and the requirement to remedy a Force Majeure event as soon as reasonably practicable shall not require the settlement of strikes or lockouts by acceding to the demands of an opposing Person when such course is reasonably inadvisable in the discretion of the Party having the difficulty.

Section 17.06 Action in Emergencies . Company may temporarily suspend performance of the services provided by Company to prevent injuries to persons, damage to property or harm to the environment.

 

18


Article XVIII.

Limitation of Liability

Section 18.01 Limitation of Liability . In no event shall any Party be liable to any other Party for any consequential, indirect, incidental, punitive, exemplary, special or similar damages or lost profits suffered, directly or indirectly, by any Party. Each Party shall be discharged from any and all liability with respect to services performed and any loss or damage Claims arising out of this Agreement or the Schedule unless suit or action is commenced within two years after the applicable cause of action arises.

Article XIX.

Termination; Non-Exclusive Remedies

Section 19.01 Default; Right to Terminate .

(a) Should either Party default in the prompt performance and observance of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement or a Schedule, and should such default continue for 15 Days or more after Notice thereof by the non-defaulting Party to the defaulting Party, or should either Party become insolvent, commence a case for liquidation or reorganization under the United States Bankruptcy Code (or become the involuntary subject of a case for liquidation or reorganization under the United States Bankruptcy Code, if such case is not dismissed within 30 Days), be placed in the hands of a state or federal receiver or make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, then the other Party shall have the right, at its option, to terminate the Schedule (and this Agreement with respect to such Schedule) immediately upon delivery of Notice to the other Party.

(b) In the event of a default by Customer under a Schedule, the amounts theretofore accrued with respect to such Schedule shall, at the option of Company, become immediately due and payable. In the event of default by Company under a Schedule, Customer shall have the right, at its option, to terminate such Schedule (and this Agreement with respect to such Schedule), provided that Customer shall have paid Company for the amounts that have accrued under such Schedule to the date of such termination. In no event shall a default under one Schedule be deemed to be a default under any other Schedule.

Section 19.02 Termination Following a Force Majeure Event . If a Force Majeure Event prevents Company or Customer from performing its respective obligations under the Schedule for a period of more than 12 consecutive Months, the Schedule, or to the extent the Force Majeure Event only affects a portion of the obligations under the Schedule, the portion of those obligations so affected, may be terminated by either Party at any time after the expiration of such 12-Month period upon at least 30 Days’ Notice to the other Party.

Section 19.03 Non-Exclusive Remedies . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Schedule, the remedies of Company and Customer provided in this Agreement shall not be exclusive, but shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to all other remedies in favor of Company or Customer at law or in equity.

Article XX.

Public Use

Section 20.01 Public Use . This Agreement is made as an accommodation to Customer. In no event shall Company’s services hereunder be deemed to be those of a public utility or a common carrier. If any action is taken or threatened by any Governmental Authority to declare Company’s services hereunder to be those of a public utility or a common carrier, then, in such event, at the option of Company and upon Customer’s receipt of Company’s Notice, Company may restructure and amend this Agreement or the Schedule, as necessary or terminate the Schedule on the effective date of such action as to the affected Terminal or services.

 

19


Article XXI.

Notices

Section 21.01 Notices . All notices or requests or consents provided for by, or permitted to be given pursuant to, this Agreement or a Schedule must be in writing and must be given by e-mail or United States mail, addressed to the Person to be notified, postpaid, and registered or certified with return receipt requested or by delivering such notice in person or by facsimile to such Party. Notice given by personal delivery or mail shall be effective upon actual receipt. Notice given by e-mail or facsimile shall be effective upon actual receipt if received during the recipient’s normal business hours or at the beginning of the recipient’s next business day after receipt if not received during the recipient’s normal business hours. All notices to be sent to a Party pursuant to this Agreement or a Schedule shall be sent to or made at the address set forth below or at such other address as such Party may stipulate to the other Parties in the manner provided in this Section 21.01 .

If to Customer:

Vice President Product Supply (Light Products)

Valero Marketing and Supply Company

One Valero Way

San Antonio, Texas 78249

Attn: Mark Swensen

Facsimile: 210-345-2413

E-mail: Mark.Swensen@valero.com

or

Vice President Crude, Feedstock Supply & Trading (Crude Oil)

Valero Marketing and Supply Company

One Valero Way

San Antonio, Texas 78249

Attn: Gary Simmons

Facsimile: 210-345-2413

E-mail: Gary.Simmons@valero.com

If to Company:

President and Chief Operating Officer

Valero Energy Partners GP LLC

One Valero Way

San Antonio, Texas 78249

Attn: Rich Lashway

Facsimile: 210-370-5161

E-mail: Rich.Lashway@valero.com

 

20


Article XXII.

Miscellaneous

Section 22.01 Governing Law and Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of Texas, excluding any conflicts-of-law rule or principle that might refer the construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the laws of another state. Any disputes arising out of this Agreement will be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the U.S. District Court located in Harris County, Texas if federal jurisdiction is available and to the courts of the State of Texas located in Harris County, Texas if federal jurisdiction is not available.

Section 22.02 Assignment .

(a) Neither Party may assign its rights under this Agreement or any Schedule without prior written consent of the other Party except:

(i) if Customer sells or otherwise transfers any Refinery, Customer may assign the Schedule(s) related to such Refinery, and the terms and conditions of this Agreement related to such Schedule(s) shall be novated into a new agreement between Company and the transferee of such Schedule(s) subject to the provisions of Section 22.02(b) ; and

(ii) Company may make collateral assignments of this Agreement or any Schedule to secure financing;

provided, however, that in no event shall Customer be required to consent to Company’s assignment of this Agreement or any Schedule to any Person that is engaged in the business of refining and marketing petroleum products (or that directly or indirectly Controls or is Controlled by a Person that is engaged in the business of refining and marketing petroleum products) in any State where a Terminal covered by a Schedule is located.

(b) Upon an assignment or partial assignment of this Agreement or a Schedule by either Party, the assigned rights and obligations shall be novated into a new agreement with the assignee, and such assignee shall be responsible for the performance of the assigned obligations unless the non-assigning Party has reasonably determined that the assignee is not financially or operationally capable of performing such assigned obligations, in which case the assignor shall remain responsible for the performance of such assigned obligations.

Section 22.03 Partnership Change in Control . Customer’s obligations hereunder shall not terminate in connection with a Partnership Change in Control. Company shall provide Customer with Notice of any Partnership Change in Control at least 60 Days prior to the effective date thereof.

Section 22.04 No Third-Party Rights . Except as expressly provided, nothing in this Agreement or any Schedule is intended to confer any rights, benefits or obligations to any Person other than the Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

Section 22.05 Compliance with Laws . Each Party shall at all times comply with all Laws with respect to the use of the Terminal and in the performance of this Agreement or any Schedule.

 

21


Section 22.06 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or any Schedule or the application thereof shall be found by any arbitral panel or court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable to any extent and for any reason, it shall be adjusted rather than voided, if possible, in order to achieve the intent of the Parties. In any event, the remainder of this Agreement or such Schedule and the application of such remainder shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by Law.

Section 22.07 Non-Waiver . The failure of either Party to enforce any provision, condition, covenant or requirement of this Agreement or any Schedule at any time shall not be construed to be a waiver of such provision, condition, covenant or requirement unless the other Parties are so notified by such Party in writing. Any waiver by a Party of a default by any other Party in the performance of any provision, condition, covenant or requirement contained in this Agreement or any Schedule shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision, condition, covenant or requirement, nor shall any such waiver in any manner release such other Party from the performance of any other provision, condition, covenant or requirement.

Section 22.08 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Schedule, together with all exhibits attached hereto and thereto, constitute the entire agreement between the Parties relating to its subject matter contemplated by this Agreement and the Schedule and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements between the Parties in connection with the subject matter hereof and thereof except as specifically set forth in, or contemplated by, this Agreement or the Schedule.

Section 22.09 Amendments . This Agreement shall not be modified or amended, in whole or in part, except by a written amendment signed by both Parties. No amendment to a Schedule will be effective unless made in writing and signed by both Parties.

Section 22.10 Survival . Any indemnification granted hereunder by one Party to the other Party shall survive the expiration or termination of all or any part of this Agreement.

Section 22.11 Counterparts; Multiple Originals . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on each of the Parties. Each of the Parties may sign any number of copies of this Agreement. Each signed copy shall be deemed to be an original, but all of them together shall represent one and the same agreement.

Section 22.12 Exhibits . The exhibits identified in this Agreement are incorporated in this Agreement and constitute a part of this Agreement. If there is any conflict between this Agreement and any exhibit, the provisions of the exhibit shall control.

Section 22.13 Headings; Subheadings . The headings and subheadings of this Agreement have been inserted only for convenience to facilitate reference and are not intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

22


Section 22.14 Construction . The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring either Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 22.15 Business Practices . Company shall use its best efforts to make certain that all billings, reports, and financial settlements rendered to or made with Customer pursuant to this Agreement or any Schedule, or any revision of or amendments to this Agreement or any Schedule, will properly reflect the facts about all activities and transactions handled by authority of this Agreement and the Schedule and that the information shown on such billings, reports and settlement documents may be relied upon by Customer as being complete and accurate in any further recording and reporting made by Customer for whatever purposes. Company shall notify Customer if Company discovers any errors in such billings, reports, or settlement documents.

[ Signature page follows. ]

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have signed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

COMPANY:
VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC
By:  

/s/ Richard F. Lashway

Name:   Richard F. Lashway
Title:   Senior Vice President
CUSTOMER:
VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Joseph W. Gorder

Name:   Joseph W. Gorder
Title:   President

Signature Page to Master Terminal Services Agreement


TERMINAL SERVICES SCHEDULE

(El Paso Terminal)

This Terminal Services Schedule (this “ Schedule ”) is entered into on the 16th day of December, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Company ”), and VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“ Customer ”), pursuant to the Master Terminal Services Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) between Company and Customer dated as of December 16, 2013. Except as set forth herein, the terms and conditions of the Agreement are incorporated by reference into this Schedule. Unless otherwise defined in this Schedule, the defined terms in this Schedule will have the same meaning used in the Agreement.

1. Term . This Schedule shall have a primary term commencing on the Effective Date and ending 10 years from the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”), and may be renewed by Customer, at Customer’s sole option, for one successive 5 year renewal term (a “ Renewal Term ”), upon at least 180 Days’ written Notice from Customer to Company prior to the end of the Initial Term. The Initial Term and Renewal Term, if any, shall be referred to in this Schedule as the “ Term ”.

2. Terminal . The terminal services contemplated by this Schedule will be performed at Company’s El Paso Terminal located at 4200 JC Verimontes, El Paso, TX 79938 (the “ Terminal ”).

3. Refinery . The Terminal supports Customer’s Affiliate’s McKee Refinery located in Sunray, Texas (the “ Refinery ”).

4. Product . The products to be handled and stored under this Schedule (each a “ Product ”, and collectively the “ Products ”) and the mode of receipt at the Terminal and mode of delivery from the Terminal consist of:

 

     Mode of    Mode of

Product

  

Receipt

  

Delivery

Regular unleaded gasoline    Pipeline    Truck and SFPP Pipeline Connection*
Tucson CBOB gasoline    Pipeline    Truck and SFPP Pipeline Connection
PBOB    Pipeline    Truck and SFPP Pipeline Connection
Phoenix CBG unleaded gasoline    Rack Blend    Truck and SFPP Pipeline Connection
Phoenix CBG premium unleaded gasoline    Rack Blend    Truck and SFPP Pipeline Connection
CBOB    Pipeline    Truck and SFPP Pipeline Connection
ULSD    Pipeline    Truck and SFPP Pipeline Connection
Ethanol    Truck    Truck

 

1


*   The SFPP Pipeline Connection shall mean the 16” petroleum products pipeline and the 8” petroleum products pipeline each extending approximately 6 miles from the Terminal to a connection with a pipeline system owned and operated by SFPP, LP, an affiliate of Kinder Morgan.

5. Specifications . Customer will ensure that all of Customer’s Product delivered to the Terminal under the terms of this Schedule meets the applicable specifications for each product on the El Paso Pipeline that runs between the Refinery and the Terminal, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “ Specifications ”). Ethanol delivered to the Terminal by or on behalf of Customer shall meet the applicable specifications listed in the latest version of ASTM D4806.

6. Throughput Charges . For each Month during the Term, Customer agrees to pay Company the following throughput charges (collectively, the “ Throughput Charges ”):

(a) Truck Rack Throughput Charge . Customer will pay Company $0.301 per Barrel of Product delivered across the Truck Rack for or on behalf of Customer (“ Truck Rack Throughput Charge ”).

(b) SFPP Pipeline Connection Throughput Charge . Customer will pay Company $0.301 per Barrel of Product delivered to the SFPP Pipeline Connection for Customer or on behalf of Customer (“ Pipeline Throughput Charge ”).

7. Minimum Throughput Commitments .

(a) Truck Rack Commitment . For each Calendar Quarter during the Initial Term, Customer shall tender or cause to be tendered an average of at least 8,500 Barrels per Day of Product to the Terminal for storage and handling and redelivery at the Truck Rack, in approximately ratable quantities (such average, the “ Minimum Quarterly Truck Rack Commitment ”) and Company shall accept, store and redeliver such Product in accordance with the terms of this Schedule. Except as expressly provided in the Agreement in connection with an Outage, a Company Force Majeure or a Customer Force Majeure, if during any Calendar Quarter, Customer fails to satisfy its Minimum Quarterly Truck Rack Commitment during such Calendar Quarter during the Initial Term, then Customer will pay Company a deficiency payment (each, a “ Truck Rack Deficiency Payment ”) in an amount equal to the volume of the deficiency (the “ Truck Rack Deficiency Volume ”) multiplied by the Truck Rack Throughput Charge. Customer shall pay the amount of such Truck Rack Deficiency Payment along with any Truck Rack Throughput Charge. The dollar amount of any Truck Rack Deficiency Payment paid by Customer may be applied as a credit against any amounts incurred by Customer and owed to Company with respect to volumes of Product delivered across the Truck Rack in excess of Customer’s Minimum Quarterly Truck Rack Commitment (or, if this Schedule expires or is terminated, to volumes delivered across the Truck Rack in excess of the applicable Minimum Quarterly Truck Rack Commitment in effect as of the date of such expiration or termination) (such excess volume in any Calendar Quarter during the Initial Term is referred to as the “ Truck Rack Surplus Volume ”) during any of the succeeding four Calendar Quarters, after which time any unused credits will expire. This Section 7(a) shall survive the expiration or termination of this Schedule, if necessary for the application of any Truck Rack Deficiency Payment against any Truck Rack Surplus Volume as set forth herein. During the Term, Company shall provide throughput capacity at the Truck Rack to Customer in excess of the Minimum Quarterly Truck Rack Commitment on an “as available” basis, and any use of such excess capacity shall be subject to the Truck Rack Throughput Charge.

 

2


(b) Pipeline Commitment . For each Calendar Quarter during the Term, Customer shall tender an average of at least 27,880 Barrels per Day of Product to the Terminal for storage and handling and redelivery across the SFPP Pipeline Connection in approximately ratable quantities (such average, the “ Minimum Quarterly Pipeline Commitment ” and together with the Minimum Quarterly Truck Rack Commitment, the “ Minimum Quarterly Commitment ”) and Company shall accept, store and redeliver such Product in accordance with the terms of this Schedule. Except as expressly provided in the Agreement in connection with an Outage, a Company Force Majeure or a Customer Force Majeure, if during any Calendar Quarter, Customer fails to satisfy its Minimum Quarterly Pipeline Commitment during such Calendar Quarter, then Customer will pay Company a deficiency payment (each, a “ Pipeline Deficiency Payment ” and together with the Truck Rack Deficiency Payment, the “ Quarterly Deficiency Payment ”) in an amount equal to the volume of the deficiency (the “ Pipeline Deficiency Volume ” and together with the Truck Rack Deficiency Volume, the “ Quarterly Deficiency Volume ”) multiplied by the Pipeline Throughput Charge. Customer shall pay Company the amount of such Quarterly Deficiency Payment along with any Pipeline Throughput Charge payable hereunder. The dollar amount of any Pipeline Deficiency Payment paid by Customer may be applied as a credit against any amounts incurred by Customer and owed to Company with respect to volumes of Product delivered through the SFPP Pipeline Connection in excess of Customer’s Minimum Quarterly Pipeline Commitment (or, if this Schedule expires or is terminated, to volumes delivered through the SFPP Pipeline Connection in excess of the applicable Minimum Quarterly Pipeline Commitment in effect as of the date of such expiration or termination) (such excess volume in any Calendar Quarter during the Term is referred to as the “ Pipeline Surplus Volume ”, and together with the Truck Rack Surplus Volume, the “ Quarterly Surplus Volume ”) during any of the succeeding four Calendar Quarters, after which time any unused credits will expire. This Section 7(b) shall survive the expiration or termination of this Schedule, if necessary for the application of any Pipeline Deficiency Payment against any Pipeline Surplus Volume as set forth herein. During the Term, Company shall provide throughput capacity to the SFPP Pipeline Connection to Customer in excess of the Minimum Quarterly Pipeline Commitment on an “as available” basis, and any use of such excess capacity shall be subject to the Pipeline Throughput Charge.

8. Other Charges .

(a) Holdover Fee . If Customer does not remove its Product from the Terminal on or before the date this Schedule terminates, except to the extent any delay in removal is caused by Terminal Company, Customer will pay a holdover fee of $0.05 per Barrel of Product per day in addition to any Throughput Charges.

(b) Additization Fees .

(i) Customer will pay Company $0.061 per Barrel of gasoline injected with generic gasoline additive.

 

3


(ii) Customer will pay Company $0.072 per Barrel of ULSD injected with lubricity additive.

(iii) Customer will pay Company $0.072 per Barrel of ULSD injected with red dye.

(c) Blending Fees .

(i) Customer will pay Company an ethanol blending fee of $0.071 per Barrel of gasoline blended with ethanol at a blend ratio of 10% ethanol. All Ethanol shall be provided by Customer. For ethanol blended with gasoline at a blend ratio higher than 10% the Parties will negotiate in good faith an alternative blending fee for the incremental ethanol in excess of 10%, taking into account the actual incremental cost of service for providing the higher blend ratio.

(d) Sampling Fee . Customer will pay a $100 fee per sample for all samples drawn at Customer’s request excluding any composite samples taken on pipeline receipts to or pipeline deliveries from the Terminal.

(e) Additive Equipment Fee . In the event Customer installs its own additive equipment at the Terminal, Customer shall pay Company an additive equipment fee based on Company’s cost to operate the additive equipment plus a reasonable return to Company for the operation of such equipment. Customer and Company shall agree on the additive equipment fee prior to the placement of any equipment at the Terminal.

9. Escalation . On July 1, 2014, and on July 1 st of each year thereafter while this Schedule is in effect, Company (i) shall adjust the Throughput Charges and (ii) may, in its discretion, adjust each of the Additization Fees and Blending Fees set forth in Section 8 hereof, which adjustments shall be effective as of July 1 st of the year in which such election is made, by multiplying the Throughput Charges or such fee, as applicable, by an amount equal to a maximum of (a) 1.0 plus, (b) a fraction, of which (i) the numerator is the positive change, if any, in the Consumer Price Index – All Urban Consumers (Series ID CUURA316SA0) (such index, the “ CPI ”) during the 12-Month period ending on March 31 st of such year, as reported during the Month of April of such year, and (ii) the denominator is the CPI as of the first day of such 12-Month period, provided that if, with respect to any such 12-Month period, the CPI has decreased during such 12-Month period, Company may increase fees on the following July 1 pursuant to this Section only to the extent that the percentage change in the CPI since the most recent previous such increase in fees is greater than the aggregate amount of the cumulative decreases in the CPI during the intervening period or periods. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, the first CPI adjustment on July 1, 2014 shall be based on 50% of the increase in the CPI.

10. Nominations . Except as otherwise provided in the Operating Agreement (as defined below), Customer shall furnish to Company, by the 20 th Day of each Month preceding the Month of delivery (except for the first Month of the Term, which shall be on or before the 5 th day of such Month), a delivery schedule that includes the estimated quantity of Products that Customer anticipates delivering to and receiving from the Terminal during the following Month.

 

4


11. Liens . Customer hereby grants to Company a warehouseman’s lien on all of Customer’s Products in storage at the Terminal for any amounts payable by Customer to Company that have not been paid when due hereunder. If a warehouse receipt is required under Law for such a lien to arise, this Schedule will be deemed to be the warehouse receipt for all Products at the Terminal.

12. Special Termination by Customer . If Customer or any of its Affiliates determines to completely or partially suspend refining operations at the Refinery for a period of at least 12 consecutive Months, the Parties will negotiate in good faith to agree upon a reduction of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment to reflect such suspension of operations. If the Parties are unable to agree to an appropriate reduction of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment, then after Customer or such Affiliates have made a public announcement of such suspension, Customer may provide written Notice to Company of its intent to terminate this Schedule and this Schedule will terminate 12 Months following the date such Notice is delivered to Company. In the event Customer or such Affiliates publicly announce, prior to the expiration of such 12-Month period, its intent to resume operations at the Refinery, then such Notice shall be deemed revoked and this Schedule shall continue in full force and effect as if such Notice had never been delivered.

13. Effect of Customer Restructuring . If Customer or any of its Affiliates determines to restructure its respective supply, refining or sales operations at the Refinery in such a way as could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the economics of Customer’s performance of its obligations under this Schedule, then the Parties will negotiate in good faith an alternative arrangement that is no worse economically for Company than the economic benefits to be received by Company under this Schedule, which may include the substitution of new commitments of Customer on other assets owned or to be acquired or constructed by Company.

14. Additional Services . If Company performs additional services at Customer’s written request, or if Company, upon written notice to Customer, performs any additional services because Customer’s Product does not comply with the applicable Specifications, Customer will pay Company the cost of such services plus an administrative fee that is equal to 10% of such documented, invoiced costs.

15. Third Party Operated Terminal . The Parties recognize that the Terminal is currently operated by a third party operator (the “ Operator ”) pursuant to an Agreement For The Operation and Maintenance of the El Paso Terminal dated March 2, 1998 by and between NuStar Logistics, LP (as successor–in-interest to Diamond Shamrock Refining and Marketing Company) and Company (as successor–in-interest to Phillips Petroleum Company) (as amended, the “ Operating Agreement ”) and the terms of this Schedule and the Agreement as it relates to the operation of the Terminal and the services to be provided by Company are intended to be consistent with the terms and services to be provided by the Operator pursuant to the Operating Agreement. Company shall not be liable to Customer for any Claims which may arise by reason of the failure of Company to keep, observe or perform any of its obligations under this Schedule or the Agreement if such obligation is in direct conflict with or violates the terms of the Operating Agreement.

 

5


16. Contacts and Notices .

(a) For Company . The following contacts and their respective subject matter expertise are provided for convenience purposes only. All formal notices and communication required under this Schedule to Company shall be in writing and delivered as set forth in the Agreement:

 

Operational:    Exec Director Pipeline & Terminals
   Tel: (210) 345-4324
   Fax: (210) 370-4324
Demurrage Department:    Angela Bailey, Manager Demurrage Transportation
   Tel: (210) 345-2782
   Email: demurrage@valero.com
Invoice:    Troy Heard, Supervisor Accounting
   Tel: (210) 345-3219
   Fax: (210) 370-4355

(b) For Customer : The following contacts and their respective subject matter expertise are provided for convenience purposes only. All formal notices and communication required under this Schedule to Customer shall be in writing and delivered as set forth in the Agreement:

 

Operational:    Manager Product Supply Operations, Mid-Continent
   Tel: (210) 345-3689
   Fax: (210) 345-2660
Invoice:    Troy Heard, Supervisor Accounting
   Tel: (210) 345-3219
   Fax: (210) 370-4355

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have caused this Schedule to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers.

 

Company:
VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC
By:  

/s/ Richard F. Lashway

Name:   Richard F. Lashway
Title:   Senior Vice President
Customer:
VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Rodney L. Reese

Name:   Rodney L. Reese
Title:   Vice President

Signature Page to Terminal Services Schedule (El Paso Terminal)


TERMINAL SERVICES SCHEDULE

(Lucas Terminal)

This Terminal Services Schedule (this “ Schedule ”) is entered into on the 16th day of December, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Company ”), and VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“ Customer ”), pursuant to the Master Terminal Services Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) between Company and Customer dated as of December 16, 2013. Except as set forth herein, the terms and conditions of the Agreement are incorporated by reference into this Schedule. Unless otherwise defined in this Schedule, the defined terms in this Schedule will have the same meaning used in the Agreement.

1. Term . This Schedule shall have a primary term commencing on the Effective Date and ending 10 years from the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”), and may be renewed by Customer, at Customer’s sole option, for one successive 5 year renewal term (a “ Renewal Term ”), upon at least 180 Days’ written Notice from Customer to Company prior to the end of the Initial Term. The Initial Term and Renewal Term, if any, shall be referred to in this Schedule as the “ Term ”.

2. Terminal . The terminal services contemplated by this Schedule will be performed at Company’s Lucas Terminal located in Port Arthur, Texas (the “ Terminal ”).

3. Refinery . The Terminal supports Customer’s Affiliate’s Port Arthur refinery located in Port Arthur, Texas (the “ Refinery ”).

4. Product . The product to be handled and stored under this Schedule is crude oil (the “ Product ”).

5. Receipts and Deliveries .

(a) Product will be received at the Terminal as follows:

 

  (i) by pipeline via a connection with Company’s 32” pipeline that extends 5.18 miles from Sunoco Logistics’s Nederland Terminal to the Terminal (the “ Nederland Pipeline ”);

 

  (ii) by pipeline via a connection with TransCanada’s Cushing MarketLink pipeline (the “ MarketLink Pipeline ”), which upon the completion of the Keystone XL Pipeline will also serve as the connection to the Keystone XL Pipeline (the “ TransCanada Connection ”);

 

  (iii) by pipeline via a connection to CHOPS;

 

  (iv) by pipeline via a connection to Oiltanking’s pipeline that runs between Oiltanking’s Beaumont, Texas terminal and the Terminal; and

 

  (v) by any other means to which the Parties agree in writing from time to time.

(b) Product will be re-delivered from the Terminal as follows:

 

  (i) by pipeline via a connection with Company’s 30” pipeline that extends 12.37 miles from the Terminal to the Refinery (the “ Lucas Pipeline ”); and

 

  (ii) any other means to which the Parties agree in writing from time to time.

 

1


6. Specifications . Customer will ensure that all of Customer’s Product delivered to the Terminal under the terms of this Schedule meets the applicable specifications set forth for each Product on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “ Specifications ”), provided that (i) Company provides Customer with at least seven (7) days’ prior written notice of any such amendment, modification or supplement, (ii) the Product specifications and properties remain consistent with the pipeline system specifications for the applicable Pipeline(s) connected to the Terminal, and (iii) the Product specifications and properties comply with any specifications imposed by Law. These Specifications are minimum specifications for the Terminal and do not supersede any published or otherwise required specification set forth by the delivering pipelines that may be more stringent for movements on those third party pipelines.

7. Throughput Charges . For each Month during the Term, Customer agrees to pay Company the following throughput charges (collectively, the “ Throughput Charges ”):

(a) Terminal Throughput Charge . Customer will pay (i) $0.243 per Barrel of Product delivered to the Terminal by or on behalf of Customer for the first 160,000 average Barrels per Day of Product so delivered during such Month; (ii) $0.071 per Barrel of Product delivered to the Terminal by or on behalf of Customer for volumes in excess of 160,000 average Barrels per Day of Product so delivered during such Month up to 200,000 average Barrels per Day of Product so delivered during such Month; and (iii) $0.06 per Barrel of Product delivered to the Terminal by or on behalf of Customer in excess of 200,000 average Barrels per Day of Product so delivered during such Month (the “ Terminal Throughput Charge ”), in each case subject to escalation pursuant to Section 10 .

(b) MarketLink Connection Charge . Customer will pay $0.05 per Barrel of Product delivered to the Terminal by or on behalf of Customer through the TransCanada Connection (“ TransCanada Throughput Charge ”), which TransCanada Throughput Charge shall be reduced to $0.015 per Barrel of Product delivered to the Terminal through the TransCanada Connection by or on behalf of Customer when the Keystone XL Pipeline commences commercial service for the transportation of crude oil from its origin point at or near Hardisty, Alberta to the Terminal, subject to escalation pursuant to Section 10 .

8. Minimum Throughput Commitments .

(a) Throughput Commitment . For each Calendar Quarter during the Term, Customer shall tender or cause to be tendered an average of at least 150,000 Barrels per Day of Product to the Terminal (which shall include any Product delivered through the TransCanada Connection as set forth in Section 8(b) below) for storage and handling and redelivery to Customer in approximately ratable quantities (such average, the “ Minimum Quarterly Terminal Commitment ”) and Company shall accept, store and redeliver such Product in accordance with the terms of this Schedule. Except as expressly provided in the Agreement in connection with an Outage, a Company Force Majeure, or a Customer Force Majeure, if during any Calendar Quarter, Customer fails to satisfy its Minimum Quarterly Terminal Commitment during such Calendar Quarter, then Customer will pay Company a deficiency payment (each, a “ Terminal Deficiency Payment ”) in an amount equal to the

 

2


volume of the deficiency (the “ Terminal Deficiency Volume ”) multiplied by the Terminal Throughput Charge. Customer shall pay Company the amount of such Terminal Deficiency Payment along with any Terminal Throughput Charge payable hereunder. The dollar amount of any Terminal Deficiency Payment paid by Customer may be applied as a credit against any amounts incurred by Customer and owed to Company with respect to volumes of Product delivered to the Terminal in excess of Customer’s Minimum Quarterly Terminal Commitment (or, if this Schedule expires or is terminated, to volumes delivered to the Terminal in excess of the applicable Minimum Quarterly Terminal Commitment in effect as of the date of such expiration or termination) (such excess volume in any Calendar Quarter during the Term is referred to as the “ Terminal Surplus Volume ”) during any of the succeeding four Calendar Quarters, after which time any unused credits will expire. This Section 8(a) shall survive the expiration or termination of this Schedule, if necessary for the application of any Terminal Deficiency Payment against any Terminal Surplus Volume as set forth herein. Company shall provide throughput capacity at the Terminal to Customer in excess of the Minimum Quarterly Terminal Commitment on an “as available” basis, and any use of such excess capacity shall be subject to the applicable Terminal Throughput Charge.

(b) TransCanada Connection Commitment . During each Calendar Quarter beginning upon the commencement of commercial transportation services on the MarketLink Pipeline from Cushing, Oklahoma to the Terminal (i) until such time as the Keystone XL pipeline commences commercial service, Customer shall tender or cause to be tendered an average of at least 45,000 Barrels per Day of Product to the Terminal through the TransCanada Connection, and (ii) upon commencement of commercial service of the Keystone XL pipeline, Customer shall tender or cause to be tendered an average of at least 150,000 Barrels per Day of Product to the Terminal through the TransCanada Connection, in each case for storage and handling and redelivery to Customer in approximately ratable quantities (such average, the “ Minimum Quarterly TransCanada Commitment ” and together with the Minimum Quarterly Terminal Commitment, the “ Minimum Quarterly Commitment ”) and Company shall accept, store and redeliver such Product in accordance with the terms of this Schedule. Except as expressly provided in the Agreement for an Outage, Company Force Majeure or Customer Force Majeure, if during any Calendar Quarter, Customer fails to satisfy its Minimum Quarterly TransCanada Commitment during such Calendar Quarter, then Customer will pay Company a deficiency payment (each, a “ TransCanada Deficiency Payment ” and together with the Terminal Deficiency Payment, the “ Quarterly Deficiency Payment ”) in an amount equal to the volume of the deficiency (the “ TransCanada Deficiency Volume ” and together with the Terminal Deficiency Volume, the “ Quarterly Deficiency Volume ”) multiplied by the TransCanada Throughput Charge. Customer shall pay the amount of such Quarterly TransCanada Deficiency Payment along with any TransCanada Throughput Charge payable hereunder. The dollar amount of any TransCanada Deficiency Payment paid by Customer may be applied as a credit against any amounts incurred by Customer and owed to Company with respect to volumes of Product delivered to the Terminal through the TransCanada Connection in excess of the Minimum Quarterly TransCanada Commitment (or, if this Schedule expires or is terminated, to volumes delivered to the Terminal in excess of the applicable Minimum Quarterly TransCanada Commitment in effect as of the date of such expiration or termination) (such excess volume during any Calendar Quarter is referred to as the “ TransCanada Surplus Volume ”, and together with the Terminal Surplus Volume, the “ Quarterly Surplus

 

3


Volume ”) during any of the succeeding four Calendar Quarters, after which time any unused credits will expire. This Section 8(b) shall survive the expiration or termination of this Schedule, if necessary for the application of any TransCanada Deficiency Payment against any TransCanada Surplus Volume as set forth herein. Company shall provide throughput capacity at the Terminal from TransCanada Connection to Customer in excess of the Minimum Quarterly TransCanada Commitment on an “as available” basis, and any use of such excess capacity shall be subject to the TransCanada Throughput Charge.

9. Other Charges .

(a) Holdover Fee . If Customer does not remove its Product from the Terminal on or before the date this Schedule terminates, except to the extent any delay in removal is caused by Company, Customer will pay a holdover fee of $0.05 per Barrel of Product per day in addition to any Throughput Charges.

(b) Sampling Fee . Customer will pay a $100 fee per sample for all samples drawn at Customer’s request excluding any composite samples taken on pipeline receipts to or pipeline deliveries from the Terminal.

10. Escalation . On July 1, 2014, and on July 1 st of each year thereafter while this Schedule is in effect, Company (i) shall adjust the Throughput Charges and (ii) may, in its discretion, adjust each of the other charges set forth in Section 9, which adjustments shall be effective as of July 1 st of the year in which such election is made, by multiplying the Throughput Charges or such fee, as applicable, by an amount equal to a maximum of (a) 1.0 plus (b) a fraction, of which (i) the numerator is the positive change, if any, in the Consumer Price Index – All Urban Consumers (Series ID CUURA318SA0) (such index, the “ CPI ”) during the 12-Month period ending March 31 st of such year, as reported during the Month of April of such year and (ii) the denominator is the CPI as of the first day of such 12-Month period, provided that if, with respect to any such 12-Month period, the CPI has decreased during such 12-Month period, Company may increase fees on the following July 1 only to the extent that the percentage change in the CPI since the most recent previous such increase in fees is greater than the aggregate amount of the cumulative decreases in the CPI during the intervening period or periods. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the first CPI adjustment on July 1, 2014 shall be based on 50% of the increase in the CPI.

11. Nominations . Customer shall furnish to Company, by the 20 th Day of each Month preceding the Month of delivery (except for the first Month of the Term, which shall be on or before the 5 th day of such Month), a delivery schedule that includes the estimated quantity of Products that Customer anticipates delivering to and receiving from the Terminal during the following Month.

12. Nederland Pipeline . As part of the terminalling services provided to Customer under this Schedule, Company agrees to provide transportation services on the Nederland Pipeline for the movement of Customer’s Product that meets the applicable Specifications hereunder from the Nederland Terminal to the Terminal. The transportation of Product on the Nederland Pipeline shall be in accordance with Company’s Local Pipeline Tariff FERC No. 5.1.0 to be filed with FERC to be effective on the Effective Date, in the form set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto, including all supplements and re-issues thereof, containing the rates, and incorporating the rules and regulations governing the transportation and handling of Product on the Nederland Pipeline.

 

4


13. Liens . Customer hereby grants to Company a warehouseman’s lien on all of Customer’s Products in storage at the Terminal for any amounts payable by Customer to Company that have not been paid when due hereunder. If a warehouse receipt is required under Law for such a lien to arise, this Schedule will be deemed to be the warehouse receipt for all Products at the Terminal.

14. Special Termination by Customer . If Customer or any of its Affiliates determines to completely or partially suspend refining operations at the Refinery for a period of at least 12 consecutive Months, the Parties will negotiate in good faith to agree upon a reduction of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment to reflect such suspension of operations. If the Parties are unable to agree to an appropriate reduction of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment, then after Customer or such Affiliate has made a public announcement of such suspension, Customer may provide written Notice to Company of its intent to terminate this Schedule and this Schedule will terminate 12 Months following the date such Notice is delivered to Company. In the event Customer or such Affiliate publicly announces, prior to the expiration of such 12-Month period, its intent to resume operations at the Refinery, then such Notice shall be deemed revoked and this Schedule shall continue in full force and effect as if such Notice had never been delivered.

15. Effect of Customer Restructuring . If Customer or any of its Affiliates determines to restructure its respective supply, refining or sales operations at the Refinery in such a way as could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the economics of Customer’s performance of its obligations under this Schedule, then the Parties will negotiate in good faith an alternative arrangement that is no worse economically for Company than the economic benefits to be received by Company under this Schedule, which may include the substitution of new commitments of Customer on other assets owned or to be acquired or constructed by Company.

16. Additional Services . If Company performs additional services at Customer’s written request, or if Company, upon written notice to Customer, performs any additional services because Customer’s Product does not meet the applicable Specifications, Customer will pay Company the cost of such services plus an administrative fee that is equal to 10% of such documented, invoiced costs.

17. Contacts and Notices .

(a) For Company . The following contacts and their respective subject matter expertise are provided for convenience purposes only. All formal notices and communication required under this Schedule to Company shall be in writing and delivered as set forth in the Agreement:

 

Operational:    Manager Area Terminal, Gulf Coast Operations
   Tel: (409)-839-3518
   Fax: (409)-839-3515
Demurrage Department:    Angela Bailey, Manager Demurrage Transportation
   Tel: (210) 345-2782
   Email: demurrage@valero.com
Invoice:    Troy Heard, Supervisor Accounting
   Tel: (210) 345-3219
   Fax: (210) 370-4355

 

5


(b) For Customer : The following contacts and their respective subject matter expertise are provided for convenience purposes only. All formal notices and communication required under this Schedule to Customer shall be in writing and delivered as set forth in the Agreement:

 

Operational:    Sr Mgr Marine Operations, Gulf Coast (Marine)
   Tel: (210) 345-2792
   Fax: (210) 345- 2768
   OR
   Scheduler, Gulf Coast (Pipeline)
   Tel: (210) 345-5893
   Fax: (210) 345- 5907
Invoice:    Troy Heard, Supervisor Accounting
   Tel: (210) 345-3219
   Fax: (210) 370-4355

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have caused this Schedule to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers.

 

Company:
VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC
By:  

/s/ Richard F. Lashway

Name:   Richard F. Lashway
Title:   Senior Vice President
Customer:
VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Rodney L. Reese

Name:   Rodney L. Reese
Title:   Vice President

Signature Page to Terminal Services Schedule (Lucas Terminal)


EXHIBIT A

Specifications

The applicable specifications for the Product are as set forth in the Rules and Regulations Tariff of Valero Partners Lucas, LLC, FERC No. 4.0.0. Additionally, all Product with a gravity of 34.99° API or less shall not exceed 8.0 pounds per square inch absolute (“psia”) Reid Vapor Pressure. Product with a gravity of 35.0° API or greater shall not exceed 10.0 psia Reid Vapor Pressure. Product shall not exceed 11 psia True Vapor Pressure at the receiving temperature independent of gravity. Product shall not exceed a pour point of 50 degrees Fahrenheit.


EXHIBIT B

Local Pipeline Tariff FERC No. 5.1.0

[ See attached. ]


TERMINAL SERVICES SCHEDULE

(Memphis Refinery Truck Rack)

This Terminal Services Schedule (this “ Schedule ”) is entered into on the 16th day of December, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Company ”), and VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“ Customer ”), pursuant to the Master Terminal Services Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) between Company and Customer dated as of December 16, 2013. Except as set forth herein, the terms and conditions of the Agreement are incorporated by reference into this Schedule. Unless otherwise defined in this Schedule, the defined terms in this Schedule will have the same meaning used in the Agreement.

1. Term . This Schedule shall have a term commencing on the Effective Date and ending 10 years from the Effective Date (the “ Term ”).

2. Terminal . The terminal services contemplated by this Schedule will be performed at Company’s Memphis Truck Rack Terminal located in Memphis, Tennessee (the “ Terminal ”).

3. Refinery . The Terminal supports Customer’s Affiliate’s Memphis Refinery located in Memphis, Tennessee (the “ Refinery ”).

4. Product . The products to be handled and stored under this Schedule (each a “ Product ”, and collectively the “ Products ”) and the mode of receipt at the Terminal and mode of delivery from the Terminal consist of:

 

     Mode of    Mode of

Product

  

Receipt

  

Delivery

CBOB    Pipeline    Truck
RBOB    Pipeline    Truck
PBOB/Premium    Pipeline    Truck
Conv. Gasoline    Pipeline    Truck
ULSD    Pipeline    Truck
Biodiesel –B99 or B100    Truck    Truck
Ethanol    Pipeline    Truck

5. Specifications . Customer will ensure that all of Customer’s Product delivered to the Terminal under the terms of this Schedule meets the applicable specifications set forth for each Product on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “ Specifications ”), provided that (i) Company provides Customer with at least seven (7) days’ prior written notice of any such amendment, modification or supplement, (ii) the Product specifications and properties remain consistent with the pipeline system specifications for the applicable Pipeline connected to the Terminal, and (iii) the Product specifications and properties comply with any specifications imposed by Law. These Specifications are minimum specifications for the Terminal and do not supersede any published or otherwise required specification set forth by the delivering pipelines that may be more stringent for movements on those third party pipelines. Ethanol delivered to the Terminal by or on behalf of Customer shall meet all the specifications listed in the latest version of ASTM D4806.

 

1


6. Throughput Charge . For each Month during the Term, Customer agrees to pay Company $0.252 per Barrel of Product delivered across the Truck Rack for or on behalf of Customer (“ Throughput Charge ”).

7. Minimum Throughput Commitment . For each Calendar Quarter during the Term, Customer shall tender or cause to be tendered an average of at least 51,100 Barrels per Day of Product to the Terminal for handling and redelivery at the Truck Rack, in approximately ratable quantities (such average, the “ Minimum Quarterly Commitment ”) and Company shall accept, store and redeliver such Product in accordance with the terms of this Schedule. Except as expressly provided in the Agreement in connection with an Outage, a Company Force Majeure or a Customer Force Majeure, if during any Calendar Quarter, Customer fails to satisfy its Minimum Quarterly Commitment in such Calendar Quarter, then Customer will pay Company a deficiency payment (each, a “ Quarterly Deficiency Payment ”) in an amount equal to the volume of the deficiency (the “ Quarterly Deficiency Volume ”) multiplied by the Throughput Charge. Customer shall pay Company the amount of such Quarterly Deficiency Payment along with any Throughput Charge payable hereunder. The dollar amount of any Quarterly Deficiency Payment paid by Customer may be applied as a credit against any amounts incurred by Customer and owed to Company with respect to volumes of Product delivered across the Truck Rack in excess of Customer’s Minimum Quarterly Commitment (or, if this Schedule expires or is terminated, to volumes delivered to the Terminal in excess of the applicable Minimum Quarterly Commitment in effect as of the date of such expiration or termination) (such excess volume in any Calendar Quarter during the Term is referred to as the “ Quarterly Surplus Volume ”) during any of the succeeding four Calendar Quarters, after which time any unused credits will expire. This Section 7 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Schedule, if necessary for the application of any Quarterly Deficiency Payment against any Quarterly Surplus Volume as set forth herein. During the Term, Company shall provide throughput capacity at the Truck Rack to Customer in excess of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment on an “as available” basis, and any use of such excess capacity will be subject to the Throughput Charge.

8. Other Charges .

(a) Holdover Fee . If Customer does not remove its Product from the Terminal on or before the date this Schedule terminates, except to the extent any delay in removal is caused by Company, Customer will pay a holdover fee of $0.05 per Barrel of Product per day in addition to any Throughput Charge.

(b) Additization Fees .

(i) Customer will pay Company $0.061 per Barrel of gasoline injected with generic gasoline additive.

(ii) Customer will pay Company $0.061 per Barrel of gasoline injected with proprietary gasoline additive.

 

2


(iii) Customer will pay Company $0.072 per Barrel of ULSD injected with lubricity additive.

(iv) Customer will pay Company $0.072 per Barrel of ULSD injected with red dye.

(c) Blending Fees .

(i) Customer will pay Company an ethanol blending fee of $ 0.113 per Barrel of gasoline blended with ethanol at a blend ratio of 10% ethanol. All Ethanol shall be provided by Customer. For ethanol blended with gasoline at a blend ratio higher than 10% the Parties will negotiate in good faith an alternative blending fee for the incremental ethanol in excess of 10%, taking into account the actual incremental cost of service for providing the higher blend ratio.

(ii) Customer will pay Company a blending fee of $0.130 per Barrel of ULSD blended with B99 or B100 Biodiesel at a blend ratio of 5% Biodiesel. All Biodiesel shall be provided by Customer. For Biodiesel blended with ULSD at a blend ratio higher than 5% the Parties will negotiate in good faith an alternative blending fee for the incremental Biodiesel in excess of 5%, taking into account the actual incremental cost of service for providing the higher blend ratio.

(d) Sampling Fee . Customer will pay a $100 fee per sample for all samples drawn at Customer’s request excluding any composite samples taken on pipeline receipts to or pipeline deliveries from the Terminal.

(e) Additive Equipment Fee . In the event Customer installs its own additive equipment at the Terminal, Customer shall pay Company an additive equipment fee based on Company’s cost to operate the additive equipment plus a reasonable return to Company for the operation of such equipment. Customer and Company shall agree on the additive equipment fee prior to the placement of any equipment at the Terminal.

9. Escalation . On July 1, 2014, and on July 1 st of each year thereafter while this Schedule is in effect, Company (i) shall adjust the Throughput Charge and (ii) may, in its discretion, adjust each of the Additization Fees and Blending Fees set forth in Section 8, which adjustments shall be effective as of July 1 st of the year in which such election is made, by multiplying the Throughput Charge or such fee, as applicable, by an amount equal to a maximum of (a) 1.0 plus, (b) a fraction, of which (i) the numerator is the positive change, if any, in the Consumer Price Index – All Urban Consumers (Series ID CUURA209SA0) (such index, the “ CPI ”), during the 12-Month period ending on March 31 st of such year, as reported during the Month of April of such year, and (ii) the denominator is the CPI as of the first day of such 12-Month period, provided that if, with respect to any such 12-Month period, the CPI has decreased during such 12-Month period, Company may increase fees on the following July 1 only to the extent that the percentage change in the CPI since the most recent previous such increase in fees is greater than the aggregate amount of the cumulative decreases in the CPI during the intervening period or periods. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, the first CPI adjustment on July 1, 2014 shall be based on 50% of the increase in the CPI.

 

3


10. Nominations . Customer shall furnish to Company, by the 20 th Day of each Month preceding the Month of delivery (except for the first Month of the Term, which shall be on or before the 5 th day of such Month), a delivery schedule that includes the estimated quantity of Products that Customer anticipates delivering to and receiving from the Terminal during the following Month.

11. Flow and Pressure Requirements . During the Term of this Schedule, Customer agrees that all of its Products delivered to the Terminal from the Refinery will meet the applicable flow and pressure requirements of the Pipeline.

12. Liens . Customer hereby grants to Company a warehouseman’s lien on all of Customer’s Products in storage at the Terminal for any amounts payable by Customer to Company that have not been paid when due hereunder. If a warehouse receipt is required under Law for such a lien to arise, this Schedule will be deemed to be the warehouse receipt for all Products at the Terminal.

13. Special Termination by Customer . If Customer or any of its Affiliates determines to completely or partially suspend refining operations at the Refinery for a period of at least 12 consecutive Months, the Parties will negotiate in good faith to agree upon a reduction of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment to reflect such suspension of operations. If the Parties are unable to agree to an appropriate reduction of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment, then after Customer or such Affiliate has made a public announcement of such suspension, Customer may provide written Notice to Company of its intent to terminate this Schedule and this Schedule will terminate 12 Months following the date such Notice is delivered to Company. In the event Customer or such Affiliate publicly announces, prior to the expiration of such 12-Month period, its intent to resume operations at the Refinery, then such Notice shall be deemed revoked and this Schedule shall continue in full force and effect as if such Notice had never been delivered.

14. Effect of Customer Restructuring . If Customer or any of its Affiliates determines to restructure its respective supply, refining or sales operations at the Refinery in such a way as could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the economics of Customer’s performance of its obligations under this Schedule, then the Parties will negotiate in good faith an alternative arrangement that is no worse economically for Company than the economic benefits to be received by Company under this Schedule, which may include the substitution of new commitments of Customer on other assets owned or to be acquired or constructed by Company.

15. Additional Services . If Company performs additional services at Customer’s written request, or if Company, upon written notice to Customer, performs any additional services because Customer’s Product does not comply with the applicable Specifications, Customer will pay Company the cost of such services plus an administrative fee that is equal to 10% of such documented, invoiced costs.

16. Contacts and Notices .

(a) For Company . The following contacts and their respective subject matter expertise are provided for convenience purposes only. All formal notices and communication required under this Schedule to Company shall be in writing and delivered as set forth in the Agreement:

 

4


Operational:    Sr Mgr Area Pipeline & Terminals, Midwest Operations
   Tel: (901) 947-8479
   Fax: (210) 370-5150
Demurrage Department:    Angela Bailey, Manager Demurrage Transportation
   Tel: (210) 345-2782
   Email: demurrage@valero.com
Invoice:    Troy Heard, Supervisor Accounting
   Tel: (210) 345-3219
   Fax: (210) 370-4355

(b) For Customer : The following contacts and their respective subject matter expertise are provided for convenience purposes only. All formal notices and communication required under this Schedule to Customer shall be in writing and delivered as set forth in the Agreement:

 

Operational:    Director Product Supply, Midwest / North Region
   Tel: (210) 345-2802
   Fax: (210) 345-2660
Invoice:    Troy Heard, Supervisor Accounting
   Tel: (210) 345-3219
   Fax: (210) 370-4355

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have caused this Schedule to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers.

 

Company:
VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC
By:  

/s/ Richard F. Lashway

Name:   Richard F. Lashway
Title:   Senior Vice President
Customer:
VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Rodney L. Reese

Name:   Rodney L. Reese
Title:   Vice President

Signature Page to Terminal Services Schedule (Memphis Refinery Truck Rack)


EXHIBIT A

Specifications

Products shall meet or exceed either those published specifications for gasolines, diesel fuels and kerosene then in effect for Colonial Pipeline Line destination points, or those specifications that meet applicable ASTM and state or federal requirements.


TERMINAL SERVICES SCHEDULE

(PAPS and El Vista Terminals)

This Terminal Services Schedule (this “ Schedule ”) is entered into on the 16th day of December, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Company ”), and VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“ Customer ”), pursuant to the Master Terminal Services Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) between Company and Customer dated as of December 16, 2013. Except as set forth herein, the terms and conditions of the Agreement are incorporated by reference into this Schedule. Unless otherwise defined in this Schedule, the defined terms in this Schedule will have the same meaning used in the Agreement.

1. Term . This Schedule shall have a primary term commencing on the Effective Date and ending 10 years from the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”), and may be renewed by Customer, at Customer’s sole option, for one successive 5 year renewal term (a “ Renewal Term ”), upon at least 180 Days’ written Notice from Customer to Company prior to the end of the Initial Term. The Initial Term and Renewal Term, if any, shall be referred to in this Schedule as the “ Term ”.

2. Terminal . The terminal services contemplated by this Schedule will be performed at the following terminals (collectively the “ Terminal ”):

PAPS Terminal located at Port Arthur, Texas

El Vista Terminal located at Port Arthur, Texas

3. Refinery . The Terminal supports Customer’s Affiliate’s Port Arthur refinery located in Port Arthur, Texas (the “ Refinery ”).

4. Product . The products to be handled and stored under this Schedule (each a “ Product ”, and collectively the “ Products ”) and the mode of receipt at the Terminal and mode of delivery from the Terminal consist of:

 

     Mode of    Mode of

Product

  

Receipt

  

Delivery

CBOB    Pipeline    Pipeline
RBOB    Pipeline    Pipeline
PBOB/Premium    Pipeline    Pipeline
Conv. Gasoline    Pipeline    Pipeline
ULSD    Pipeline    Pipeline
Renewable Diesel    Pipeline    Pipeline
Jet    Pipeline    Pipeline
Kerosene    Pipeline    Pipeline
Renewable Diesel – R99 or R100    Pipeline    Pipeline

 

1


5. Specifications . Customer will ensure that all of Customer’s Product delivered to the Terminal under the terms of this Schedule meets the applicable Colonial Pipeline or Explorer Pipeline specifications, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “ Specifications ), provided that (i) Company provides Customer with at least seven (7) days’ prior written notice of any such amendment, modification or supplement, (ii) the Product specifications and properties remain consistent with the pipeline system specifications for the applicable Pipeline connected to the Terminal, and (iii) the Product specifications and properties comply with any specifications imposed by Law. These Specifications are minimum specifications for the Terminal and do not supersede any published or otherwise required specification set forth by the delivering pipelines that may be more stringent for movements on those third party pipelines.

6. Throughput Charge . For each Month during the Term, Customer agrees to pay Company (i) $0.3165 per Barrel of Product delivered to the Terminal by or on behalf of Customer for throughput volumes up to 100,000 average Barrels per Day of Product so delivered during such Month and (ii) $0.05 per Barrel of Product delivered to the Terminal by or on behalf of Customer on terminal throughput volumes in excess of 100,000 average Barrels per Day of Product so delivered during such Month (the “ Throughput Charge ”).

7. Minimum Throughput Commitment . For each Calendar Quarter during the Term, Customer shall tender or cause to be tendered an average of at least 100,000 Barrels per Day of Product to the Terminal for storage and handling and redelivery to Customer in approximately ratable quantities (such average, the “ Minimum Quarterly Commitment ”) and Company shall accept, store and redeliver such Product in accordance with the terms of this Schedule. Except as expressly provided in the Agreement in connection with an Outage, a Company Force Majeure or a Customer Force Majeure, if during any Calendar Quarter, Customer fails to satisfy its Minimum Quarterly Commitment during such Calendar Quarter, then Customer will pay Company a deficiency payment (each, a “ Quarterly Deficiency Payment ”) in an amount equal to the volume of the deficiency (the “ Quarterly Deficiency Volume ”) multiplied by the Throughput Charge. Customer shall pay Company the amount of such Quarterly Deficiency Payment along with any Throughput Charge payable hereunder. The dollar amount of any Quarterly Deficiency Payment paid by Customer may be applied as a credit against any amounts incurred by Customer and owed to Company with respect to volumes of Product delivered to the Terminal in excess of Customer’s Minimum Quarterly Commitment (or, if this Schedule expires or is terminated, to volumes delivered to the terminal in excess of the applicable Minimum Quarterly Commitment in effect as of the date of such expiration or termination) (such excess volume in any Calendar Quarter during the Term is referred to as the “ Quarterly Surplus Volume ”) during any of the succeeding four Calendar Quarters, after which time any unused credits will expire. This Section 7 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Schedule, if necessary for the application of any Quarterly Deficiency Payment against any Quarterly Surplus Volume as set forth herein. Company shall provide throughput capacity at the Terminal to Customer in excess of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment on an “as available” basis, and any use of such excess capacity will be subject to the Throughput Charge.

8. Other Charges .

(a) Holdover Fee . If Customer does not remove its Product from the Terminal on or before the date this Schedule terminates, except to the extent any delay in removal is caused by Company, Customer will pay a holdover fee of $0.05 per Barrel of Product per day in addition to any Throughput Charge.

 

2


(b) Renewable Diesel Blending Fee . Customer will pay Company a blending fee of $0.252 per Barrel of R99 or R100 renewable diesel provided by Customer and blended into other Products at the PAPS Terminal.

(c) Sampling Fee . Customer will pay a $100 fee per sample for all samples drawn at Customer’s request excluding any composite samples taken on pipeline receipts to or pipeline deliveries from the Terminal.

9. Escalation . On July 1, 2014, and on July 1 st of each year thereafter while this Schedule is in effect, Company (i) shall adjust the Throughput Charge, and (ii) may, in its discretion, adjust the Renewable Diesel Blending Fee set forth in Section 8, which adjustments shall be effective as of July 1 st of the year in which such election is made, by multiplying the Throughput Charge or such fee, as applicable, by an amount equal to a maximum of (a) 1.0 plus (b) a fraction, of which (i) the numerator is the positive change, if any, in the Consumer Price Index – All Urban Consumers (Series ID CUURA318SA0) (such index, the “ CPI ”) during the 12-Month period ending on March 31 st of such year, as reported during the Month of April of such year and (ii) the denominator is the CPI as of the first day of such 12-Month period, provided that if, with respect to any such 12-Month period, the CPI has decreased during such 12-Month period, Company may increase fees on the following July 1 only to the extent that the percentage change in the CPI since the most recent previous such increase in fees is greater than the aggregate amount of the cumulative decreases in the CPI during the intervening period or periods. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, the first CPI adjustment on July 1, 2014 shall be based on 50% of the increase in the CPI.

10. Nominations . Customer shall furnish to Company, by the 20 th Day of each Month preceding the Month of delivery (except for the first Month of the Term, which shall be on or before the 5 th day of such Month), a delivery schedule that includes the estimated quantity of Products that Customer anticipates delivering to and receiving from the Terminal during the following Month.

11. Liens . Customer hereby grants to Company a warehouseman’s lien on all of Customer’s Products in storage at the Terminal for any amounts payable by Customer to Company that have not been paid when due hereunder. If a warehouse receipt is required under Law for such a lien to arise, this Schedule will be deemed to be the warehouse receipt for all Products at the Terminal.

12. Special Termination by Customer . If Customer or any of its Affiliates determines to completely or partially suspend refining operations at the Refinery for a period of at least 12 consecutive Months, the Parties will negotiate in good faith to agree upon a reduction of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment to reflect such suspension of operations. If the Parties are unable to agree to an appropriate reduction of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment, then after Customer or such Affiliate has made a public announcement of such suspension, Customer may provide written Notice to Company of its intent to terminate this Schedule and this Schedule will terminate 12 Months following the date such Notice is delivered to Company. In the event Customer or such Affiliate publicly announces, prior to the expiration of such 12-Month period, its intent to resume operations at the Refinery, then such Notice shall be deemed revoked and this Schedule shall continue in full force and effect as if such Notice had never been delivered.

 

3


13. Effect of Customer Restructuring . If Customer or any of its Affiliates determines to restructure its respective supply, refining or sales operations at the Refinery in such a way as could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the economics of Customer’s performance of its obligations under this Schedule, then the Parties will negotiate in good faith an alternative arrangement that is no worse economically for Company than the economic benefits to be received by Company under this Schedule, which may include the substitution of new commitments of Customer on other assets owned or to be acquired or constructed by Company.

14. Additional Services . If Company performs additional services at Customer’s written request, or if Company, upon written notice to Customer, performs any additional services because Customer’s Product does not meet the applicable Specifications, Customer will pay Company the cost of such services plus an administrative fee that is equal to 10% of such documented, invoiced costs.

15. Third Party Operated Terminal . The Parties recognize that the Terminal is currently operated by a third party operator (the “ Operator ”) pursuant to an Agreement dated effective January 1, 2010 by and between Shell Pipeline Company LP and Company (the “ Operating Agreement ”) and the terms of this Schedule and the Agreement as it relates to the operation of the Terminal and the services to be provided by Company are intended to be consistent the terms and services to be provided by the Operator pursuant to the Operating Agreement. Company shall not be liable to Customer for any Claims which may arise by reason of the failure of Company to keep, observe or perform any of its obligations under this Schedule or the Agreement if such obligation is in direct conflict with or violates the terms of the Operating Agreement.

16. Contacts and Notices .

(a) For Company . The following contacts and their respective subject matter expertise are provided for convenience purposes only. All formal notices and communication required under this Schedule to Company shall be in writing and delivered as set forth in the Agreement:

 

Operational:    Manager Area Terminal, Gulf Coast Operations
   Tel: (409)-839-3518
   Fax: (409)-839-3515
Demurrage Department:    Angela Bailey, Manager Demurrage Transportation
   Tel: (210) 345-2782
   Email: demurrage@valero.com
Invoice:    Troy Heard, Supervisor Accounting
   Tel: (210) 345-3219
   Fax: (210) 370-4355

(b) For Customer : The following contacts and their respective subject matter expertise are provided for convenience purposes only. All formal notices and communication required under this Schedule to Customer shall be in writing and delivered as set forth in the Agreement:

 

4


Operational:    Director Product Supply, Gulf Coast Region
   Tel: (210) 345-2611
   Fax: (210) 345-2828
Invoice:    Troy Heard, Supervisor Accounting
   Tel: (210) 345-3219
   Fax: (210) 370-4355

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have caused this Schedule to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers.

 

Company:
VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC
By:  

/s/ Richard F. Lashway

Name:   Richard F. Lashway
Title:   Senior Vice President
Customer:
VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Rodney L. Reese

Name:   Rodney L. Reese
Title:   Vice President

Signature Page to Terminal Services Schedule (PAPS and El Vista Terminals)


TERMINAL SERVICES SCHEDULE

(West Memphis Terminal)

This Terminal Services Schedule (this “ Schedule ”) is entered into on the 16th day of December, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Company ”), and VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“ Customer ”), pursuant to the Master Terminal Services Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) between Company and Customer dated as of December 16, 2013. Except as set forth herein, the terms and conditions of the Agreement are incorporated by reference into this Schedule. Unless otherwise defined in this Schedule, the defined terms in this Schedule will have the same meaning used in the Agreement.

1. Term . This Schedule shall have a primary term commencing on the Effective Date and ending 10 years from the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”), and may be renewed by Customer, at Customer’s sole option, for one successive 5 year renewal term (a “ Renewal Term ”), upon at least 180 Days’ written Notice from Customer to Company prior to the end of the Initial Term. The Initial Term and Renewal Term, if any, shall be referred to in this Schedule as the “ Term ”.

2. Terminal . The terminal services contemplated by this Schedule will be performed at Company’s West Memphis Terminal located in West Memphis, Arkansas (the “ Terminal ”).

3. Refinery . The Terminal supports Customer’s Affiliate’s Memphis Refinery located in Memphis, Tennessee (the “ Refinery ”).

4. Product . The products to be handled and stored under this Schedule (each, a “ Product ” and collectively, the “ Products ”) and the mode of receipt at the Terminal and mode of delivery from the Terminal consist of:

 

     Mode of    Mode of

Product

  

Receipt

  

Delivery

CBOB    Pipeline and Vessel    Vessel, Pipeline and Truck
RBOB    Pipeline and Vessel    Vessel, Pipeline and Truck
PBOB/Premium    Pipeline and Vessel    Vessel, Pipeline and Truck
Conv. Gasoline    Pipeline and Vessel    Vessel, Pipeline and Truck
ULSD    Pipeline and Vessel    Vessel, Pipeline and Truck
Biodiesel –B99 or B100    Truck and Vessel    Vessel, Pipeline and Truck

5. Specifications . Customer will ensure that all of Customer’s Product delivered to the Terminal under the terms of this Schedule meets the applicable specifications set forth for each Product on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “ Specifications ), provided that (i) Company provides Customer with at least seven (7) days’ prior written notice of any such amendment, modification or supplement, (ii) the Product specifications and properties remain consistent with the pipeline system specifications for the applicable Pipeline connected to the Terminal and (iii) the Product specifications and properties comply with any specifications imposed

 

1


by Law. These Specifications are minimum specifications for the Terminal and do not supersede any published or otherwise required specification set forth by the delivering pipelines that may be more stringent for movements on those third party pipelines. Ethanol delivered to the Terminal by or on behalf of Customer shall meet all the specifications listed in the latest version of ASTM D4806.

6. Throughput Charges . For each Month during the Term, Customer agrees to pay Company (i) $0.620 per Barrel of Product delivered to the Terminal by or on behalf of Customer for throughput volumes up to 30,000 average BPD of Product so delivered during such Month, and (ii) $0.240 per Barrel of Product delivered to the Terminal by or on behalf of Customer on terminal throughput volumes in excess of 30,000 average BPD of Product so delivered during such Month (the “ Throughput Charges ”).

7. Minimum Throughput Commitment . For each Calendar Quarter during the Term, Customer shall tender or cause to be tendered an average of at least 30,000 Barrels per Day of Product to the Terminal for storage and handling and redelivery to Customer in approximately ratable quantities (such average, the “ Minimum Quarterly Commitment ”), and Company shall accept, store and redeliver such Product in accordance with the terms of this Schedule. Except as expressly provided in the Agreement in connection with an Outage, a Company Force Majeure or a Customer Force Majeure, if during any Calendar Quarter, Customer fails to satisfy its Minimum Quarterly Commitment during such Calendar Quarter, then Customer will pay Company a deficiency payment (each, a “ Quarterly Deficiency Payment ”) in an amount equal to the volume of the deficiency (the “ Quarterly Deficiency Volume ”) multiplied by the Throughput Charges. Customer shall pay Company the amount of such Quarterly Deficiency Payment along with any Throughput Charges payable hereunder. The dollar amount of any Quarterly Deficiency Payment paid by Customer may be applied as a credit against any amounts incurred by Customer and owed to Company with respect to volumes of Product delivered to the Terminal in excess of Customer’s Minimum Quarterly Commitment (or, if this Schedule expires or is terminated, to volumes delivered to the Terminal in excess of the applicable Minimum Quarterly Commitment in effect as of the date of such expiration or termination) (such excess volume in any Calendar Quarter during the Term is referred to as the “ Quarterly Surplus Volume ”) during any of the succeeding four Calendar Quarters, after which time any unused credits will expire. This Section 7 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Schedule, if necessary for the application of any Quarterly Deficiency Payment against any Quarterly Surplus Volume as set forth herein. Company shall provide throughput capacity at the Terminal to Customer in excess of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment on an “as available” basis, and any use of such excess capacity will be subject to the Throughput Charges.

8. Other Charges .

(a) Holdover Fee . If Customer does not remove its Product from the Terminal on or before the date this Schedule terminates, except to the extent any delay in removal is caused by Terminal Company, Customer will pay a holdover fee of $0.05 per Barrel of Product per day in addition to any Throughput Charges.

 

2


(b) Additization Fees .

(i) Customer will pay Company $0.061 per Barrel of gasoline injected with generic gasoline additive.

(ii) Customer will pay Company $0.061 per Barrel of gasoline injected with proprietary gasoline additive.

(iii) Customer will pay Company $0.072 per Barrel of ULSD injected with lubricity additive.

(iv) Customer will pay Company $0.072 per Barrel of ULSD injected with red dye.

(c) Blending Fees .

(i) Customer will pay Company a biodiesel blending fee of $0.0651 per Barrel of ULSD blended with B99 or B100 Biodiesel at a blend ratio of 5% Biodiesel. All Biodiesel shall be provided by Customer. For Biodiesel blended with ULSD at a blend ratio higher than 5% the Parties will negotiate in good faith an alternative blending fee for the incremental Biodiesel in excess of 5%, taking into account the actual incremental cost of service for providing the higher blend ratio.

(d) Sampling Fee . Customer will pay a $100 fee per sample for all samples drawn at Customer’s request excluding any composite samples taken on pipeline receipts to or pipeline deliveries from the Terminal.

(e) Additive Equipment Fee . In the event Customer installs its own additive equipment at the Terminal, Customer shall pay Company an additive equipment fee based on Company’s cost to operate the additive equipment plus a reasonable return to Company for the operation of such equipment. Customer and Company shall agree on the additive equipment fee prior to the placement of any equipment at the Terminal.

9. Escalation . On July 1, 2014, and on July 1 st of each year thereafter while this Schedule is in effect, Company (i) shall adjust the Throughput Charges, and (ii) may, in its discretion, adjust each of the Additization Fees and Blending Fees set forth in Section 8 , which adjustments shall be effective as of July 1 st of the year in which such election is made, by multiplying the Throughput Charges or such fee, as applicable, by an amount equal to a maximum of (a) 1.0 plus (b) a fraction, of which (i) the numerator is the positive change, if any, in the Consumer Price Index – All Urban Consumers (Series ID CUURA209SA0) (such index, the “ CPI ”) during the 12-Month period ending March 31 st of such year, as reported during the Month of April of such year and (ii) the denominator is the CPI as of the first day of such 12-Month period, provided that if, with respect to any such 12-Month period, the CPI has decreased during such 12-Month period, Company may increase fees on the following July 1 only to the extent that the percentage change in the CPI since the most recent previous such increase in fees is greater than the aggregate amount of the cumulative decreases in the CPI during the intervening period or periods. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, the first CPI adjustment on July 1, 2014 shall be based on 50% of the increase in the CPI.

 

3


10. Nominations . Customer shall furnish to Company, by the 20 th Day of each Month preceding the Month of delivery (except for the first Month of the Term, which shall be on or before the 5 th day of such Month), a delivery schedule that includes the estimated quantity of Products that Customer anticipates delivering to and receiving from the Terminal during the following Month.

11. Liens . Customer hereby grants to Company a warehouseman’s lien on all of Customer’s Products in storage at the Terminal for any amounts payable by Customer to Company that have not been paid when due hereunder. If a warehouse receipt is required under Law for such a lien to arise, this Schedule will be deemed to be the warehouse receipt for all Products at the Terminal.

12. Special Termination by Customer . If Customer or any of its Affiliates determines to completely or partially suspend refining operations at the Refinery for a period of at least 12 consecutive Months, the Parties will negotiate in good faith to agree upon a reduction of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment to reflect such suspension of operations. If the Parties are unable to agree to an appropriate reduction of the Minimum Quarterly Commitment, then after Customer or such Affiliate has made a public announcement of such suspension, Customer may provide written Notice to Company of its intent to terminate this Schedule and this Schedule will terminate 12 Months following the date such Notice is delivered to Company. In the event Customer or such Affiliate publicly announces, prior to the expiration of such 12-Month period, its intent to resume operations at the Refinery, then such Notice shall be deemed revoked and this Schedule shall continue in full force and effect as if such Notice had never been delivered.

13. Effect of Customer Restructuring . If Customer or any of its Affiliates determines to restructure its respective supply, refining or sales operations at the Refinery in such a way as could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the economics of Customer’s performance of its obligations under this Schedule, then the Parties will negotiate in good faith an alternative arrangement that is no worse economically for Company than the economic benefits to be received by Company under this Schedule, which may include the substitution of new commitments of Customer on other assets owned or to be acquired or constructed by Company.

14. Additional Services . If Company performs additional services at Customer’s written request, or if Company, upon written notice to Customer, performs any additional services because Customer’s Product does not meet the applicable Specifications, Customer will pay Company the cost of such services plus an administrative fee that is equal to 10% of such documented, invoiced costs.

15. Contacts and Notices .

(a) For Company . The following contacts and their respective subject matter expertise are provided for convenience purposes only. All formal notices and communication required under this Schedule to Company shall be in writing and delivered as set forth in the Agreement:

 

Operational:    Sr Mgr Area Pipeline & Terminals, Midwest Operations
   Tel: (901) 947-8479
   Fax: (210) 370-5150

 

4


Demurrage Department:    Angela Bailey, Manager Demurrage Transportation
   Tel: (210) 345-2782
   Email: demurrage@valero.com
Invoice:    Troy Heard, Supervisor Accounting
   Tel: (210) 345-3219
   Fax: (210) 370-4355

(b) For Customer : The following contacts and their respective subject matter expertise are provided for convenience purposes only. All formal notices and communication required under this Schedule to Customer shall be in writing and delivered as set forth in the Agreement:

 

Operational:    Director Product Supply, Midwest / North Region
   Tel: (210) 345-2802
   Fax: (210) 345-2660
Invoice:    Troy Heard, Supervisor Accounting
   Tel: (210) 345-3219
   Fax: (210) 370-4355

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have caused this Schedule to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers.

 

Company:
VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC
By:  

/s/ Richard F. Lashway

Name:   Richard F. Lashway
Title:   Senior Vice President
Customer:
VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Rodney L. Reese

Name:   Rodney L. Reese
Title:   Vice President

Signature Page to Terminal Services Schedule (West Memphis Terminal)


EXHIBIT A

Specifications

Unless mutually agreed to, Products shall meet or exceed either those published specifications for gasolines, diesel fuels and kerosene then in effect for Colonial Pipe Line destination points, or those specifications that meet applicable ASTM and state or federal requirements.

Exhibit 10.8

CONTRIBUTION, CONVEYANCE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

This CONTRIBUTION, CONVEYANCE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of December 16, 2013 (this “ Agreement ”), is by and among VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of the Partnership (the “ General Partner ”), VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of the Partnership (“ OLLC ”), VALERO ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Valero ”), VALERO TERMINALING AND DISTRIBUTION COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“ VTDC ”), THE PREMCOR PIPELINE CO., a Delaware corporation (“ Premcor Pipeline ”), THE PREMCOR REFINING GROUP INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Premcor Refining ”), and VALERO REFINING COMPANY-TENNESSEE, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“ VRCT ”) (each, a “ Party ” and collectively, the “ Parties ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , VTDC and the General Partner have caused the formation of the Partnership, pursuant to the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (as amended from time to time, the “ Delaware Partnership Act ”), for the purpose of owning, operating, developing and acquiring crude oil and refined petroleum products pipelines, terminals and other transportation and logistics assets, as well as engaging in any other business activity that is approved by the General Partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized under the Delaware Partnership Act;

WHEREAS , in order to accomplish the objectives and purposes in the preceding recital, each of the following actions has been taken prior to the date hereof:

 

  1. VTDC formed the General Partner under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (as amended from time to time, the “ Delaware LLC Act ”) and contributed $1,000 in exchange for all of the limited liability company interests in the General Partner;

 

  2. The General Partner and VTDC formed the Partnership under the Delaware Partnership Act and contributed $20 and $980, respectively, in exchange for a 2% general partner interest (the “ Initial GP Interest ”) and a 98% limited partner interest (the “ Initial LP Interest ”), respectively, in the Partnership;

 

  3. The Partnership formed OLLC under the Delaware LLC Act, and contributed $1,000 in exchange for all of the limited liability company interests in OLLC;

 

  4. Premcor Pipeline formed Valero Partners Lucas, LLC (“ Lucas LLC ”) under the Delaware LLC Act and conveyed, as a capital contribution, the Lucas crude system, as more fully described in Registration Statement (as defined below), to Lucas LLC;

 

  5. Premcor Pipeline formed Valero Partners PAPS, LLC (“ PAPS LLC ”) under the Delaware LLC Act and conveyed, as a capital contribution, the Port Arthur products system, as more fully described in the Registration Statement, to PAPS LLC;


  6. VTDC formed Valero Partners EP, LLC (“ EP LLC ”) under the Delaware LLC Act and conveyed, as a capital contribution, all of VTDC’s 33  1 3 % undivided interest in the McKee products system, as more particularly described in the Registration Statement, to EP LLC;

 

  7. Premcor Refining formed Valero Partners West Memphis, LLC (“ West Memphis LLC ”) under the Delaware LLC Act and conveyed, as a capital contribution, the West Memphis terminal (including the West Memphis terminal truck rack and West Memphis terminal dock), as more fully described in the Registration Statement, to West Memphis LLC;

 

  8. VRCT formed Valero Partners Memphis, LLC (“ Memphis LLC ”) under the Delaware LLC Act and conveyed, as a capital contribution, the Memphis truck rack, as more fully described in the Registration Statement, to Memphis LLC;

WHEREAS , Valero MKS Logistics, L.L.C. (“MKS Logistics”), a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of Premcor Pipeline, owns the Collierville crude system, the Shorthorn pipeline system and the Memphis Airport pipeline system, each as more fully described in the Registration Statement;

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms below:

Closing Date ” as the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

Common Unit ” has the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

Company Group ” means Valero, VTDC, Premcor Pipeline, Premcor Refining, and VRCT.

Deferred Issuance ” has the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

Effective Time ” means immediately prior to the closing of the Initial Public Offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

General Partner Unit ” has the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

Initial Public Offering ” has the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

 

2


Omnibus Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

Option Period ” means the period from the Closing Date to the date that is 30 days after the Closing Date.

Option Units ” means 2,250,000 Common Units subject to the Underwriters’ Option.

Partnership Agreement ” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, dated as of the Closing Date.

Partnership Group ” has the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

Registration Statement ” means the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (Registration No. 333-191259), as amended.

Subordinated Unit ” has the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

Underwriters ” has the meaning set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

Underwriters’ Option ” has the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

Underwriting Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

ARTICLE II

CONTRIBUTIONS, ACKNOWLEDGMENTS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

2.1 Contributions by VTDC . (a) VTDC hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers a 86.0% membership interest in EP LLC to the Partnership in exchange for 2,070,019 Common Units, 5,164,289 Subordinated Units and the right to receive 17.94% of the Deferred Issuance ( the “ VTDC Deferred Issuance Percentage ”), and the Partnership hereby accepts such contribution as a capital contribution from VTDC, and (b) VTDC hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers a 14.0% membership interest in EP LLC to the General Partner, and the General Partner accepts such contribution as a capital contribution from VTDC.

2.2 Contribution by the General Partner . The General Partner hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers its 14.0% membership interest in EP LLC to the Partnership in exchange for (a) 1,175,102 General Partner Units representing a continuation of its 2% general partner interest in the Partnership (after giving effect to any exercise of the Underwriters’ Option and the Deferred Issuance) and (b) the issuance to the General Partner of the Incentive Distribution Rights, and the Partnership hereby accepts such contribution as a capital contribution from the General Partner.

2.3 Contribution by Premcor Pipeline . Premcor Pipeline hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers 100% of the outstanding membership interests in Lucas LLC, PAPS LLC and MKS Logistics to the Partnership in exchange for 7,734,994 Common Units, 19,297,278 Subordinated Units and the right to receive 67.03% of the Deferred Issuance ( the “ Premcor Pipeline Deferred Issuance Percentage ”), and the Partnership accepts such contribution as a capital contribution from Premcor Pipeline.

 

3


2.4 Contribution by VRCT . VRCT hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers 100% of the outstanding membership interests in Memphis LLC to the Partnership in exchange for 1,015,474 Common Units, 2,533,407 Subordinated Units and the right to receive 6.23% of the Deferred Issuance ( the “ VRCT Deferred Issuance Percentage ”), and the Partnership accepts such contribution as a capital contribution from VRCT.

2.5 Contribution by Premcor Refining . Premcor Refining hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers 100% of the outstanding membership interests in West Memphis LLC to the Partnership in exchange for 719,502 Common Units, 1,795,015 Subordinated Units and the right to receive 8.8% of the Deferred Issuance ( the “ Premcor Refining Deferred Issuance Percentage ” and, together with the VTDC Deferred Issuance Percentage, the Premcor Pipeline Deferred Issuance Percentage and VRCT Deferred Issuance Percentage, the “ Deferred Issuance Percentages ”), and the Partnership accepts such contribution as a capital contribution from Premcor Refining.

2.6 Redemption of the Initial GP Interes t. The Partnership hereby redeems the Initial GP Interest held by the General Partner and hereby refunds and distributes to the General Partner the initial contribution, in the amount of $20, made by the General Partner in connection with the formation of the Partnership, along with any interest or other profit that resulted from the investment or other use of such initial contribution.

2.7 Redemption of the Initial LP Interest . The Partnership hereby redeems the Initial LP Interest held by VTDC and hereby refunds and distributes to VTDC the initial contribution, in the amount of $980, made by VTDC in connection with the formation of the Partnership, along with any interest or other profit that resulted from the investment or other use of such initial contribution.

2.8 Contribution by the Partnership . The Partnership hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers 100% of the outstanding membership interests in each of EP LLC, Lucas LLC, PAPS LLC, MKS Logistics, Memphis LLC and West Memphis LLC to OLLC, and OLLC accepts such contribution as a capital contribution from the Partnership.

 

4


ARTICLE III

DEFERRED ISSUANCE

Upon the expiration of the Option Period, any Option Units not purchased by the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement shall be issued to each of VTDC, Premcor Pipeline, Premcor Refining and VRCT in accordance with their respective Deferred Issuance Percentages.

ARTICLE IV

FURTHER ASSURANCES

From time to time after the date hereof, and without any further consideration, each of the Parties shall execute, acknowledge and deliver additional instruments, notices and other documents, and will do all such other acts and things, all in accordance with applicable law, as may be necessary or appropriate to more fully and effectively carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Parties acknowledge that the Parties have used their good faith efforts to identify all of the assets being contributed to the Partnership Group as required in connection with this Agreement. However, due to the age of some of the assets and the difficulties in locating appropriate data with respect to some of the assets, it is possible that assets intended to be contributed ultimately to the Partnership Group were not identified and therefore are not included in the assets contributed to the Partnership Group as of the Effective Time. It is the express intent of the Parties that the Partnership Group own all assets necessary to operate the assets that are identified in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement. To the extent that any assets were not identified but are necessary to the operation of the assets that are so identified in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement, then the intent of the Parties is that all such unidentified assets are intended to be conveyed to the Partnership Group pursuant to this Agreement. To the extent any such assets are identified at a later date, the Parties shall take all appropriate action required in order to convey such assets to the Partnership or any applicable Partnership Group subsidiaries. Likewise, to the extent that any assets that are conveyed to the Partnership Group hereunder are later identified by the Parties as assets that the Parties did not intend to convey to the Partnership Group as reflected in the Registration Statement, the Parties shall take all appropriate action required to convey such assets to the appropriate Company Group member.

Furthermore, without limiting any liabilities of the Company Group or other remedies of the Partnership Group applicable under this Agreement or any other agreements, if and to the extent that the valid, complete and perfected transfer or assignment of any assets by any member of the Company Group to any member of the Partnership Group or the acquisition of any assets from any member of the Company Group by any member of the Partnership Group would be a violation of applicable law, or require any additional consents, approvals or notifications in connection with the transfer of such assets by any member of the Company Group to any member of the Partnership Group that have not been obtained or made by the Effective Time, then, unless the Parties shall otherwise mutually determine, the transfer or assignment of such assets to such member of the Partnership Group or the assumption of such assets by such member of the Partnership Group, as the case may be, shall be automatically deemed deferred and any such purported transfer, assignment or assumption shall be null and void until such time as all legal impediments are removed or such consents, approvals and notifications have been

 

5


obtained or made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in such event the Company Group shall (a) hold such assets in trust for the benefit of the Partnership Group, (b) not transfer or assign such assets, in whole or in part, other than with the prior consent of the Partnership, and (c) use its reasonable best efforts to assure that each member of the Partnership Group receives all of the benefits of the assets attempted to have been transferred to it until such time as the attempted transfer is complete, and each member of the Partnership Group shall bear all costs associated with such assets (except costs associated with the attempted transfer or perfecting such transfer, and subject to offset of any benefits of the assets not received by the Partnership Group against associated costs incurred by the Company Group ) as if the transfer had been valid and complete.

ARTICLE V

ORDER OF COMPLETION AND EFFECTIVENESS OF TRANSACTIONS

5.1 Order of Completion of Transactions . The transactions provided for in Article II shall be completed as of the Effective Time in the order set forth in Article II. Following the completion of the transactions set forth in Article II, the transactions provided for in Article III, if they occur, shall be completed.

5.2 Effectiveness of Transactions . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, none of the provisions of Article II shall be operative or have any effect until the Effective Time, at which time all such applicable provisions shall be effective and operative in accordance with Section 5.1 without further action by any Party.

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Costs . Valero shall pay all expenses, fees and costs, including, but not limited to, all sales, use and similar taxes arising out of the contributions, distributions, conveyances and deliveries to be made under Article II and shall pay all documentary, filing, recording, transfer, deed and conveyance taxes and fees required in connection therewith. In addition, Valero shall be responsible for all costs, liabilities and expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with the implementation of any conveyance or delivery pursuant to Article IV (to the extent related to any of the contributions, distributions, conveyances and deliveries to be made under Article II).

6.2 Headings; References; Interpretation . All Article and Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole, and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. All references herein to Articles and Sections shall, unless the context requires a different construction, be deemed to be references to the Articles and Sections of this Agreement. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, shall include all other genders, and the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. The use herein of the word “including” following any general statement, term or matter shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not non-limiting language (such as “without limitation,” “but not limited to” or other words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that could reasonably fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter.

 

6


6.3 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

6.4 No Third Party Rights . The provisions of this Agreement are intended to bind the Parties as to each other and are not intended to and do not create rights in any other person or confer upon any other person any benefits, rights or remedies, and no person is or is intended to be a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

6.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all Parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.

6.6 Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT INVOLVES AT LEAST U.S. $100,000.00 AND THAT THIS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN ENTERED INTO IN EXPRESS RELIANCE UPON 6 Del. C. § 2708. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES (i) TO BE SUBJECT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AND OF THE FEDERAL COURTS SITTING IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND (ii) TO THE EXTENT SUCH PARTY IS NOT OTHERWISE SUBJECT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE, TO APPOINT AND MAINTAIN AN AGENT IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE AS SUCH PARTY’S AGENT FOR ACCEPTANCE OF LEGAL PROCESS AND TO NOTIFY THE OTHER PARTIES OF THE NAME AND ADDRESS OF SUCH AGENT.

6.7 Severability . If any of the provisions of this Agreement are held by any court of competent jurisdiction to contravene, or to be invalid under, the laws of any political body having jurisdiction over the subject matter hereof, such contravention or invalidity shall not invalidate the entire Agreement. Instead, this Agreement shall be construed as if it did not contain the particular provision or provisions held to be invalid and an equitable adjustment shall be made and necessary provision added so as to give effect to the intention of the Parties as expressed in this Agreement at the time of execution of this Agreement.

6.8 Amendment or Modification . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by the written agreement of all the Parties. Each such instrument shall be reduced to writing and shall be designated on its face as an amendment to this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, any amendment executed by the Partnership or any of its subsidiaries shall not be effective unless and until the execution of such amendment has been approved by the conflicts committee of the General Partner’s board of directors.

 

7


6.9 Integration . This Agreement and the instruments referenced herein and in the exhibits attached hereto supersede all previous understandings or agreements among the parties, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and such instruments. This Agreement and such instruments contain the entire understanding of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. There are no unwritten oral agreements between the parties. No understanding, representation, promise or agreement, whether oral or written, is intended to be or shall be included in or from part of this Agreement unless it is contained in a written amendment hereto executed by the parties hereto after the date of this Agreement.

6.10 Deed; Bill of Sale; Assignment . To the extent required and permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall also constitute a “deed,” “bill of sale” or “assignment” of the assets and interests referenced herein.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties to this Agreement have caused it to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

VALERO ENERGY CORPORATION     VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS GP LLC
By:  

/s/ Michael S. Ciskowsi

    By:  

/s/ Donna M. Titzman

Name:   Michael S. Ciskowski     Name:   Donna M. Titzman
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer     Title:  

Senior Vice President, Chief

Financial Officer and Treasurer

VALERO ENERGY PARTNERS LP     VALERO PARTNERS OPERATING CO. LLC
By:   Valero Energy Partners GP LLC, its general partner     By:  

/s/ Donna M. Titzman

      Name:   Donna M. Titzman
By:  

/s/ Richard F. Lashway

    Title:   Senior Vice President and Treasurer
Name:   Richard F. Lashway      
Title:   President and Chief Operating Officer      
VALERO TERMINALING AND DISTRIBUTION COMPANY     THE PREMCOR PIPELINE CO.
      By:  

/s/ Donna M. Titzman

By:  

/s/ Richard F. Lashway

    Name:   Donna M. Titzman
Name:   Richard F. Lashway     Title:   Senior Vice President and Treasurer
Title:   Senior Vice President      
THE PREMCOR REFINING GROUP INC.     VALERO REFINING COMPANY-TENNESSEE, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Richard F. Lashway

     
Name:   Richard F. Lashway     By:  

/s/ Donna M. Titzman

Title:   Senior Vice President     Name:   Donna M. Titzman
      Title:   Senior Vice President and Treasurer

Signature Page to Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement